(PDF) Field Service Hurco1990 1999

FSBINDEX.DOC Revised May 9, 1997FSB NUMBER DESCRIPTION

1001 MB1 TOOL CHANGER ALIGNMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.1002 B INTERFACE BOARD RELIABILITY IMPROVEMENT.1003 NUISANCE SHEAR PINING ON PARAJUST B DRIVE.1004 INSTALLATION OF REPLACEABLE ENCODER DISKS.1005 POWER DOWN MEMORY CIRCUIT ON B CONTROL MILLS.1006 PROPER AXIS CURRENT ON KMB1 MILLS.1007 MB1 SHOT PIN PROBLEM FIX.1008 CHOPPER BOARDS ON PARAJUST B DRIVES.1009 PARAJUST A SETUP AND ADJUSTMENT.1010 CHATTER IN THE SPINDLE OF KMB1 KMB1m.1011 INFO ON THE CRT BENT, B CONTROL FRONT PANEL BRD MOD1012 RECOMMENDED WAY OIL FOR MILLS.1013 MBII SHOT PIN ADJUSTMENT.1014 VARIDRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT.1015 MBII LIMIT SWITCH AND VALVE ADJUSTMENTS.1016 MILL GROUND ROD USE INFORMATION.1017 SNOW ON CRT OF MB1H MILLS.1018 SHEAR PIN DURING TAPPING ON PARAJUST B DRIVES.1019 MISSWIRED T2 TRANSFORMER ON MB3 MILLS.1020 HIGH SPEED SPINDLE DIFFERENCES.1021 MISPOSITION IN TOOLMASTER HMB1 BX RETROFIT.1022 SET-UP OF BX SERVO CONTROL BOARD.1023 PARAJUST 280V REFERENCE PROBLEM.1024 RS232 DATA CARRIER LOST ERROR ON BX CONTROL.1025 MB3/MD3 MOD. TO THE X5 BRD FOR MISPOSITION.1026 KMB-1 SPLINE COUPLING REPLACEMENT.1027 HURCO EDM SERVO AMP AND DIODE PUMP SETUP.1028 EDM OPTITRON TRIP POINT SETTINGS. (MKII)1029 SERIAL NUMBER ID ON ALL HURCO PRODUCTS.1030 OIL LUBE REGULATOR KMB TYPE MACHINES.1031 CONTROL TRANSFORMER REPLACEMENT SM1-CNC.1032 MISCOUNT ON TOOL CHANGER OF MD1 AND MBX1.1033 OIL FLOW INDICATOR RETROFIT MII.1034 ORIENT TIME-OUT IN MBII MB3.1035 MBXIH MD1 40V TOOL CHANGER SPRINGS WEAK.1036 INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS ON B AND BX MILLS.1037 B AND BX TAPE READER ADJUSTMENTS.1038 VOLTAGE CONVERSIONS ON SM1-CNC AND KM3 MACHINES.1039 BATTERY BACKUP ULTIMAX ONE CONTROL.1040 PARAJUST VOLTAGE CONTROL BOARD PROBLEM.1041 SM1-CNC Z AXIS PROBLEMS.1042 ULTIMAX ONE TAPE FORMATTING PROBLEM.1043 PARTS REPLACEMENT ON PARAJUST DRIVES.1044 SM1-CNC BALL SCREW REPLACEMENT.1045 MISSWIRED SPINDLE DAC ON MD1.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETININDEX

FSB NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PAGE 2 OF 5FSBINDEX.DOC 9-May-97

1046 MD3 Z AXIS SC FAULT PROBLEM WITH AUX BRIDGE.1047 WIRING MAIN TRANSFORMER.1048 SERVO DYNAMIC AMPLIFIER SET-UP.1049 CIRCLE AND POSITIONING ACCURACY.1050 SHOTPIN PROBLEMS AND ADJUSTMENTS ON MD3.1051 MD3 FAULT LOGIC BOARD PROBLEM.1052 SMI-CNC DOOR LATCH PROBLEM.1053 LUBE OF SPLINE COUPLING KMB1 TYPE MACHINE.1054 HONING KNEE MILL QUILL BORES.1055 KNEE MILL SPINDLE REBUILDS.1056 MISCOUNTS WITH MILLS USING HEIDNHAIN SCALES.1057 AIR LINES POPPING OFF FITTINGS.1058 MD1 CHIP REMOVAL BENEATH SADDLE.1059 MD1 Y AXIS LEAD SCREW COVER.1060 QUILLS FOR SMI-CNC.1061 MD1-3 PARAJUST WIRING DRESS PROBLEM.1062 SPINDLE ORIENT SPEED ADJUSTMENT MD1-3.1063 TAPE TRANSPORT GROUNDING ULTIMAX 1.1064 LUBE PRESSURE SWITCH SETUP ON MD3.1065-B ULTIMAX POWER SUPPLY CHECKOUT. Revised 3/17/93 REV. C1066 ULTIMAX SWITCH SETTINGS.1067 LUBE PROBLEMS ON SM1-CNC.1068 CRTS SHORTING OUT ON ULTIMAX ONE.1069 ENCODER DAMAGE.1070 NEW REPLACEMENT FOR HEIDENHAIN X5 BOARDS.1071 PARAJUST B DRIVE MAINTENANCE.1072 GROUND FAULT ON HURCO AMPS.1073 FRL UNIT BOWLS CRACKING.1074 AUTOLUBE SYSTEMS ALL MILLS.1075 ATC ERROR ON BMC-15 MILLS.1076 INDEX MISSWIRE ON KM3/P.1077 HI-LOW GEAR SWITCH PROBLEM MD3-BMC15.1078 MISSWIRE ON RS232 ON KM3 TYPE MACHINES.1079 MUTI-LOAD SCREENS ON B OR BX CONTROL MACHINES.1080 KMC3-P SPINDLE SPEED AND ROTATION PROBLEMS.1081 THREE PHASE POWER KVA-AMPERS AND WIRE SIZE.1082 KM3P MOTOR BRUSH CONTAMINANT FIX (COVER).1083 MACHINE INPUT VOLTAGE AND AIR REQUIREMENTS.1084 MISSING SURGE SUPPRESSOR BMC 10-15.1085 MISCOUNTS ON KM3 DUE TO SHIELDS MISSING.1086 BMC AXIS BELT TENSION.1087 USING DISTRIBUTOR STOCK.1088 TAPE READER PROBLEMS TM5.1089 RANDTRONICS CHASSIS WIRING PROBLEMS.1090 OVER RATED HEATER ON BMC 15 CHIP CONVEYOR.1091 TOOL CHANGER LIMIT SWITCH PROBLEM BMC 20.1092 ULTIMAX LOCKUPS.1093 BRAKE PACK PROBLEMS WITH MD1 AND MD3.1094 MB3 SERVOMATE/RANDTRONIC TRANSFORMER.1095 BX MISCOUNTING ON KNEE MILLS.1096 DELTRON POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENT.1097 CUSTOM CPU JUMPER CAUSES RS232 RS 232 PROBLEM.1098 SOLENOID EXHAUST FILTERS CLOG MD3 THRU BMC 15.

FSB NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PAGE 3 OF 5FSBINDEX.DOC 9-May-97

1099 BMC 10/10L TOOL SUPPORT PROBLEM.1100-A BMC 20 THRU 50 GIBS AND AXIS CURRENT ADJUSTMENT.REVISED 1/25/931101 TM5 Z AXIS BOUNCING AT Z PLUS LIMIT SWITCH.1102 SPIETH LOCKNUT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.1103 MAX2 RS232 HARNESS MISSWIRE.1104 SOFTWARE FOR YASKAWA MD3 MACHINES.1105 ORIENT PROBLEM WITH YASKAWA RETROFIT.1106 KMC3P PALL CHUCK REPLACEMENT.1107 BMC AUTO LUBE WIRING IMPROPER SHIELDING.1108 INSTALLATION OF THRUST BEARING'S.1109 NONVOLATILE CPU/MEMORY PCB FOR ULTIMAX 1.1110 TOOL CHANGER HEIGHT WITH 06F SOFTWARE.1111 BMC DRAW ADJUSTMENT.1112 BMC CLUTCH NOISE.1113 BMC 20 THRU 50 GIB WEAR.1114 AXIS END CAP PROBLEM KM3 MILLS.1115 CONTROL RELAY PANEL PCB MAX 2 MACHINES.1116 DELTRON POWER SUPPLY CHECK OUT.1117 CONTROL GROUNDING IN ULTIMAX.1118 RS232 CABLE HURCO REQUIREMENTS.1119 PARAJUST A BRAKE BOARD REPLACEMENT.1120 MISSWIRE ON YASKAWA RETROFIT.1121 WRONG SPINDLE OVERLOADS ON KM3 TYPE MACHINES.1122 GROUNDING OF INDUSTRIAL SERVO DRIVES.1123 FANUC SPINDLE SPEED SENSOR INSTALL AND TROUBLINGSHOO1124 DECKEL IND. SERVO DRIVE MODIFICATIONS.1125 DELTRON POWER SUPPLY PROBLEMS.1126 FERRITE BEADS AND TRANSIENT VOLTAGE PROTECTORS.1127 BMC ATC JAMING (BUSHING PROBLEM)1128 LEADSCREW MAPPING 7.24 BMC 20/501129 CHIP DOOR INTERLOCK PROBLEM 7.24 SOFTWARE1130 TAPPING T1 TRANSFORMER (BMC STAND ALONE)1131 MAGAZINE JAMMED ERROR (ELECTRICAL)1132 BIJUR WAY LUBE PUMP ADJUSTMENT1133 MAX2 MEMORY BOARDS (DALLAS RAM)1134 ENCODERS SHAFT MOUNT1135 SPINDLE FIRMWARE FOR MD3 WITH YASKAWA DRIVE1136 YASKAWA SPINDLE DRIVE RETROFIT KIT1137 BMC20 V2 Z AXIS LUBRICATION LINE MISSROUTE1138-B DISK DRIVE RETROFIT, & FLOPPY DISK CONFIGURATION Revised 8/3/94 REV A1139 VERTICLE HEAD LUBE RELAY ON DECKEL/MAX1140 TURKITE DAMAGE1141 BMC30 STRIKER PLATE SCREW PROBLEM1142 YASKAWA SPINDLE DRIVE DOCUMENTATION PROBLEM1143 GROUNDING IN ULTIMAX CONTROL CONSOLE1144 GIB ADJUSTMENTS. Refer to FSB 1100-A1145 REPLACING HURCO AMPS WITH SERVOMATE1146-A YASKAWA ORIENT MODIFICATION1147 ATC STRIKER PLATE HOLD-DOWN SCREWS1148 ATC MAGAZINE AIR CYLINDER SET SCREW1149 ATC MAGAZINE AIR CYLINDER SET SCREW1150 CONTROL RESIDENT DIAGNOSTICS (MAX)1151 FLOOD FILTER (5 GAL)

FSB NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PAGE 4 OF 5FSBINDEX.DOC 9-May-97

1152 REPLACEMENT OF KNEE MILL MOTORS/ENCODERS (MTE ASSY)1153 TRANSIENT ELIMINATOR (LINE POWER PROBLEMS)1154 DUAL AXIS PCB (DAC OFFSET PCB)1155 COUNTER WEIGHT RETROFIT BMC40 IP1156 ISOLATION TRANSFORMER (BMC 20-50)1157 CRT RELIABILITY IMPROVEMENT1157-A CRT GROUNDING1158 BACKLASH MEASURING1159 CIRCUIT PCB CLEANING1160 FIELD SERVICE ACCURACY STANDARD1161 OIL COOLER CONTACTOR MIS-WIRE (BMC 30-50)1162 BEARING TORQUE SETTINGS1163 TOOL RETENTION FORCES (ATC)1164 SERVICE CALL CHECK LIST1165-B FUTABA CMK PARAMETER SETTINGS (EDM) Revised 3/3/92 REV. A1166 KM5P DRAWBAR1167 KM5P AXIS PULLEY LOCKING ELEMENTS1168 KM5P DRAWBAR1169 ROTARY TABLE ERRORS (BMC 20-50)1170 YASKAWA SPINDLE DRIVE RETROFIT KIT (MB2-MD3)1171 FAST FILL PROBLEMS TRM21 (EDM)1172-A CONTACTOR SUPPRESSION (BMC KM5P)1173 LEADSCREW MAPPING INITIALIZATION v8.51174-A ULTIMAX SECRET (HIDDEN) SCREENS. Revised 3/17/931175 BMC 20-50 SPINDLES1176 CRT CONTROLER PCB, 26 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR1177 VMC900 ORBITING UNIT (EDM)1178-A NOISE SUPPRESSION TRM21 W/ VMC 900 (EDM)1179 ISOLATION TRANSFORMER KM5P1180 UNCLAMP LIMIT SWITCH BMC 25-30K1181 RS232 CABLES1182 AXIS MISWIRE KM3/P1183 MACHINE CONFIGURATION PROBLEMS (BCM 20-50 8.5 OR LATER)1184-A CRT CONTROLLER PCB-2. Revised 6/23/931185 MAX 400 AMPLIFIER MODIFICATION.1186 LEAD SCREW MAP INITIALIZATION v8.51 (BMC 20-50).1187 CHAIN ROLLER, COUNTER WEIGHT (BMC 20-50.1188 PARAJUST DIGITAL REVERSING PCB. (SPINDLE DRIVES)1189-B Z AXIS CRT ASSY. Revised 6/22/93 REV. A REV. C1190 KNEE MILL PULLY CLUTCH SHAFT RETRO-FIT KIT. KM3/P1191 UNCLAMP PUSH STUD LOCKNUT, LOCKTITE, BMC 20-501192 SHAPE ELECTRONICS TRANSFORMER FUSES.1193-A MODIFICATION TO VOLTAGE DIVIDER PCB. ( TRM21/TRM39 )1194 TRANSFORMER COVER ( BMC 40SLV ).1195 LUBE MODIFICATION KM5P.1196 TYPE 1 ATC MODIFICATION FOR MAGAZINE OVERSHOOT.1197 COUNTER WEIGHT NOISE ELIMINATION (BMC20-50 40SLV).1198 ULTIMAX 3 DC POWER SUPPLY, REV. "C" NEW TERMINAL STRIP.1199 CRP3 PCB MODIFICATION. BMC 20-50.1200 OIL COOLER REPLACEMENT. BMC 30-50. 8-11-931201 MAX 3 KEY BOARD BUTTON REPLACEMENT CHART. 10-29-931202 CLAIREX SWITCH USED ON KM1/HM1 LIMIT SWITCHES. 1-4-941203 TOOL RELEASE / KNOCK OUT LENGTH ON BMC'S.

FSB NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PAGE 5 OF 5FSBINDEX.DOC 9-May-97

1204 KM5D INPUT POWER, SOURCE FOR TRANSFORMER.1205 KM3/3P MTE REMOVAL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE.1206 HAWK 5D MACHINE CONTROL PARAMETERS.1207 HAWK 5D JO-BLOCK PROCEDURE FOR BACKLASH & LEADSCREW COMP.1208 HAWK 5D SERVO AMP SET-UP PROCEDURE.1209 HAWK 5D LIMIT SWITCH SET-UP PROCEDURE.1210 HAWK 5M AUTO SPEED CONTROL PROM UPDATE.1211 HAWK 5M I/O & CANBUS MAPPING.1212 HAWK 5M SERVO AMP SET-UP.1213 HAWK 5M PARAMETERS.1214 HAWK 5M MONO CRT SETTINGS. REV. A1215 HAWK 5M ADVANCED CMOS SET-UP.1216 HAWK 5M LEAD SCREW MAP SET-UP.1217 HAWK 5M & ISA HARD DRIVE SET-UP.1218-A YASKAWA AC SERVO SET-UP, MAX-2 & MAX-32 DUAL AXIS1219 ACROLOC COOLANT PUMP LOW VOLUME1220 HAWK 5M V1.51 HURCO.LDR FILE1221 BMC SPINDLE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS1222 HAWK 5M AXIS CURRENT SETUP1223 ACCURACY STANDARD PROCEDURE1224 HAWK 5M/5D TABLE T-SLOT ALIGNMENT1225 HAWK 5M/5D DRAWBAR SET-UP1226-A KURT POWER DRAWBAR HAWK 5M/5D1227 FLOOD COOLANT LEAKS1228 POWER CABINET COOLANT LEAKS1229 INCORRECT PARAMETER FOR WINDING CHANGE1230 SERVO DYNAMICS DRIVE TUNE PROCEDURE1231 DIGITAL SPINDLE CONTROLLER PCB MODIFICATIONS1232 UPGRADE OF REMOTE SHUTDOWN RELAY (RSR)1233 UPGRADE OF RS232C CABLES (COM1, COM2)1234-A KURT POWER HEADS & DRAWBAR SETUP1235 RETROFIT OF DRIVE SPINDLES TO ACCEPT 18MM PROXIMITY SWITCHES1236 MAX32 HARD DRIVES1237 FRAME A FRL UNITS1238 FRAME A Z AXIS CABLE DAMAGE1239 ISA CARDRACK FAN REPLACEMENT1240 ACROLOC 1540, 3030 OILING PROBLEMS1241 BMC4020 NOISE PROBLEMS1242 ISA CARDRACK TIPS1243 30SSM DAC SHIELD1244 WORKLIGHT SUPPRESSION MODIFICATIONS1245 SPINDLE AGREE FAULTS DURING RIGID TAP FUNCTIONS1246 HARNESS BRACKET INSTALLATION ON BMC40/20 MACHINES.1247 CANBUS CONTROLLER MODIFICATION1248 SIEMENS DRIVE WIRING MODIFICATION1249 COOLANT/OIL SEPARATOR RETROFIT1250 SIEMENS FAST STOP SIGNAL MIS-WIRE

FSB NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PAGE 6 OF 7FSBINDEX.DOC 26-Jun-97

1251 V2.00 PARAMETER CHANGES1252 M Code Mods for Frame "A"1253 SPINDLE DRIVE FAULTS NOT REPORTED TO CONTROL1254 FULL ENCLOSURE DOOR SLIDES 410-5001-0021255 AIR REQUIREMENTS / BMC3017, BMC40201256 HAWK5M SERVO INHIBIT1257 VERSION 2.0 PARAMETER CHANGES, BMC 40201258 BMC3017SSM MODIFICATIONS MN39961259126012611262126312641265126612671268126912701271127212731274127512761277127812791280128112821283128412851286128712881289129012911292129312941295129612971298129913001301

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: AUGUST 24, 1981 ISSUE NUMBER: 1001

SUBJECT: TOOL CHANGER ALIGNMENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 102

PRODUCT LINE: MB1 PAGE 1 OF 7

NOTE: DURING TC SET-UP, ENSURE TORQUE LIMITER NUT IS FULLY LOOSE UNTIL ALL OTHERADJUSTMENTS ARE MADE. THIS PREVENTS THE ARM FROM SWINGING.

SHOT PIN ADJUSTMENT

1. APPLY BLUEING TO LOWER SPINDLE COUPLING.2. ROTATE THE SPINDLE SO THE NOTCH IS NOT ALIGNED WITH THE SHOT PIN.3. ENERGIZE SHOT PIN MANUALLY, AND ROTATE SPINDLE.4. THE SHOT PIN SHOULD CONTACT LOWER SPINDLE COUPLING EVENLY. IF NOT, ADJUST

SHOT PIN BRACKET AND REPEAT PROCEDURE.

SHOT PIN LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT

1. INSTALL THE LIMIT SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKET USING LOCKTITE 242 ON THE B.H.C.S.NOTE: PLACE A TIE WRAP AROUND THE LIMIT SWITCH TO HOLD THE PLASTIC IN PLACE.2. ROTATE THE SPINDLE UNTIL IT'S NOTCH IS DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF THE SHOT PINCYLINDER.3. ENERGIZE THE SHOT PIN MANUALLY (VALVE IN UPPER RIGHT SIDE OF SPINDLE HEADCASTING).4. WATCH FOR LIMIT SWITCH TO BE ACTUATED WHEN THE SHOT PIN IS ENERGIZED.5. ORIENT THE SPINDLE TO THE POSITION WHERE THE SHOT PIN NOTCH IS NOT IN FRONTOF THE SHOT PIN.6. ENERGIZE THE SHOT PIN. MAKE SURE THE SWITCH IS NOT ACTUATED, IF IT DOES,ADJUST THE LIMIT SWITCH, THEN REPEAT STEPS 3 AND 4.

NO TOOL IN SPINDLE P.C. BRD MOUNTING AND ADJUSTMENT

1. ENSURE THE P.C. BOARD IS CORRECTLY COATED WITH HUMISEAL (BOTH SIDES.2. INSTALL THE BOARD IN HEAD, USING B.H.C.S & LOCKTITE #242.3. WATCH OPTICAL SWITCH WHILE ALTERNATING CLAMPING AND UNCLAMPING ENSURETHAT OPTICAL SWITCH DOES NOT RUB ON THE RING.

4. FINAL ADJUSTMENT IS MAKE AFTER THE OTHER LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENTS ARECOMPLETE.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE E. HAWKINSREVISED BY: R. BRYANT

TC ARM SET UP

1. POSITION A PIECE OF WOOD PERPENDICULAR TO THE LEFT END OF THE TABLE. SET ASMALL HYDRAULIC JACK ON THE WOOD AND PLACE A BLOCK OF WOOD ON TOP OF THE JACK.RAISE JACK TO SUPPORT TC ASSEMBLY.2. LOOSEN FOUR M12 S.H.C.S ADJUST JACK UNTIL TC ASSEMBLY IS LEVEL. POSITION LEVEL ONARM WHEN ARM IS HALFWAY BETWEEN FULLY RETRACTED AND FULLY FORWARD. TIGHTENSCREWS, REMOVE THE JACK, AND CHECK ARM AT FULLY RETRACTED, HALFWAY AND NEARSPINDLE. THE ARM SHOULD NOT SWING BY ITSELF IN EITHER DIRECTION UPON RELEASE.3. MOVE TC ARM UNDER SPINDLE AND RECHECK LEVEL.4. MOVE ARM BACK, REMOVE SHOCK ABSORBER AND SCREW MECHANICAL STOP INTO ARM.5. INSERT TOOL HOLDER IN SPINDLE. JOG Z-AXIS TO ALLOW THE TOOL CHANGER FINGERSTO ENGAGE THE TOOL HOLDER. DEPRESS THE EMERGENCY STOP. USING A TAPE MEASURE,MEASURE FROM THE LOWER SURFACE AT Z BALLNUT TO MATING AXIS STOP SURFACE. MB-1MILLS REQUIRE 13.75". IF SLIGHTLY LESS, 13.6" OR GREATER, RAISE ARM FROM LEVEL POSITIONA SMALL AMOUNT. RECHECK.6. DEPRESS POWER ON TO RELEASE BRAKE. WHILE ACTIVATING SHOT PIN SOLENOID, ROTATESPINDLE UNTIL SHOT PIN ENGAGES, DEPRESS EMERGENCY STOP. (THIS PROCEDURE WILL ALIGNTHE TOOL HOLDER FOR A TOOL CHANGE ORIENTATION.7. ENSURE THE GENEVA DRIVE ACTIVATES THE LIMIT SWITCH IN THE TOOL CAROUSELTHROUGHOUT THIS ADJUSTMENT PERIOD. POSITION TC ARM UNDER THE SPINDLE TO CHECKTHE ALIGNMENT OF TC FINGER TO TOOL HOLD V SLOT. LOOK FOR DEFLECTION OF EACHFINGER. IF MISALIGNED, ADJUST FOUR M10 JACK SCREWS ON TC MOUNDING BRACKET SCREWSAND TIGHTENING M12A. BY ADJUSTING A SMALL AMOUNT AT A TIME, THE CORRECTADJUSTMENT CAN BE DETERMINED. WHEN THE GENEVA DRIVE HAS EQUAL CW AND CCWMOTION, THE ARM IS CORRECTLY ADJUSTED. (ROTATING THE GENEVA DRIVE BY HAND WILLFORCE THE CAROUSEL TO ROTATE SLIGHTLY CW AND CCW UNTIL THE TOOL FINGERS TOUCHAGAINST IT'S NEIGHBORING FINGER. THE PHYSICAL AMOUNT OF GENEVA CW AND CCW MOTIONSHOULD BE EQUAL FOR CENTER ADJUSTMENT.)8. THE "CAROUSEL IN POSITION SWITCH-SHOULD BE ADJUSTED INTO ], (AND AS CLOSE ASPOSSIBLE TO) THE GENEVA DRIVE TO ENSURE THE DRIVE STOPS ON THE FLAT READER PORTION.THIS SWITCH NOT ONLY ALLOWS TOOL POSITION TO BE READ, BUT MOST IMPORTANTLYCOMMANDS THE TOOL CAROUSEL ROTATE MOTOR TO STOP ROTATING. THERE IS A SLIGHTMOTOR COASTING, SO THE SOONER THE SWITCH IS MADE THE SOONER THE MOTOR WILL STOP.(THE COASTING SHOULD LEAVE THE GENEVA DRIVE "FLAT" ON THE CENTER OF THE SWITCH.9. WHEN ADJUSTMENTS ARE COMPLETE, USE LOCTITE # 242 ON ALL MOUNTING SCREWS. BYREMOVING AND LOCTITING ONE SCREW AT A TIME, THE ADJUSTMENTS WILL HOLD POSITION.

TC ENCODER P.C. BOARD ADJUSTMENT

1. POWER ON TO RELEASE THE BRAKE. INSERT TOOL HOLDER IN SPINDLE, ACTIVATE THE SHOTPIN AND ROTATE THE SPINDLE UNTIL THE SHOT PIN ENGAGES THE NOTCH.2. ROTATE CAROUSEL UNTIL TOOL #9 LINES UP WITH THE TOOL HOLDER IN THE SPINDLE.3. DEPRESS THE EMERGENCY STOP.4. POSITION ARM SO FINGERS ENGAGE THE TOOL HOLDER.NOTE: ENSURE THE GENEVA DRIVE ACTUATES THE LIMIT SWITCH.5. THE NUMBER 9 SHOULD APPEAR ON THE CRT BESIDE COORDINATES.6. IF NOT, ADJUST TC ENCODER BY LOOSENING THE BRACKET AND EITHER TURNING ORRAISING/LOWERING UNTIL #9 IS DISPLAYED. BY ROTATING THE PC BRD, THE # 8 WILL APPEAR INONE DIRECTION, AND #1 IN THE OTHER. ADJUST THE BOARD TO THE CENTER OF THIS BAND.

7. WHILE FINGERS ENGAGE THE TOOL HOLDER, GENTLY ROTATE GEAR IN BOTH DIRECTIONS TOTHE PHYSICAL LIMIT. DEPRESS THE LIMIT SWITCH AT EACH LIMIT AND ENSURE #9 STILLAPPEARS ON THE SCREEN. ID NOT, FINE ADJUST THE ENCODER BOARD. 8. MOVE THE ARM AWAYFROM THE TOOL. ROTATE GENEVA GEAR BY HAND TO ENSURE THE ENCODER BOARD PHOTOEYES DO NOT RUB ON THE ENCODER RINGS.9. POWER ON, DEPRESS CHECK, OPERATE, ROTATE, AND WATCH THE SCREEN FOR EACHCORRECT TOOL NUMBER.10. IF NO TOOL NUMBER IS DISPLAYED AS THE CAROUSEL MOVES INTO POSITION, THEN ADJUSTTOOL CAROUSEL IN-POSITION LIMIT SWITCH.NOTE: IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO ADJUST THE TC ENCODER BOARD FOR ALL TOOL NUMBERS TOBE DISPLAYED.11. IF THE WRONG TOOL NUMBER IS DISPLAYED, FINELY ADJUST THE TOOL CHANGER ENCODERBOARD.12. USE LOCTITE #242 ON ALL MOUNTING SCREWS, REMOVING THEM ONE AT A TIME.

MECHANICAL STOP ADJUSTMENT

1. POWER ON TO RELEASE THE BRAKE. INSERT TOOL HOLDER IN THE SPINDLE. ACTIVATE SHOTPIN AND ROTATE THE SPINDLE UNTIL SHOT PIN ENGAGES NOTCH. RELEASE THE SHOT PINWITHOUT ROTATING THE SPINDLE.2. DEPRESS THE EMERGENCY STOP. LOOSEN TORQUE LIMITER NUT.3. MOVE ARM UNTIL FINGERS FULLY ENGAGE THE TOOL HOLDER.4. ADJUST MECHANICAL STOP TO JUST "TOUCH OFF" THE STOP BLOCK.5. TIGHTEN LOCKNUT (8mm) USING LOCTITE # 242.

SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLATION

1. INSTALL THE SHOCK ABSORBER IN THE ARM, SCREWING IN UNTIL BODY IS EVEN WITH THEARM SURFACE. NOTE: DO NOT TIGHTEN LOCKNUT AT THIS TIME.2. FINAL ADJUSTMENT WILL BE MADE IN LATER STEPS.TC HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT1. DEPRESS POWER ON, CHECK OPERATE, TOOL CAL.2. BRING THE HEAD DOWN WITH THE TOOL HOLDER CLAMPED IN THE SPINDLE TO PROPERALIGNMENT WITH THE T/C FINGERS. (WHEN THE CAROUSEL IS MOVED INTO CONTACT WITHTHE TOOL HOLDER). OBSERVE CAREFULLY THAT THE FINGERS ENGAGE THE "V" FLANGE OF THEHOLDER CENTRALLY UP AND DOWN AND RADIAL SO BOTH FINGERS OPEN APPROXIMATELYEQUALLY.3. MOVE THE CAROUSEL BACK OUT OF THE WAY. IN DATE BLOCK "0", TOOL CALIBRATE, MOVETHE HEAD UP 2.4 INCHES. ADJUST THE ENCODER DISK ROTATION SO THE MARKER IS NOWALIGNED AT THIS POINT.4. YOU SHOULD NOW HAVE THE HEAD APPROXIMATELY .100 INCHES BELOW TOP LIMITSWITCH SETTING. THIS .100 INCH MAY VARY AS THE T/C POSITION IS DETERMINED FROM THEFIRST MARKER PULSE/ ADJUST THE TOP LIMIT SWITCH UP OR DOWN AS NECESSARY TO STAY INTHE RANGE OF .075 TO .125.5. USE LOCTITE #242 ON ALL MOUNTING SCREWS.6. CHECK FOR Z TRAVEL (-16.050" TO -16.150".

EMERGENCY STOP ARM DEFLECTION LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT.1. MOUNT VEE BLOCK. POWER ON TO RELEASE THE BRAKE. INSERT TOOL HOLDER IN THESPINDLE. ACTIVATE THE SHOT PIN AND ROTATE THE SPINDLE UNTIL SHOT PIN ENGAGES THENOTCH. 2. DEPRESS THE EMERGENCY STOP. LOOSEN THE TORQUE LIMITER NUT.3. MOVE THE ARM IN, UNTIL FINGERS ENGAGE THE TOOL HOLDER.

4. THIS STEP IS VERY IMPORTANT! ADJUST THE VEE BLOCK SO ANY ARM MOVEMENTINTERRUPTS THE SWITCH.5. TEST ADJUSTMENT BY PERFORMING 10 TOOL CHANGES WITH NO TOOLS IN THE CAROUSEL.(NO TOOLS WILL ALLOW THE ARM TO FORWARD WITH MAXIMUM FORCE. IN SHOULD NOT TRIPSWITCH,) 6. USE LOCTITE #242 ON ALL MOUNTING SCREWS.

ARM FORWARD LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT

1. POWER ON TO RELEASE THE BRAKE. INSERT TOOL HOLDER IN THE SPINDLE. ACTIVATE THESHOT PIN AND ROTATE THE SPINDLE UNTIL THE PIN ENGAGES THE NOTCH.2. DEPRESS THE EMERGENCY STOP. LOOSEN THE TORQUE LIMITED NUT.3. MOVE THE ARM IN, UNTIL FINGERS FULLY ENGAGE THE TOOL HOLDER.4. ADJUST ARM FORWARD SWITCH SO IT HAS JUST BEEN ACTIVATED. SWITCH SHOULDACTIVATE SLIGHTLY BEFORE DESIRED FORWARD POSITION TO KEEP ARM FROM BANGING ATSTOP.5. USE LOCTITE # 242 ON SET SCREWS.

ARM RETRACT

1. THE ARM RETRACT SWITCH IS ADJUSTED SO THE "COASTING" ACTION LEAVES THE ARM IN ASAFETY-RELATED POSITION, ALLOWING CLEARANCE FROM THE TC CARROUSEL TO THE HEADOF THE MILL AND FROM THE CONDUIT TO CHAIN. (THERE IS NO MECHANICAL STOP IN THERETRACT POSITION.)2. USE LOCTITE # 242 ON SET SCREWS.

CHAIN ADJUSTMENT

1. ADJUST CHAIN BY MOVING THE MOTOR BRACKET BACKWARDS OR FORWARD ON ITS SLOTS.2. SLACK SHOULD BE TAKEN OUT, BUT THERE SHOULD BE NO PRESSURE APPLIED THROUGHCHAIN. THE DRIVE PACKAGE SHOULD BE HORIZONTAL, NOT AT AN ANGLE.3. USE LOCTITE #242 ON ALL MOUNTING SCREWS AND SET SCREWS.

TORQUE LIMITER ADJUSTMENT

1. MATE-IN THE TORQUE LIMITER BY TIGHTENING TO APPROXIMATELY FINAL TIGHTNESS,THEN ADDITIONAL 1/8 TURN. REQUEST TC WHILE HOLDING ARM STATIONARY. ALLOW THELIMITER TO SPIN FOR 60 SECONDS. LOOSEN AND PROCEED. 2. USE A SMALL AMOUNT OF GREASEBETWEEN THE NUT AND LOCK WASHER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE LOCK WASHER.3. TIGHTEN THE NUT UNTIL THE ARM MOVEMENT BECOMES STIFF BY HAND.4. DURING AN AUTOMATIC TOOL CHANGE, THE CLUTCH SHOULD SLIP APPROXIMATELY 1/4TURN WHEN THE TOOL IS AT SPINDLE.5. BEND TAB ON THE LOCK WASHER FULLY INTO GROOVE IN THE NUT TO PREVENT THE NUTFROM LOOSENING. DRY RUN THE CT WITH NO TOOL HOLDERS.

SHOCK ADJUSTMENT

1. ADJUST SHOCK ABSORBER SO THE ARM HAS A SMALL AMOUNT OF "SLOW DOWN" WHEN TCFINGER ENGAGE THE TOOL HOLDER. BANGING NOISE SHOULD NOT OCCUR. AS MUCH OF THESHOCK TRAVEL AS POSSIBLE SHOULD BE USED (APPROXIMATELY 3/4 " TO 7/8".)2. TIGHTEN LOCKING NUT.

TOOL IN CAROUSEL LIMIT SWITCHNOTE: ENSURE ACTUATORS ARE LUBRICATED WITH OIL OR GREASE.

1. PLACE A TOOL IN EACH POSITION IN THE TOOL CAROUSEL.2. ROTATE CAROUSEL AND STOP AT EACH POSITION.3. ENSURE TOOL IN-CAROUSEL SWITCH IS ACTUATED AND THAT THE LIMIT SWITCH IS NOTACTUATED WHEN THE TOOL IS REMOVED.

NO TOOL IN-SPINDLE LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENTWARNING: PLACE YOUR HAND NEAR THE EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON.

1. INSTALL TOOL HOLDER IN SPINDLE AND TOOL IN #1 SLOT IN CAROUSEL. IN DATA BLOCK 0,PROGRAM CUR TOOL 0 AND ATTEMPT TOOL CHANGE. CRT SHOULD READ ES TC ERROR.2. OPTICAL SWITCH SHOULD BE MADE WITH NO TOOL IN SPINDLE AND NOT MADE WITH THETOOL IN THE SPINDLE. ADJUST ACCORDINGLY. THE OPTIC SWITCH SHOULD NOT RUB THEENCODER RING.3. USE LOCTITE #242 ON THE MOUNTING SCREWS.FINE ADJUSTMENTS MAY BE REQUIRED THROUGHOUT TC, AS THE FIRST FEW AUTOMATIC TOOLCHANGES ARE MADE.

HINT: ADJUSTING IN SMALL INCREMENTS AIDS IN FIND TUNING.

SPINDLE ORIENT RPM

1. THE ORIENT RPM SHOULD BE 1 REVOLUTION PER 2 SECOND PERIOD.2. JOG Z AXIS BELOW TOOL CHANGE HEIGHT (-2.4"0. CHANGE TOOL "VIA" DATA BLOCKS "0"AND DEPRESS MOTION HOLD BEFORE -2.4" IS REACHED. THE SPINDLE WILL TURN AT ORIENTSPEED AND R40 ON THE ISOLATION INTERFACE BOARD CAN BE ADJUSTED FOR THE CORRECTRPM RESEAL R40.

Z AXIS TOOL CHANGER CURRENT LIMIT ADJUSTMENT

1. Z AXIS MUST RUN AT 250 IPM TOOL CHANGE SPEED.2. TO ADJUST, RUN A LOOP DRILL FUNCTION, TOOL CAL AT 3.00", Z UP AND Z DOWN DIMENSIONOF "0" INCHES. Z AXIS WILL THEN POSITION UP AND DOWN AT 250 IPM. INSTALLING ATEMPORARY JUMPER WIRE FROM +24 TO TB9-3 AND ANOTHER TEMPORARY JUMPER FROM IJ3-5TO GROUND WILL ACTIVATE THE API RELAY AND THE 10K OHM POT, ON THE ATC RELAY PANELWILL CONTROL THE Z AXIS CURRENT LIMIT. ADJUST THE Z AXIS CURRENT LIMIT POT ON THEATC PANEL SO THE Z AXIS WILL JUST RUN RELIABLY. USE GLYPTOL ON THE POT. STEM TO HOLDIT'S POSITION.3. PLACE PROTECTIVE STOCK BOX UNDER SPINDLE AND TC AREA TO SHIELD TABLE SURFACESFROM FALLING TOOLS. INSERT TOOL HOLDER IN SPINDLE. ATTEMPT AUTOMATIC TOOL CHANGECAUTIOUSLY, BEING PREPARED TO DEPRESS EMERGENCY STOP OR MOTION HOLD.

HINT: BY LOWERING THE RAPID TRAVERSE SPEED IN DATA BLOCK 0.1 TO 10 IPM, ANY TOOLDEFLECTION CAN BE SEEN AS THE TOOL IS RELEASED AND THE Z GOES UP, OR, WHEN Z AXISCOMES DOWN AND THE TOOL ENGAGES SPINDLE.

BEFORE TC CYCLES

1. RUN EACH TOOL POSITION AT LEAST TWICE IN AUTO TC.2. ENSURE TANG IS BENT TO LOCK NUT ON TORQUE LIMITER.3. ENSURE LOCKNUT IS TIGHT ON SHOCK ABSORBER.4. ENSURE SHOT PIN MOUNTING BOLTS ARE TIGHT.

5. ENSURE MOUNTING BOLTS FOR TOOL CHANGER ARM ARE TIGHT.6. ENSURE LOCKNUT ON MECHANICAL STOP IS TIGHT.7. ENSURE E.S. ARM DEFLECTION SWITCH IS CORRECTLY ADJUSTED AND OPERABLE. 8.ENSURE CHAIN HAS BEEN ADJUSTED.9. ENSURE ALL MOUNTING SCREWS AND SET SCREWS HAVE BEN LOCTITED WITH #242.10. ENSURE ALL TOOL HOLDERS TO BE USED FOR TC CYCLE DO NOT CONTAIN TOOLS.11. PROCEED WITH CYCLING12. AT LEAST THE LAST 250 TOOL CHANGES MUST HAVE THE COMPLETE COVERS MOUNTEDDURING CYCLES.

TOOL CHANGER PINNING

THERE ARE TWO HOLES NEAR THE ARM MOUNTING BOLTS. DRILL THROUGH THESE HOLES INTOTHE FRAME TO A DEPTH OF 3/4". DRILL SIZE Q, REAM SIZE IS .374" AND PIN SIZE IS PULL DOWEL3/8 X 1 3/4 (HURCO PN 112-0013-001).

SHOT PIN PINNINGTHERE ARE TWO HOLES NEAR THE MOUNTING BOLTS ON THE SHOT PIN BRACKET.DRILL INTO THE HEAD THROUGH THESE HOLES TO A DEPTH OF .50". USE DRILL SIZE 3/16" AND3/16" X 1 1/4 SPRING PIN.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DEC. 22, 1981 ISSUE NUMBER: 1002

SUBJECT: RELIABILITY IMPROVEMENT B INTERFACE BRD SUPERSEDES NUMBER:117

PRODUCT LINE: ALL B CONTROL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

THIS MODIFICATION SHOULD BE MADE WHEN A MACHINE EXHIBITS MANUAL JOGHAND WHEEL RESPONSE PROBLEMS. THIS MODIFICATION SHOULD BEACCOMPLISHED PRIOR TO ORDERING A REPLACEMENT INTERFACE BOARD.

REFERENCE SCHEMATIC AND PICTORIAL ATTACHED:

1. CUT LAND TO PIN 6 OF 14035 AT THE POINT SHOWN ON SHEET TWO WHICH IS MARKED BUY THE X.2. ADD JUMPERS AS SHOWN ON THE NON COMPONENT SIDE OF THE

BOARD, INSTALL ONE JUMPER FROM PIN 24 TO PIN 10 OF THE 7400.

3. ADD A 2K OHM RESISTOR FROM PIN 8 TO PIN 14 OF THE 7400 ON THECOMPONENT SIDE OF THE BOARD AS SHOWN ON SHEET THREE.

PARTS REQUIRED:

1. ONE 2K OHM 1/4 WATT RESISTOR 407-0007-030.2 EIGHT INCHES OF 28-30 GAUGE SOLID INSULATED WIRE.

SHEET FIVE SHOWS THE SCHEMATIC OF THE INTERFACE BOARD.SHEET FOUR SHOWS THE MODIFICATION AS IT APPEARS ELECTRICALLY.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINSREVISED BY: R BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 5, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1003

SUBJECT:NUISANCE SHEAR PINNING ON PARAJUST B SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 119

PRODUCT LINE: ALL B AND BX BED MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

WE HAVE RECENTLY FOUND THAT NUISANCE SHEAR PINNING IS NOT CAUSED BYTHE ACTUAL SHEAR PIN CIRCUITRY BUT IS CAUSED BY THE SHEAR PIN RESETCIRCUITRY. THIS CIRCUIT DRAWN BELOW IS COMPOSED OF NORMALLY CLOSEDSET OF K1 CONTACTS, CAPACITOR C12 ON THE FREQUENCY CONTROL BOARDAND K5 RELAY ON THE VOLTAGE CONTROL BOARD. WHENEVER WE TURN THEDRIVE OFF WE DROP OUT THE K1 RELAY WHICH IN TURN CLOSES THE K1CONTACTS ALLOWING CURRENT TO FLOW THROUGH THE K5 RELAY COIL. THE K5WILL THEN PICK UP AND SHOULD STAY PICKED UP UNTIL CAPACITOR C12CHARGES AT WHICH POINT K5 THEN DROPS OUT. THIS IS THE REASON WHY,WHENEVER WE DO A TOOL CHANGE, IT APPEARS THAT WE GET A SHEAR PININDICATION. IF WE DISABLE THE CIRCUIT BY CLIPPING CAPACITOR C12 OUT THENUISANCE SHEAR PIN WILL GO AWAY. WE CAN ALSO ATTRIBUTE THE K5STICKING RELAY PROBLEM TO THIS SAME CIRCUIT IF CAPACITOR C12 IS LEAKYIT MIGHT ALLOW ENOUGH CURRENT TO FLOW EVEN WHEN CHARGED TO HOLDTHE K5 RELAY ON. THIS WOULD BE SEEN AS A STUCK RELAY AND TAPPING THERELAY USUALLY DROPS IT OUT. IF YOU SHOULD RUN INTO THIS PROBLEM TRYCLIPPING C12 AND RUNNING THE MACHINE TO SEE IF THE PROBLEM GOES AWAY.IF IT DOES NOT GO AWAY WHEN IT IS AN ACTUAL SHEAR PIN AND SHOULD BEINVESTIGATED TO FIND THE CAUSE OF THE PROBLEM.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 18, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1004

SUBJECT: ENCODER INSTALLATION SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 120

PRODUCT LINE: KM1 PAGE 1 OF 1

REMOVAL

1. ACCESS THE ENCODER FOR THE Z AXIS BY REMOVING THE FIBERGLASS HALF- COVER,FOR THE X AXIS THE MOTOR COVER AND FOR THE Y AXIS, THE COVER ON THE Y MAINFRAME.2. REMOVE THE BLACK PLASTIC ENCODER CAP.3. UNPLUG THE ENCODER. PULL APART THE PLUG BODIES ONLY. DO NOT PULL ON THEWIRES GOING INTO THE PLUGS.4. REMOVE THE TWO SCREWS HOLDING THE ENCODER BODY TO THE LIMIT SWITCHBRACKET. REMOVE THE BODY BY PULLING IT AT A RIGHT ANGLE AWAY FROM THE DISKSHAFT.5. LOOSEN THE TWO SCREWS HOLDING THE DISK TO THE SHAFT AND REMOVE THE DISK.THESE SET SCREWS MAY BE EITHER BRISTOL SPINE OR HEX.

CAUTION: THE DISK CAN BE EASILY CHIPPED CRACKED OR SCRATCHED ANDSHOULD BE HANDLED WITH CARE.

INSTALLATION

1. CLEAN AREA ON LIMIT SWITCH ASSEMBLY BRACKET WHERE ENCODER MOUNTS.2. PLACE THE ENCODER DISK ON THE ENCODER SHAFT. DO NOT TIGHTEN SET SCREWS.3. CAREFULLY PLACE THE ENCODER BODY AROUND THE DISK, BEING CAREFUL NOT TOSCRATCH THE DISK. SCREW THE ENCODER BODY TO THE LIMIT SWITCH BRACKET.

CAUTION: USE A THIN-BLADED SCREWDRIVER WHEN TIGHTENING THEMOUNTING SCREWS, A LARGE BLADED SCREWDRIVER CAN DAMAGE THE DISK BECAUSEOF THE PROXIMITY OF THE DISK EDGE TO THE SCREW HEAD.

4. INSERT THE .008" SHIM BETWEEN THE DISK AND THE READING HEAD ON THEENCODER BODY. ADJUST THE DISK TO THE SHIM AND THE BODY AND TIGHTEN THE SETSCREWS. REMOVE THE SHIM. THE .008" DIMENSION IS THE CORRECT DISK-TO-READINGHEAD GAP.5. PLUG IN THE NEW ENCODER.6. IF POSSIBLE SET UP A DUAL TRACE OSCILLOSCOPE TO PINS 1 AND 2 OF SJ 3,4 OR 5 ONTHE SERVO CONTROL BOARD. JOG THE AXIS AT 50 INCHES PER MINUTE TO ENSURE THATBOTH PHASES ARE CHANGING AND 90 DEGREES SHIFTED.

ORIGINATOR: UNKNOWNREVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE:FEBRUARY 10, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1005

SUBJECT: POWER DOWN MEMORY CIRCUIT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 122

PRODUCT LINE: B CONTROL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

THIS BULLETIN IS TO CLARIFY THE BATTERY PROTECTION CIRCUIT USED IN THE BCONTROL MILLS.

FIGURE 1 SHOWS THE BASIC HARDWIRING CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE DC POWER SUPPLYAND THE MPU AND THE MEMORY BOARDS. THIS DRAWING DOES NOT SHOW ALL THEWIRING, BUT ONLY THOSE INVOLVED WITH THE MEMORY BACKUP SUPPLY FOR POWERDOWN CONDITIONS. ALL MILL SUPPLIES ARE BASICALLY THE SAME, THE ONLYDIFFERENCE WOULD BE THAT OF SPECIFIC WIRE LOCATIONS. REFER TO THE OWNER'SMANUAL OF THE PARTICULAR MACHINE YOU ARE WORKING ON.

FIGURE 2 SHOWS THE ACTUAL POWER CIRCUIT WHICH EXISTS ON THE MPU BOARD ANDTIED TOGETHER WITH THE MEMORY BOARDS BY THE BACKPLANE CABLE J1-50. THEBATTERY PRESENTLY IS USED UP TO 3.7 VDC AND SLOWLY BLEED OFF POWER UNTIL ITREACHES APPROXIMATELY 2.0 VDC BELOW THIS LEVEL THE HARDWARE ON THEMEMORY BOARDS (U1, U3, U12) IS NOT RATED TO PERFORM AND A MEMORY FAILUREMAY OCCUR.

IN TROUBLE-SHOOTING A SYSTEM, IT IMPERATIVE TO ASSURE ALL BOARDS HAVE THECORRECT VOLTAGES PRESENT DURING A POWER DOWN CONDITION. UNTIL YOU DO THIS,BY MEASURING THE BOARDS PLUS VERIFYING WIRING, YOU CAN NOT ASSUME YOUHAVE A MEMORY OF MPU BOARD FAILURE.

ORIGINATOR: JERRY MC CLATCHEY REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 30, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1006

SUBJECT: PROPER AXIS CURRENT DRAW FOR KMB-1 SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 126

PRODUCT LINE: KMB-1 PAGE 1 OF 1

IT APPEARS THERE IS SOME CONFUSION WITH AXIS CURRENT READINGS ANDADJUSTMENT FOR THE KMB-1 X, Y AND Z AXIS. THE MACHINES ARE SET UP ON THEMANUFACTURING FLOOR TO DRAW BETWEEN 4.5 AND 5.5 AMPS AT 50 IPM. THISACCOMMODATES THE PRE-LOAD SETTINGS OF THE BEARING'S AND ALLOWS THERIGIDITY OF THE MACHINE TO PASS SQUARENESS AND GEOMETRY TESTS. THE CURRENTDRAW IS NOT TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION ON THE LAST ONE INCH OF POSITIVE Y AXISTRAVEL BECAUSE OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SADDLE ASSEMBLY AND THE FACTTHAT THE WAYS HAVE A SLIGHT OUTWARD BOW BUILT INTO THEM. ALSO, THE LASTONE INCH OF THE NEGATIVE X AXIS TRAVEL IS NOT CONSIDERED BECAUSE OF THEMOTOR MOUNTING BRACKET AND THE CRITICAL ALIGNMENT OF BALL SCREW.MANUFACTURING IS ALLOWING UP TO 7 AMPS INTERMITTENTLY ON THE AXIS WHENTHE MACHINE HAS THE MODERN STYLE BALL NUT. THE WAY YOU CAN TELL THEDIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE MODERN STYLE AND THE OLD NUT IS BY LOOKING AT THEBALL NUT ITSELF. THE MODERN NUT HAS TWO METAL BANDS IN PLACE AROUND BALLRETURN TUBES. ALSO, THESE RETURN TUBES ARE MUCH MORE PRONOUNCED ON THEMODERN BALL NUT, WHEREAS, THE OLD ONES WERE CONSTRUCTED WITHIN THE NUtit*ELF. THE NUT EASILY ACCESSIBLE ON THE Y AXIS BY SIMPLY REMOVING THE METALPLATE ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE KNEE. TO GET TO THE X AXIS TO DETERMINE WHICHSTYLE IT IS SIMPLY RUN THE X AXIS TO THE FULL POSITIVE POSITION, THEN LOOKUNDERNEATH THE TABLE AT THE NUT ITSELF. THE Z AXIS IS ACCESSIBLE BY JUSTREMOVING THE FRONTCOVER ON THE HEAD AND LOOKING IN AT THE NUT. TO ELIMINATE ANY CONFUSIONINSETTING THESE CURRENTS, A NORMAL CURRENT DRAW IS TO BE BETWEEN 4.5 AND 5.5AMPS ON THE OLD AS WELL AS THE NEW BALL NUT THE MODERN NUT CAN DRAW UP TO7 AMPS INTERMITTENTLY.

THESE CURRENT READINGS SHOULD BE TAKEN FROM THE FULL LIMITS OF AXIS TRAVELWITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE LAST ONE INCH IN THE X AXIS AND THE LAST ONE INCH INTHE Y AXIS. THE READINGS SHOULD BE CONSISTENT OVER THE WHOLE LENGTH OFTRAVEL. WHEN THE AXIS IS STILL THE STANDING CURRENT IS TO BE A MAXIMUM OF 2.5AMPS. TYPICAL STANDING CURRENT IS 1 TO 1.5 AMPS.

ORIGINATOR: RANDALL RENNEKAMP REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 26, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1007

SUBJECT: MB1 SHOT PIN LIMIT SWITCH SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 128

PRODUCT LINE: MB1 MILL PAGE 1 OF 2

IN THE PAST WE HAVE EXPERIENCED MANY PROBLEMS WITH THE SHOT PIN LIMITSWITCH ON THE MB1 MACHINES. THE NEW STYLE LIMIT SWITCH DESIGN THAT IS USEDON THE MB1H MACHINE SEEMS TO BE FAR SUPERIOR. THEREFORE IF YOU RUN INTO AMACHINE WITH PROBLEMS RELATED TO THE SHOT PIN LIMIT SWITCH, IT MAY BE AGOOD IDEA TO RETROFIT THE NEW STYLE PROXIMITY SWITCH. THIS CAN BEACCOMPLISHED QUITE EASILY AND REQUIRES ONLY A FEW PARTS.

1) 802-0914-001 BRACKET 12) 117-0001-015 4-40 HEX NUT 23) 101-0001-005 4-40 X 3/4 SHCS 24) 110-1005-001 4 INTERNAL STARWASHER 25) 423-1005-001 PROXIMITY SWITCH 16) 406-2523-001 20 GA RED WIRE 12"7) 406-0801-006 MOLEX PINS 38) 406-0801-002 MOLEX BODY 1

PROCEDURE

1. REMOVE POWER FROM THE MACHINE.

2. REMOVE BROWN AND WHITE WIRES FROM THE EXISTING SHOT PIN LIMIT SWITCH.THESE WILL BE USED LATER SO DO NOT CUT THEM OFF.

3. REMOVE OLD LIMIT SWITCH AND BRACKET BY REMOVING THE TWO BUTTON HEADSCREWS. SAVE THESE SCREWS FOR FUTURE USE.

4. MOUNT NEW PROXIMITY SWITCH ONTO NEW BRACKET USING THE TWO STARWASHERS AND THE TWO #4-40X3/4 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS AND THE TWO 4-40 HEXNUTS.

5. MOUNT THE NEW SWITCH AND THE BRACKET TO THE SHOT PIN ASSEMBLY USING THEBUTTON HEAD SCREWS, WHICH WERE REMOVED IN STEP 2.

6. ATTACH A MOLEX PIN TO EACH OF THE BROWN AND THE WHITE WIRES, WHICH WEREREMOVED IN STEP 1. ALSO ATTACH A MOLEX PIN TO ONE END OF THE RED WIRE.

7. INSERT THE THREE MOLEX PINS INTO THE MOLEX BODY SUCH THAT PIN 1 IS RED, PIN 2IS WHITE AND PIN 3 IS BROWN. WHEN THE SWITCH IS PLUGGED INTO THIS CONNECTOR,THE RED WIRES SHOULD CONNECT, THE WHITE WIRE SHOULD CONNECT TO THE BLACKWIRE FROM THE SWITCH AND THE BROWN WIRE SHOULD CONNECT TO THE WHITE WIREFROM THE SWITCH.

8. CONNECT THE OTHER END OF THE RED WIRE TO PIN 1 OF THE TOOL IN SPINDLE PHOTOCELL SWITCH ASSEMBLY. THIS SHOULD SUPPLY +5VDC TO THE SWITCH.

9. UNPLUG THE PROXIMITY SWITCH AND APPLY POWER. CHECK FOR +5 WITH A METERAT THE MOLEX PLUG YOU JUST INSTALLED, FROM PIN 1 (RED WIRE) TO PIN 2 (WHITEWIRE).

10. PLUG THE PROXIMITY SWITCH IN AND LOAD THE MASTER TAPE. SELECT LANGUAGEAND PUT THE CONTROL IN EMERGENCY STOP. PUSH POWER ON BUTTON TO RELEASESPINDLE BRAKE. MONITOR PIN 2 OF THE MOLEX CONNECTOR.

11. ROTATE SPINDLE BY HAND UNTIL NOTCH IN SPINDLE IS DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF SHOTPIN CYLINDER.

12. ENERGIZE SHOT PIN AIR VALVE IN UPPER RIGHT SECTION OF HEAD. WATCH SIGNALFOR A LOW INDICATION WHEN THE SHOT PIN IS ENERGIZED. IF NOT LOW INDICATIONAPPEARS, ADJUST THE SWITCH UNTIL A LOW SIGNAL IS OBTAINED.

13. ROTATE THE SPINDLE UNTIL THE NOTCH IS NOT IN FRONT OF THE SHOT PINCYLINDER.

14. ENERGIZE THE SHOT PIN AIR VALVE AND WATCH THE SIGNAL. A LOW INDICATIONSHOULD NOT APPEAR. ID A LOW SIGNAL IS SEEN, ADJUST THE SWITCH UNTIL THE LOWSIGNAL IS NOT PRESENT.

15. REPEAT STEPS 11-14 UNTIL THE PROPER ADJUSTMENT ID OBTAINED. A LOWINDICATION SHOULD ONLY BE SEEN WHEN THE SHOT PIN IS IN THE NOTCH ON THESPINDLE.

16. ONCE PROPER ADJUSTMENT IS OBTAINED. REMOVE THE BUTTON HEAD MOUNTINGSCREWS ONE AT A TIME AND APPLY LOCTITE # 242 AND RE-INSTALL THE SCREWS.

17. SET THE MACHINE AND RUN AN AUTO TOOL CHANGE TO BE SURE THAT THE SWITCHIS WORKING PROPERLY.

18. THIS COMPLETES THE RETROFIT AND THE LAST STEP IS TO NOTE ON YOUR SERVICEREPORT THAT THIS RETROFIT HAS BEEN DONE.

NOTE: THE MOUNTING BRACKET IS TAPPED FOR M2.5X.45 SCREWS SO IT MAY BENECESSARY TO ENLARGE THE HOLES IN ORDER TO GET THE 4-40 SCREWS THROUGH.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: APRIL 16, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1008

SUBJECT: PARAJUST B CHOPPER BOARDS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 128

PRODUCT LINE: ALL BED MILLS USING B PARAJUST PAGE 1 OF 1

RECENTLY WE HAVE BEEN MADE AWARE THAT THERE IS SOME CONFUSIONPERTAINING TO THE CHOPPER BOARS FOR A PARAJUST B UNIT.

THE QUESTION WAS ASKED IF THE MBII STYLE CHOPPER BOARD AND THE MBIHSTYLE CHOPPER BOARD WERE THE SAME. THE MBII 10 AND 15HP PARAJUST UNITS USE ACHOPPER BOARD WITH THE PART NUMBER 402-6005-009; THE MBIH 7 1/2 HP PARAJUSTUNITS USE A CHOPPER WITH PART NUMBER 402-5004-005. THE ONLY DIFFERENCEBETWEEN THESE TWO CHOPPER BOARDS IS THE VALVE OF RESISTOR R2. FOR 10HP AND15 HP UNITS THE VALUE SHOULD BE 2.. OHMS, FOR THE 7 1/2 HP UNITS R2 VALUE IS 390OHMS. IF YOU ARE IN THE FIELD AND SHOULD HAPPEN TO RECEIVE A CHOPPER BOARDFOR REPLACEMENT INTO A MACHINE IT MAY BE A WISE IDEA TO VERIFY THE VALUE OFR2, JUST TO BE SURE THAT YOU HAVE THE CORRECT CHOPPER BOARD FOR THE MACHINEYOU ARE WORKING ON. ALSO, IF YOU RECEIVE ONE STYLE BOARD AND FIND THAT R2 ISNOT WHAT YOU REALLY NEED YOU CAN SIMPLY CHANGE THE VALUE OF R2 TO MAKETHE CHOPPER WORK IN YOUR PARTICULAR MODEL OF MACHINE.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 3, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1009

SUBJECT: PARAJUST A SETUP SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 131

PRODUCT LINE: ANY MILL USING PARAJUST A PAGE 1 OF 3

MATERIALS REQUIRED:

DIGITAL TACHOMETEROSCILLOSCOPEDIGITAL MULTI-METER

1. TURN ODD DISCONNECT SWITCH TO REMOVE POWER.2. CHECK ALL TERMINAL STRIPS FOR TIGHT SCREWS AND GOOD CRIMP CONNECTIONS.3. VERIFY THE FOLLOWING.

A. CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE LABELS IN PROPER PLACE. B. GROUND WIRE FROM PARAJUST CHASSIS TO ITS, MECCA GROUND ASSEMBLY

C. GROUND WIRE FROM SPINDLE MOTOR TO PARAJUST CABINET. D. POLARITY OF WIRING CORRECT .015 OHM CURRENT SENSE RESISTOR. (BLACK ONTOP, WHITE OR CLEAR ON BOTTOM). E. INSURE SLIDE SWITCH S1 ON THE ANALOG BOARD IS IN THE L POSITION. F. INSURE SLIDE SWITCH S2 ON THE ANALOG BOARD IS IN THE 5HP POSITION. G. INSURE ALL TERMINALS ON THE DC BUSS CAPACITORS ARE SOLDERED. H. INSURE RESISTANCE ON THE DYNAMIC BRAKE BOARD OUTPUT RESISTORS ISBETWEEN 11 AND 13 PHMS, AND WIRE INTO THE PARAJUST PROPERLY.

4. THE RESISTANCE MEASURED BETWEEN THE ISOLATION INTERFACE BOARD TERMINAL# 11 AND TERMINAL # 14 MUST BE GREATER THAN 19 MEG OHM.5. INSURE THAT THE DIODES MARE MOUNTED CORRECTLY ON THE DYNAMIC BRAKINGBOARD, (DIODES ARE IN5626 PART NUMBER 417-0001-017. NOTE DIODES MAY BE PRE-WIRED ON THE BRAKING BOARD). TWO LEADS OF THE DIODES COME FROM TB7-1, THE TOP DIODE HAS THE BANDEDEND COMING FROM TB7-1 THE BOTTOM AWAY FROM TB7-1

THE OTHER END OF THE TOP DIODE GOES TO TB6 NEG TERMINAL. THE OTHER END OF THE BOTTOM DIODE THE BANDED END GOES TO TB6POSITIVE TERMINAL.

ORIGINATOR: RANDAL RENNEKANP REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

DYNAMIC BRAKING BOARD DIODES:

6. SET THE FOLLOWING POTS AS SPECIFIED:

ANALOG BOARD BRAKE BOARD

ACC/DEC FULL CW GAIN FULL CCWV/HZ 50% THRESHOLD FULL CCW,CW 1/4 TBOOST FULL CCWSHEAR PIN FULL CW

7. THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN TB1-10 AND TB1-11 MUST BE 0 OHMS.8. CONFIRM THAT THE PARAJUST BRAKE BOARD C3 IS A .56 UFD 200 VDC CAPACITOR.9. ISOLATION INTERFACE BOARD SETUP PROCEDURE:A. POSITION THE AUTO-MANUAL SWITCH TO THE AUTO POSITION.B. ROTATE R65 TO ITS' MAXIMUM CCW POSITION.C. APPLY POWER. MEASURE AC INPUT TO THE PARAJUST 218 TO 253 VAC.D. CHECK FOR 2.2 VDC INPUT AT TERMINAL #12 WITH RESPECT TO TERMINAL #13 WITHAN INPUT COMMAND OF 896 RPM ON THE CRT. (READ A JUST THE DAC INPUT ON THE CNCINTERFACE IF NEEDED).

SEAL POT WITH TORQUE SEAL (HURCO PART NUMBER 348-0001-001).E. COMMAND AN INPUT OF 208 RPM ON THE CRT AND ADJUST R27 UNTIL THE SPINDLERPM MEASURES 230-235 ON THE DIGITAL TACH.F. COMMAND AN INPUT OF 3408 RPM ON THE CRT AND ADJUST R26 UNTIL THE SPINDLERPM MEASURES 3400 TO 3415.G. RE-CHECK 208 AND 3408 RPM AND INSURE BOTH ARE WITHIN THE TOLERANCESPECIFIED. IF OUT OF SPECIFICATION, REPEAT STEPS E AND F.H. CHECK THE FOLLOWING RPM,S.

PROGRAM ACCEPTABLE RANGE144 163-175240 250-270496 500-5301008 1000-10702016 1995-21103600 3540-3620

IF THE RPM FALLS BELOW 3540, SUBSTITUTE THE FOLLOWING VALUES FOR 18K RESISTORR9 AND R17 ON THE ISOLATION INTERFACE BOARD.

R9 - 13KR18 - 15K

THESE WILL WORK ON 9 OUT OF TEN BOARDS. THE REMAINING BOARDS WILL REQUIREDECADE BOXES TO TRIM.I. IF A TOOL CHANGER IS PRESENT, COMMAND A TOOL CHANGE AND ADJUST R40 UNTILTHE PROPER ORIENT SPEED ID REACHED. THIS IS TO BE 1 REVOLUTION /2 SECONDS. INMOST CASES.J. CHECK TO SEE IF THE SCREWDRIVER ADJUSTMENT OF R56 AND R51 HAVE BEENSEALED. IF THEY HAVE NOT. PROCEED THRU A-H IF THEY HAVE GOTO STEP 12

A. WITH A DIGITAL VOLTAGE METER, ADJUST R56 UNTIL PIN 3 OF IC12 EQUALS 5.4 VDCWITH RESPECT TO PHASE B. (OUTPUT SIGNAL COMMON, PIN 5 ISOLATION INTERFACEBOARD).B. REMOVE POWER.C. IMPORTANT TEMPORARILY REMOVE THE LEADS COMING FROM THE CURRENT SENSERESISTOR INPUT TERMINALS NUMBER 6 AND 7.D. TEMPORARILY SHORT INPUT TERMINALS 5 AND 6 TOGETHER.E. TEMPORARILY CLIP LEAD INPUT TERMINAL # 7 TO PIN 3 OF IC8 AND SHORT OUT VRS.F. WHEN POWER IS NOW REAPPLIED THERE SHOULD EXIST AN INPUT OF ABOUT .138 VDCBETWEEN TERMINALS 6 AND 7.G. MONITORING PIN 6 OF IC11 WITH RESPECT TO PHASE B (OUTPUT SIGNAL COMMON, PIN#5 ISOLATION INTERFACE BOARD) WITH A DIGITAL VOLTMETER, ADJUST R51 UNTIL PIN 6MEASURES 10.47 TIMES THE VDC BETWEEN TERMINALS 6 AND 7.H. REMOVE ALL CLIP LEADS, TEMPORARY SHORTS AND RECONNECT THE CURRENTSENSE RESISTOR TO INPUT TERMINALS 6 AND 7. CAREFULLY NOTING POLARITY. (WHITEOR CLEAR PIN 6, BLACK PIN 7). SEAL THE ADJUSTMENTS OF ALL POTS ON P.C. BOARDWITH TORQUE SEAL (HURCO PART NUMBER 348- 0001-001).

12. DISCONNECT POWER, BE SURE THAT THE LARGE FILTER CAPACITORS INSIDE THEPARAJUST ARE DISCHARGED.13. POSITION THE AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH OF ISOLATION INTERFACE BOARD THEMANUAL POSITION. POSITION R38 FULL CCW THEN TURN CW 6 TURNS14. RE-APPLY POWER. MEASURE AC INPUT TO PARAJUST, 218 TO 253 VAC.15. ENERGIZE SPINDLE.A. POSITION R38 UNTIL SPINDLE RPM FALLS BETWEEN 200-208 RPM'S READING FROM THEDIGITAL TACH. ADJUST THE PARAJUST BOOST UNTIL THE SPINDLE MEASURES 72.2 TO43.4 VDC ON THE DC BUSS CAPACITORS (BOTH LELAND AND G.E. MOTORS).16. POSITION R38 UNTIL THE SPINDLE RPM FALLS BETWEEN 896-900 RPM ON THE DIGITALTACH. ADJUST PARAJUST V/HZ POTENTIOMETER UNTIL PARAJUST DC BUSS VOLTAGEMEASURES 278 TO 282 VDC. (BOTH LELAND AND G.E. MOTORS)17. REPEAT STEPS 15 AND 16 UNTIL NO FURTHER ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY.18. ADJUST R38 UNTIL THE SPINDLE SPEED IS 2000 RPM, ON THE DIGITAL TACH, WILESWITCHING THE AUTO-MANUAL SWITCH BETWEEN OFF AND MANUAL, SET THE RAMP UPAND DOWN WITH THE ACCEL/DECEL POTS, WHILE THE OSCILLOSCOPE IS CONNECTED ATTB1-12 AND TB1-13 (PARAJUST COMMON) FOR A RAMP OF 3 SECONDS FOR LELANDMOTOR AND A RAMP OF 1.4 SECONDS FOR A G.E. MOTOR NOTE: IF THIS ADJUSTMENTCANNOT BE SET LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 3 SECONDS FOR LELAND MOTOR, CHECK THESIZE OF C7 ON THE ANALOG BOARD AND REPLACE WITH A 10 UFD 25V CAPACITOR IFNEEDED.

CAUTION: THE RED WIRE OF THE CAP BANK CAN BE FLOATING AT 300 VOLTS ABOVECHASSIS. THE SCOPE CHASSIS WILL ALSO BE AT THIS POTENTIAL WHEN THE GROUND ISCONNECTED TO THE PARAJUST SIGNAL COMMON. DO NOT HAVE THE SAFETY GROUNDON THE SCOPE HOOKED UP ALSO THE METAL OF THE SCOPE WILL BE AT THIS VOLTAGEDO NOT TOUCH.

THIS RAMP DOWN AND RAMP UP REFERS TO THE MAXIMUM SPINDLE MOTORACCELERATION FROM 9 TO 2000 RPM AND A MAXIMUM SPINDLE MOTOR DECELERATIONFROM 2000 TO 0 RPM.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 7, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1010

SUBJECT: CHATTER ON KMB-IM & KMB-I MILLS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 132

PRODUCT LINE: KONDIA STYLE KNEEL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

WHEN CUTTING FAIRLY MILD CUTS IN ALUMINUM OR STEEL, SOME MACHINESSEEM TO SHOW EXCESSIVE CHATTER IN THE SPINDLE. WHEN THERE IS A PROBLEM, THENOISE IS USUALLY MORE PREVALENT WHEN AN AXIS IS MILLING IN ONE DIRECTION,WHILE THE OTHER DIRECTION SEEMS MUCH SMOOTHER. CHECK TO SEE ID THERE IS AGAP BETWEEN THE SPINDLE NUT AND THE QUILL. THE SPINDLE NUT HOLDS THE SPINDLEUP IN THE QUILL AND PUTS THE PRELOAD ON THE OUTER RACES OF THE SPINDLEBEARING'S. IF THERE IS NO GAP THIS MEANS THE QUILL NUT IS BOTTOMED OUT ANDTHERE PROBABLY WON'T BE SUFFICIENT PRELOAD ON THE BEARING'S. THE MINIMUMGAP IS .010 INCH. WE DON'T WANT A LARGE GAP BECAUSE IT COULD BE A CHIP TRAPAND DRAG CHIPS INTO THE BORE.

IF YOU HAVE A MACHINE WHICH HAS NO CLEARANCE. THE NUT MUST BEREMOVED AND TURNED DOWN ON A LATHE. TO REMOVE THIS NUT YOU MUST FIRSTREMOVE THE ERICHSON OR UNIVERSAL SPINDLE NUT. THEN LOOSEN THE ALLEN HEADSCREW ON THE BACK OF THE QUILL (IT MAY BE COVER WITH PUTTY TO KEEP CHIPS OUT)THEN TURN THE NUT OFF THE QUILL. AFTER REINSTALLING THE NUT AND THE SETSCREW RE-PUTTY THE SET SCREW HOLE TO KEEP THE CHIP OUT OF THE BORE.NOTE: IF YOU HAVE TOO MUCH CLEARANCE THE THREADED PART OF THE NUT MUST BETURNED DOWN.

ORIGINATOR: RANDAL RENNEKAMP REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 13, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1011

SUBJECT: FRONT PANEL BOARD MODIFICATIONS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 134

PRODUCT LINE: ANY B CONTROL MILL PAGE 1 OF 1

IF YOU SHOULD RUN INTO A MACHINE THAT HAS BENDING OF THE VIDEO AT THE TOPOF THE SCREEN, THE FOLLOWING MODIFICATION TO THE FRONT PANEL BOARD SHOULDCURE THE PROBLEM.

STEP 1

CUT THE LAND BETWEEN PIN 5 AND PIN 5 OF IC 33 (7430).

STEP 2

ADD A JUMPER FROM PIN 6 OF IC 33 (7430) TO PIN 24 OF IC 28 (MCM66710P).

STEP 3

REPLACE R80 WITH A 100 OHM 1/4 WATT 5 PERCENT RESISTOR.

THIS MODIFICATION WILL MORE CLOSELY MATCH THE INPUT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CRT BYDECREASING THE VERTICAL SYNC SIGNAL TO 500 MICRO SECONDS AND DECREASINGCOMPOSITE VIDEO OUTPUT TO 1 VOLT PEAK TO PEAK.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 26, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1012

SUBJECT: MILL AUTO LUBE OIL TYPE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 137

PRODUCT LINE: MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

THE TYPE OF OIL WE RECOMMEND FOR USE IN OUR MACHINES IS MOBIL VACTRA 2 OREQUIVALENT. HERE IS A SMALL CROSS LIST OF MANUFACTURERS.

ALLUBE MOLY SHIELD WAY OIL 315AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REXLUBE #20AMERICAN INDUSTRIES INC. 516 WAY LUBES #20AMERICAN LUBRICANTS CO. ALUCO MOLY WAY LUBE #40AMOCO OIL CO. WAYTAC OIL #31ANDERSON OIL & CHEMICAL CO. WINSOR WAY OIL 1LASHLAND OIL INC. WAULUBE W-30ATLANTIC RICHFIELD CO. TRUSLIDE S-315BEL-RAY CO. INC. RAYLENE EP OIL #2BROOKS TECHNOLOGY CO. BARCOTE 961CATA OIL & GREASE CO. MED. HVY OIL FOR SLIDEWAYSCHEVRON USA INC. CHEVRON OIL 68CITIES SERVICE CO. CITGO SLIDERITE NO. 2CONTINENTAL OIL CO. HD WAY LUBE 31DARMEX INDUSTRIAL CORP. DARMEX 1050DAVIS HOWLAND OIL CORP WAY OIL 80DUBOIS CHEMICALS MPO-30EXXON CO. USA FEBIS K68FISKE BROS. REFININHG CO. NO. 3-VGEORGE-CAROLINA OIL CO. G-C PRESS MEDIUMGETTY REFINING & MARKETING VEEDOL ATLINE 20GRAPHITE PRODUCTS CORP. GP #350 WOGULF OIL CORP GULFWAY 52IMPERIAL OIL * GREASE CO. MOLUB-ALLOY M.W.O. 20KENDALL REFINING CO. KENDALL 965MOBIL OIL CORP. VACTRA NO. 2UNION OIL CO. OF CALIFORNIA WAY OIL HD 315

ORIGINATOR: RANDAL RENNEKANP REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 27, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1013

SUBJECT: MBII SPINDLE SHOT PIN LIMIT SWITCH SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 138OPTIMUM SETTING

PRODUCT LINE: MB 2 PAGE 1 OF 2

TO CLARIFY ANY MISCONCEPTIONS AND AS A REMINDER, THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURESHOULD BE USED FOR ADJUSTING THE SPINDLE SHOT PIN (IN) LIMIT SWITCH FOR ANOPTIMUM SETTING:

1. PLACE CONTROL IN EMERGENCY STOP CONDITION.

2. MANUALLY ACTIVATE SHOT PIN IN SOLENOID AIR VALVE SO THAT THE SHOT PIN ISRIDING ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE ORIENTATION COLLAR.

3. THE PROPER "GAP" SHOULD BE BETWEEN .80 " TO .100" JUST AS THE SWITCH IS BEINGMADE, OR STATED ANOTHER WAY, THE LOGIC "0) LEVEL IS DETECTED ACROSS THESWITCH WIRES. IF THE .080" TO .100" GAP IS NOT CORRECT ADJUST THE L.S. ACTUATINGDOG TO OBTAIN IT AND REMEMBER TO LOCKTITE THE ACTUATING DOG SET SCREWWHEN FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AREÿMADE.

NOTE: SEE ATTACHED DRAWING FOR DETAILS.

ORIGINATOR: H.D. HUNT REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 3, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1014

SUBJECT: VARIDRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 139

PRODUCT LINE: KONDIA VARIDRIVE MACHINES PAGE 1 OF 1

WHEN IN A SERVICE CALL TO A CUSTOMER WHO IS HAVING PROBLEMS WITH THEVARIDRIVE BELT. WE NEED TO CHECK THE VARIDRIVE PULLEYS FOR PITTING CAUSEDBY RUST IN SHIPMENT FROM KONDIA TO HURCO IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THESE PULLEYSCAN ACQUIRE A SMALL RUST DEPOSIT ON THEM. THIS RUST CAN BECOME DEPOSITED INTHE VARIDRIVE BELT, AND CAUSE IT TO WERE OUT EXCESSIVELY FAST. IF ARE ON ACALL AND THE BELT IS WORN OR NEEDS REPLACING, MAKE SURE ANY RUST OR PITTINGIS REMOVED FROM THE VARIDRIVE PULLEYS BEFORE THE NEW BELT IS INSTALLED. THISCAN BE DONE BY SIMPLY RUBBING THE PULLEYS WITH STEEL WOOL AND MAKING SURETHEY ARE CLEAN.

ORIGINATOR: R. RENNEKAMP REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 9, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1015

SUBJECT: MBII ATC LIMIT SWITCH & AIR VALVE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 141SETTINGS

PRODUCT LINE: MB2 PAGE 1 OF 1

AS AN ENDEAVOR TO OPTIMIZE THE MB-II ATC LIMIT SWITCHES AND AIR FLOWCONTROL VALVE SETTINGS, THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE OBSERVED:

PUSH BUTTON LIMIT SWITCH SHOULD HAVE .050 ADDITIONAL TRAVEL WHENACTIVATED BEFORE MECHANICAL STOP; ROLLER PUSH ACTUATE LIMIT SWITCHESSHOULD HAVE .100" TO .125" ADDITIONAL TRAVEL BEFORE MECHANICAL STOP.

THE ATC AIR FLOW CONTROL VALVE ADJUSTMENT SCREWS SHOULD BE SET ASFOLLOWS:

HI SPINDLE GEAR 1/2 TURN FROM CLOSED POSITION.LO SPINDLE GEAR " "TOOL ARM UP " "TOOL POT FORWARD 1 1/4 TO 1 1/2 TURNS FROM CLOSED POSITION.TOOL POT BACK " " " "SPINDLE SHOT PIN OUT " " " "CAROUSEL LOCATE IN " " " "CAROUSEL LOCATE OUT " " " "TOOL POT CLAMP " " " "TOOL POT UNCLAMP " " " "

VERIFY AIR REGULATOR IS SET BETWEEN 5.5 AND 6.0 KG/CM2 AND DOES NOT DROPMORE THAN .5 KG/CM2 DURING AN AUTO TOOL CHANGE CYCLE.

ORIGINATOR: H.D. HUNT REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: AUGUST 31, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1016

SUBJECT: GROUND ROD USE IN HURCO MILLS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 146

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILL LINES PAGE 1 OF 1

IN THE PAST HURCO SUPPLIED GROUND RODS FOR THE CUSTOMER TO USE WITHTHEE MILL. THIS PRACTICE WAS DISCONTINUED WITH THE ULTIMAX LINE OF CONTROL.IT WAS FOUND WITH THE GROUND ROD INSTALLED THE MACHINE WAS ACTING AS THEGROUNDING POINT FOR ALL MACHINES IN THE SHOP. CAUSING PROBLEMS WITH THEHURCO OF COURSE. SO DO NOT HAVE AN ULTIMAX CONTROL HOOKED TO A GROUNDROD.

WITH THE B OR BX CONTROL THEY SHOULD BE HOOKED TO THE GROUND RODTHAT WAS SUPPLIED WITH THE MACHINE.

ORIGINATOR: R. BRYANT REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: SEPTEMBER 3, 1982 ISSUE NUMBER: 1017

SUBJECT: SNOW ON CRT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 148

PRODUCT LINE: MB1H PAGE 1 OF 1

THE FOLLOWING MODIFICATION SHOULD BE MADE TO ALL MB1H MACHINES TOELIMINATE SNOW ON THE CRT. THIS SNOW IS CAUSED BY NOISE FROM THE SERVOSYSTEM. THE NOISE REACHES THE CRT VIA THE FRONT PANEL TO CONTROL WIRINGHARNESS WHICH RUNS NEXT TO THE SERVO SYSTEM.

MODIFICATION:

1. SPLICE THE TWO WHITE WIRES TOGETHER AT THE CRT CONNECTOR. THIS TIESTHE VIDEO COMMON TO THE POWER SUPPLY COMMON.

2. MACHINES SHIPPED AFTER 6/2/82 SHOULD ALREADY HAVE THIS MODIFICATIONDONE.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: FEBRUARY 24, 1983 ISSUE NUMBER: 1018

SUBJECT: SHEAR PIN DURING TAP ON PARAJUST B SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 150

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS USING PARAJUST B UNITS PAGE 1 OF 1

IT HAS BEEN DISCOVERED THAT THE REVERSE RELAY CIRCUITY FOR THE PARAJUST CANCAUSE A SHEAR PIN CONDITION DURING TAP. THIS WILL SHOW UP AS AND EMERGENCYSTOP NO RPM AT THE BOTTOM OF A TAP. THIS CONDITION IS CAUSED BY A RELAY WITHEXCESSIVE BOUNCE.

WE CAN PERFORM A SIMPLE MODIFICATION TO REMOVE THE REVERSE RELAY, ANDTRIGGER THE PARAJUST WITH A DIRECT CONNECTION TO THE OPTO-ISOLATOR THATCONTROLS THE REVERSE RELAY.THIS MODIFICATION WILL ONLY WORK ON PARAJUST B UNITS AND SHOULD NOT BEATTEMPTED ON PARAJUST A UNITS.

MODIFICATION:1. REMOVE WIRE AT TB8-13.2. REMOVE WIRE AT TB9-6.3. SPLICE THESE TWO WIRE TOGETHER.4. REMOVE REV RELAY.

TRY DOING THIS MODIFICATION IF YOU RUN INTO A MACHINE THAT HAS HAD THISPROBLEM BEFORE TRYING ANYTHING ELSE. ALL MACHINES BEING BUILT AFTER 2/15/83WILL HAVE THIS MODIFICATION DONE. A SIMILAR SOLUTION IS BEING INVESTIGATEDFOR MACHINES WITH PARAJUST A.

AGAIN I REPEAT.

DO NOT PERFORM THIS MODIFICATION ON PARAJUST A UNITS.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 2, 1983 ISSUE NUMBER: 1019

SUBJECT: MISS-WIRED CONTROL TRANSFORMER (T2) SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 155

PRODUCT LINE: MB3 PAGE 1 OF 1

ON A MB3 INSTALLATION IT WAS DISCOVERED THAT THE PRIMARY SIDE OF THET2 CONTROL TRANSFORMER WAS MISS-WIRED. THE 230 VAC INPUT SHOULD BECONNECTED TO EITHER H1-H3 OR H1-H4. IN NO CASE SHOULD THE INPUT BE CONNECTEDTO H1-H2. TO DETERMINE WHICH PRIMARY TAPS TO USE (H1-H3 OR H1- H4), MONITOR THESECONDARY VOLTAGE AND WIRE THE PRIMARY TO ACHIEVE AS CLOSE TO THE 120 VACAS POSSIBLE.

NOTE: THE CONTROL MAGNETICS SCHEMATIC (DRAWING # 002-1653-001) IN THE MB3OWNER'S MANUAL IS MISS-WIRED. STEPS ARE BEING TAKEN TO GET THAT CORRECTED.

ORIGINATOR: REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: OCTOBER 28, 1983 ISSUE NUMBER: 1020

SUBJECT: HIGH SPEED SPINDLE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 159

PRODUCT LINE: MILLS WITH HSS PAGE 1 OF 1

HIGH SPEED SPINDLE MACHINE ARE NOW BEING PRODUCED AND THERE ARE SOMEDIFFERENCES THAT YOU NEED TO BE AWARE OF.

1. A TAG IS BEING PLACED ON THE INSIDE OF THE PARAJUST DOOR TO HELP IDENTIFY AHSS MACHINE.

2. THE LETTERS "HSS" ARE BEING STAMPED ON THE IDENTIFICATION PLATE AFTER THESERIAL NUMBER.

3. ONLY HSS MASTER TAPES SHOULD BE USED IN HSS MACHINES.

4. THE FREQUENCY BOARD OR ANALOG BOARD IS MODIFIED.

5. THE SETUP PROCEDURE IS SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT.

6. THE SPINDLE MOTOR IS DIFFERENT AND THE NEW PART NUMBER IS 401-6001- 613

7. THE SPINDLE ASSEMBLY IS ALSO DIFFERENT.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 12, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1021

SUBJECT: BX RETROFIT TO TOOLMASTERS CONTROLS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 166

PRODUCT LINE: MB1 PAGE 1 OF 1

WE WERE RECENTLY ABLE TO SOLVE POSITIONING PROBLEM AT TWO DIFFERENTCUSTOMERS BY RE-ROUTING THE MOTOR WIRES AWAY FROM THE 5VDC CIRCUITRY ATTB7-X-Y-Z. IN BOTH CASES THE WIRES WERE RE-ROUTED ALONG THE RIGHT HAND SIDEOF THE POWER CABINET AWAY FROM THE 5VDC CIRCUITS.

IF YOU ARE EXPERIENCING A POSITIONING PROBLEM WITH A BX RETROFIT TOOLMASTERCONTROL, TRY RE-ROUTING THE MOTOR WIRES.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 12, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1022

SUBJECT: SET-UP OF BX SERVO CONTROL BOARD SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 167

PRODUCT LINE: BX MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE OF BX SERVO CONTROL BOARD

THE SERVO CONTROL BOARD HAS ONLY THREE ADJUSTMENTS. THE +10 VOLTREFERENCE LEVEL, ADJUSTMENT R15 THE -10 VOLT REFERENCE LEVEL ADJUSTMENT,R16 THE +5 VOLTAGE REFERENCE ADJUSTMENT R14. THE LAST TWO ADJUSTMENTS AREDEPENDENT IN THE +10 VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT, THUS THE +10 VOLTAGE REFERENCE R15SHOULD BE ADJUSTED FIRST.

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

1. APPLY +15, -15, AND +5 VOLTS TO THE SERVO CONTROL BOARD.

2. MONITORING THE VOLTAGE ON PIN 6 OF U33 ADJUST R15 FOR +10 VOLTS +- .01 VOLTS.

3. WILE MONITORING THE VOLTAGE ON PIN 14 OF U32 ADJUST R16 FOR -10 VOLTS +- .01V.

4. MANUALLY JOG AND AXIS AND TURN THE OVERRIDE POT TO FULL CW AND ADJUSTR14 TO ACHIEVE A FEEDRATE OF 150.8.

THE VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENTS NEED NOT BE DONE AGAIN AS LONG AS NOT IC,S AREREPLACED ON THE BOARD. THE VOLTAGES WILL REMAIN STABLE EVEN IF THE +-15 VCHANGE AS WOULD BE THE CASE WHEN THE SERVO BOARD IS PLACED IN A DIFFERENTMILL.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 12, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1023

SUBJECT: PARAJUST 280VDC BUSS VOLTAGE PROBLEM SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 16

PRODUCT LINE: PARAJUST B MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

IF IN THE FIELD YOU FIND IT DIFFICULT TO OBTAIN 280VDC @ 900 RPM(PER MFG. DOCUMENT NO. 757-1001-003), THEN REMOVE TRIM RESISTOR R19. TR19 TRIM RESISTOR IS USED TO SET THE POINT ON THE DC HOLD ADJUSTMENTWHERE THE DC HOLD IS FIRST REALIZED. SINCE DC HOLD IS NOT USED IN OURAPPLICATION, REMOVING R19 WILL HAVE NO ADVERSE AFFECT ON THE OPERATION

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 18, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1024

SUBJECT: RS232 DATA CARRIER LOSS BX MPU BRD SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 168

PRODUCT LINE: BX CONTROL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

IF YOU ARE WORKING ON A BX MILL USING RS232 AND GETTING DATA CARRIER LOSTERRORS TRY REMOVING RESISTORS R10 AND R6 330 OHM ON THE BX MPU. INPUTS J5-5,8COULD BE ALLOWING NOISE TO BE RECEIVED. THIS MODIFICATION SHOULD ELIMINATETHIS PROBLEM.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY: R BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 19, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1025

SUBJECT: MOD TO X5 MOTHER BRD FOR MIS POSITIONING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 171

PRODUCT LINE: MB3/MD3 PAGE 1 OF 2

THIS MODIFICATION WILL HELP ELIMINATE NOISE FROM PHASE A AND B OF LINEARSCALES.

ADD 4 (407-0001-058) 10PF CAPACITORS TO NON COMPONENT SIDE OF X 5 MOTHER BOARDKEEP LEAD LENGTH SHORT (1/4" OR LESS).

ADD CAPACITORS BETWEEN:1. J1-1 AND J1-2 GROUND AND 5 VOLTS.2. J2-1 AND J2-2 GROUND AND 5 VOLTS.3. J3-1 AND J3-2 GROUND AND 5 VOLTS.4. TB1-5 AND TB1-6 GROUND AND 5 VOLTS.

VERIFY MACHINE CALIBRATION AND POSITIONING AFTER MODIFICATION.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: May 9, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1026

SUBJECT: SPLINE COUPLING REPLACEMENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 185

PRODUCT LINE: KMB-I /KMBX-I PAGE 1 OF 1

Before any spline coupling is replaced, the following steps need to be followed.

1) Put ample grease on spline shaft and spline coupling.

2) Re-tram head.

3) Re-align "Z" axis ballscrew assembly.

Then if noise persists, it can be determined that the spline coupling is bad and indeed should be replaced.When new spline coupling is received, make sure there is a good fit between it and the spline shaft byfollowing the procedure outlined in Manufacturing Document #757-3012-011. If the fit is not good, anew spline coupling should be ordered.

ORIGINATOR: Wayne E. Hawkins REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 30, 1084 ISSUE NUMBER: 1027

SUBJECT: SERVO AMP BRD AND DIODE PUMP SETUP SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 187

PRODUCT LINE: 425, 900, AND 1450 EDM,S PAGE 1 OF 2

RETRACT TIME ADJUSTMENTS STEPS 1-8

1. REMOVE ALL MATERIALS AND/OR FIXTURES FROM THE SURFACE OF THE WORKTABLE.

2. REMOVE ELECTRODE AND/OR HOLDER.

3. REMOVE DIAL INDICATOR AND MICROMETER FROM Z AXIS DEPTH GAGE RAIL.

4. TURN ON MAINS AT REAR OF MACHINE AND ON FRONT PANEL GENERATOR.

5. RELEASE FRONT PANEL EMERGENCY STOP. SELECT HEAD LOCK. USING FASTAPPROACH CONTROL KNOB. CONFIRM PROPER AMOUNT OF Z AXIS TRAVEL ADJUST IFNECESSARY.

425 = Approximately 6" or 152mm 900 = Approximately 11" or 280mm 1450 = Approximately 11.8" or 300mm

6. PRESET COARSE FEED POT TO 0.PRESET FIND FEED POT TO 5 OR MID RANGE ON THE 425E.PRESET SENSITIVITY POT TO FULL "-" POSITION.

7. USING THE FAST APPROACH CONTROL KNOB POSITION THE Z AXIS ON THE MINUSLIMIT SWITCH. A. RELEASE HEAD LOCK AND START TIMING Z AXIS OVER FULL TRAVEL. RETRACTTIME SHOULD BE AS FOLLOWS.

425E & 425 MARK II 2 MINUTES + OR - 10 SEC.900 MARK II 4 MINUTES + OR - 10 SEC.1450 MARK II 4 MINUTES 30 + OR -10 SEC.

8. IF THE RETRACT TIMES ARE INCORRECT, CORRECTIONS SHOULD BE MAKE BYADJUSTING THE AMPLIFIER GAIN POT MOUNT ON THE AMP CHASSIS ASSEMBLY.

FIRST LOOSEN THE JAM NUT.A. CW TO REDUCE.B. CCW TO INCREASE TIME.

DIODE PUMP OR SERVO GAIN ADJUSTMENTS 9-17

9. PRESET FINE FEED POT TO 5 (MID-RANGE ON THE 425E), COARSE FEED TO 0,SENSITIVITY POT TO MID RANGE.

10. REMOUNT DIAL INDICATOR ON Z AXIS DEPTH GAUGE RAIL.11. APPLY HEAD LOCK, USING FAST APPROACH KNOB MOVE Z AXIS APPROXIMATEMIDDLE OF TRAVEL.

12. ZERO DIAL INDICATOR.

13. SELECT MAXIMUM CURRENT ( AMP, 50 AMP, OR 25 AMP DEPENDING ON MODEL OFGENERATOR.

14. TURN ON THE DIELECTRIC PUMP, ALLOW IT TO RUN UNTIL THE DIELECTRIC ISFLOWING ACROSS THE TABLE. CONFIRM THAT GENERATOR ON WILL LATCH ON. TURNGENERATOR OFF.

15. SELECT EDGE, FIND RELEASE HEAD LOCK AND ADJUST COARSE FEED POT TOBALANCE Z AXIS (NO MOVEMENT ON DIAL INDICATOR)

16. APPLY HEAD LOCK, DISENGAGE EDGE FIND, TURN ON GENERATOR. RELEASE HEADLOCK. ADJUST HIGH CURRENT TRIM POT, TO BALANCE Z AXIS. NO MOVEMENT DIALINDICATOR.

17. REPEAT STEPS 12 THROUGH 17 ON THE LOW CURRENT RANGE. USE LOW CURRENTTRIM POT TO BALANCE Z AXIS.

ORIGINATOR: B.J. STINSON REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 29, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1028

SUBJECT: OPTITRON TRIP POINT SETTING ADJUSTMENTS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 188

PRODUCT LINE: EDM'S PAGE 1 OF

1. JUMPER PINS S AND P ON THE RF BOARD (FIGURE 2).

2. APPLY POWER TO GENERATOR AND RELEASE EMERGENCY STOP AND ADJUST THEEFFICIENCY METER TO THE RED TRIP POINT GRADUATION.

3. WHILE WATCHING THE THRESHOLD RELAY (MOUNTED ON THE BIAS SUPPLY BOARD,FIGURE 1) ADJUST THE THRESHOLD POT ON THE RF BOARD (FIGURE 2) SO THE RELAYJUST PICKS UP.

ORIGINATOR: B.J. STINSON REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 1, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1029

SUBJECT: SERIAL NUMBER ID ON HURCO PRODUCTS SUPERSEDES NUMBER 18

PRODUCT LINE: ALL HURCO PRODUCTS PAGE 1 OF 15

SCOPE: All products, systems, etc., identified by Hurco serial numberare to be marked according to the method prescribed in thisspecification. Information required for identification labels included.

I. Serial Numbering Plan

1. Format

Number each product line and each sub-assembly type sequentiaas follows:

All products are to use the same format with appropriateprefixes and suffixes. Sub-assemblies which are to have serinumbers will not use prefix letters.

Ö-----------------Ú------ Year ° ° ° ° XXXX7 NNN MM8X °°°° °°° °° °

Product Line Prefix --ÙÙÙì ÛÙÀ °° Û----- Major Revision (Letter(s) as listed ° °° suffix from in Table #1) ° °° Table #2

° ÛÙ------- Month ° First M is zero

Consecutive numbering -------------ì for numbers less of products beginning than 10 each month (by major product line).

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

TABLE #1 Serial Number Prefix Letters - Product Identification

--------------------------------Ú-----------------------Ú------------ °Serial Numbers Are At- ° Ass

Table #1 (Part 1) - CNC Mills°tached to Power Cabinet° Location & ------Ú-------Ú-----------------Ù-----------------------é-------Ú---- ° ° °Indpls.°Read ITEM° MODEL ° DESCRIPTION °U.S.A. °Engl ------é-------é-----------------------------------------é-------é---- ____1_°KM-1___°Bridgeport_Knee_Mill_____________________°____B__°___-_____2_°KMB-1__°Kondia_Knee_Mill_________________________°____K__°__KM__ ____3_°KMB-1s_°Short_Axis_Travel_KMB-1__________________°___KS__°___-_ ____4_°KMB-1m_°Manual_Spindle_Speed_KMB-1_______________°___KM__°__MK_ ____5_°KMBX-1_°KMB-1_w/BX_Control_______________________°___KX__°___-_ ____6_°KMBX-1m°KMB-1_w/BX_Control_&_Manual_Spindle_Speed°__KMX__°___-_ ____7_°_______°_________________________________________°_______°_____ ____8_°_______°_________________________________________°_______°_____ ____9_°M1_____°Toyama___________________________________°____H__°___M_ ___10_°MB-1___°M1-Improved_Size_&_Strength______________°___HB__°__MB_ ___11_°MB-1S__°MB-1_With_Short_Axis_Travel______________°__MBS__°___-_ ___12_°MB-1H__°Greater_Spindle_Power_MB-1_______________°___MH__°___-_ ___13_°MBX-1__°BX_Control_on_MB-1H______________________°___MX__°___-_ ___14_°MD-1___°Toyama___________________________________°___MD__°___-_ ___15_°_______°_________________________________________°_______°_____ ___16_°M2_____°Toyama___________________________________°____T__°___-_ ___17_°MB-2___°M2_With_Greater_Travel_&_Power___________°___TB__°___-_ ___18_°_______°_________________________________________°_______°_____ ___19_°_______°_________________________________________°_______°_____ ___20_°MBX-3__°Toyama___________________________________°___JB__°___-_ ___21_°_______°_________________________________________°_______°_____ ___22_°MD-3___°Toyama___________________________________°___JD__°___-_ ___23_°_______°_________________________________________°_______°_____ ___24_°TM-5___°T-Bed_Mill_______________________________°__HTA__°___-_ ___25_°TMC-5__°T-Bed_Mill_ATC___________________________°__HTB__°___-_ ___26_°KM-3___°SM1_CNC_MAX______________________________°__SDA__°___-_ ___27_°KM-3___°SM1_CNC_MAX_SSC__________________________°__SDB__°___-_ ___28_°KMC-3__°SM1_CNC_MAX_ATC_SSC______________________°__SDC__°___-_ ___29_°KM-3___°SM1_CNC_BX_______________________________°__SXA*_°___-_ ___30_°KM-3___°SM1_CNC_BX_SSC___________________________°__SXB__°___-_ ___31_°KMC-3__°SM1_CNC_BX_ATC_SSC_______________________°__SXC__°___-_ ___32_°KM-3P__°KMB1m_MAX________________________________°__KDA__°___-_ ___33_°KM-3P__°KMB1m_MAX_SSC____________________________°__KDB__°___-_ ___34_°KMC-3P_°KMB1m_MAX_ATC_SSC________________________°__KDC__°___-_ ___35_°KM-3P__°KMB1m_BX_________________________________°__KXA__°___-_ ___36_°KM-3P__°KMB1m_BX_SSC_____________________________°__KXB__°___-_ ___37_°KMC-3P_°KMB1m_BX_ATC_SSC_________________________°__KXC__°___-_

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

TABLE #1 Serial Number Prefix Letters - Product Identification

--------------------------------Ú-----------------------Ú------------ °Serial Numbers Are At- ° Ass

*Was SDX Suffix B (Rigidram); therefore, SDX Suffix B (Rigidram) and S

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

TABLE #1 Serial Number Prefix Letters - Product Identification

Table #1 (Part 2) - Standard Mills Ö-------Ú---------Ú-------------------------------------------Ú------

° ° ° CNDESCRIPTION ° PREFIX °PREFIX°û-------é---------é-------------------------------------------é-------1 ° Standard 9 X 42 Table, Standard Ways ° SA ° -- °û-------é---------é-------------------------------------------é-------1 ° Kondia 9 X 42 Table, Hardened Ways ° SB ° SBX °û-------é---------é-------------------------------------------é-------1 ° Kondia 12 X 42 Table, Standard Ways ° SC ° -- °û-------é---------é-------------------------------------------é-------1 ° Kondia 12 X 42 Table, Hardened Ways ° SD ° SDX °û-------é---------é-------------------------------------------é-------1 ° Kondia 12 X 48 Table, Standard Ways ° SE ° -- °û-------é---------é-------------------------------------------é-------1 ° Kondia 12 X 48 Table, Hardened Ways ° SF ° -- °û-------é---------é-------------------------------------------é-------2 ° Kondia 58 X 11 Table, Hardened Ways ° SG ° -- °Û-------Ù---------Ù-------------------------------------------Ù-------

Table #1 (Part 3) - Other Products

Ö-------Ú---------Ú-------------------------------------------Ú------ ° 1 ° DTP-1 ° Desk Top Programmer ° D û-------é---------é-------------------------------------------é------ ° 2 ° DTP-2 ° Desk Top Programmer, Level 2 ° D2 Û-------Ù---------Ù-------------------------------------------Ù------

Table #1 (Continued) - Serial Number Prefix Letters

Table #1 (Part 4) - **Autobend 4 Gauges - Place Serial Numbers on PMechanical Gauges

Ö----Ú---------Ú----------------------------Ú----Ú--------------------° ° ° °PRE-° °ITEM° MODEL ° DESCRIPTION °FIX ° SPECIAL INSTû----é---------é----------------------------é----é--------------------°_1__°SD_______°Single_Drive_ABIV___________°__A_°_1)_The_prefix_"N"_i°_2__°DS_______°Dual_Drive_ABIV_____________°__C_°____units_with_diagn°_3__°DS/2_____°1/2_Dual_Drive______________°__C_°_____________________°_4__°--_______°Two_Axis_Drive______________°__E_°_____________________°_5__°P2_______°Plate_Gauge_________________°__G_°_____________________°_6__°S1_______°Shear_Gauge_________________°__I_°_____________________

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

°_7__°SDHD2A___°Single_Drive_Hydraulic______°_AE_°_2)_Combination_of_u°____°_________°___2_Axis_ABIV______________°____°____have_a_two,_thre°_8__°DSHD2A___°Dual_Drive_Hydraulic________°_CE_°____letter_prefix_to_°____°_________°___2_Axis_ABIV______________°____°____system.__Example°_9__°SDPM2A___°Single_Drive_Promecam_______°_AE_°____a)_Single_drive_°____°_________°___2_Axis_ABIV______________°____°____b)_Single_drive_°_10_°SD/DS____°Front/Rear,_Dual_Front-_____°__F_°_______front/rear____°____°_________°___Single_Rear______________°____°____c)_Dual_drive/2_°_11_°SD/DSHD2A°Front/Rear,_Hyd._2_Axis_____°_FC_°_______rear_with_dia°____°_________°___Dual_Fnt.,_Dual_Rear_ABIV°____°____Use_2,_3_or_4_le°_12_°DSPM2A___°Dual_Drive_Promecam_________°_CE_°____to_describe_syst°____°_________°___2_Axis_ABIV______________°____°_____________________°_13_°SDM2A____°Single_Drive_Mech._Stop_____°_AE_°_____________________°____°_________°___2_Axis_ABIV______________°____°_____________________°_14_°DSM2A____°Dual_Drive_Mech._Stop_______°_CE_°_____________________°____°_________°___2_Axis_ABIV______________°____°_____________________

** Vertical Control Unit (Autobend 2 Axis) requires the following:

a) Serial Number - Identical to that of the Autobend Power Box b) Assembly Number - Hurco drawing number for the vertical control c) Contact Ratings - Maximum continuous current rating and voltage

Relay Contacts if relay is used. (5A @ 240 VA

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Table #1 (Continued) - Serial Number Prefix Letters

Ö---------------------------------------------------------------------° Table #1 (Part 5) - Autobend 5 Gauges Û---------------------------------------------------------------------Ö-----Ú------------------Ú--------------------------------------------°ITEM ° MODULE ° DESCRIPTION û-----é------------------é--------------------------------------------°__1__°_Power_Cabinet____°_Main_Power_Cabinet__________________________ntrol_Head_____°_Main_Control_Console___________________________°___AB_l_#1_°_Smart_Control_for_S4_Type_Gauge________________°___AC___° °__4__Type_Gauge__________________________________°___AD___° °__5__°_S7_Gaug_Type_Gauge_______________________°___AG___° °__6__°_H7_Gauge_________________________________°___AH___° °__7__°_MDS______________°_Multiple_______________°___AI___° °__8__°_Multibend________°_Multibend______________°___AJ___° °__9__°_Vert._Ctl._(Std.)°_Hydraulic_and_Mechanical_Stop___° °_10__°_Vert._Ctl._(Up)__°_Promecam,_PRM_400,_Amada,_Adira,_SMT_P_°_Vert._Drive_(1)__°_Promecam_______________________________________°_rive_(2)__°_Promecam_(400)_________________________________°___AN___° °_Amada__________________________________________°___AP___° °_14__°_Ve_______________________________________°___AQ___° °_15__°_Vert._Drive______________________________°___AR___° °_16__°_S6,_S8_Gauge_____°_Sinem_________________°___AS___°

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Table #1 (Continued) - Serial Number Prefix Letters

Ö-------------------------------------------------------------------- ° Table #1 (Part 6) - E.D.M.'s Û-------------------------------------------------------------------- Ö------Ú----------------Ú-------------------------------------------- ° ITEM ° MODEL ° DESCRIPTION û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 1 ° 425E ° Combined Spark Unit & 30 Amp Generator û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 2 ° 425 ° Spark Unit (for 25 Amp) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 3 ° 425 ° Spark Unit (for 50 Amp) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 4 ° 900 ° Spark Unit (No Side Servo) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 5 ° 900 ° Spark Unit (Side Servo) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 6 ° 1450 ° Spark Unit û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 7 ° 25 AMP ° Generator, 25 Amp (for 425 or 400) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 8 ° 50 AMP ° Generator, 50 Amp (for 425 or 900) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 9 ° 50 AMP ° Generator, 50 Amp (for 1450) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 10 ° 100 AMP ° Generator, 100 Amp (for 900) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 11 ° 100 AMP ° Generator, 100 Amp (for 1450) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 12 ° CEC 200 ° Machine Tool (for 60 Amp) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 13 ° CEC 200 ° Filter Unit (for 60 Amp) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 14 ° CEC 200 ° Electronics Cabinet (for 60 Amp) û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 15 ° 425E ° Optitron Minor û------é----------------é-------------------------------------------- ° 16 ° OPTIONAL EXTRA ° Programmable Digital Oscillator ° ° ° (MK1 Generators Only) Û------Ù----------------Ù--------------------------------------------

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Table #1 (Continued) - Serial Number Prefix Letters

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Table #2 - Serial Number Suffix Letters

Ö-------------------------------Ú-------------------------------------° Table #2 (Part 1) - CNC Mills ° Major Change Notes Û-------------------------------Ù-------------------------------------Ö----Ú-----------------Ú--------Ú-------------------------------------°ITEM° MODELS ° SUFFIX ° CHANGE & DATE ENTERED IN PRODUCT û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 1 ° KMB-1, KMB-1m, ° A ° Change to Randtronics Servo Amp. (3/û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° ° MB-1H, MB2 ° A ° Change to Randtronics Servo Amp. (3/û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 2 ° KMB-1 ° B ° Brake Board Change (3/82) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 3 ° KMB-1m ° B ° Support Cost Change (3/82) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 4 ° KMB-1 ° C ° Rigid Overarm (3/82) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 5 ° MB-1H, MB-2, ° B ° Change to HURCO FET Servo Amp û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° ° MB-3 ° B ° Change to HURCO FET Servo Amp û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 6 ° KMB-1m ° C ° Change to HURCO FET Servo Amp û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 7 ° KMB-1 ° D ° Rigid Overarm - HURCO FET Servo Amp û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 8 ° KMB-1m ° E ° Moveable Overarm - HURCO FET Servo Amû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 9 ° KMB-1 ° F ° Moveable Overarm - HURCO FET Servo Amû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 10 ° KMB-1 ° G ° Rigid Overarm - HURCO FET Servo Amp û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 11 ° KMB-1 ° H ° Moveable Overarm - Randtronics Servo û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 12 ° KMB-1 ° J ° Rigid Overarm - Randtronics Servo Ampû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 13 ° MB-1 ° C ° HURCO FET Servo Amp High Speed Spindû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 14 ° MB-1 ° D ° Randtronics Servo Amp High Speed Spiû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 15 ° SM1-CNC ° A ° SM1-CNC With NSK Ballscrews û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 16 ° MD-1, MD-3 ° A ° Randtronics Servo Amp Low Speed Spinû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 17 ° MD-1 ° B ° Randtronics Servo Amp High Speed SpiÛ----Ù-----------------Ù--------Ù-------------------------------------

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Table #2 (Continued) - Serial Number Suffix Letters

Ö-------------------------------Ú-------------------------------------° Table #2 (Part 1) - CNC Mills ° Major Change Notes Û-------------------------------Ù-------------------------------------Ö----Ú-----------------Ú--------Ú-------------------------------------°ITEM° MODELS ° SUFFIX ° CHANGE & DATE ENTERED IN PRODUCT û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 18 ° MD-3 ° B ° HURCO FET Servo Amp û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 19 ° MD-1 ° C ° HURCO FET Servo Amp Low Speed Spindlû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 20 ° MD-1 ° D ° HURCO FET Servo Amp High Speed Spindû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 21 ° TM-5 ° A ° HURCO Hybrid Servo Amp û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 22 ° TM-5 ° B ° HURCO FET Servo Amp û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 23 ° SM1-CNC ° B ° Rigid Overarm - (December 17, 1984) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 24 ° BMC-10(L) & 15 ° A ° Original Release û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 25 ° KMC-3P ° D ° Has Kondia Tool Changer w/SSC û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 26 ° KM-3P ° D ° Has Kondia SSC û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 27 ° KM-3 ° C ° K Interface (Kondia Magnetics) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 28 ° KM-3 ° D ° K Interface - Left Hand Ball Screws û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 29 ° BMC20-50 ° A ° Triple Axis Servo (One Piece Unit) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 30 ° BMC20-50 ° B ° Single Axis Servo û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 31 ° BMC30-50 ° C ° Triple Axis Servo (Max 2) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 32 ° BMC20 ° C ° HURCO Built Tool Changer û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 33 ° BMC30-50 ° D ° HURCO Built Pneumatics û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 34 ° BMC20 ° D ° V1 Control AC 2 Motor û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 35 ° BMC30-50 ° E ° V1 Control û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 36 ° KM-3, KM-3P ° E ° MAX 2 Control Û----Ù-----------------Ù--------Ù-------------------------------------

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Table #2 (Continued) - Serial Number Suffix Letters

Ö-------------------------------Ú-------------------------------------° Table #2 (Part 1) - CNC Mills ° Major Change Notes Û-------------------------------Ù-------------------------------------Ö----Ú-----------------Ú--------Ú-------------------------------------°ITEM° MODELS ° SUFFIX ° CHANGE & DATE ENTERED IN PRODUCT û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 37 ° BMC-20 ° E ° OEM AC3S Spin Motor 4000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 38 ° BMC-20 ° F ° OEM AC3S Spin Motor 6000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 39 ° BMC-20 ° G ° V1 AC3S Spin Motor 4000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 40 ° BMC-20 ° H ° V1 AC3S Spin Motor 6000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 41 ° BMC-30-40 ° F ° OEM 18P Spin Motor 4000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 42 ° BMC-30-40 ° G ° OEM 18P Spin Motor 6000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 43 ° BMC-30-40 ° H ° V1 18P Spin Motor 4000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 44 ° BMC-30-40 ° J ° V1 18P Spin Motor 6000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 45 ° BMC-50 ° F ° OEM 22P Spin Motor û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 46 ° BMC-50 ° G ° V1 22P Spin Motor 4000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 47 ° FP3A, FP4A ° A ° Original Release (MAX II With Disk Sû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 48 ° BMC-50 ° H ° V1 22P Spin Motor 3000 RPM û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 49 ° BMC-20-30 ° A ° V2 Yaskawa 6000 RPM (Standard) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 50 ° BMC-40-50 ° A ° V2 Yaskawa 4000 RPM (Standard) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 51 ° BMC-20-40 ° B ° V2 Yaskawa 10000 RPM (Optional) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 52 ° BMC-30 ° C ° V2 Yaskawa 4000 RPM (Optional) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 53 ° BMC-40 ° C ° V2 Yaskawa 6000 RPM (Optional) û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 54 ° KM-3, KM-3P ° F ° MAX 2 Control, Personality 2 û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 55 ° BMC-20 ° J ° V1 AC3S Spin Motor 4000 RPM, PersonaÛ----Ù-----------------Ù--------Ù-------------------------------------

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Table #2 (Continued) - Serial Number Suffix Letters

Ö-------------------------------Ú-------------------------------------° Table #2 (Part 1) - CNC Mills ° Major Change Notes Û-------------------------------Ù-------------------------------------Ö----Ú-----------------Ú--------Ú-------------------------------------°ITEM° MODELS ° SUFFIX ° CHANGE & DATE ENTERED IN PRODUCT û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 56 ° BMC-20 ° K ° V1 AC3S Spin Motor 6000 RPM, Personaû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 57 ° BMC-30-40 ° K ° V1 18P Spin Motor 4000 RPM, Personalû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 58 ° BMC-30-40 ° L ° V1 18P Spin Motor 6000 RPM, Personalû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 59 ° BMC-50 ° J ° V1 22P Spin Motor 3000 RPM, Personalû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 60 ° BMC-50 ° K ° V1 22P Spin Motor 4000 RPM, Personalû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 61 ° FP3A, FP4A ° B ° MAX II With Disk Standard, Personaliû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 56 ° BMC-20 ° K ° V1 AC3S Spin Motor 6000 RPM, Personaû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 57 ° BMC-30-40 ° K ° V1 18P Spin Motor 4000 RPM, Personalû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 58 ° BMC-30-40 ° L ° V1 18P Spin Motor 6000 RPM, Personalû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 59 ° BMC-50 ° J ° V1 22P Spin Motor 3000 RPM, Personalû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 60 ° BMC-50 ° K ° V1 22P Spin Motor 4000 RPM, Personalû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 61 ° FP3A, FP4A ° B ° MAX II With Disk Standard, PersonaliÛ----Ù-----------------Ù--------Ù-------------------------------------

Table #2 (Part 2) - AutobendÖ-------------------------------Ú-------------------------------------° Table #2 (Part 1) - Autobend ° Major Change Notes û----Ú-----------------Ú--------é-------------------------------------°ITEM° MODELS ° SUFFIX ° CHANGE & DATE ENTERED IN PRODUCT û----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 1 ° Left Gauge ° L ° Identifies left half of an S5 gauginû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 2 ° Right Gauge ° R ° Identifies right half of an S5 gaugiû----é-----------------é--------é-------------------------------------° 3 ° 1/2 Dual Drive ° R ° Identifies drive for reference purpoÛ----Ù-----------------Ù--------Ù-------------------------------------

II. Special Identifying Features

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Autobend IV

1) Rear Gauge, Dual Drive, Left/Right Identification - Stand at mounts to the press brake (opposite the motor end) and look tleft gauge is to the left hand and the right gauge is to the

2) Front Gauge, Dual Drive, Left/Right Identification - Use the above.

3) One half dual drive - treat this as a right gauge.

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

III. Obsolete Serial Numbering System (for reference only)

A. Autobend (Numbering used until near 2nd half of 1978) Ö-----------------Ú------YEAR 7 XXXX X 8

Consecutive numbering ----------ì ° of gauges from the 1st Û----Month gauge ever manufactured. This may be a one

required to defin

B. CNC Mills (Numbering used until near beginning of 1980) Ö-----------------Ú------YEAR 7 XXXX X 8

Consecutive numbering ----------ì ° of mills from the 1st Û----Month day of each new year. This may be a one

required to defin

IV. General Information & Warning Label Data (Information to be Adde°

Interrupt - Maximum short circuit overload current at which breaker may be expected to blow in a failsafe cofor CNC Mills; 500 Amps for Autobend and DTP Pro

Diagram Number - Hurco part number of the pertinent Owner's Mthe power cabinet assembly number for Autob

Serial Number - Serial number derived from Standard (#715-40

AMPS:

a) F.L. - Maximum continuous system operating current at nomvoltage; Full load. (Product Standard 715-0000-0

b) Largest Motor - Maximum continuous operating current suppmotor having the greatest current requir

AC VOLTS - Nominal machine supply voltage as designated by tconsistent with Product Standard 715-0000-001.

HZ - Supply voltage frequency as designated by the customer with Product Standard 715-0000-001.

B 1029 SERIAL NUMBER OF HURCO PRODUCTS

Table #3 - Largest Motor Currents (Full Load)

Ö---------------------------------------------------------------------° CNC MILLS - û---------------------------------------------------------------------° KMB-1 G. E. Spindle Motor - 11 Amps ° ° KMB-1 Leland Spindle Motor - 12.6 Amps ° ° MB-1 G. E. Spindle Motor - 11 Amps ° ° MB-1 Leland Spindle Motor - 12.6 Amps ° ° MB-1H Leland Spindle Motor - 14 Amps ° ° MB-2 Leland Spindle Motor - 12 Amps ° ° MB-3 Leland Spindle Motor - 12 Amps ° ° KMB-1m Kondia Spindle Motor - 8.9 Amps ° ° KM-3P Kondia Spindle Motor - 8.9 Amps ° ° KM-3P Kondia Spindle Motor - 8.9 Amps ° ° KMC-3P Kondia Spindle Motor - 8.9 Amps û---------------------------------------------------------------------° Autobend - ° ° All Mills û---------------------------------------------------------------------° TMD-5 Custom Spindle Motor - 15.5 Amps ° ° MD-1 Custom Spindle Motor - 14 Amps ° ° MD-3 G. E. Spindle Motor - 12 Amps ° ° BMC-10(L) Yaskawa - 43 Amps @ 200 VAC ° ° BMC-15 Yaskawa - 74 Amps @ 200 VAC ° ° KM-3 Kondia Spindle Motor - 8.9 Amps (SM1-CNC) Û---------------------------------------------------------------------

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 10, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1030

SUBJECT: OIL LUBE AIR REGULATOR SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 190

PRODUCT LINE: KMB-I KMBX-I KMB-Im PAGE 1 OF 1

WE HAVE DISCOVERED THAT THE SET-UP PROCEDURE FOR OIL LUBE AIRREGULATOR THERE ARE NO SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS TO LOCK THE ADJUSTMENT KNOB.THIS OVERSIGHT HAS BEEN CORRECTED IN HOUSE.

WHEN SERVICING A MILL THAT UTILITIES AN OIL LUBE REGULATOR A ROUTINECHECK SHOULD BE MADE TO CONFIRM THE FOLLOWING:

1. THE LUBE REGULATOR IS SET TO 30 POUNDS PSI.2. THE MAIN REGULATOR IS SET TO 80 POUNDS PSI.3. THE ADJUSTMENT KNOBS ARE LOCKED IN PLACE.

THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF OIL LUBE AIR REGULATORS. THEY ARE THEWILKERSON REGULATOR AND THE WATTS REGULATOR. THE WILKERSON IS LOCKEDWITH A LOCKING RING THAT SNAPS UP AGAINST THE ADJUSTMENT KNOB. THE WATTSREGULATOR IS LOCKED BY TIGHTENING THE PHILLIPS HEAD SCREW ON TOP OF THEADJUSTMENT KNOB.

ORIGINATOR: B.J. STINSONREVISED BY: R. BRYANT

DATE: Unknown ISSUE NUMBER: 1031

SUBJECT: Control Transformer Replacement SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: SM 1 CNC PAGE 1 OF 1

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Joe StinsonREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

CONTROL MAGNETIC ASSEMBLY "002-2431-001The current servo power transformer in the SM1- CNC is a single voltage input transformer. A PIN is inprocess to change this transformer to a 240 or 480/60 HZ input, 60V output. The part # for the new XFMR. is413-0003-075. The new XFMR will be used in the KM1 (bridgeport), SM1 CNC. This transformer willenable a service engineer to change the taps of the XFMR to accommodate the customers power as opposed toordering a new transformer.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 19, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1032

SUBJECT: ATC DECODER PINS MOVING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 200

PRODUCT LINE: MD1 / MBX1 PAGE 1 OF 1

WE HAVE SEEN SEVERAL TOOL CHANGER FAILURES IN THE FIELD CAUSED BY THEDECODING PINS IN THE TOOL CHANGER ASSEMBLY. THESE PINS NOT ONLY GIVE THECOUNT ON THE TOOL POSITION BUT ALSO HOLD THE FINGERS IN THE CAROUSEL. AS THEFINGERS WORK BACK AND FORTH WITH THE TOOLS BEING PUT IN THE SPINDLE THE PINSCAN MOVE DOWN. THIS INCREASES THE GAP BETWEEN THE PINS AND THE SENSORSCAUSING A TOOL MISCOUNT. THE FIX FOR THIS PROBLEM IS TO FIRSTTAP THE PINS BACK TO THE RIGHT HEIGHT, (A GAP OF .01 TO .02") BETWEEN THESENSORS AND THE PINS. THEN HAVE SPACERS MADE THAT WILL FIT UNDER THE PINSBETWEEN THE PINS AND THE BOTTOM PLATE OF THE TOOL CHANGER (THE PLATE THATHOLDS THE FINGERS ON. THIS WILL KEEP THE PINS FROM WORKING DOWN AND IS APERMANENT FIX DO NOT TRY TO LOCKTITE THE PINS IT DOES NOT HOLD.

ORIGINATOR: B.J. STINSON REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

DATE: July 7,1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1033

SUBJECT: Oil Flow Indicator Retrofit SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: MII Gen I & II PAGE 1 OF 4

The oil pump for MII Machines Generations I and II is driven by the spindle motor via a belt. Ifthe belt brakes there is no signal to the control to shut off. Nor is there any alarm signal towarn the operator of the failure. With no lubrication to the gears in the head severe damagewill occur.

To correct this potential problem we are installing an OIL FLOW INDICATOR to notify theoperator in the event of a failure with the oil flow system.

The Assembly is available in a retrofit kit. For MII Generation 1 the part # for the kit is 002-2059-001.

For generation II the part # is 002-2059-002. The difference between the two kit is the 001 hasan adapter plate and two 10/24 x 1.5" shcs. Page 2 thru 4 of this FSB will assist in theinstallation of this retrofit.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

ORIGINATOR: BJ STINSONREVISED BY: L. Leffew 12/16/96

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE:JULY 23, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1034

SUBJECT:ORIENT TIME-OUT ERR IN LOW GEAR SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 196

PRODUCT LINE: MBII MBXII MB3 PAGE 1 OF 1

If a MBII, MBXII MB3 is getting an intermittent orient time outerror during a tool change in low gear. Add a 18 gauge Green andYellow wire from power supply terminal strip TB4-21 to powercabinet mecca ground. Also add a 18 gauge green and yellow wirefrom Parajust terminal strip TB7-4 to the Parajust cabinet meccaground lug. This should reduce the ground potential between meccaground and the dac return. Do several tool changes in low gear toconfirm that problem has been resolved.

ORIGINATOR: JOE STINSONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 31, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1035

SUBJECT: 40V TOOL CHANGER SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 198

PRODUCT LINE: HMBX1 / MD1 40V MACHINES PAGE 1 OF 2

It has been determined that the spring tension of the die spring that supports the carousel is insufficient.This is especially evident if heavy tools are put in one side of the carousel. The carousel will tilt towardthe heavier tools causing tool changer errors and or damage to the sensor switches. A PIN is beingimplemented to resolve this problem in house. The PIN consist of 1) Shorting the spacer from 2" to 1.700"to increase the die spring tension. 2) Readjusting the carousel in limit switch. 3) Readjusting the carouseldown limit switch. 4) Readjusting the physical stop setscrew. The procedure for making these changes andadjustments inthe field are as follows.1) Remove all tools from the carousel

2) Remove all covers from the tool changer

3) Confirm that the setscrew and jam nut are tight (item #12 and #57).

4) While supporting the carousel remove the M6-10 x 65 mm bolt (item #9) NOTE!! The setscrew (item #12) should hold the carousel in position with the mounting bolt removedbut care should be taken that the carousel doesn't drop down.

5) Remove the bearing cup, Spacer, and Spring (item #8,#10, and #105)

6) The spacer should be cut down from 2" to 1.7". NOTE!! do not discard the short piece of spacer it willbe needed for reassembly..

7) Use a lathe and a facing tool to clean and square the rough edge of each spacer.

8) Reassemble using the short piece of spacer as a washer against the head of the bolt. (use locktite #271on the threads of the bolt)

9) With the carousel all the way back in home position adjust the Carousel down limit switch for a gap of.200" to .220". (FIGURE 1)

10) Clamp a tool in the spindle. Go into data block 0 program current tool #1. Command the computer to get tool #2. When Z axis gets to tool change height depressmotion hold then hit Emergency stop.

11) Manually run the carousel in and adjust the carousel in limit switch to actuate .100" before physicalstop. (FIGURE 2)

12) Run the carousel in so the fingers are engaging the tool. Adjust the physical stop setscrew to touch the rest button on the carousel

support casting. Lock down the setscrew locknut confirm that the setscrew is still touching the rest button with fingers fully engaging the tool. Apply loctite #271 to the setscrew threads.

13) Fill the carousel up with tools. Use a few heavy tools (Shell mill, large drills, etc). Run a minimum of 50 tool changes to confirm tool changer operation.

ORIGINATOR: J.B. STINSON REVISED BY: R.BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: AUGUST 13, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1036

SUBJECT: INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS DUE TO POWER SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 201SUPPLY TRANSFORMER

PRODUCT LINE: ALL B AND BX MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

RECENTLY ON THREE DIFFERENT SERVICE CALLS ON MILLS THAT WERE DISPLAYINGINTERMITTENT PROBLEMS, THE FINAL SOLUTION TO CORRECT THESE PROBLEM WASCHANGING THE TAPS OF THE PRIMARY DC POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMER. THIS FSB ISTO:

1, ALERT OUR SERVICE ENGINEERS OF THIS POTENTIAL PROBLEM.2, A FEW OF THE SYMPTOMS TO LOOK FOR.3, VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TO MAKE, THAT WILL HELP DETERMINE IF CHANGINGTAPS SHOULD BE IMPLEMENTED.

UNDER IDEAL CONDITIONS (MACHINE IS WIRE FOR 230 INPUT AND CUSTOMER POWER IS230). THE INPUT VOLTAGE TO THE POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMER IS 115 VAC. MILLS ARESHIPPED FROM HURCO WITH THE PRIMARY OF THE POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMERTAPPED FOR 115 VAC. IN THE CASE WERE A CUSTOMERS POWER IS LOW, SAY 218 VAC ORDURING TIMES OF PEAK USAGE THE CUSTOMERS POWER DROPS FROM 230 TO 218. THEINPUT TO THE POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMER WILL BE REDUCED TO APPROXIMATELY109 VAC. WITH 109 VAC INPUT ON THE 115V PRIMARY TAP THE SECONDARY CAN BEUNDER POWERED. THIS IN TURN REDUCES THE DC POTENTIAL APPLIED TO THEREGULATORS OF THE DC POWER SUPPLY. A FEW OF THE SYMPTOMS A MACHINE MIGHTDISPLAY ARE:

1, INTERMITTENT LOCKUPS.2, LOSING THE MASTER PROGRAM FOR NO APPARENT REASON.3, LOSING INFORMATION FROM THE PART PROGRAM.4, MILLS WITH MANUAL SPINDLES (KMI, KMB1M), THESE SYMPTOMS MAY SEEM TOOCCUR WHEN THE SPINDLE IS STARTED.

FOR SCHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL LAYOUTS SEE POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATICS OFSECTIONS 6 AND 7 OF THE CUSTOMER'S OWNER MANUAL.

THE VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS YOU SHOULD MAKE TO DETERMINE IS CHANGING THEINPUT TAPS ARE:

1, MEASURE THE CUSTOMER'S INPUT POWER TO THE MACHINE. CONFIRM THE MAININPUT TRANSFORMER IS WIRED ACCORDINGLY. THE INPUT POWER SHOULD BE + OR - 10%OF WHAT THE MACHINE IS WIRED FOR.

2, CONFIRM WHICH PRIMARY TAPS ARE BEING USED, 110, 115 OR 120.

3, MEASURE THE AC INPUT VOLTAGE TO THE PRIMARY TAP THAT IS BEING USED.4, MEASURE THE DC POTENTIAL ACROSS THE FILTER CAPACITOR "C1" OF THE DC POWERSUPPLY AND WRITE IT DOWN.5, IF THE 115V PRIMARY TAP IS BEING USED AND THE INPUT VOLTAGE IS 113 TO 118 VACIT SHOULD BE OKAY. IF THE INPUT VOLTAGE IS ABOVE 118 VAC OR BELOW 113 PROCEEDWITH STEPS 6 AND 7.6, IF THE MACHINE VOLTAGE IS 118.1 VAC TURN OFF THE MAIN POWER TO THEMACHINE. CHANGE THE PRIMARY TAP TO THE 120 VAC INPUT. TURN POWER ON ANDMEASURE THE DC POTENTIAL ACROSS C1, COMPARE IT TO THE FIRST

MEASUREMENT, YOU SHOULD SEE A SMALL DECREASE.7, IF THE INPUT VOLTAGE IS 103.5 TO 112.9 VAC. TURN OFF MAIN POWER TO THEMACHINE. CHANGE THE PRIMARY TAP TO THE 110 V TAP. TURN POWER BACK ON,MEASURE THE DC POTENTIAL ACROSS C1, COMPARE IT TO THE FIRST MEASUREMENT,YOU SHOULD SEE A SMALL INCREASE.

IF THE INPUT POWER TO THE PRIMARY TAPS IS BELOW 103.5 OR_ABOVE 1126.5THERE IS A PROBLEM WITH THE INPUT POWER.

IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THIS FIX IS NOT THE ANSWER TO ALL INTERMITTENTMACHINE PROBLEMS. HOWEVER, IT IS SOMETHING YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT ANDHOW TO LOOK FOR THE PROBLEM. IF YOU MAKE THIS CHANGE TO A MACHINE,DOCUMENT IT ON PAGE TWO OF THE SERVICE REPORT.

ORIGINATOR: J.B. STINSON REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: SEPTEMBER 29, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1037

SUBJECT: TAPE READER ADJUSTMENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 203

PRODUCT LINE: B AND BX MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

Tape Reader adjustment is no longer approved by HURCO. Research conducted by ourManufacturing Engineering Department has shown that there is no way that we can adjust them asaccurately as Raymond. Raymond uses calibrated test tapes and test equipment that is calibrated andverified by the National Bureau of Standards. They only use their test tapes ten times before replacingthem and their test equipment has a strict calibration schedule. Raymond says that if we do try to adjustthem, then we can probably get them to read tapes but the tape drive will not be within specification. Themore times we adjust them, the farther off the drive gets. If it then becomes necessary to replace the drive,the new drive will not read tapes written on the old drive. I admit that we did allow adjustment in the pastbut Raymond proved that we were causing more problems than we were correcting.

If you run into a situation where there is incompatibility between tape readers then I recommend thefollowing action.

1) Verify that the customer is using the latest software in all of his machines. The latest softwareutilizes an adaptive read program which is less susceptible to speed variations by adapting itself to thetiming of the tape. A retry should always be performed if a tape fails to read in order to give the adaptivefeature a second chance. This feature has been in all software released since the B series, C3 version.

2) If problems are still present, format a new tape on one of theunits and write a part program on the tape. Then try to read thetape into one of the other units.

3) If trouble persists, then a tape reader replacement is in order and a determination must then be madewhether one or all need replacement.

In all cases the customer should be made aware of the fact that tapes are not going to last forever and themore a tape is used, the shorter its life will be. It should be common practice to make backup copies of allparts programs and periodic replacement of the working copy is necessary. Under no condition should youever again adjust a tape reader.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNEHAWKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 21, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1038

SUBJECT: VOLTAGE CONVERSIONS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 206B

PRODUCT LINE: SM1-CNC / KM3 PAGE 1 OF 1

ORIGINATOR: JERRY MC CLATCHEY

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: NOVEMBER 1, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1039

SUBJECT: MEMORY PCB BATTERY LED'S STAYING ON SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 208

PRODUCT LINE: ALL ULTIMAX ONE MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

A PROPERLY FUNCTIONING 415-0168-001 128K MEMORY BOARD OR A 414-0168-002 256 KMEMORY BOARD SHOULD NOT BE REPLACED OR CONSIDERED MARGINAL IF ONLY ONEOR TWO LED'S (LED1, LED2, LED3) STAY ON AFTER ONE HOUR OF RECHARGE TIME.

IF ANY BATTERY LED IS OFF, THE MEMORY BOARD WILL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 72HOURS OF POWER OFF MEMORY PROTECTION. THIS IS POSSIBLE DUE TO THE AMOUNT OFREDUNDANCY IN THE BATTERY BACKUP CIRCUIT AS IT APPLIES TO HURCO'S RETENTIONSPECS. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT EACH OF THE THREE BATTERIES CONTAIN THREESEPARATE CELL CONNECTED IN SERIES. ALTHOUGH, IT WOULD BE MARGINAL, JUST TWOOF THESE CELLS COULD MEET HURCO'S 72 HOUR REQUIREMENT . A BATTERY LED WILLSTAY ON IF ONE OR MORE OF THE INDIVIDUAL CELLS SHORT; THEREFORE, THEN ALLTHREE LED'S STAY ON THE MEMORY BOARD HAS NO GUARANTEE OF BATTERY BACKUPPROTECTION.

BY THE WAY, LED4 INDICATES THAT THE CARD RACK COULD BE SUPPLYING LESS THAN4.6 VDC. IF THE BOARD VOLTAGES ARE OKAY, THEN AN INTERNAL PROBLEM EXISTS ONTHE MEMORY BOARD AND THE BOARD SHOULD BE REPLACED. TYPICAL BATTERYVOLTAGE RANGE SHOULD MEASURE 3.6 TO 4.2 VDC.

IF A RED LED IS LIT ON THE HYBRID MPU/MEM BRD THE BATTERY IS DEADIS WILL SHUT THE BOARD DOWN AND THE BATTERY AT LEAST MUST BE REPLACED.IF THE MPU BATTERY BOARD IS THE TWO BATTERY TYPE REPLACE THE BOARD IFIT IS A ONE BATTERY TYPE REPLACE THE BATTERY.

REPLACEMENT BATTERIES FOR 128K BOARDS ARE 413-8001-008REPLACEMENT BATTERIES FOR 256K BOARDS ARE 413-8001-009REPLACEMENT BATTERIES FOR THE HYBRID MPU/MEM BOARDS ARE 450-0001-266

ORIGINATOR: MARK WHITCOMB REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: NOVEMBER 30, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1040

SUBJECT: PARAJUST VOLTAGE CONTROL BOARD SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 210

PRODUCT LINE: BED MILLS WITH PARAJUST B PAGE 1 OF 1

THE LATEST VERSION OF A PARAJUST B VOLTAGE CONTROL MODULE, 402-6005-021, CANBE IDENTIFIED BY THE FACT THAT IT HAS A SOLDER MASK ON THE NON- COMPONENTSIDE OF THE BOARD. IN THIS LATEST VERSION, PARAMETRICS HAS MISTAKENLY LEFT INTWO COMPONENT THAT IS SUPPOSED TO BE JUMPIER OUT IN THE HURCO VERSION.

THE FIRST COMPONENT IS CAPACITOR C20, LOCATED NEAR PIN 5 OF MC9, ) LOWER RIGHTHAND QUARTER OF THE BOARD). C20 NEEDS TO BE REMOVED AND A JUMPER SOLDEREDIN ITS PLACE. THE SECOND COMPONENT IS R25 A 3.3 K OHM RESISTOR LOCATEDADJACENT TO C20. R25 ALSO NEEDS TO BE REMOVED. WITH OUT THESE MODIFICATION,INTERMITTENT SHEARPINS COULD OCCUR DURING EITHER ACCEL OR DECELL.

SPECIFICALLY ON ULTIMAX SERIES MACHINES, A FLICKERING SHEARPIN LAMP AT DRIVEAT DRIVE TURN OFF ONLY IS NOT A PROBLEM ACCORDING TO PARAMETRICS. IF THISOCCURRENCE RESULTS IN A CRT MESSAGE OF SPINDLE DRIVE FAULT DETECTED THEN APROBLEM DOES EXIST.

ORIGINATOR: MARK WHITCOMB REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: NOVEMBER 30, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1041

SUBJECT: Z AXIS TRAVEL SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 214

PRODUCT LINE: SM1-CNC PAGE 1 OF 1

WE HAVE RECENTLY EXPERIENCED OCCASIONS WHEN THE Z AXIS LIMIT SWITCHESHAVE BEEN ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE 4.75 INCHES OF Z AXIS TRAVEL AND WE HAVE OVERRUN THE SWITCH TO THE HARD STOP. THIS OVERRUN HAS CAUSED MACHINE DAMAGE INAT LEAST TWO INSTANCES.

THE Z AXIS TRAVEL SPECIFICATION HAS BEEN CHANGED TO 4.5 INCHES AND ALLPRODUCTION MILLS ARE ADJUSTED TO THIS DIMENSION. DO NOT, UNDER ANYCIRc*msTANCES, ADJUST THE Z AXIS LIMIT SWITCH TO ANYTHING GREATER THAT 4.5INCHES TRAVEL.

WHEN THE Z AXIS HITS THE HARD STOP IT CAN CAUSE THE LOWER BEARING TO BREAKTHRU THE HEAD CASTING. THIS CAN HAPPEN IN A AXIS RUNAWAY AS WILL TO FIX THEMACHINES THAT HAVE THIS PROBLEM A KIT HAS BEEN CREATED. THISKIT HAS A STEEL INSERT AND NEW AXIS THRUST BEARING'S. THE PART NUMBER IS 002-2482-001

ORIGINATOR: DAVE ROCH REVISED BY: R BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 17, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1042

SUBJECT: TAPE FORMATTING PROBLEM SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 217

PRODUCT LINE: ULTIMAX ONE MD1/MD3 PAGE 1 OF 1

THE PROBLEM WITH FORMATTING A TAPE APPEARS TO BE A RESULT OF RUNNING THETAPE CONTROLLER BOARD AT TOO HIGH A CLOCK RATE. (I.E., THE 8085 AND 8255PARALLEL CHIP ARE SPEC'ED AT A MAXIMUM CLOCK FREQUENCY OF 6 AND 3 , MHZRESPECTIVELY. WITH THE 6.144 MHZ CRYSTAL IN THE CURRENT CONFIGURATION, THEYARE RUNNING AT 6.144 AND 3.072 MHZ. THIS RESULTS IN NON-EXECUTION OF CERTAININSTRUCTIONS IN THE 8085 AND NOT-LATCHING OF DATA ON THE 8255 THATINTERFACES TO THE TAPE DRIVE SYSTEM. THE REPLACEMENT CRYSTAL IS A4.9152 MHZ PART NUMBER 407-0016-009 IF YOU FIND ANY THAT NEED CHANGINGPLEASE DO SO WITH THIS NUMBER.

ORIGINATOR: DAVID PLATTS REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 17, 1984 ISSUE NUMBER: 1043

SUBJECT: SERVICE OF PARAMETRICS SPINDLE DRIVES SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 219

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS USING PARAJUST DRIVES PAGE 1 OF 1

DRIVER MODULES

DRIVER MODULES SHOULD ALWAYS BE REPLACED IN PAIRS THE PAIR BEING THE TWOSERIES-CONNECTED DRIVER MODULES. AS THE PAIR IS A SERIES CIRCUIT, FAILURE OFONE DRIVE WILL ALWAYS OVERSTRESS THE REMAINING DRIVER MODULE IN THAT LEG.THIS OVERSTRESS MAY LEAD TO LATENT EFFECTS AND SUBSEQUENT RELIABILITYPROBLEMS IN THE DRIVER AND OR CHOPPER BOARD AREAS.

CHOPPER BOARDSCHOPPER BOARDS SHOULD ALWAYS BE REPLACED IN PAIRS ON THE LARGE PARAJUST BDRIVERS/ AS THE PAIR OF CHOPPERS IS A PARALLEL CIRCUIT FAILURE OF ONE CHOPPERWILL ALWAYS OVERSTRESS THE REMAINING CHOPPER. THIS OVERSTRESS MAY LEAD TOLATENT DEFECTS AND SUBSEQUENT RELIABILITY PROBLEMS IN THE DRIVE UNIT.

POWER MONITOR FAULTS

IF THE POWER MONITOR FAULT REOCCURRS AFTER REPLACEMENT OF THE OF THEPOWER MONITOR BOARD AN INCOMING POWER LINE EVALUATION SHOULD BE DONE ADSOON AS POSSIBLE, POWER MONITOR FAULTS OCCUR WHEN THE POWER LINE IS OUT OFTHE HURCO SPECIFIED RANGE. OPERATION OF THE MILL WHEN POWER MONITOR FAULTSREPEATABLTY OCCUR MAY CAUSE SERIOUS RELIABILITY PROBLEMS WITH THEPARAMETRICS DRIVE AND WITH OTHER PARTS. (POWER MONITOR FAULTS MAY OCCURAT THE INSTANT THE MAIN DISCONNECT IS TURNED ON, AND DURING THIS MANUALTURN-ON ARE NOT A VALID FAULT. AFTER TURN-ON, FAULTS ARE ALWAYS CAUSE FORCONCERN.)

ORIGINATOR: RICK GUNYON REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 19, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1044

SUBJECT: Y AXIS BALLSCREW SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 223

PRODUCT LINE: SM1-CNC PAGE 1 OF 1

THE NEW SM1-CNC RIGID RAM COULD HAVE LEFT OR RIGHT HAND BALL SCREWS IN THEY AXIS. THIS WILL NOT CAUSE ANY PROBLEMS WITH THE MACHINE OPERATION BUT, IFWE EVER REPLACE ONE WITH THE OTHER, THEN THE MOTOR AND TACH WIRES WILLHAVE TO BE REVERSED TO MAKE THE AXIS MOVE IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION. THEENCODER PHASE A AND B ALSO WILL NEED TO BE REVERSED.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE E. HAWKINS REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 10, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1045

SUBJECT: MISSWIRED SPINDLE DAC SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 225

PRODUCT LINE: MD1 PAGE 1 OF 1

A WIRING LIST ERR HAD MACHINES SHIPPING WITH THE DAC SHIELD WIRE BEING TIEDTO THE DAC OUTPUT. THIS COULD CAUSE INTERMITTENT SPINDLE FAULTS.

REMOVE DAC SHIELD WIRE FROM TB14-1 AND ATTACH TO TB14-13.

ORIGINATOR: MARK WHITCOMB REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 11, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1046

SUBJECT: RANDTRONICS AUX BRIDGE SC LED SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: MD3 PAGE 1 OF 1

MD3 ONLY

OLD STYLE (ARTWORK AUX BRIDGE PCB'S WILL FALSELY SURGE CURRENT TRIP DUE TOA TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY. IF THE CRT DISPLAYS SERVO AMP FAULT AND THE Z AXISSTATUS LED ON AC2 IS OUT, IN ADDITION TO THE AUX BRIDGE SC LED LATCHING ON,THEN THE OLD STYLE AUX BRIDGE NEEDS TO BE REPLACED WITH THE NEW STYLE.

OLD STYLE IDENTIFICATION:

COMPONENTS C10, R26 AND D16 ARE LOCATED JUST BELOW S1, THE HEATSENSOR FOR THE PCB'S HEATSINK.

NEW STYLE INDENTIFICATION:

COMPONENTS C10, R26 AND A16 ARE LOCATED TO THE LEFT OF Q10 (LOCATED INTHE BOTTOM RIGHT HAND CORNER OF THE PCB).

*NOTE: RANDTRONIC PCB PART NUMBER, REVISION LETTER OR SERIAL NUMBERSDO_NOT IDENTIFY OLD OR NEW STYLES IN ANY WAY!

ORIGINATOR: MARK WHITCOMB REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 25, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1047

SUBJECT: MAIN INPUT TRANSFORMER WIRING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 227

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

WE RECENTLY EXPERIENCED EXCESSIVE HURCO SERVO AMP PROBLEMS ON AN MB3.BETWEEN AUGUST 20, 1984 AND DECEMBER 4, 1984 WE MADE TEN SERVICE CALLS. WEREPLACED 12 SERVO AMPS, 3 SERVO AMP POWER SUPPLIES, 2 BRIDGE RECTIFIERS ANDTHE COMPLETE SERVO AMP CHASSIS.

AFTER REVIEWING THE HISTORY, WE NOTICED THAT THE MAIN INPUT TRANSFORMERHAD BEEN REWIRED ON A PREVIOUS SERVICE CALL. THE OUTPUT VOLTAGE MEASURED233 VAC BUT THE TRANSFORMER WAS NOT WIRED PER THE VOLTAGE CONVERSIONPRINT. ON DECEMBER 4, 1984, THE TRANSFORMER WAS REWIRED PER PRINT. AND THEOUTPUT VOLTAGE MEASURED 218 VAC. WE HAVE HAD NO FURTHER PROBLEMS WITHTHIS MACHINE.

FROM KNOW ON, WE SHOULD MAKE SURE THAT WE DO NOT WIRE A TRANSFORMER ANYWAY OTHER THEN TO PRINT.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: FEBRUARY 12, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1048

SUBJECT: SERVO DYNAMIC SET-UP PROCEDURE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 229

PRODUCT LINE: MILLS USING WESTAMP PAGE 1 OF 1

DIRECT REPLACEMENT OF -006 WESTAMPS

WHEN PLUGGING THE J1 CONNECTOR ONTO THE SERVO DYNAMICS BOARD, ENSURE PINJ1 CONNECTOR PLUGS INTO PIN 1 ON J1 CONNECTOR OF THE NEW BRD.THE J2 CONNECTOR IS NOT USED ALSO NOTE THE PINS 12,13,15 ARE NOT USED ON THE J1CONNECTOR.

PRESETS

1: USING AN OHM METER, BETWEEN STATED POINTS, MAKE THESE PRESETADJUSTMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE BOARD.

ADJUST AUX POT: TP2 TO TP1 = 0.00K OHM.SIG POT: TP3 TO TP1 = 2.67K OHM.TAC POT: TP4 TO TP1 = 7.45K OHM.*CMP POT: TP5 TO TP1 = .72K OHM.

*NOTE: START WITH POT FULL CW AND TURN CCW FOR DESIRED READING.

CL POT: J3-1 TO J3-3 = 0.87K OHMRMS POT: MAX C.W. (SHOULD BE PRESET ALREADY)

POWER UP SETTINGS

2: POWER SERVOS UP, ADJUST SIG TO ACHIEVE .9 VDC B SERIES (.000") .65 VDC BXSERIES (.0000") OF DAC AT 25 IMP IN EITHER DIRECTION. IF AN IMBALANCE OFVOLTAGE OCCURS, ADJUST BAL TO GET BOTH DIRECTIONAL VOLTAGES WITHIN .050VDC OF EACH OTHER.

3: NOW ZERO AXIS AND FINE TUNE BAL POT TO ACHIEVE CRT READINGS OF .0000.

ORIGINATOR: TERRY ROSENKOTTTER REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 20, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1049

SUBJECT: CIRCLE & POSITIONING ACCURACY SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 230

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

MACHINE TYPE ³ SM1 CNC / KM3 ³ MD1 / KM3P ³BMC 10 THRU 50³MD3 ³

POSITIONING ACCURACY ³+/-.001 INCH ³+/- .0005 INCH ³+/-.0004 INCH ³REPEATABILITY ³+/-.0005 INCH ³+/- .0003 INCH ³+/-.0002 INCH ³CIRCLE T.I.R. .002 T.I.R. ³ .0015 T.I.R. ³ .0010 T.I.R³

THE MACHINED CIRCLE SHOULD BE ROUND WITHIN THE T.I.R SPECIFICATION FOR THATMACHINE TYPE.

THE TRUE MEASURED CENTER OF A CIRCLE SHOULD FALL WITHIN THE ACCURACYSPECIFICATION FOR EACH MACHINE TYPE.

VERIFICATION PROCEDURE:

SWEEP THE MACHINED CIRCLE WITH AN INDICATOR INSERTED INTO THE SPINDLE. FINDTHE TRUE CENTER OF THE CIRCLE BY MANUALLY JOGGING X AXIS TO OBTAIN EQUALREADINGS AT THE 3:00 AND 9:00 POSITIONS.MANUALLY JOG THE Y AXIS TO OBTAIN EQUAL READINGS AT THE 12:00 AND THE 6:00POSITIONS. IDEALLY THE READINGS AT 12:00, 3:00, 6:00 AND 9:00 SHOULD BE EQUAL.ONCE THE CENTER IS ESTABLISHED, ZERO THE INDICATOR AT THE 12:00 POSITION,SWEEP THE CIRCLE AND RECORD THE READINGS AT VARIOUS POINTS. THE TOTALINDICATOR READING (T.I.R.) SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE T.I.R. SPECIFICATION FOR THEMACHINE TYPE BEING CHECKED.

NOTE: DO NOT USE AUTOMATIC POSITIONING TO DETERMINE TRUE CENTER ASADDITIONAL POSITIONING VARIABLES MAY CAUSE GREATER THAN SPECIFIED T.I.R.READINGS. IT SHOULD ALSO BE NOTED THAT MACHINING PRACTICES CAN CAUSEEXCESSIVE T.I.R. READINGS. ID THE READINGS ARE ALL PLUS OR ALL MINUS, THE T.I.R. ISTHE LARGEST MEASURED DEVIATION FROM INDICATOR ZERO. IF SOME READINGS AREPLUS AND SOME ARE MINUS, THE T.I.R IS THE SUM OF THE LARGEST PLUS READING ANDTHE LARGEST MINUS READING IGNORING THE SIGNS.(THEIR ABSOLUTE VALUES.)

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE E. HAWKINS REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 20, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1049A

SUBJECT: CIRCLE & POSITIONING ACCURACY SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1049

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

DO NOT QUOTE THESE SPECIICATIONS TO CUSTOMERS

MACHINE TYPE ³ SM1 CNC / KM3 ³ MD1 / KM3P ³BMC 10 THRU 50³ ³ ³ ³ MD3 ³

POSITIONING ACCURACY ³+/-.001 INCH ³+/- .0005 INCH ³+/-.0004 INCH ³REPEATABILITY ³+/-.0005 INCH ³+/- .0003 INCH ³+/-.0002 INCH ³CIRCLE T.I.R. ³ .002 T.I.R. ³ .002 T.I.R. ³ .002 T.I.R ³

THE MACHINED CIRCLE SHOULD BE ROUND WITHIN THE T.I.R SPECIFICATION FOR THATMACHINE TYPE. CIRCLE TIR IN MOST CASES CAN BE SUBSTANTIALLY IMPROVED OVERTHE ABOVE SPECIFICATIONS.

THE TRUE MEASURED CENTER OF A CIRCLE SHOULD FALL WITHIN THE ACCURACYSPECIFICATION FOR EACH MACHINE TYPE.

VERIFICATION PROCEDURE:

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE E. HAWKINS REVISED BY: MIKE GARLICK

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: APRIL 8, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1050

SUBJECT: SPINDLE HARDWARE FAULT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 228/233

PRODUCT LINE: MD3 PAGE 1 OF 1

DURING A RECENT SERVICE CALL ON AN MD3 WHICH WAS DISPLAYING INTERMITTENTSPINDLE HARDWARE FAULTS, WE FOUND THAT THE CLAMPING AND /OR UNCLAMPINGOF THE SPINDLE CAUSED A TEMPORARY LOSS OF AIR PRESSURE TO THE SHOT PIN. THESHOT PIN OUT STATE IS DRIVEN BY A SPRING. THIS TEMPORARY LOSS OF AIR ALLOWSTHE SHOT PIN TO BACK OFF THE SHOT PIN LIMIT SWITCH CAUSING A SPINDLE HARDWARE FAULT.

THIS PROBLEM WAS CORRECTED BY READJUSTING THE AIR FLOW RESTRICTORS FOR THESPINDLE CLAMP AND UNCLAMP CYLINDERS. PRESET ADJUSTMENT IS, TURN THERESTRICTOR ADJUSTMENT SCREWS ALL THE CW THEN BACK 1 1/2 TURNS CCW. RUNSEVERAL TOOL CHANGES, OBSERVE OPERATION OF THE SPINDLE CLAMP, UNCLAMP,AND SPINDLE SHOT PIN. IF ANY PROBLEMS WITH CLAMP OR UNCLAMP ARE NOTEDADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS OF 1/2 TURN CCW MAY BE REQUIRED.

SHOT PIN IN LIMIT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT

1. ORIENT SPINDLE SO SHOT PIN IS ENERGIZED BUT NOT INTO SPINDLE SLOT. (ORIENTED SLOT)

2. PLACE SHIM OF .100 " THICKNESS BETWEEN SHOTPIN IN SWITCH AND ADJUSTABLEACTUATOR DOG..

3. ADJUST DOG UNTIL SWITCH IS JUST MADE. LOCK INTO POSITION.

4. ACTUATE SHOTPIN OUT-VALVE AND ADJUST DOG UNTIL SHOTPIN OUT-SWITCH ISMADE RELIABLY.

5. CYCLE 200 TOOL CHANGES AND OBSERVE PROPER OPERATION.

6. LOCKTITE ALL ADJUSTMENTS.

ORIGINATOR: RICK GUNYON REVISED BY: R BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: April 16, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1051

SUBJECT: FAULT LOGIC BOARD 402 – 5001 – 035 SUPERSEDES EUXBER: 234

PRODUCT LINE: MD3 PAGE 1 OF 1

HURCO RECENTLY MADE A PURCHASE OF FAULT LOGIC BOARDS FROM RANDTRONICS WHICH HAD A DIFFERENT 3 PHASE RECTIFIER THAN WE HAD ORIGINALLY USED.THIS NEW AND IMPROVED MODEL, WHICH HAS BEEN UNSUCCESSFUL, MUST BEREPLACED AND REPLACED AS A BOARD ASSEMBLY SINCE HURCO DOES NOT STOCK ONLY THE RECTIFIER.THE DEFECTIVE UNIT IS A SILICON POWER CUBE AND LOOKS EXACTLY LIKE ASQLID STATE RELAY. IT SAYS SILICON POWER ON THE UNIT. THE CORRECTRECTIFIER IS A BLACK AND SILVER CANISTER AND ONLY HAS NUMBERS ON IT AND IS CLEARLY LARGER THAE THE SILICON POWER TYPE.THIS MUST BE REPLACED. YOU MUST CHECK OUT EVERY MD3 YOU INSTALLMANUFACTURED IN FEBRUARY, MARCH AND APRIL. IT WOULD ALSO BEADVISABLE TO DOUBLE CHECK ANY YOU SERVICE AND NOTE ON YOUR REPORTIF THE MACHIEE HAS THE CORRBCT RECTIFIER.

ORIGINATOR: JERRY MC CLATCHEYREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 13, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1052

SUBJECT: DOOR LATCH INTERFACE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 235

PRODUCT LINE: SM1-CNC PAGE 1 OF 1

THE ONE AC TRANSFORMER HAS BEEN FOUND TO INTERFERE VITH THE OPERATION OF THE DOOR LATCH ON SOME CONTROL CABINETS.THE SOLUTION IS TO MOVE THE ONEAC 3/'8" TQ 1/2" TOWARD THE REAR OF THEPOWER CABINET BY DRILLIEG NEW HOLES IN THE ONE AC.

THE INTERFERENCE ALLOWS THE LATCH HANDLE TO BE OPERATED WITHOUTOPERATING THE SCREW-DRIVER SLOT.

ALL SMI-CNC'S SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE LATCHAND REWORKED IN THE FIELD WHEN IMPROPER LATCH OPERATION IS FOUND.ALL SMI CNC MILLS SHIPPED VITH ONEACS PRIOR TO 3/ 30/'85 ARB BELIEVED TOREQUIRE THE REWORK.. ON 3/30/85 A MANUFACTURING NOTICE WAS ISSUEDREQUIRING THIS RBWORK PRIOR TO SHIPMENT.

ORIGINATOR: RICK GUNYONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 15, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1053

SUBJECT: LUBRICATION OF SPLINE COUPLING: SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 236/237

PRODUCT LINE: KMB1, KMBX1, KMBX1 – ATC PAGE 1 OF 1

THE SPLINE COUPLING AND THE SPLINED AREA OF THE SPINDLE SHOULD BEPERIODICALLY LUBRICATED TO PREVENT THE OCCURRENCE OF EXCESSIVE NOISE DURING MACHINING OPERATIONS AND TO PROMOTE A LONGER LIFE EXPECTANCY.

FREQUENCY OF LUBRICATION IS DEPENDENT UPON SEVERITY OF OPERATION AND AMOUNT OF MACHINE USE. (A GENERAL GUIDE MAY BE APPROXIMATELY EVERY 250 MACHINE HOURS.

APPLY A LIGHT COATING OF N.L.G.I. #2 GENERAL PURPOSE LITHIUM-BASED HIGHTEMPERATURE GREASE TO THE SPLINED AREA OF THE SPINDLE AT BOTH SIDE OFTHE COUPLING. DO NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE AMOUNTS OR GREASE THAT MAY BESLUNG INTO THE DRIVE BELT AS THIS MAY CAUSE BELT SLIPPAGE.

A LABEL HAS BEEN MADE AVAILABLE FOR FIELD RETROFIT. THE PART NUMBERIS 703-1005-297.

ORIGINATOR: FRANK PARROTTREVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 9, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER 1054

SUBJECT: HONING QUILL BORES SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 246

PRODUCT LINE: KNEE MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

THERE ARE (2) HONES LOCATED IN THE HURCO TOOL CRIB, HOWEVER ONLY ONEIS SUITABLE FOR USE IN HONING QUILLS IN KMB1-M THRU KM3 TYPE MACHINES.BECAUSE OF THE SLOT IN THE FRONT OF THE QUILL BORE, USE THE SUNNENBRAND HONE. IT HAS STONES SPACED SO THIS SLOT WILL BE SPANNED AND THESTONES WILL NOT FALL INTO THE SLOT, REGARDLESS OF THE HONE RPM.DO NOT USE THE AMMCO HONE FOR THESE MACHINES. IT IS OKAY TO USE THEHONE FOR KMB1 TYPE QUILL BORES AS THEY ARE FULLY ROUND, WITH NO SLOT.

ORIGINATOR: JACK NANCEREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: NOVEMBER 4, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1055

SUBJECT: SPINDLE REBUILDS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 282

PRODUCT LINE: SPINDLE REBUILD KNEE MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

IF AT ALL POSSIBLE WHEN RETURNING SPINDLES FOR REBUILD, RETURN THE QUILL ALSO. THIS WILL ALLOW MANUFACTURING TO ASSURE THE SPINDLE IS PROPERLY SIZED FOR THE QUILL. IN SOME CASES SPINDLE BEARING'S HAVE BEENLOOSE INSIDE THE QUILL DUE TO INTERNAL QUILL WEAR. IF THE QUILL IS RETURNED, MANUFACTURING CAN ASSURE A TIGHT FIT BETWEEN SPINDLE BEARING'S AND THE I.D. OF THE QUILL.

ORIGINATOR: R.J. JOHNSONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 10, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1066

SUBJECT: MISCOUNTS DUE TO WIRING IN X5 BOX SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 250

PRODUCT LINE: MILLS USING HEIDENHEIN SCALES PAGE 1 OF 2

MISCOUNTS MAY OCCUR IF THE WIRE PAIRS FOR J4, J5, J6 TO TB4, TB5 ANDTB6 WITHIN THE X5 BOX ARE NOT TIGHTLY TWISTED. TWIST AS MANY TURNS ASPOSSIBLE WHILE ALLOWING CONNECTION TO WAGOS TB4-6. DO NOT TWIST TO THE POINT OF DOUBLE LEVELS OF TWIST, A SINGLE TIGHT TWIST IS REQUIRED.MILLS BEING INSTALL OR SERVICED SHOULD BE INSPECTED AND REWORKED TO THE ABOVE. MILLS NOT COMPLYING WITH THE ABOVE MAY BE EXPECTED T.O MISCOUNT SLIGHTLY, OR MAY NOT MISCOUNT AT ALL.

ORIGINATOR: RICK GUNYONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE:JULY 11, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1057

SUBJECT: AIR LINE FITTINGS POPPING OFF SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 252

PRODUCT LINE: KMB1, MB1, MD1 PAGE 1 OF 1

THE FITTINGS BELOW CAN BE USED TO REPLACE THE FITTINGSSHIPPED WITH THE MILL ORIGINALLY TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY OF AIR LEAKSDUE TO AIR LINES POPPING OFF.

506-5060-002 FREE SWIVEL ELBOW O.D. 1/'4 PIPE THREAD 1/'4.

506-0002-013 STRAIGHT MALE CONNECTOR O.D. 1/2 THREAD 1/2

506-0002-014 STRAIGHT MALE CONNECTOR O.D. 1/'4 THREAD 1/8.

506-3012-016 UNION TEE TUBE O.D. 1/'4.

506-3009-036 MALE ELBOW O.D. 1/4 THREAD 1/4.

506-3009-037 MALE ELBOW O.D. 1/4 THREAD 1/8.

ORIGINATOR: ROBERT JOHNSONREVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 23, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1058

SUBJECT: CHIP REMOVAL FROM BENEATH SADDLE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 255/253

PRODUCT LINE: MD1 PAGE 1 OF 1

REMOVAL OF THE CHIP BUILD-UP BENEATH THE SADDLE (AROUND THE BALLLEADSCREW) IS TO BE PERFORMED ON WEEKLY BASIS. THIS TO PREVENT THEPOSSIBILITY OF BINDING And/or UNDUE WEAR ON THE LEADSCREW AND IMPROVETHE RETURN FLOW OF THE COOLANT.

A STICKER PART NUMBER 703-1005-296 SHOULD BE INSTALLED ON THIS MACHINETO INFORM THE CUSTOMER ABOUT THE CHIP REMOVAL.

ORIGINATOR: JACK NANCEREVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 23, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1059

SUBJECT: Y AXIS LEADSCREW COVER SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 256

PRODUCT LINE: MD1 PAGE 1 OF 1

WHEN THE WIDE Y AXIS WAY COVERS WERE ADDED TO THE MD1 MILLS, THE YAXIS BALL SCREW COVER WAS DELETED. A BALLSCREW COVER IS AVAILABLE

TOPROTECT THE BALL SCREW FROM CHIPS WHICH MAY GET UNDER THE SADDLE BYFALLING BEHIND THE TABLE.

THE FOLLOWING PARTS ARE REQUIRED:

1, BALLSCREW COVER 902-0434-002 12, SPACER BAR 802-1661-001 23, M6 C 12 S.H.C.S 101-5008-003 2A NOTCH MUST BE CUT IN THE SLIDIHG WAY COVER TO ALLOW CLEARANCE. SEEATTACHED DRAWING FOR CUTOUT DIMENSIQNS. 802-1655-001,

NOTE: ALL HOLES REQUIRED ARE ALREADY DRILLED AND TAPPED FOR THE BALLSCREW COVER, SPACER BAR ETC..

ORIGINATOR: ROBERT JOHNSONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 24, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1060

SUBJECT: QUILLS FOR KONDIA MILLS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 257

PRODUCT LINE: ALL SM1-CNC KILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

A) FIRST (21) SMI-CNC RETROFITS, MANUAL MILL TO CNC HAD KMB1M HEADS.THIS PART NUMBER IS 713-0016-001. QUILL TO BORE CLEARANCE IS .0008TO . 0010" .

B) UNTIL JANUARY 85, SM1 – CNC MILLS WERE ALL SMI MANUAL MILLS CONVERTEDTO CNC MILLS; THEREFORE WE TOOK MANUAL MILL, QUILLS PART NUMBER 713-0012-108 RACK GEAR TYPE, AND MODIFIED IT, THUS NUMBER S01-1350-001.NOTE: THIS APPLIES ONLY TO CONVERTED SM1'S HURCO STYLE CNC CLEARANCEFOR QUILL TO BORE .0008-.0012".

C) ON SM1-CNC'S BEGINNING WITH BUILDS IN JANUARY 1985, WE RECEIVED AND USED KONDIA'S RIGID OVERARM MODEL. THIS USED QUILL PART NUMBER 713- 0012-330. THIS WAS CHROME PLATED GROUND AND POLISHED QUILL.CLEARANCE WAS .0008-. 0010".

D) IN FEBRUARY 1985, WE INSTITUTED AN INDUCTION HARDENED QUILL.THIS WAS THE SAME QUILL AS IN C BUT THE FINISH WAS CHANGED FROMCHROME INDUCTION HARDENED, GRIND AND POLISH FINISH. TO NO CHROME.HURCO PART NUMBER 713-0012-330. THESE QUILLS IN MILLS HAVE JUST ARRIVEDTHIS MONTH. CLEARANCES IS . 0004-.0006".

E) REPLACEMENT QUILLS FOR ALL SMI-CNC'S WITH THE RIGID OVERARMONLY SHOULD USE THIS LAST QUILL, AND THIS CLEARANCE. IN THE CASE OFOVERSIZE QUILLS, USE HARDENED QUILLS AHD CHROME PLATE AND GRIND TOOBTAIN THE DESIRED FIT OF .0004-.0006".

F) REPLACEMENT QUILLS FOR THE EARLIER SM1-CNC'S HURCO STYLE,SHOULD USE QUILLS AS IN B ABOVE.

ORIGINATOR: DAVE ROCHREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: AUGUST 27, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1061

SUBJECT: PARAJUST B WIRE DRESSING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 259

PRODUCT LINE: MD1-MD3 MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

IT HAS BEEN FOUND THAT A PROBLEM COULD OCCUR IF THE PARAJUST WIRING ISNOT CORRECT. THE WIRING FROM THE PARAJUST CABINET TO THE PARAJUSTDOOR (TB-1 AND THE BRAKE BOARD) CAN BECOME NICKED OR SEVERED IF IT ISNOT PROTECTED AND DRESSED PROPERLY. IT CAN ALSO CAUSE PROBLEMSCLOSING THE DOOR. THE PROPER DRESS SHOULD INCLUDE APPROXIMATELY 12"OF 1/'2" SPIRAL WRAP OVER THIS AREA OF WIRING FOR PROTECTION. IT SHOULDBE DRESSED SO AS TO PROTECT WIRING AND PARAJUST CIRCUIT BOARDS WHENOPENING AND CLOSING PARAJUST DOORS.

THE PART NUMBER FOR SPIRAL WRAP IS 406-6241-001.

ORIGINATOR: K. PERKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: AUGUST 27, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1062

SUBJECT: ADJUSTABLE SPINDLE ORIENT SPEED SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 260

PRODUCT LINE: MD1-3 PAGE 1 OF 1

D SERIES MILLS WITH A06 OR LATER SOFTWARE HAVE AN ADJUSTABLE ORIENTSPEED. SWITCH BLOCK S2 ON THE X SPINDLE DUAL AXIS BOARD. NORMAL SETTING IS S2 POSITIONS 1 TO 5. SPEED ADJUSTMENTS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

LSB (BIT 1) POSITION 5(BIT 2) 4(BIT 3) 3MSB (BIT 4) 2SIGH BIT 1 FASTER = OPEN OR OFF/' SLOWER = CLOSED OR ON.THE SPEED ADJUSTMENT IS +- 50 '/ OF NOMINAL FOR MACHINE TYPENOMINAL=40 RPM.

SW2 POSITION 1 OPEN, AND 2 THRU 5 CLOSED = 50'/ FASTER.

SW2 POSITION 1 CLOSED, AND 2 THRU 5 CLOSED = 50/ SLOWER.

ANY COMBINATION MAY BE USED TO GET A WORKING ORIENT SPEED.AFTER ADJUSTING, CYCLE THE TOOL CHANGER USING HIGH AND LOW GEAR (RANGE) AND ENSURE RELIABLE OPERATION. FINE TUNE SPEED UNTIL HIGH AND LOW GEAR (RANGE) ARE BOTH RELIABLE. AFTER COMPLETION OF SETTING ORIENT SPEED,CYCLE THIS TOOL CHANGER 200 TIMES USING FULL RANGE OF RPM'S AND BOTH CW AND CCW ROTATION,

ORIGINATOR: KEITH PERKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SRRVICE BULLETIN

DATE: AUGUST 27, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1063

SUBJECT: TAPE TRANSPORT GROUNDING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 262

PRODUCT LINE: ULTIMAX ONE PAGE 1 OF 2

ENSURE THAT THE CARTRIDGE GROUNDING CLIP IS PROPERLY INSTALLED IN THETAPE TRANSPORT. THE GROUND CLIP SHOULD PROTRUDE THROUGH THE BOTTOMOF THE TRANSPORT SO AS TO TOUCH THE BOTTOM SO AS TO TOUCH THEBOTTOM OF THE CARTRIDGE WHEN INSERTED INTO THE TRAESPORT. NOTE : CLIPCAN BE SEEN TO THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE TAPE HEAD IN THE BQTTOM OF THETRANSPORT AS VIEWED THROUGH THE CARTRIDGE QPENING. THERE IS ANOTHERGROUND WIRE TO BE CQNNECTED TO THE GRQUND LUG OH THE TAPETRANSPORT. BOTH GROUND WIRES ARE TO BE CONNECTED ON THE OPPOSITEEND TO THE CONSOLE GROUND AREA. LOCATED AT THE UPPER LEFT SIDE OF THECABLE CONNECT BOARD ON THE BOTTOM OF THE ENCLOSURE. SEE THEATTACHED DRAWING FOR THE LOCATION OF THE GROUND LUGS AND THEGROUND CLIP.

NOTE: SOME EARLY TAPE TRANSPQRTS HAD A INFERIOR QUALITY GROUND CLIP THAT GETS CAUGHT ON THE BOTTOM OF THE TAPE CARTRIDGE AND WOULD GET BENT CAUSING THE TAPE NOT TO EJECT FULLY FROM THE TRANSPORT. IF THISCONDITION IS SEEN, THE TAPE TRANSPORT SHOULD BE REPLACE WITH A NEWONE OR A CURRENT PRODUCTION STYLE GROUND CLIP INSTALLED.

ORIGINATOR: KEITH PERKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: AUGUST 27, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1064

SUBJECT: LUBE PRESSURE SWITCH SETUP SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 264

PRODUCT LINE: MD3 PAGE 1 OF 2

WITH A06 OR LATER SOFTWARE THAT MONITORS THE LUBE PRESSURE SWITCH.THE SWITCH SET UP IS AS FOLLOWS.

1. CONNECT VOLTMETER ACROSS LUBE PRESSURE SWITCH CONTACTS (N.O.) THEMETER SHOULD BE IN THE 20 VDC SCALE.

2. SWITCH SHOULD BE OPEN (APPROXIMATELY 5 VDC READING). IF NOT, LOOSENLUBE PRESSURE JAM NUT AND TURN ADJUSTMENT SCREW.

3. MANUALLY ACTIVATE LUBE SOLENOID. SWITCH SHOULD CLOSE(APPROXIMATELY 0 VDC). IF NOT ADJUST LUBE SWITCH.

4 MANUALLY ACTIVATE AND DEACTIVATE THE LUBE SOLENOID. VERIFY SWITCHCLOSES WHEN LUBE PUMP ACTIVATES AND THE SWITCH OPENS WHEN THESOLENOID IS DEACTIVATED.

5. TIGHTEN LUBE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT JAM NUT BEING CAREFUL NOT TO ALTERSCREW SETTING.

6. RECHECK TO VERIFY CORRECT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT.

7. TO SIMULATE A SOFTWARE CONTROLLED OPERATION OF THE LUBE PUMPTURN

OFF / ON POWER TO THE MILL. UPON POWER UP AND ENERGIZING SERVOS LUBEPUMP SHOULD BE ACTIVATED, FIRING SOLENOID AND CLOSING SWITCH. VERIFYNO ERROR IS REPORTED ON THE CRT SCREEN INDICATING "LUBE PRESSUREFAILURE".

NOTE: SEE ATTACHED PAGE FOR LOCATION OF THE LUBE PRESSURE SWITCH ANDSOLENOID.

ORIGINATOR: KEITH PERKINSREVISED BY:

DATE: November 2, 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1065-B

SUBJECT: Ultimax Power Supply Adjustments. SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1065-A

PRODUCT LINE: Ultimax Machines PAGE 1 OF 4

On Ultimax 1 thru 3 power supplies check at locations per type on the following pages.

Output to be within the following spec.:

5 VDC = +5.2 - 5.3 VDC24 VDC = +24.5 - 25.0 VDC

- 12 VDC = -12.5 - -13 VDC+ 12 VDC = +12.5 - +13 VDC

ALSO NOTE: THE 24 VOLT SUPPLY OUTPUT FROM THE POWERTEC IS ADJUSTABLE BUTNOT FOR THE POWERMATE.

ALL ULTIMAX 1 THRU 2, SUPPLIES WILL BE REPLACED WITH THE DELTRON IF THEY AREBAD, SO YOU MAY HAVE TO MOVE SOME WIRES AROUND TO MATCH HOOKUPS.

SEE ATTACHED PAGES FOR DRAWINGS OF POWER SUPPLIES.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY: Randall Bryant

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE

RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

Powermate DC Switching power supplyHurco part number 413-0008-001

All Pots are Interacting and should be verified after setup.

Caution: Use Non-metallic adjusting tool. As legs of pot are very near adjustment screw.

Powertec Power SupplyHurco Part number 413-0008-006

All Pots are Interacting and should be verified after setup.

Caution: Use Non-metallic adjusting tool. As legs of pot are very near adjustment screw.

FSB 1065B Page 2 of 4

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1GROUND

GROUND

+5VDC

+24VDC

+5VDC

-12VDC

+12VDC

NONADJUSTABLE

+5VDC

-12VDC +12VDC

GROUND

230VAC

10987654321

GROUND

+5VDC

+24VDC

-12VDC

+12VDC

+5VDC

-12VDC

+12VDC

VAC

5VDC

+COM

COM

+24VDC

Deltron Power supplyHurco Part number 413-0008-011

All Pots are Interacting and should be verified after setup.

Caution: Use Non-metallic adjusting tool. As legs of pot are very near adjustment screw.

Ultimax 3 DC Power Supply. "REV A or B"Hurco Part number413-0008-013

NOTE: refer to FSB 1198 for wiring code.

10987654321

GROUND

+5VDC

+24

VDC

-12

VDC

+12VDC

+5VDC

-12VDC

+12VDC

VAC

5VDC

+COM

COM

+24VDC

Ground

120 VAC

Fan Common

5VDC

-12VDC

12VDC

Common24VDC

FSB 1065B Page 3 of 4

FSB XXX Page 4 of 4

Ultimax 3 DC Power Supply. "REV C"Hurco Part number413-0008-013

NOTE: refer to FSB 1198 for wiring code.

FSB 1065B Page 4 of 4

DATE: December 7, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1065-C

SUBJECT: Ultimax Power Supply Adjustments Mod's. SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1065-B

PRODUCT LINE: Ultimax Machines PAGE 1 OF 5

Revised Added Page 2 and NotesSee page 2 for modification information.

On Ultimax 1 thru 3 power supplies check at locations per type on the following pages.

Output to be within the following spec.:

5 VDC = +5.2 - 5.3 VDC24 VDC = +24.5 - 25.0 VDC

- 12 VDC = -12.5 - -13 VDC+ 12 VDC = +12.5 - +13 VDC

ALSO NOTE: THE 24 VOLT SUPPLY OUTPUT FROM THE POWERTEC IS ADJUSTABLE BUTNOT FOR THE POWERMATE.

ALL ULTIMAX 1 THRU 2, SUPPLIES WILL BE REPLACED WITH THE DELTRON IF THEY AREBAD, SO YOU MAY HAVE TO MOVE SOME WIRES AROUND TO MATCH HOOKUPS. SEE PAGE 2FOR MORE INFORMATION ON REPLACEMENT SUPPLIES.

SEE ATTACHED PAGES FOR DRAWINGS OF POWER SUPPLIES.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY: L. Leffew

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE

RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

The MAX 2 Deltron supply has been replaced by a modified MAX 3 Deltron supply. This newsupply is stocked under the old part number (413-0008-011).

The modifications are for mounting only. This supply will mount in place of the original unit,except on KM3/3P machines that had the supply mounted behind the card rack. In this case thesupply is moved to the left hand side wall. All cabling involved will reach to the new position.

The 12 position Wago connector (406-4005-067) and directions on making the connections areincluded with the new supply.

On early machines,(MD1's and MD3's possibly early OEM's) the supply was setup tooperate on 230 vac, the new supply can not be changed to operate at this voltage.To install this new supply on a machine that is at 230 vac you will need to move the input voltage,to the power conditioner, from 230 vac to the 115 vac. Consult the wiring diagrams for properconnection points.

The following information is supplied as an example only. It is not intended to be used tomake wiring changes to the machine.On the MD1 the power conditioner is supplied from the primary side of T2 control voltagetransformer. Locate the lines feeding the conditioner and move them to the secondary side of T2.

FSB 1065C Page 2 of 5

Powermate DC Switching power supplyHurco part number 413-0008-001

All Pots are Interacting and should be verified after setup.

Caution: Use Non-metallic adjusting tool. As legs of pot are very near adjustment screw.

FSB 1065C Page 3 of 5

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1GROUND

GROUND

+5VDC

+24VDC

+5VDC

-12VDC

+12VDC

NONADJUSTABLE

+5VDC

-12VDC +12VDC

GROUND

230VAC

FSB XXX Page 4 of 5

Powertec Power SupplyHurco Part number 413-0008-006

All Pots are Interacting and should be verified after setup.

Caution: Use Non-metallic adjusting tool. As legs of pot are very near adjustment screw.

10987654321

GROUND

+5VDC

+24VDC

-12VDC

+12VDC

+5VDC

-12VDC

+12VDC

VAC

5VDC

+COM

COM

+24VDC

Deltron Power supplyHurco Part number 413-0008-011

All Pots are Interacting and should be verified after setup.

Caution: Use Non-metallic adjusting tool. As legs of pot are very near adjustment screw.

Ultimax 3 DC Power Supply. "REV A & B"Hurco Part number 413-0008-013

NOTE: refer to FSB 1198 for wiring code.

10987654321

GROUND

+5VDC

+24

VDC

-12

VDC

+12VDC

+5VDC

-12VDC

+12VDC

VAC

5VDC

+COM

COM

+24VDC

Ground

120 VAC

Fan Common

5VDC

-12VDC

12VDC

Common24VDC

FSB 1065C Page 4 of 5

5V Adj

+-12V Adj

+24 V Adj

Ultimax 3 DC Power Supply. "REV C"Hurco Part number413-0008-013

NOTE: refer to FSB 1198 for wiring code.

FSB 1065C Page 5 of 5

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 23, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1066

SUBJECT: DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ON ULTIMAX MILLS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 267

PRODUCT LINE: ALL ULTIMAX MILLS CONTROLS PAGE 1 OF 9

INTENT: TO PROVIDE UNIFORMITY IN SETTING SWITCH POSITIONS ON ALL ULTIMAXCONTROL MACHINES.

INDEX

A. 128K MEMORY BOARD (415-0168-001)

B. 256K MEMORY BOARD (415-0168-002)

C. X/Y DUAL AXIS BOARD (415-0176-00X)

D. Z/SPINDLE DUAL AXIS BOARD (415-0176-00X)

E. MACHINE PERSONALITY BOARD (415-0176-001/002)

F. CRT CONTROLLER BOARD (415-0174-001/002)

G. MICRO MEMORY BOARD MAX II

H. CONTROL RELAY PANEL

NOTE: CONTROL MUST BE RESET (POWER DISCONNECTED) TO DETECT A CHANGE IN SWITCH CONFIGURATION.

ORIGINATOR:REVISED BY: R. BRYANT

A. 128K MEMORY BOARD: 415-0168-001 SWITCH AND JUMPER CONFIGURATION.

FOR ANY BOARD WITH IT'S ADDRESS STARTING ABOVE 256K, A JUMPER MUST BEPRESENT BETWEEN E1 AND E2.

0 = OPEN

1 = CLOSED

Battery SelectA. #1 CLOSED, #2 OPEN = MEMORY SUPPORTED BY +5V SUPPLY AND NOT BATTERY VOLTAGE BOARD

B. #1 OPEN, #2 CLOSED = MEMORY SUPPORTED BY BATTERIES FOR DATE RETENTION. (NORMAL SETTING)

Board # Switch Position6 5 4 3

#1 1 1 1 1#2 0 1 1 1#3 1 1 1 1 Jumper E1 to E2#4 0 1 1 1 Jumper E1 to E2

B. 256K MEMORY BOARD 415-0168-002

NOTE: 1= CLOSED = ONO= OPEN = OFF

SWITCH # FUNCTION

SW1 BANK SELECTSW2 READ TIME CLOCK (RTC) SELECTSW3 UPPER LIMIT BLOCK ASW4 LOWER LIMIT BLOCK ASW5 UPPER LIMIT BLOCK BSW6 LOWER LIMIT BLOCK BSW7 (1 THRU 3) BATTERY ENABLESSW7 (4) RTC WRITE PROTECTSW7 (5) +4 VDC RACK TO RAM ARRAYSW7 (6) VBB (BATTERIES) TO RAM ARRAYSW9 RTC SELECT

6 5 4 3 2 1

Battery SelectBrd 1

thru 4

Configurations

COMMON SWITCH SETTINGS (ALL 256K BOARDS)

SWITCH # SETTINGS

SW1 1 THRU 4 = CLOSEDSW2 1 THRU 5, 7, 8 = CLOSED; 6= OPENSW9 1 THRU 4 = CLOSEDSW7 #1 CLOSED BATTERY 1 IN CIRCUITSW7 #2 CLOSED BATTERY 2 IN CIRCUITSW7 #3 CLOSED BATTERY 3 IN CIRCUITSW7 #4 CLOSED HARDWARE WRITE PROTECTEDSW7 #5 OPEN +5V FROM BUS DISABLEDSW7 #6 CLOSED BATTERY VOLTAGE TO RAM

COMMON WIRE JUMPERS (256K BOARDS)

WIRE JUMPER FUNCTION

REMOVE E28 TO E 27 DISABLES INTIALIZATION GEN. BY +5 MONTREMOVE E24 TO E35 NEEDED FOR 16 BIT OPERATIONINSTALL E31 TO E32 NEEDED FOR 16 BIT OPERATIONINSTALL E29 TO E30 NEEDED FOR 16 BIT OPERATIONINSTALL E21 TO E22 XACK DELAY AT 310 NSEC

SWITCH SETTINGS TO MAKE PER BOARD

FIRST 256K (MEMORY PCB #1) 0-3FFFF TOTAL

SW3 SW4 SW5 SW61 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 60 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1

SECOND 256K (MEMORY PCB #2) 4000-7FFFF

SW3 SW4 SW5 SW61 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 60 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1

WARNING: SW7 POSITIONS 1,2,3 MUST BE OPEN BEFORE PCB BATTERY OR BATTERY FUSES ARE DESOLDERED!

C. DUAL AXIS BOARD (X/Y) 415-0176-00X FOR ALL ULTIMAX MILLS

S1 NOTE: 1 = ON = CLOSED, O = OFF = OPENBOARD ADDRESS

STANDARD CONFIGURATION1,2 AND 3 OPEN4 CLOSED

LEADSCREW ERROR IS COMPENSATED OVER 20".SIGN BIT IN BACKLASH USED IN BMC 20-50 MACHINES ONLY.

SCALES = .000039" PER BIT (MD3, BMC 10 THRU 15)ROTARY ENCODERS = .00005" PER BIT (MD-1, KM3 & KM3P)ROTARY ENCODERS = .0000197 PER BIT (BMC 20-50)NOTE: BMC 10 THRU 15 USE A ROTARY ENCODER BUT ARE SET AT SCALE VALUES.SET SWITCHES IN BINARY CONFIGURATION FOR TOTAL ERROR COMPENSATION.

FOR SCALES : ENCODERS : BMC 20-50 Max 1 & 2 until 7.24POSITION 8 = .000039" 8 = .00005" 8 = .0000197"

7 = .000078" 7 = .00010" 7 = .0000394"6 = .000156" 6 = .00020" 6 = .0000788"5 = .000312" 5 = .00040" 5 = .0001576"4 = .000624" 4 = .00080" 4 = .0003152"3 = .001248" 3 = .00160" 3 = .0006304"2 = .002496" 2 = .00320" 2 = .0012608"

EXAMPLE: MD1 HAS .0005" OF BACKLASH. TO STRAP. FOR THIS YOU WOULD TURN ONPOSITIONS 7 AND 5. FOR A DIFFERENT VALUE TURN ON OTHER SWITCHES. THE BITVALUE ADDS AS THE SWITCHES ARE TURNED ON.NOTE: ON BMC 20-50, YOU MAY HAVE A TWO TO ONE PULLEY RATIO AND THE VALUES HAVE TO BE CUT IN HALF.

1 2 3 4

Off

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MSB LSB

Sign BitOn = Shorten TravelOff = Lengthen Travel

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LSBMSB

Scale/EncoderOn = Rotary EncoderOff = Scale

S2 S3

Y axis Leadscrew Comp. Y axis Backlash Comp.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MSB LSB

Sign BitOn = Shorten TravelOff = Lengthen Travel

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LSBMSB

Scale/EncoderOn = Rotary EncoderOff = Scale

S4 S5

X axis Leadscrew Comp. X axis Backlash Comp.

D. DUAL AXIS BOARD (Z/SPINDLE) 415-0176-001 USED IN MD1, MD3, BMC10 & 15S1 NOTE: 1 = ON = CLOSED, O = OFF = OPENBOARD ADDRESS

STANDARD CONFIGURATION1,2 AND 3 OPEN4 CLOSED

LEADSCREW ERROR IS COMPENSATED OVER 20".

SIGN BIT IN BACKLASH USED IN BMC 20-50 MACHINES ONLY.

SCALES = .000039" PER BIT (MD3, BMC 10/15)ROTARY ENCODERS = .00005" PER BIT (MD-1, KM3 & KM3P)ROTARY ENCODERS = .0000197 PER BIT (BMC 20-50)NOTE: BMC 10 /15 USE A ROTARY ENCODER BUT ARE SET AT SCALE VALUES.SET SWITCHES IN BINARY CONFIGURATION FOR TOTAL ERROR COMPENSATION.

FOR SCALES : ENCODERS : BMC 20-50 Max 1 & 2 until 7.24POSITION 8 = .000039" 8 = .00005" 8 = .0000197"

NOTE: ON BMC 20-50, YOU MAY HAVE A TWO TO ONE PULLEY RATIO AND THE VALUES WILL HAVE TO BE CUT IN HALF.

1 2 3 4

Off

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

S2 S3

Spindle Type/Shotpin Select Tap / Dwell

Orient SpeedAdjust

On HSSOff LSS

On=Shot pin enabledOff = Shot pin disabled

Mill typeOn=MD3Off=MD1

With 1 turned On 8-4 speeds up dwell.

LSB

8=LSB 4=MSB with aMax 70% Change with 4-8 on

1 turned Off 8-4 Slows down dwell.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MSB LSB

Sign BitOn = Shorten TravelOff = Lengthen Travel

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LSBMSB

Scale/EncoderOn = Rotary EncoderOff = Scale

S4 S5

Z axis Leadscrew Comp. Z axis Backlash Comp.

E. MACHINE PERSONALITY BOARD 415-0177-00X

NOTE: 1 = ON = CLOSEDO = OFF = OPEN

TO CHANGE A ULTIMAX ONE PERSONALITYBOARD TO A ULTIMAX TWO BOARD,REMOVE THE JUMPER ON TB 6 AND INSTALLIT TO PINS 4 AND 9. REMOVE THE JUMPER ONTB7 AND INSTALL IT TO PIN 12 ONLY.CHANGE THE PART NUMBER FROM 415-0177-001 TO 415-0177-002.

Note: To turn off theAuto Spindle for aKM3P reverse pos#

3 on S1

S3STANDARD CONFIGURATION: POSITIONS 1 THRU 7 =OFF, POSITION 8 = ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Not used

Spindle TypeOn = HssOff= Standard

Tool ChangerOn = EnabledOff = Disabled

Language Pos Pos PosEnglish 0 0 0German 1 0 0French 0 1 0Spanish 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

S2Not used

B Axis SelectOn = PresentOff=Disable

Not used

A Axis SelectOn = PresentOff=Disable

Machine Pos:1 Pos:2 Pos:3 Pos:4Auto Spindle MD1 0 0 0 0MD3 1 0 0 0MD1 Manual Spindle 0 0 0 1Training Console 1 1 1 1BMC 10 0 1 0 0BMC 10 L 1 1 0 0BMC 15 0 0 1 0BMC 10N 1 0 1 0BMc 10NL 0 1 1 0KM3 Auto Spindle Speed 1 0 0 1KM3P Auto Spindle Speed 0 1 0 1KMC3P 0 0 1 1KM3 1 0 1 1KM3P Manual Spindle 0 1 1 1

F. CRT CONTROLLER ONE BOARD (415-0174-001) SWITCH CONFIGURATIONS

NOTE: POSITIONS 4,6,7 ARE NOT CURRENTLY USED.

CRT CONTROLLER TWO BOARD (415-0174-002) SWITCH CONFIGURATIONS

Jumper X1B is jumpered1-2 = Normal mode, Jumper removed = local or test mode.Jumper X1A 1-2 = 60 Hz, Jumper removed = 50 Hz

G. MICRO MEMORY BOARD FOR MAX2NOTE: 1 = CLOSED = ON

O = OPEN = OFFSwitch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 MemorySW1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BLOCK A LO = $00000SW2 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 BLOCK B LO = $40000SW3 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 BLOCK A HI = $3FFFFSW4 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 BLOCK B HI = $FFFFF

H: CONTROL RELAY PANELSW1Frame type S1 S2 ATC type S3 S4BMC 30 0 0 20 Station 0 0BMC 40 0 1 24 Station 0 1BMC 50 1 0 30 Station 1 0BMC 20 1 1 16 Station 1 1

SW2 SW3Spindle Speed S1 S2 ATC Solenoid type S1 Spindle Clutch S24000 RPM 0 0 Single ended 0 Enable 06000 RPM 0 1 Double ended 1 Disable 110000 RPM 1 03000 RPM 1 1

SW4 ATC Enable/DisableRotary Axis Resolution Up Enabled4000 Ticks/Degree 0 Center Disabled2000 Ticks/Degree 1 Down Enable

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

S1Not used

50/60 Hz On = 60 HzOff = 50 Hz

Not used

Baud rate 96001,2&3 OFF

Normal / Local ModeOn =Normal

Off = Local or Test mode

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: SEPTEMBER 3, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1067

SUBJECT: LUBRICATION PROBLEMS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 271

PRODUCT LINE: SM1-CNC PAGE 1 OF 1

THE BALL NUT LUBE LINE OF SM1-CNC MACHINE MAY HAVE BEEN SUPER GLUEDTO THE BALL NUT. THE GLUE MAY CAUSE A BLOCKAGE IN THE LUBE LINE WHICHWOULD CAUSE THE X AND Y AXIS BALL NUTS TO RUN DRY.WHEN PERFORMING SERVICE ON SM1-CNC'S THE X AXIS BALL SCREW SHOULD BECHECKED FOR SIGNS OF LUBRICATION. IF THE SCREW LOOKS DRY OR HAS A DULLCOLOR AND FEELS STICKY THIS COULD INDICATE IMPROPER LUBRICATION. IF THIS IS THE CASE, SLIDE THE TABLE AWAY AND VISUALLY VERIFY THE OPERATION OF THE LUBE SYSTEM.IF THE LINE APPEARS CLOGGED IT CAE BE CLEARED WITH EITHER A STOUT SAFETY PIN OR A SMALL DIAMETER DRILL. WHEN THE LINE HAS BEEN CLEARED, SUPER GLUE THE LINE BACK TO THE BALL NUT AND VERIFY PROPER OPERATION BY CYCLING THE LUBE PUMP.

ORIGINATOR: UNKNOWNREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: OCTOBER 7, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1068

SUBJECT: CRTs SHORTING OUT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 275

PRODUCT LINE: ULTIMAX ONE CONTROLS PAGE 1 OF 1

RECENT INFORMATION FROM SERVICE INDICATES FAILURE OF TEXT AND GRAPHICS CRTs. IF THE FAILURE SYMPTOM IS NO DISPLAY, ONE OF THE CAUSE'S MAY BE THE PART LEADS OF THE CRTS ARE SHORTING TO THE MOUNTING PLATE THAT FORMS THE BACK OF THE CONSOLE. THIS COULD BE A RESULT OF INADVERTENTLY PRESSING THE CRT BOARD.

IF THIS OCCURS THERE IS A FUSE ON BOTH THE TEXT AND GRAPHICS BOARDSWHICH CAN BE REPLACED. THE FUSE IS A 2 AMP PICO 125 VOLT, LOCATED ATF401 (PART NUMBER 409-1001-074).

IN ORDER TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY OF LEADS SHORTING OUT ALL CRTBOARDS ARE BEING CLIPPED PRIOR TO MOUNTING. ADDITIONAL ACTION ISBEING PLANNED TO MINIMIZE THIS PROBLEM.

TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY OF LEADS SHORTING OUT FOR FIELD MACHINES #4NYLON WASHERS CAN BE INSTALLED BETWEEN THE CRT BOARDS AND THE MOUNTING PLATE STANDOFFS (PART NUMBER 220-0085-001), 7 WASHERS ARE NEEDED PER BOARD, OR 14 PER MACHINE.

ORIGINATOR: R.J. JOHNSONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: OCTOBER 9, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1069

SUBJECT: ENCODER DAMAGE DUE TO COUPLING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 2 76

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS WITH ENCODER COUPLINGS PAGE 1 OF 1

COMPRESSING OR TENSIONING THE FLEX COUPLING BETWEEN THE ENCODER AND THE SERVO MOTOR CAN CAUSE PREMATURE FAILURE OF THE ENCODER BEARING'S. RATHER THAN COMPRESSING THE FLEX COUPLING TO RESOLVE MISCOUNTS, YOU SHOULD REPLACE THE COUPLING WITH THE NEW ONE DESIGNED FOR DAMPENING TO ASSURE "CLEAN" OUTPUT OF PHASE A AND PHASEB. (NUMBER 205-0010-006 1/4" X 1/2" SHAFT DIAMETER),

ALL SM1-CNC MILLS SHIPPED AFTER APRIL 1985 HAVE THE NEW COUPLING. 1/'4" X1/4") ALL KMB1M (UK) MILLS SHIPPED AFTER SEPTEMBER 1985 HAVE THE NEWDAMPENED COUPLING (1/4" X 1/'2".

ORIGINATOR: R.J JOHNSONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: OCTOBER 16, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1070

SUBJECT: HEIDENHEIN 3P BOARDS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 287/286

PRODUCT LINE: MBX2 MB3 MD3 PAGE 1 OF 1

HEIDENHEIN HAS REDESIGNED THE X5 BOARD TO IMPROVE RELIABILITY.HOWEVER, THE NEW BOARDS ARE TALLER AND WILL NOT FIT INTO THEENCLOSURE AND STILL ALLOW THE COVER TO BE REPLACED.IN ORDER TO OVERCOME THIS PROBLEM PERFORM THE FOLLOWING:

1. REMOVE THE MOTHBR BOARD FROM THE E1%CLOSURE SAVINGTHE SCREWS AND THE STANDOFFS.

2. REMOVE THE ELECTRICAL PANEL.

3. REMOVE THE ENCLOSURE FROM THE WALL OF THE POWER CABINET.

4. USING THE ELECTRICAL PANEL AS A TEMPLATE DRILL FOUR HOLES INTHE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE FOR THE FOUR HOLES IN THE MOTHER BOARD.

5. REMOUNT THE MOTHER BOARD TO THE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE USINGSCREWS AND STANDOFFS FROM 1 ABOVE.

6. ASSURE ALL WIRING IS RETURNED TO THE ORIGINAL CONDITION. REMEMBER WIRING IS RUNNING FROM THE MOTHER BOARD TO THELINEAR SCALE CABLES INSIDE THE ENCLOSURES SHOULD HAVE AMINIMUM OF SIX TURNS.

PART NUMBERS FOR OLD AND NEW X5 BOARDS ARE:

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS415-0152-001 OLD X5 BOARD 2. 5" X 2. 75"415-0152-002 NEV X 5 BOARD 2. 5" X 2. 87"

ORIGINATOR: R.J JOHNSONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 10, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1071

SUBJECT: PARAJUST MAINTENANCE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 290

PRODUCT LINE: ANY MILLS WITH PARAJUST PAGE 1 OF 2

THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS WHICH CANIMPROVE THE RELIABILITY AND REDUCE PART FAILURES TO THE PARAJUSTSPINDLE SPEED DRIVE.

1. APPLY RTV ADHESIVE TO THE ORANGE CAPACITORS ON THE DRIVE MODULES TO REDUCE THE EFFECT OF VIBRATION.

2. DRESS THE CABLE LEADING FROM THE DQOR TO THE VOLTAGE CONTROLBOARD SUCH THAT IT DOES NOT PUSH AGAINST THE VOLTAGE CONTROL BOARD.WRAP SPIRAL BAND AROUND THE CABLE TO PREVENT ABRASION AND PINCHINGTHE CABLE IN THE DOOR.

3. TIGHTEN THE FEMALE PINS ON ALL MOLEX CONNECTORS TO ASSURE GOODCONNECTION . EXAMINE THE MOLEX CONNECTOR (MC95) ON THE CHOPPERBOARD FOR BROWN COLOR. IF IT IS BROWN, IT IS A HIGH RESISTANCE POINT ANDNEEDS TO BE CORRECTED. (LOOSE CONNECTIONS MAY ALSO BE FOUND BYWIGGLING THE CONNECTOR BODY AND NOTING TIGHTNESS.)

4. TIGHTEN ALL SCREWS ON BUSS CAPACITOR. IF SCREWS BOTTOM OUT,ADD WASHERS TO ASSURE TIGHTNESS.

5. TIGHTEN SCREWS ON ALL TERMINALS AND CONNECTION POINTS.

6. WIGGLE RING TONGUES TO ASSURE TIGHTNESS.

7. EXAMINE SOLDER JOINTS AROUND CONNECTORS TO ASSURE GOOD CONTACTAND NO COLD JOINTS. THIS WILL REDUCE THE EFFECT OF VIBRATION.

8. ASSURE THAT THE SHEAR PIN SENSE WIRE IS NOT COUPLED WITH THE BUSPOWER VIRES. THIS IS APPLICABLE TO M-2 THROUGH MD-3 DRIVES.

9. ASSURE FANS ARE CLEAN AND OPERATIONAL FOR GOOD AIR FLOW.

10. ASSURE SCREW TERMINALS AND NUTS ARE TIGHT ON MAIN INPUT FUSES.

11. ASSURE MAIN INPUT FUSE CLIPS ARE TIGHT. THIS IS APPLICABLE TO M-1THROUGH MD-1 DRIVES.

ORIGINATOR: R.J. JOHNSONREVISED BY:

12. ASSURE EXTERNAL HEAT EXCHANGER SHEET METAL COVERS ARE IN PLACE. THIS INCLUDES PERFORATED AND "L" SHAPED COVERS ON M-2 THROUGH MD-3

DRIVES.

FSB1071 PARAJUST MAINTENANCE

13. CLEAN CHIPS OFF THE TOP OF THE PARAJUST ENCLOSURE BEFORE OPENING DOOR. CLEAN CHIPS OFF ANY INTERNAL COMPONENTS.

14. EXAMINE THE BACK SIDE OF THE FREQUENCY AND VOLTAGE CONTROLMOTHER BOARDS FOR COLD SOLDER JOINTS OR CRACKED SOLDER TO THEMOLEX PLUGS MOUNTED TO THE BOARDS.

15. A CORRECTION IS NECESSARY REGARDING BRAKE BOARD ADJUSTMENTON B DRIVES: ALL B DRIVES <EXCEPT 6000 RPM VERSION) ADJUST THE GAIN POTSO WHEN THE BRAKE IS ON THE OUTPUT HAS A 60'4 DUTY CYCLE. THE OUTPUTMUST NOT SWITCH ON AND REMAIN LOCKED TO THE BUS VOLTAGE.ALL B DRIVE WITH 6000 RPM VERSION MILLS,ADJUST THE GAIN POT SO WHEN THE BRAKE IS ON THE OUTPUT IS AT MAXIMUMAND THE BRAKE VOLTAGE REMAINS AT BUSS LEVEL FOR AS LONG AS POSSIBLEBEFORE PWM OCCURS.

16. SHEAR PINS ON DECEL AND OR BLOWN DRIVER AND CHOPPERS CANRESULT FROMBREAKING RESISTOR BOX PROBLEM SUCH AS POOR SOLDER JOINTS, LOOSECONNECTION, FAULTY RESISTORS.

17. JUST A REMINDER... THE INPUT VOLTAGE AT THE PARAJUST (NOT THE MAIN POWER TRANSFORMER) SHOULD NOT EXCEED 253 VAC. IF THEINPUT VOLTAGE AT THE PARAJUST IS AT 253 VAC OR SLIGHTLY LESS, NORMALLINE POWER FLUCTUATIONS MAY EXCEED THE 253 LIMIT AND DOWNWARDADJUSTMENT IS REQUIRED.

18. INSURE THE DC HOLD POT IS FULL CCW ESPECIALLY ON REPLACEMENT BOARDS. IMPROPERLY ADJUSTED DC HOLD POTS WILL CAUSE PREMATURE

CHOPPER BOARD FAILURE.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 11, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1072

SUBJECT: GROUND FAULT ON HURCO AMPS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 292

PRODUCT LINE: ANY MILL USING HURCO AMPS PAGE 1 OF 1

THE PURPOSE OF THIS FSB IS TO CLARIFY THE MEANING OF A GROUND FAULTINDICATION ON THE HURCO FET SERVO AMP. A GROUND FAULT ON ANY AXISINDICATES THAT THERE IS A GROUND FAULT SOMEWHERE IN THE TOTAL SERVOSYSTEM, NOT NECESSARILY THE AXIS IT IS INDICATED ON. FOR EXAMPLE, AGROUND FAULT IN THE Y AXIS MOTOR COULD FAULT THE X AXIS SERVO BOARD,THE Z AXIS SERVO BOARD OR ANY COMBINATION THEREOF, DEPENDING ONWHICH CIRCUITS HAPPEN TO BE MORE SENSITIVE, ONE CANNOT ASSURE THATBECAUSE THE X AXIS INDICATED A GROUND FAULT CONDITION AND Y AND THEZ DO NOT, THE PROBLEM IS IN THE X AXIS. THE FAULT COULD BE IN THE Y OR ZAXIS ALSO.

ORIGINATOR: JOE BARESTEADREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 9, 1985 ISSUE NUMBER: 1073

SUBJECT: FRL PLASTIC BOWLS CRACKING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 293

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

PLASTIC BOWL FAILURES (CRACKS IN BOWL) MAY OCCUR DUE TO INCOMPATIBILITY WITHMATERIALS IN THE COMPRESSED AIR LIME (INCLUDING CERTAIN COMPRESSOR OILS) ORMATERIALS USED TO CLEAN THE FRL BOWL OR USED NEAR THE BOWL.

METAL BOWLS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE FRL MANUFACTURE IN THE VENT OFREPEATED BOWL FAILURES OCCURRED OCCUR AND INCOMPATIBLE MATERIAL CANNOT BEELIMINATED.

THE MANUFACTURER'S STATEMENT REGARDING THESE MATERIALS IS LISTED BELOW:"CERTAIN COMPRESSOR OILS, CHEMICALS, HOUSEHOLD CLEANERS, SOLVENTS,PAINTS AND FUMES WILL ATTACK PLASTIC BOWLS AND CAN CAUSE BOWL FAILURE. DO NOTUSE HEAR THESE MATERIALS. WHEN BOWL BECOMES DIRTY REPLACE BOWL OR WIPE ONLYWITH A CLEAN DRY CLOTH. REINSTALL METAL BOWL GUARD OR BUY AND INSTALL A METALBOWL GUARD. IMMEDIATELY REPLACE ANY CRAZED, CRACKED,DAMAGED OR HOLED PLASTIC BOWL WITH A METAL BOWL OR A new PLASTIC BOWL ANDMETAL GUARD."

SOME OF THE MATERIALS THAT WILL ATTACK POLYCARBONATE PLASTIC BOWLS:

ACETALDEHYDE CRESOL METHYLENE SALICYLATEACETIC ACID (CONC.) CYCLOHEXANOL MILK OF LIME (CaOH)ACETONE CYCLQHEXANONE NITRIC ACID (CONC.)ACRYLONITRILE CYCLOHEXNE NITEOBENZENEAMMONIA DIMETHLY FORMANIDE NITROCELLULOSE LACQUERAMMONIUM FLUORIDE DIOXANE PHENOLAMMONIUM HYDROXIDE ETHANE TETRACHLORIDE PHOSPHOROUS HYDROXY CHLORIDEAMMONIUM SULFIDE ETHYL ACETATE PHOSPHOROUS TRICHLORIDE

ORIGINATOR: RICK GUNYONREVISED BY:

ANTIFREEZE ETHYL ETHER PROPIONIC ACIDBE]BENZENE ETHLAMINE PYRIDINEBENZOIC ACID ETHYLENE CHLOROHYRIN SODIUM HYDROXIDEBENZYL ALCOHOL ETHLENE DICHLORIDE SODIUM SULFIDEBRAKE FLUIDS ETHYLENE GLYCOL STRENEBROMOBENZENE FORMIC ACID (CONC.,) SULFURIC ACID (CONC.)BUTYRIC ACID FREON SULPHURAL CHLORIDECARBOLIC ACID GASOLINE TANNERGASCARBON DISULFIDE HYDRAZINE TERAHYDRONAPHTHALENECARBON TETRACHLORIDE HYDROCHLORIC ACID THIOPHENECAUSTIC POTASH SOLUTION LACQUER THINNER TOLUENECAUSTIC SODA SOLUTION METHYL ALCOHOL TURPENTINECHLORBENZENE METHYLENE CHLORIDE XYLENECHLOROFORM PERCHLORETHYLENE

TRADE NAMES OP SOME COMPRESSOR, OILS RUBBER COMPOUNDS AND OTHERMATERIALS THAT WILL ATTACK POLYCARBONATE PLASTIC BOWLS:

ATLAS "PERMA GUARD" PARCO 4' 1306 NEOPRENEBUNA N PETRON PD287CELLULUBE 4150 AND 4220 PRESTONECRYLEX t5 CEMENT PYDRAUL ACEASTMAN 910 SEARS REGULAR MOTOR OILGARLOCK # 98403 SINCLAIR OIL "LILY WHITE"HASKEL 4568 023 SOME LOCTITE COMPOUNDSHILGARD CO,'S HIL PHENE STAUFFER CHEMICAL FYRQUEL #150HOUGHTON 5 CO, OIL 0 1120, 1130,1055 STILLMAN 4SR 269 75HOUTOSAFE 1000 STILLMAN OSR513 70KANO KROILKEYSTONE PENETRATING OIL #2 TELARMARVEL MYSTERY OIL TENNECO ANDER #495 AND #'500 OILSMINN. RUBBER 366Y TITONNATIONAL COMPOUND #N11 ZEREXNYLOCK VC 3

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 14, 19S6 ISSUE NUMBER: 1074

SUBJECT: OPERATION OF LUBE SYSTEMS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 296

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS USING AUTOLUBE PAGE 1 OF 1

BELOW IS A SUMMARY OF THE WAY LUBE OPERATION BY MACHINE TYPE:

MD3:20 MINUTES OFF TIME.PUMP ACTUATION IS ON FOR 5 SECONDS, THEN OFF FOR 5 SECONDS, THEN ON FOR20 SECONDS AND CHECK FOR LUBE PRESSURE.TIMER CONTROLLED WHEN SERVOS ARE TURNED ON RESETS AND CYCLES, IFTHE OFF TIME IS GREATER THAN 20 MINUTES. THE ERROR MESSAGE IS LUBEPRESSURE FAILURE.

BMC 10-15:30 MINUTES OFF TIME.RUN PUMP FOR 60 SECONDS AND CHECK FOR LUBE SWITCH MADE AT LEAST TWOTIMES. THE TIMER CONTROL IS THE SAME AS THE MD3 BUT USING 30 NOT 20MINUTES.

BMC 20-50:12 MINUTES OFF TIME CONTROLLED BY AT TIMER BUILT INTO THE PUMP.PUMPS 3 TO 6 CC AND IS ADJUSTABLE.

KM3:60 MINUTES OFF TIME.ON FOR 8 SECONDS; NO SWITCH CHECKED.IT TURNS ON PUMP WHENEVER THE SERVOS ARE TURNED ON AND RESETS TIMER.

PRE-ULTIMAX:USED A 15 MINUTE MOTOR DRIVEN CAM THAT IN SOME CASES TURNS ONTHE PUMP AND IN OTHERS TURNED ON THE LUBE TIMER IN THE RELAY PANEL.THAT TIMED THE ON TIME. IN THE TYPE THAT DID NOT HAVE A DELAY RELAYTHE ON TIME WAS CONTROLLED BY THE SPACING OF THE GAP IN THE CAM.

ORIGINATOR: RICK GUNYONREVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 14, 1980 ISSUE NUMBER: 1075

SUBJECT: ATC ERROR, CAROUSEL SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 301

PRODUCT LINE: BMC-15 MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

DURING RE-LAYOUT OF THE EXISTING ARTWORK FOR THE CONTROL RELAY PCBIT WAS NOTICED THAT SU1, LOCATED JUST BELOW J3, SHOULD BE A IN4002 DIODENOT A SUPPRESSOR. REMOVE SU1 AND REPLACE IT WITH A 417-0001-003. FORPOLARITY SEE THE FIGURE BELOW:

ORIGINATOR: MARK WHITCOMBREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 24, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1076

SUBJECT: INDEX OPTION ULTIMAX SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 303

PRODUCT LINE: KM3 KM3P PAGE 1 OF 1

THE WIRING FOR THE INDEX OPTION INSIDE THE KM3 ULTIMAX POWER CABINETMAY BE WIRED INCORRECTLY. IF THE BLUE WIRE FOR ICR IS IN TB4-2, MOVE THISWIRE TO TB6-2 LOCATED ON THE FAR RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TB6.

SCHEMATICALLY, THE FOLLOWING WIRING SHOULD EXIST:INDEX CONNECTOR "B" TO TB6-2.TB6-2 TO MP-P3-25.PLEASE CHECK WIRING WHEN SERVICING ANY KM-3 ULTIMAX MACHINE.

ORIGINATOR: TERRY ROSENKOETTERREVISED BY:

DATE: 9/11/96 ISSUE NUMBER: 1077

SUBJECT: HI-LO GEAR SWITCH PROBLEM SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: MD3-BMC15 PAGE 1 OF 1

THE SWITCHES USED FOR THE HI/LO GEAR CHANGE (404-5202-005) ON THE MD3 ANDBMC 10-15 MACHINES HAVE PROVED TO BE INTERMITTENT DURING HIGH VIBRATIONCUTS. THE CONTACT ON THE CLOSED SWITCH MIGHT OPEN BRIEFLY CAUSING THESPINDLE AXIS STATUS LIGHT TO GO OUT. IF SWITCH ADJUSTMENT DOES NOT SOLVETHE PROBLEM, PLACE A PIECE OF RUBBER APPROXIMATELY .125" THICK BETWEENTHE SWITCH AND IT'S MOUNTING BRACKET. THIS WILL ELIMINATE MUCH OF THEVIBRATION THAT THE SWITCH IS FEELING. BE SURE TO LOCKTITE THE MOUNTINGSCREWS

DAVID PRICERevived by L.Leffew & Wayne Kline

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 18, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1078

SUBJECT: MIS-WIRE OF RS232 PORTS SUPERCEDES NUMBER: 307

PRODUCT LINE: KM TYPE KNEEMILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

DUE TO A ERROR IN THE WIRING LIST SOME KM3 MILLS WITH ULTIMAXCONTROLS MAY HAVE SHIPPED WITH THE RS232 PORTS (1 AND 2) REVERSED.VERIFY PORT WIRING IS AS SHOWN BELOW. IF PORT 1 AND 2 ARE REVERSED ALLYOU NEED DO IS REMOVE THE PORT RECEPTACLES FROM THE MAIN ELECTRICALCABINET AND SWITCH THEM.

ORIGINATOR: KEITH PERKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 17, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1079

SUBJECT: MULTI-LOAD MASTERS ON CRT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 3 06

PRODUCT LINE: BX MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

THIS FRONT PANEL BOARD MODIFICATION ELIMINATES MULTI-LOAD MASTERON BX CRT'S AT POWER-UP. CONNECT A 20 Pf (CAPACITOR HURCO P/'N407-0005-007) TO R76 (INPUT TO 7400) AND THE GROUND LAND NEAR R76.

ORIGINATOR: TERRY ROSENKOETTERREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 17, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1080

SUBJECT: SPEED SENSE SWITCH WIRING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 309 / 310

PRODUCT LIES: KMC3P PAGE 1 OF 1

ENSURE THERE IS A SHIELDED CABLE FROM THE SWITCH THAT SENSES SPINDLERPM (4PRS) TO THE AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL PCB. THE SHIELD MUST BECONNECTED TO GROUND AT THE TERMINAL BLOCK IN THE REMOTE STATIONBOX.WIRE NUMBERS 194,195 AND 196 ARE 194 TO GROUND, 195 SIGNAL AND 196 TO +VCC. IF THE WIRING IS NOT DONE WITH SHIELDED CABLE, REMOVE AND REPLACEWITH BELDEN #' 8771 3 CONDUCTOR 20 AWG SHIELDED (HURCO PARTNUMBER 406- 1441-001) THIS ELIMINATES NOISE THAT CAUSE ERRATIC ASCFUNCTION.

IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT CORRECT INPUT LINE PHASING BE APPLIED TO THE KMC-3P CONTROL BEFORE THE TOOL CHANGER IS CYCLED. VERIFY THE CORRECTPHASING BY RUNNING THE SPINDLE AND OBSERVE CORRECT ROTATION. (NOTE:REMEMBER THAT WHEN YOU RUN THE SPINDLE IN MANUAL THE CONTROLASSUMES THAT YOU ARE IN HIGH GEAR SO CHECK TO MAKE SURE.) THEINCORRECT PHASING WILL CAUSETHE CLAMP/'UNCLAMP MOTOR TO JAM RESULTING IN DISASSEMBLY FOR REPAIR.

ORIGINATOR: T. ROSENKOETTERREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: APRIL 3, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1081

SUBJECT: THREE PHASE POWER SERVICE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 314

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

THE FOLLOWING CHART PROVIDES A CROSS REFERENCE BETWEEN THREE PHASE KVA AND LINE CURRENT IN AMPERES. THIS IS USEFUL BECAUSE ELECTRICAL

SERVICE REQUIREMENTS ARE RATED IN TERMS OF KVA, AS IN THE CASE OF HURCO MACHINES. OCCASIONALLY, SERVICE REQUIREMENTS ARE RATED IN TERMS OF SUPPLY AMPERES. USING THIS CHART AND / OR THE FORMULAALLOWS YOU TO CROSS BETWEEN THE TWO UNITS OF MEASURE. THE LASTCHART SHOWS THE MINIMAL WIRE SIZE BY CURRENT.

FSB1081 THREE PHASE POWER SERVICE

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 8, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1082

SUBJECT: MOTOR COVER SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 315

PRODUCT LINE: KM3P, KMC3P PAGE 1 OF 1

A COVER HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ENSURE THAT THE Y AXIS MOTOR AND TACHBRUSHES ON THE KMP TYPE MACHINES CANNOT BE CONTAMINATED WITH OIL. THIS COVER ALONG WITH 0-RINGS UNDER THE BRUSH CAPS PROVIDED ON THE MOTOR WILL ELIMINATE THE CHANCE OF OIL ON THE BRUSHES.

PART NUMBERS FOR KIT ARE:

602 – 0002 – 008 HOSE CLAMP802-1774 – 001 MOTOR COVER 8/ /2" X 81/'2" COVER NEOPRENE.

ORIGINATOR: TERRY ROSENKOETTERREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 20, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1083

SUBJECT: INPUT VOLTAGE AND AIR PRESSURE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 317

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

ORIGINATOR: DAVID PRICEREVISED BY: R. BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 1, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1084

SUBJECT: MISSING SURGE SUPPRESSORS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 320

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 10 THRU 15 PAGE 1 OF 1

RECENTLY A SURGE SUPPRESSOR WAS FOUND MISSING FROM THE CONTROL RELAY PANEL ON A BMC 10. THE LACK OF THIS SUPPRESSER CAN CAUSE

INTERMITTENT TOOL CHANGER ERRORS WHEN THE FLOOD COOLANT TURNS ONAND OFF. QE EVERY SERVICE CALL, CHECK TO BE SURE SU15 IS PRESENT ON THECONTROL RELAY PANEL.

THE SUPPRESSOR IS ORANGE, ABOUT THE SIZE OF A TWO WATT RESISTOR, AND ISLOCATED NEAR THE BOTTOM LEFT HAND CORNER OF THE BOARD. IF THESUPPRESSOR IS NOT PRESENT, INSTALL A 417-6001-012 SUPPRESSOR AS SOON AS

POSSIBLE.

ORIGINATOR: DAVID PRICEREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 7, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1085

SUBJECT: MIS-WIRE ON KM3 BX TYPE MILLS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 322

PRODUCT LINE: KM3 BX TYPE PAGE 1 OF 2

DURING A REVISION TO SERVO CONDUIT HARNESSES ON THE BX KNEE MILLS ITWAS DISCOVERED THAT SHIELDS FOR THE MOTOR AND TACH. WERE NOTDOCUMENTED TO BE GROUNDED. THIS ERROR CAN FOUND ON KNEE MILLS WITHREMOVABLE SERVO CONDUIT HARNESSES. WITH THE SHIELDS NOT GROUNDEDTHE PROBABILITY FOR MISCOUNTING IS EVIDENT.

THE CORRECTION TO THIS PROBLEM INVOLVES THE MOTOR SHIELDS TO GROUNDAT THE RANDTRONICS TERMINAL STRIP (RTB1) AND CONNECTING THE TACH.SHIELDS TO TACH. RETURN AT RTB1. (THIS IS HOW THE ULTIMAX CONTROL ISWIRED.)

PARTS NEEDED:

HURCO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY406-4005-003 GREEN /' YELLOW WAGO TERMINAL 1406-2005-029 16 AWG WHITE WIRE 18"406-6481-004 SHRINK SLEEVE 1/'4" 3"406-6481-006 SHRINK SLEEVE 1/'2" 3"

1. INSTALL ONE (1) ADDITIONAL GREEN/YELLOW WAGO TERMINAL ADJACENT TOEXISTING GREEN/'YELLOW TERMINAL AT RTB1-MGT.

2. USE 18 AWG WHITE WIRE TO CONNECT MOTOR SHIELD TO GREEN/YELLOWTERMINAL. SOLDER WHITE WIRE TO SHIELD AND USE 1/'2" SHRINK SLEEVETO COVER CONNECTION. COMPLETE THIS ON X,Y AND Z.

3. CONNECT TACH. SHIELD TO TACH. RETURN AT RTB1. SOLDER BLACK WIRE(TACH, RETURN) TO SHIELD AND USE 1/'4" SHRINK SLEEVE TO COVERCONNECTION THIS CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY STRIPPING INSULATION OF BLACKWIRE ENOUGH TO ATTACH SHIELD, YET ALLOWING INSULATION TO REMAINALONG WIRE TO RTB1. COMPLETE THIS ON X,Y AND Z.

ORIGINATOR: T. ROSENKOETTER

X AXIS (EXAMPLE):

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: OCTOBER 15, 1986 ISSUE NUMBER: 1086

SUBJECT: AXIS DRIVE BELT TENSION SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 336

PRODUCT LINE: BMC MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

DUE TO THE BELT DRIVE SYSTEM FOR THE AXIS ON THE BMC 30, 40, AND 50 THEAMOUNT OF MOTOR BELT TENSION ON EACH AXIS AFFECTS THE BACKLASH IN

THAT AXIS. AFTER THE LASER TEST HAS BEEN PERFORMED AND THE BACKLASH IS VERIFIED, THE GAP BETWEEN THE BELT HOUSING AND THE MOTOR MOUNTING

PLATE WILL BE MEASURED WITH A FEELER GAUGE AND THAT VALUE WILL BEWRITTEN ON THE INSIDE OF THE POWER CABINET DOOR BELOW THE LASER

COMPENSATION VALUES.

WHEN INSTALLING MOTORS AT INSTALL, POSITION THE MOTOR TO ACHIEVE THESAME GAP BETWEEN THE MOTOR MOUNTING PLATE AND THE BELT HOUSING THAT IS WRITTEN ON THE INSIDE OF THE CABINET.

ORIGINATOR: TIM CLOUDREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 9, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1087

SUBJECT: USING DISTRIBUTOR STOCK PARTS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 349

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

IF AND WHEN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION ARISES WHERE WE HAVE TO REMOVEPARTS FROM A DISTRIBUTORS STOCK MACHINE, THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE

MUST BE FOLLOWED.

1. THE DISTRIBUTOR MUST FIRST AUTHORIZE THE REMOVAL OF THE ITEMS ASTHESE MACHINE ARE THE DISTRIBUTOR'S PROPERTY!

2. THE SERVICE ENGINEER MUST ENSURE THAT THE MACHINE IS NOT SCRATCHEDOR DAMAGED IN ANY WAY AND THE CONDITION MUST BE NOTED ON THESERVICE REPORT.

3. THE SERVICE ENGINEER MUST ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS BEFORE LEAVINGTHE DISTRIBUTOR'S PLANT.

4. A SERVICE REPORT MUST BE FILLED OUT AND SIGNED BY THE AUTHORIZEDINDIVIDUAL AT THE DISTRIBUTOR'S OFFICE. A NOTE ON THE SERVICEREPORT MUST BE MADE AS TO THE REPLACEMENT OF THE PARTS. NOTE WHOIS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACING THE PARTS AND IF WE HAVE TO RETURN TODO IT; THE SCHEDULER FOR THE AREA MUST BE NOTIFIED SO A FOLLOW-UPCALL CAN BE MADE.

5. TO ELIMINATE ANY FUTURE CONFUSION; A DISTRIBUTOR AHD HIS STOCKMACHINE IS TO BE TREATED EXACTLY LIKE A CUSTOMER.

ORIGINATOR: RANDY RENEKAMPREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: FEBRUARY 5, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1088

SUBJECT: TAPE READER PROBLEMS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 357

PRODUCT LINE: TM5 PAGE 1 OF 1

Upon investigation of the TM5 Tape Reader problems, a design error wasfound on the Front Panel Cable Connect PCB Serial LED Driver circuit(This PCB , 415-0201-001, is only used on the TM5.) The circuit thatcontrols the LED brightness was incorrectly designed. A maximum currentspecification for this circuit is 750 micro amps. The circuit wasoperating with 850 micro amps causing the Serial LED Driver to operateextremely hot (140 degrees F.) The heat caused the reset line from theSerial LED Driver to operate incorrectly. This reset signal is receivedby the Tape Transport and CRT Controller PCB.

The problem is solved by replacing R4, currently a 10K resistor, with a39.2K resistor. This drops the worst case operating temperature to 109degrees F. (this also dims the LED's , but not objectionably.) Tofurther enhance this circuit, add a heat sink to the Serial LED Driver.

The retrofit to field mills is two fold.

1) Replace R4 on the Front Panel Cable Connect PCB, (clearly marked andcurrently a 10K resistor) with a 39.2K resistor (HURCO P/M 407-0035-441. )

2) Mount a heat sink to U6 on the Front Panel Cable Connect PCB. Thisheat sink (HURCO P/N 420-0002-015) can be attached with a good thermalconductive cement such as Thermalbond Thermally Conductive EpoxyAdhesive.

This fix will significantly improve the Tape Reader issue.

ORIGINATOR: T. ROSENKOETTER, W HAWKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: February 9, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1089

SUBJECT: RANDTRONICS CHASSIS WIRING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 358

PRODUCT LINE: Mills PAGE 1 OF 1

Some wiring problems have recently been discovered on the productionfloor with the Randtronics chassis wiring. These wiring problems havebeen in the Wago terminal strip wires which are done by Randtronics.In some cases the wires have not been stripped sufficiently to make agood connection. In other cases the wires were inserted into the Wagotoo far and the connection was through the insulation.

The floor techs are watching out for this now but some may have gottenout into the field and might cause problems at a later date. Be awareof this possibility and check the wires going into the Wago terminalstrip on the Randtronics chassis when on a service call whether it isfor a servo related problem or not. Hopefully this will prevent aservice call in the future if we can correct the wiring errors beforethey cause a problem.

ORIGINATOR: Wayne HawkinsREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 12, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1090

SUBJECT: CHIP CONVEYOR MOTOR HEATER SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 364

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 15 PAGE 1 OF 1

IT HAS BEEN DETERMINED THAT THE HEATER FOR BMC 15 CHIP MOTOR ISNOT THE CORRECT VALUE. IT HAS AN ADJUSTABLE RANGE OF 1.6 TO 2.5 AMPS.THIS IS MUCH TOO HIGH SINCE THE MOTOR IS ONLY RATED AT 200 VAC. WHENSERVICING A BMC 15 THIS SHOULD BE REPLACED.

THE CORRECT HEATER HAS A RANGE OF .38 TO .62 AMP. THE HURCO PART NUMBER IS 403-5501-015. THE GE PART NUMBER IF CR4G1WD.

IF THIS IS NOT REPLACED WITH THE CORRECT VALUE HEATER MOTOR DAMAGE COULD OCCUR IF THE MOTOR BECAME STALLED.

ADJUST HEATER TO .5 TO .6 AMP AND ENSURE THAT CUSTOMER IS AWARE OF WHERE TO CHECK THIS IF HIS MOTOR STALLS.

ORIGINATOR: KEITH PERKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 13, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1091

SUBJECT: TOOL CHANGE LIMIT SWITCH SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 365

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30 PAGE 1 OF 1

ON ALL BMC 30 MILLS PRIOR TO BC8005096B THE WIRE GOING TO THE HOMEPOSITION LIMIT SWITCH IS IN DANGER OF BEING CAUGHT ON THE SWITCH DOGAND TORN FROM THE MICRO SWITCH. TO PREVENT THIS DAMAGE SECURE THEWIRE WITH A JIFFY-CLAMP. THERE IS CURRENTLY AN M5 THREADED HOLE WHICHMAKES THE LOCATION AND MOUNTING OF THE JIFFY-CLAMP VERY EASY. IF YOUDO NOT HAVE THE PARTS AVAILABLE TO PERFORM THIS MODIFICATION, HERE

ARE THE HURCO PART NUMBERS.

1 108-5003-003 M5 X.OBX10 BHSS2 110-0061-004 #10 EXTERNAL STAR WASHER3 408-7501-009 #125 JIFFY-CLAMP

THE JIFFY-CLAMP MODIFICATION WILL BE IN EFFECT UNTIL LEADVELL HASPROVIDED THE NEW THROUGH HOLE.

LEADWELL HAS BEEN NOTIFIED TO DRILL A THROUGH HOLE BESIDE THE MICROSWITCH TO ROUT THE WIRE THROUGH; THEREFORE PREVENTING THEPOSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE TO THE MICRO SWITCH WIRES.

ORIGINATOR: ERIC HUDSONREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 26, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1092

SUBJECT: ULTIMAX LOCKUP SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 366

PRODUCT LINE: ULTIMAX MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

1. IT HAS BEEN DISCOVERED THAT INCORRECT ROUTING OF THE J-1 CABLE INTHE ULTIMAX CONSOLE CAN CAUSE MACHINE LOCKUPS. ROUTING THE CABLEACROSS THE TOP OF THE CRT CONTROLLER BOARD IS NO LONGER ACCEPTABLETHIS CAN CAUSE THE CABLE TO BE PINCHED WHEN THE CARD CAGE ISSLID BACK INTO ITS NORMAL POSITION. ROUTE THE J1 CABLE TO THE SIDE OFTHE CARD RACK TO ELIMINATE THIS PROBLEM.

2. RAPID BUTTON PUSHING AND MODE CHANGES HAVE BEEN KNOWN TO CAUSELOCK-UPS. ENCOURAGE THE CUSTOMER TO USE ONLY ONE HAND WHILEPROGRAMMING THE MACHINE.

3. EMERGENCY STOP DEPRESSED WHILE IN THE TOOL SETUP MODE, THEN TRYINGTO ACCESS PART PROGRAMMING MODE, WILL LOCKUP THE CONTROL VIRTUALLYEVERY TIME.

4. SWITCHING BETWEEN AUTO MODE AND SINGLE CYCLE MODE WILL LOCK THECONTROL ON THE 20 MODE CHANGE . WE ARE NOT CLEARING THE BUFFER, THISWILL BE FIXED

ORIGINATOR: RANDY RENNEKAMP, M. GARLICKREVISED BY: R, BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: APRIL 1, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1093

SUBJECT: TOOL CHANGERS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 367

PRODUCT LINE: MD1 MD3 PAGE 1 OF 1

IT HAS BEEN NOTED THAT ON SOME CONTROL RELAY PANELS, 415-0189-001 AND415-0189-002 THAT THE BRAKE PACK SOCKET HAS BEEN SOLDERED ONTO THEBOARDS INCORRECTLY.

PLEASE NOTE WHEN AT A CUSTOMERS PLANT; THAT THE BRAKE PACK ISINSTALLED CORRECTLY. IF PIN NUMBER 1 OF THE BRAKE PACK SOCKET DOESNOT LINE UP WITH THE PCB SILKSCREEN NUMBER 1, REMOVE THE SOCKET ANDCORRECT THE PROBLEM.

IF THIS SITUATION IS FOUND, THE BRAKE PACK (PART NUMBER 412-0003-001)WILL REQUIRE REPLACEMENT DUE TO DAMAGE FROM BEING INCORRECTLYINSTALLED.

ORIGINATOR: RANDY RENNEKAMPREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: APRIL 6, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1094

SUBJECT: SERVOMATE TRANSFORMER MIS-WIRED SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 368

PRODUCT LINE: MB3 PAGE 1 OF 1

A PROBLEM HAS BEEN DISCOVERED IN THE FIELD WHICH NEEDS TO BE WATCHED FOR WHEN SERVICING THE MB3 MACHINES.

THE 72 VAC INPUT TRANSFORMER CAN BE TAPPED FOR EITHER 72 VAC OR 88 VAC.THE CORRECT VOLTAGE FOR THE MH3 RANDTRONICS AMPLIFIERS IS 72 VAC.

IF A MACHINE IS FOUND WITH A TRANSFORMER WIRED 88 VAC, PROMPTLY REWIRE IT FOR 72.

THIS PROBLEM WILL NOT BE VERY VIDE SPREAD, BUT PLEASE LOOK FOR IT WHENALREADY ON AN MB3 CALL.

ORIGINATOR: RANDY RENNEKAMPREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: April 6,1967 ISSUE NUMBER: 1095

SUBJECT: BX Miscounting On Knee Mills SUPERCEDES NUMBER: 369

PRODUCT LINE: BX Kneemills PAGE 1 OF 1

On some BX knee mills in the field we have been able to eliminatemiscounting by adding a jumper from pin sixteen in the motor junctionbox to ground. The machine must have the new style servo conduits forthis jumper to have a chance of working. The ground that we used wasthe head of the screw which holds the junction box to the motor.Ensure that the threads have no black paint in them so properconnection is made. The part number for this jumper is 423-6092-002and has been released on P.I.N. 9335. This modification may cause themiscount to increase on some mills; however, on the majority ofmachines it corrected miscounting.

ORIGINATOR: Eric HudsonREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 11, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1096

SUBJECT: Deltron Power Supplies SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 374

PRODUCT LINE: All ULTIMAX MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

Effective with the June Mill Shipments, we will begin using a newDeltron switching power supply instead of the Powertec. The Deltronhas Hurco part number 413-OOOB-010 and has the same mounting holes asthe Powertec. The main difference is in the wiring, pins 5 and 6 onthe Deltron are opposite the Powertec. Pin 5 on the Deltron is minus12VDC and pin 6 is plus 24VDC. Pin 5 on the Powertec is plus 24VDC andpin 6 is minus 12VDC. If you are replacing a Powertec with a Deltron,make sure the wiring is correct before applying power. A sheet ofpaper with the wiring difference is being shipped with each Deltron.The Deltron is easily identified because it is gold in color and thePowertec is black. The adjustment pots are indicated below.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE HAWKINS

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 29, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1097

SUBJECT: Custom CPU / Memory PCB SUPERCEDES NUMBER: 377

PRODUCT LINE: All Ultimax Mills PAGE 1 OF 1

It has been found that Custom CPU / Memory PCB's (415-0194-001,002,004)may have been shipped with a jumper installed that should have beenremoved if a Dual RS-232 PCB was installed. The jumper runs fromJ1-12 to J1-17. It is located on the non-component side of the PCB.If this jumper is installed the RS-232 PCB will not function. Notethat the Schematic for the CPU/Memory PCB shows this jumper and refersto its removal on page 9 note 12 (REF. 415-0194-001,002,004 Rev.F).

When making a Service call on a machine that has a Custom CPU/'MemoryPCB make sure that this jumper has been removed if a RS-232 PCB isinstalled.

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: August 8, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1098

SUBJECT: Solenoid Exhaust Filters SUPERCEDES NUMBER: 376

PRODUCT LINE: MB3, MD3, BMC10, BMC15 PAGE 1 OF 1

It has been found that if the solenoid exhaust filters become cloggedthat when the spindle clamp/unclamp cylinder operates back pressurecan allow the shot pin to also move. This can cause an error since theshot pin may move enough to come off of the limit switch.To eliminate the problem will require one of the following;

1) Remove and clean filter.

2) Replace filter.

3) Remove filter from the pneumatic system.

ORIGINATOR: K. PerkinsREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: September 14,1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1099

SUBJECT: BMC 10 and 10L Tool Support SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 379

PRODUCT LINE: BMC10, BMC10L PAGE 1 OF 2

The BMC series of machines from Toyama utilize plastic tool supportslides rather than the metal ones like the M2 and M3 series ofmachines. The BMC10L uses a clear plastic support (713-0008-320) whichis the same size as the M2 and M3 support. The BMC10 uses a blackplastic support (713-0008-696) which is quite a bit thicker. We havehad several occurrences of breakage on these plastic tool supports.The breaks occur in the corner of the tool support where the roll pinis located.

If you should find this condition on a BMC10L machine in the field, youneed to order the following parts for each broken support.

Qty Description Part Number

1 MD3 Steel Tool Support 713-0006-005

2 Roll Pin, 2 X 8 713-0008-313

If you should find this condition on a BMC10 machine in the field, youneed to order the following retrofit kit.

Qty Description Part Number1 BMC10 Tool Support Repair Kit 002-3133-001

This kit includes:

24 Tool Support Repair Plate 802-2118-00148 M3 X .5 X 10MM FHSCS 102-5001-00348 M3 X .5 Std. Hex Nut 117-5009-001 48 M3 Int Teeth Lockwasher 110-0067-004

This will give you enough parts to repair all 24 tool supports. Seethe attached drawing for attaching these plates.

If any of the springs and balls are needed, their part numbers are,713-0005-205 for the spring and 713-0008-299 far the ball.

DATE: September 14, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1099

SUBJECT: BMC 10 and 10L Tool Support SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BNC10, BMC10L PAGE 2 OF 2

1) Remove the cover from the tool changer carousel.

2) Remove the tool support from the tool holder by removing the roll 1pin from the corner of the tool support and sliding it out of thetool holder. Make sure you do not lose the steel ball or spring.3) Drill two 9/64" holes through the end of the tool support. Onehole should be 5/16" from the side with the tab and 3/16" up fromthe bottom. The other hole should be 13/16" from the side with thetab and 3/16" up from the bottom.4) Slide the tool support back through the tool holder making sure thespring and steel ball are reinstalled.

5) Attach the repair plate to the tool support using two N3 X .5 X10MM FHSCS, two M3 internal tooth lockwashers and two M3 X .5standard hex nuts.

6) After all tool supports have been modified, rotate the carousel toeach tool position and move each tool holder in and out of theholding station to make sure the repair plates clear all obstacles.In some cases, some of the ribs on the holding station casting willneed to be ground down a small amount.

7) Reinstall the tool changer carousel cover.

ORIGINATOR: WAYNE E. HawkinsREVISED BY:

DATE: January 25, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1100 A

SUBJECT: AXIS AMPERAGE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1100 & 1144

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20 / 50 PAGE 1 OF 2

It has been found that the gib adjustment screws on BMC mills can come loose in shipment and duringnormal use. It is important that these be checked on install as well as on service calls.

Most BMC machines have tapered gibs with screws at both ends of the gib, one to adjust the gibpressure and one to lock the gib. Over tightening of these screws can damage the gib. The adjustingscrews are on the top for the Z axis, the left hand end of the table for the X axis and the front of thesaddle for the Y axis. The BMC 40/50 have gibs at both ends of X axis and do not have the lockscrews.

NOTE: The maximum rated current of the servo amplifiers must not be exceeded.The rated current for BMC 20/30 OEM/V1, FANUC MODEL 0/5, = 10 AMPS Peak.The rated current for BMC 40/50 OEM/V1, FANUC MODEL 10, = 15 AMPS Peak.The rated current for BMC 20 V2, (pre LR) YASKAWA AMPS, = 11 AMPS Peak.The rated current for BMC 20 LR/25/30 V2,YASKAWA AMPS, = 17 AMPS Peak.The rated current for BMC 40/50 V2, YASKAWA AMPS, = 42 AMPS Peak.

The ULTIMAX 3 machines use the same amps as MAX 2 V2 machines.

SEE PAGE 2 FOR DETAILS ON GIB ADJUSTMENTS.

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY: Wayne E. HawkinsREVISED BY: KEITH PERKINSRevised by Lonnie Leffew 3-17-1993

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE

RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

THE PROCEDURE FOR MONITORING FANUC AXIS CURRENT IS AS FOLLOWS:

1 Connect a DVM positive lead to CH 10, 11, OR 12.Note: There are three sets of test points L, for X axis M for Y axis & N for Z axis.

2 Connect negative lead to CH3.3 Set meter for VAC.4 Jog the axis at 100 IPM.5 The voltage reading on the meter is a VOLTS/AMP reading.

EXAMPLE: The meter reads .255 VAC. This is equal to 2.55 AMPS of current.6 The axis being checked should be run full travel in both directions.

Note The lowest and highest readings seen.

BMC 20 BMC 20 LR BMC 25/30 BMC 40/50X axis 2.5 to 3.5 1 to 2 2 to 4 3 to 5Y axis 2.5 to 3.5 1 to 2 2 to 4 3 to 5Z+ axis 4 to 5 2 to 3 2 to 4 4 to 6Z- axis 3 to 4 1 to 2 1 to 2 2 to 4

YASKAWA AXIS CURRENT CHECKS

1. Check Axis Setup per Eng Doc # 757-4001-092. Check all axis.2. To check axis current draw, Connect a DVM with the positive lead to TM3-4 and the negative

lead on the 0V of the appropriate axis amplifier.Note: Check all axes in both directions at 100 ipm over the full travel of the axis.

3. Divide the meter reading by the appropriate value listed below.

1 amp on aBMC 20 = .789 BMC 20 LR / 25 / 30=.484 VDC BMC 40/50=.200 VDC

Acceptable values are:

BMC 20: X&Y= 2.5-3.5 A 1.973 - 2.762 VDC BMC 20LR: X&Y= 1-2 A 0.484 - 0.968 VDCBMC 20: +Z= 4-5 A 3.156 - 3.945 VDC BMC 20LR: +Z= 2-3 A 0.968 - 1.936 VDCBMC 20: -Z= 3-4 A 2.367 - 3.156 VDC BMC 20LR: -Z= 1-2 A 0.484 - 0.968 VDC

BMC 25/30 X&Y= 2-4 A 0.968 - 1.936 VDC BMC 40/50 X&Y= 3 - 5 A 0.6 - 1.0 VDCBMC 25/30 +Z= 2-4 A 0.968 - 1.936 VDC BMC 40/50 +Z = 4 - 6 A 0.8 - 1.2 VDCBMC 25/30 -Z= 1-2 A 0.484 - 0.968 VDC BMC 40/50 -Z = 2 - 4 A 0.4 - 0.8 VDC

When adjusting gibs on any mill use caution. Do not tighten them too much. The BMC 20 box waymachines may not be able to reach the currents specified. If you can not adjust for the recommendedcurrents, ensure that you have gib pressure by loosening the gibs until you have the minimum current (nofurther drop) then tighten gibs to obtain an increase in current draw. Be sure to verify axis operation by acutting test, ETC.

RECORD THE INFORMATION ON THE SERVICE REPORT.

FSB 1100A Page 2 of 2

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: SEPTEMBER 16, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1101

SUBJECT: Z AXIS BOUNCING AT LIMIT SWITCH SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 385

PRODUCT LINE: TM5 PAGE 1 OF 1

MOST IF NOT ALL TM5 MILLING MACHINES EXHIBIT THE PROBLEM OF BOUNCINGON AND OFF THE Z PLUS LIMIT SWITCH. THE REASON FOR THIS IS, LIKE OTHERMACHINES, THE AMP IS SHUT OFF ON A LIMIT. THE DIFFERENCE ON THE TM5 ZAXIS IS, THAT EXCEPT FOR THE BALL SCREW BRAKE WHICH IS ONLY ON WHENTHE S.E.R. RELAY IS OFF), THE AMP IS THE ONLY THING HOLDING THE Z AXIS UP.WHEN THE AMP IS SHUT OFF ON THE LIMIT SWITCH IT FALLS. WHEN IT FALLS OFFTHE SWITCH, IT RESTARTS AND JUMPS BACK UP TO THE SWITCH. THIS CAUSES ANANNOYING BOUNCING ON MOST MACHINES. THIS IS SOLVED BY CLIPPING THEWIRE J10-9 ON THE HURCO AMPLIFIER MOTHER BOARD AND J4-9 ON THE I/OBOARD THIS ALLOWS THE AMP TO REMAIN ENERGIZED WHILE ON THE Z PLUSLIMIT SWITCH.

ORIGINATOR: PAUL CHAMBERSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: September 16, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1102

SUBJECT: Knee Mill Bearing Locknut SUPERCEDES NUMBER: 387

PRODUCT LINE: KM3, KM3P, KMC3, KMC3P PAGE 1 OF

The new axis bearing locknuts used on the Knee Mills now should beinstalled in the following manner.

1) Loosen all clamp screws on the locknut.

2) Screw the locknut onto the Leadscrew until its contact face isapproximately .1" from the mating face.

3) Uniformly tighten the clamp screws evenly and diagonally whileturning the locknut until the thread clearance is removed asindicated by an increase in thread friction. The center line of thelocknut is now in line with the center line of the Leadscrew and thelocknut contact face is square with the common centerline of thelocknut and the Leadscrew.

4) Tighten the locknut with the spanner wrench to 35 ft/'lbs.

5) Secure the position of the locknut by tightening the clamp screws to25 in/lbs.

ASSEMBLY HINTS

1) Clamp screws should never be tightened before locknut is fullyengaged on its mating male thread to avoid distortion.

2) During the disassembly process, it is important to loosen all clampscrews evenly and diagonally to prevent clamp screw jamming.

ORIGINATOR: Wayne HawkinsREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: October 1, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1103

SUBJECT: New MAX2 RS232 Harness SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 369

PRODUCT LINE: All MAX2 Controls PAGE 1 OF 1

It has been discovered that some of the RS232 Harnesses are notcorrectly wired. Steps have been taken to assure that they will bewired correctly from now on. Unfortunately some of the harnesses havealready been shipped and will require checking in the field. On MAX2controls prior to October of 1987, these harnesses need to be checkedand corrected. The correct wiring is shown below.

ORIGINATOR:Wayne E. Hawkins

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 11, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1104

SUBJECT: MD3 SOFTWARE FOR YASKAWA. DRIVE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 396

PRODUCT LINE: MD3 MILLS PAGE 1 OF l

IT HAS BEEN FOUND THAT THE SPINDLE EPROM THAT IS INCLUDED WITH THERETROFIT KIT DOES NOT WORK WITH SOFTWARE PRIOR TO D06E LEVEL. ANYMACHINE THAT RECEIVE THE YASKAWA DRIVE SHOULD HAVE VERSION D06E ORLATER SOFTWARE. THERE IS A PROBLEM WITH CUSTOMERS THAT USE NCSOFTWARE.CURRENTLY THE ONLY RELEASED VERSION OF NC SOFTWARE IS A06.SOFTWARE IS WORKING ON A VERSION THAT WILL WORK WITH THE YASKAWASPINDLE PROM. ANY CUSTOMERS THAT HAVE THE YASKAWA ON THEIR MD3 ANDTHAT NEED THE NC SOFTWARE SHOULD WAIT FOR THE NEXT RELEASE (NOTE DONOT ORDER 06F VERSION IT HAS A BUG IN IT THAT CAUSES MORE PROBLEMSTHAN IT FIXES)

ORIGINATOR: KEITH PERKINSREVISED BY: R BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 1, 1987 ISSUE NUMBER: 1105

SUBJECT: ORIENT PROBLEM WITH SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 396YASKAWA RETROFIT

PRODUCT LINE: MB2, MB3, MD3 PAGE 1 OF 1

A RANDOM PROBLEM HAS BEEN SEEN WITH SOME MACHINE, PARTICULARLYMACHINE WITH LELAND SPINDLE MOTORS. THE PROBLEM IS BEING ABLE TOOBTAIN SMOOTH ORIENTATION IN BOTH OPERATING RANGES. THE MACHINEWILL OCCASIONALLY MISS THE SHOT PIN DUE TO CAMMING ACTION. ONE WAYTO ELIMINATE THIS IS TO RESET ONE OF THE SWITCH'S ON THE YASKAWA DRIVE.SWITCH 68 POSITION 1 IS NORMALLY SET TO ON. THIS SHOULD BE RESET TO OFF.THIS WILL ENABLE DYNAMIC BRAKING WHEN THE SPINDLE RAMPS DOWN TOl / 40 OF MAXIMUM FREQUENCY. TO MAKE THIS CHANGE FIRST TURN THEMACHINE POWER OFF CHANGE 68-1 FROM ON TO OFF THEN TURN MACHINEPOWER BACK ON. SEVERAL TOOL CHANGES SHOULD BE RAN TO ENSURECORRECT ORIENTATION IM BOTH LOW AND HIGH RANGES AND WITH BOTH CWAND CCW SPINDLE ROTATION. ORIENT SPEED MAY NEED TO BE READJUSTED.

ORIGINATOR: KEITH PERKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 24, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1106

SUBJECT: BALL CHUCK REPLACEMENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 399

PRODUCT LINE: KM3CP PAGE 1 OF 2

THE BALL CHUCK SHOULD BE REPLACED IN THE FOLLOWING MANNER.

1. REMOVE MOTOR/CLUTCH ASSEMBLY, THIS CAN BE DONE WITH LESS STRAINON CABLES IF THE Z AXIS IS MOVED TO THE MINUS LIMIT SWITCH.

2. CALIBRATE THE Z AXIS AFTER REMOVING MOTOR/CLUTCH ASSEMBLY.

3. REMOVE SNAP RING FROM SPINDLE SHAFT AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE, IFDAMAGED REPLACE WITH PART NUMBER 113-0002-030.

4. UNSCREW QUILL DETECTOR FROM THE SPINDLE SHAFT (ITEM 019, PAGE 2)AND REMOVE, CHECK FOR DAMAGE, I.E. CRACKS OR BAD THREADS.

5. INSERT BALL CHUCK INTO SPINDLE TAPER WITH SPECIAL TOOL, TURNSPINDLE SHAFT CW TWO TURNS TO HOLD, INSERT DEPTH GAGE INTO TAPERAND ADJUST DISTANCE BETWEEN BALL CHUCK AND SPINDLE FACE TO 2.204"BY TURNING SPINDLE SHAFT CW.

6. WHEN 2.204H IS ACHIEVED REINSTALL QUILL DETECTOR AND TURN SPINDLESHAFT CW 1 TURN, INSERT A TOOL HOLDER INTO SPINDLE AND CLAMP BYTURNING SPINDLE SHAFT BY HAND.

7. TURN SPINDLE SHAFT CCW UNTIL TOOL HOLDER IS RELEASED AND QUILLDETECTOR IS IN POSITION TO ACTIVATE THE UNCLAMP LIMIT SWITCH.

8. IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO ADJUST THE UNCLAMP LIMIT SWITCH TO SEE THEQUILL DETECTOR. IF THE LIMIT SWITCH IS DEFECTIVE REPLACE WITHPART NUMBER 713-0012-365.

9. REINSTALL SNAP RING AND MOTOR/CLUTCH ASSEMBLY.

10. CLAMP AND UNCLAMP A TOOL HOLDER USING MANUAL SWITCHES PRIOR TORUNNING TC IN AUTO MODE. RUN 50-100 TOOL CHANGES IN THE AUTO MODEFOR FINAL CHECKOUT.

ORIGINATOR: FRED RAESREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: SEPTEMBER 21, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1107

SUBJECT: BMC Auto Lube Wiring SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 400B

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50 (OEM) PAGE 1 OF 1

It has been discovered that the wiring to the auto lube pump has notbeen properly shielded. This can cause intermittent false low lubeerrors. All machines shipping in May and some in April will haveproperly shielded wiring. If you wish to correct one in the field, theexisting wiring will need to be replaced. You will need approximately15 feet each of a three conductor non shielded 20 AWG cable (HURCO P/N406-1247-007) and a two conductor with shield 22 AWG cable (HURCO P/N406-1242-004).

1) Remove the 4 conductor cable to the auto lubricator.

BMC 20

2) Add 3 conductor cable.BLACK 41 from Rly 16-5 to Lube -1.BLACK P2 from Rly 16-8 to Lube -2.YELLOW / GREEN from MECCA ground to Case Ground of the lube pump.3) Add 2 conductor cable.CLEAR / SHIELD from T25 to Lube -3.BLACK from T26 to Lube -4.

BMC 30 – 50

2) Add 3 conductor cable.YELLOW / GREEN from MECCA ground to Case Ground of the lube pump.with 10MA control (schematic 002-3210-004)BLACK 11 from Rly 9-4 to Lube -1.BLACK f2 from Rly 9-6 to Lube -2.with OMA control (schematic 002-3210-006)BLACK 11 from Rly 8-4 to Lube -1.BLACK #2 from Rly 8-6 to Lube -2.with HURCO 24VDC pneumatic (schematic 002-3210-055)BLACK #1 from Rly 16-4 to Lube -1.BLACK #2 from Rly 16-6 to Lube -2.3) Add 2 conductor cable.CLEAR/SHIELD from T25 to Lube -3.BLACK from T24 to Lube -4.

ORIGINATOR: Wayne E. HawkinsREVISED BY: Wayne E. Hawkins

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 6, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1108

SUBJECT: INSTALLATION OF THRUST BEARING'S SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 391A

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

PURPOSE: TO PROVIDE A DEFINITIVE STATEMENT ON THEINSTALLATION OF THE AXIS THRUST BEARING'S IN HURCOMILL PRODUCTS.

IN BRIEF THE AXIS BEARING'S IN ALL HURCO MILLS WILL BE MOUNTEDIN THE DB NODE. IN THE PAST WE WERE MOUNTING THE QUAD SETS IN THE BMC40 AND 50 MACHINES IN THE DF MODE, THIS WILL NO LONGER BE THE PRACTICE.THE MANUFACTURING FLOOR WILL START INSTALLING THE BEARING'S IN DBMODE FROM THIS DATE FORWARD. ALSO ANY MACHINE FROM THIS DATEFORWARD THAT MUST HAVE THE THRUST BEARING'S REPLACED WILL HAVETHEM INSTALLED IN THE DB MODE,

DB (BACK TO BACK)IN THE DB MODE THE STAMPED SIDESOR "BACKS" OF THE BEARING' S AREMOUNTED TOGETHER. A GAP IS THENLEFT BETWEEN THE INNER RINGS.TIGHTENING THE LOCK NUT ON THEBALL SCREW SHAFT CLOSES THISGAP AND BRINGS THE BEARING'S INTOCONTACT WITH THE RACES UNDER APREDETERMINED LOAD, AND THUSPRELOAD'S THE BEARING'S. BECAUSETHE LOAD LINES DIVERGE ON THE SHAFTTHIS ARRANGEMENT PROVIDES EXCELLENTRIGIDITY WITH A MINIMAL AMOUNT OFBACKLASH IN THE SYSTEM.

ORIGINATOR: RANDALL BRYANTREVISED BY: RANDALL BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: April 16, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1109

SUBJECT: Nonvolatile CPU / Memory PCB SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 401

PRODUCT LINE: Ultimax I Mills PAGE 1 OF 2

The Nonvolatile CPU/Memory PCB (415-0194-70X) includes a completelyredesigned power down and battery circuit which utilizes the latesttechnology in power down devices and Lithium energy sources. This newdesign requires an external voltage source which will provide an earlywarning that power is going down. This early warning will cause themicroprocessor to: 1) complete the cycle it is on; 2) put everything away in memory;3) deselect the memory devices; 4) reset the system; and 5) switch the memory devices over to thelithium energy source before power is too low for reliable operation. This new circuitry is locatedon a piggy-back board which is installed on the CPU board where theNiCad battery used to be. The external voltage is provided by the CCPUNMI Power Supply (002-3410-001) which is a black cylinder with two 2conductor cables coming out of it. One of the cables is terminated withring tongues and the other cable is terminated with a small connector.To install the new board and the external voltage source please followthese steps: (Remember to use the Static Safe Wrist strap)1) Turn off main power to the Mill and remove the old CPU board andplace it on an anti-static work area.

2) Remove the Graphics and RS-232 boards from the old CPU board byremoving the nylon screws from the non-component side of the CPUboard.

3) Unpack the new Nonvolatile CPU and place it on the anti-staticwork area. Note the location of the new piggy-back board and. theempty connector on the piggy-back board.4) Install the Graphics and RS-232 boards onto the new CPU board.

5) Install the new CPU board into the card rack in the same locationthat the old board was in.

6) Take the CCPU MMI Power Supply and connect the cable with the ringtongues to a 115 VAC source in the control cabinet. This 115 VACsource can be found at the DC Switching Power Supply input on allMills except MD1 and MD3. On ND1 and MD3 Mills the 115 VAC sourcecan be found on the secondary of the T2 control transformer.

DATE: April 18, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1109

SUBJECT: Nonvolatile CPU / Memory PCB SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Ultimax I Mill PAGE - OF 27) Turn on main power to the mill and check the voltage on the othercable of the CCPU NMI Power Supply. There should be approximately50 VDC between the white and black wire with the black wire beingpositive.

8) Turn off main power to the mill and plug the connector into theempty connector on the piggy-back board of the new CPU board.

9) Dress the cables neatly and attach the CCPU MMI Power Supply to thecabinet by removing the paper from the double sided tape andsticking the power supply to the cabinet.

10) Installation is now complete. Turn on main power to the mill andload the master tapes.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: May 12, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1110

SUBJECT: Tool Change Height and 06F SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 404

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30, 40, 50 MAX1 PAGE 1 OF 2

With the 06F version of Ultimax software, the Tool Change Height ishandled with switch block Sl on the machine personality board instead ofthe EEPROM on the custom CPU board. This makes the tool change heighthandling the same as with MAX2.

When updating to 06F software, you must set the tool change height on Sl.To obtain the correct height, enter the machine diagnostic mode using atape version other than 06F. Use the ENTER, 4, 8, 8, ENTER sequence toread the correct height value and record it. After the value isrecorded, turn the machine power off and set switches 1 through 6 of Slo match the recorded value. The switches are a binary input with Sl-1being the least significant bit and Sl-6 being the most significant witheach bit representing 0.01 inches. The number must be rounded to thenearest 0.01 inch. See example below. After the switches are setcorrectly, load in the 06F version tape. The Tool Change Height now seton Sl will be the value that the machine will use for automatic toolchanges.

ORIGINATOR: Wayne E. HawkinsREVISED BY:

ATC HEIGHT SETUP FOR BMC 20 TO 50 (INCLUDING BMC 25)(L06F Software h MAX 2 Machines to V8.0)++++ NOTE +++~Always use WRIST STRAP When working with any thing insidethe Cabinet or Control Head on any HURCO PRODUCT.

1. Power up machine, Remove tool from spindle and from magazine toolload position. (You may need to remove tools from either side Forvisibility.)

2. Go to Manual Mode" Calibrate axis, & Tool Changer, Lock Spindle,Start ATC Diagnostics, move Magazine right. Enter the "SecretCode" by pressing Enter Button" 4,8,8"Enter Button.

3. Carefully move "Z" axis (HEAD), with the Jog Hand Wheel, down toachieve a gap of .5000" between the bottom of the "V" Flange andthe bottom of the spindle. BMC 25 has fingers 5 reference the same.

4. Record Z axis position from CRT display as shown ie.(z axis) 0.0000"

5. Press EXIT soft key then move the Magazine left" press EM STOP.

6. Turn MAIN BREAKER off & pull Personality Board from computer cardrack. The Personality Board can be identified by three cables thatextend from its top , it is the first. board in the tall section.7. Locate the block of switches labeled Sl (see Fig.1) Turn on theswitches that add up to the value recorded in step 4.Example. Recorded value = .1834" Set switches # 5 and #2 to on

8. Reinstall board, power up machine and test Tool Changer for properoperation. Observe the Tool Changer as it engages the tool, if itpulls up increase SW1 settings by . .0100" and retry. Also if it. movesdown decrease SW1 by . .0100" and retry Continue until TC engagesas smoothly as possible.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 10, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1111

SUBJECT: DRAW BAR ADJUSTMENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 407A

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30 THRU 50 PAGE 1 OF 2

It has been discovered that in most cases the draw bar lock nuts havebeen backing off causing the tool to be held loosely in the spindle. Theseare identified as item #26 on the attached sheet. To determine if these aremaladjusted remove the front cover from the head. Looking in from theright hand side, between the bottom of the knock out cylinder and the topof the RPM sensor switch mounting bracket, You will see the two lock nutsin question. If these are set properly you should see one half to one turnof thread showing above the top lock nut. To adjust these two nuts it isnecessary to loosen the top nut by turning it CCW and then tighten thebottom nut by turning it CW. Then re-tighten the top nut to see if you haveat least one half to one complete turn of thread showing above the tap locknut.To insure the proper adjustment, this procedure may have to be repeatedseveral times. After the proper adjustment has been achieved tighten thetop nut down to maintain locking effect.

See attached sheet for draw bar nut location.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 16, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER 1112

SUBJECT: CLUTCH NOISE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 411

PRODUCT LINE: BMC MILLS WITH 2 SPEED BOX PAGE 1 OF 1

In the BMC 30-50 two speed box clutch (a two part unit) wehave found some cases of the guide pins out of true location.This can cause a bind or pinch when the two halves try to mesh.This binding can cause a loud popping noise when the machine triesto change gears. To determine if this has accrued look at theclutch where it meshes it will look like it is co*cked to one side.If you are getting the popping sound you will have this problem.Some of the other symptoms are a grinding noise or spindle errors,(no RPM) due to both clutches engaged at the same time.At this time the only fix is to replace the clutch or the twospeed box.

Dana Abshier Randall BryantService Engineer Technical Specialist BMC

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 16, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1113

SUBJECT: GIB WEAR SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 412

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20 THRU 50 PAGE 1 OF 1

Information has been gathered by Barny Lewis that there arecases of excessive Gib wear in the BMC 40-50 machines. Thisis caused by a lack of lubrication to the Z axis, [due tolong lube lines], The solution for this problem is ininstalling a separate lubrication system for the Z axis. Thisis done by interrupting the oil lines coming from theoriginal oil pump and installing a 2nd oil pump for the zaxis, The motor is paralleled off the first pumps wiring andinstalled above or below the original pump. The followingpart numbers are needed to perform this modification.

713-0020-091 Lube pump713-0020-102 T junction713-0020-551 Flex hose

ORIGINATOR: RANDALL BRYANTREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER. 12, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1114

SUBJECT: X AXIS BED CAP SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 416

PRODUCT LINE: KM3P PAGE 1 OF 1

A PROBLEM WITH THE X AXIS END CAP HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED BYMANUFACTURING. WE BELIEVE THIS TO BE A ISOLATED PROBLEM ANDDON'T EXPECT IT TO SHOW UP IN THE FIELD. HOWEVER THE CAPSHOULD BE INSPECTED IF WORKING ON A KM3P WITH HIGH X AXISCURRENT. THE CAPS FLANGE MAY BE TO LONG, APPLYING UNWANTEDPRELOAD ON THE AXIS BEARING, CAUSING HIGH AXIS CURRENT ANDPREMATURE BEARING FAILURE. IF THE FLANGE IS CONTACTING THEBEARING THE FLANGE LENGTH SHOULD BE SHORTENED, OR REMOVEDCOMPLETELY, THIS CAP IS USED AS A COVER ONLY IN OURAPPLICATION. IF BEARING WAS DAMAGED REPLACE WITH 211-0009-007

ORIGINATED BY: FRED RABS

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 30,1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1115

SUBJECT: CONTROL RELAY PANEL PCB SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 416

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50/' FP3A/4A MAX 2 PAGE 1 OF 1

BETWEEN THE MONTHS OF AUGUST 1988 AND NOVEMBER 1986 ANINCORRECT PART MAY HAVE BEEN USED ON THE RELAY CONTROL PANEL,PCB NUMBER 415-0224-001. THE CORRECT PART IS AN MID400 OPTO-COUPLER, PN 417-0004-015, USED IN THE U1 POSITION. THE INCORRECTPART, HCPL2531 WILL NOT WORK IN OUR APPLICATION. THIS OPTO ISUSED FOR THE INDEX OPTION; SO IF WORKING ON ANY PROBLEM WITHINDEXER OPTION YOU MAY WANT TO CHECK U1 FIRST. IT IS BELIEVEDTHAT ALL BAD OPTOS WERE REPLACED, BUT THERE IS A POSSIBILITYTHAT SOME MAY HAVE GOTTEN OUT THE DOOR. IF THE WRONG OPTO ISFOUND ,REPLACE WITH THE PN LISTED ABOVE.

ORIGINATOR: FRED RAESREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 30, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1116

SUBJECT: Deltron Power Supply SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 419

PRODUCT LINE: All Mills PAGE 1 OF 1

Recently there has been an increasing number of Deltron Power suppliesbeing returned from the field with no problem found. Deltron hasinformed us that starting immediately they will charge Hurco $75.00 persupply that is return to them and tests good. As you know the outputsof these supplies float and need to have a load on them to make themstable.

If one of the outputs from the power supply is low try to make sure thatit is definitely because of the supply and not something in the systemwhich is pulling it down. If you need to check the power supply withthe outputs disconnected it is necessary to place a load on the outputwhile testing. Below are the recommended resistor values needed to puta full load on each of the outputs.

5 VOLTS ----> .25 OHM 100 WATT12 VOLTS ---> 3.3 OHM 48 WATT24 VOLTS ---> 8 OHM 72 WATT

ORIGINATOR: MIKE GARLICKREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: January 16, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1117

SUBJECT: GROUNDING IN CONTROL CONSOLE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 422

PRODUCT LINE: ALL ULTIMAX MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

There are two grounding studs provided in the controlconsole. However because the nutserts are glued into bottomof the console it is possible to have a large difference inpotential or no continuity at all between them. If the twoMecca ground wires are installed on one stud and the boardgrounds are installed on the other it is possible that theboards will not be grounded. This has been traced as a causeof "lock-ups" on several machines. In the future wheninstalling the console put all the grounds onto the samestud. On existing machines check to make sure this has beendone and correct it if it has not.

ORIGINATOR: MIKE GARLICKREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JANUARY 7, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1118

SUBJECT: RS232 CABLE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 422

PRODUCT LINE: MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

TO CLEAR UP SOME QUESTIONS ON THE SIZE AND LENGTH OF RS232CABLES I AM PASSING ON THIS INFORMATION AS RECOMMENDED CABLE SIZEFROM HURCO MANUFACTURING.

1: SIX CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE

2: 22 GAUGE STRANDED WIRE, AS THE MINIMAL WIRE SIZE.

3: 50 FEET OR LESS CAN BE SINGLE SHIELDED.

4: OVER 50 FEET THE CABLE MUST BE MULTI-SHIELDED.

5: A MAXIMUM OF 100 FEET POSSIBLE BUT 80 FEET OR LESS IS BEST.

6: DO NOT RUN THESE CABLES NEAR FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES OR OTHER POSSIBLE ELECTRICAL NOISE SOURCES. EXP. POWER CABLES,CONTACTORS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC., ETC.

7: THE CABLE SHIELDS SHOULD BE CONNECTED AT ONE CONNECTOR DO NOTGROUND BOTH ENDS.

THE HURCO PART NUMBER FOR SIX WIRE RAW CABLE IS 406-1244-002.

ORIGINATOR: RANDALL BRYANTREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: DECEMBER 20, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1119

SUBJECT: PARAJUST A BRAKING BOARDS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 417

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS WITH PARAJUST A PAGE 1 OF 1

THERE HAS BEEN SOME CONFUSION ON REPLACING OLD STYLE BRAKINGBOARDS (402-6002-007/'013) WITH THE NEW STYLE BOARD (402-6002-016), IT ISNOT NECESSARY TO UPGRADE TO THE NEW STYLE BOARD. HOWEVER IT CAN BEUSED TO REPLACE THE OLD STYLE BOARDS. INSTALL THE NEW STYLE AS YOUWOULD THE OLD, THEN WIRE TB-6 AND TB-7 AS THEY WERE ON THE OLD BOARD,THEN WIRE TB-8 IN THE FOLLOWING MANNER.

1) REMOVE THE RED JUMPER WIRE FROM TERMINAL 1 OF DRIVER MODULE#2 THAT JUMPS TO TERMINAL 1 DRIVER MODULE #4

2) CONNECT THE SINGLE CONDUCTOR BLUE WIRE FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THEDRIVER MODULE # 2 TO TERMINAL 1 OF TB-8 ON THE NEW BRAKING BOARD.

3) CONNECT THE SINGLE CONDUCTOR RED WIRE FROM TERMINAL 1 OFDRIVER MODULE # 4 TO TERMINAL 2 OF TB-8 ON NEW STYLE BRAKING BOARD.

4) USE TIE WRAPS TO SECURE THE NEW WIRES TO THE EXISTING HARNESS.

5) FOLLOW NORMAL BRAKING BOARD SETUP.

***NOTE*** DIODES FOUND BETWEEN TB-6 AND TB-7 ON SOME OLD STYLEBOARDS SHOULD NOT BE INSTALLED ON THE NEW STYLE BRAKING BOARD.

ORIGINATOR: FRED RAESREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: NOVEMBER 7, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1120

SUBJECT: MIS-WIRE OF YASKAWA SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 413RETROFIT

PRODUCT LINE: MB2 MB3 PAGE 1 OF 1

DURING TWO MB2 YASKAWA RETROFITS, WE FOUND THAT A MISTAKE WASMADE ON THE INTERNAL WIRING OF THE YASKAWA. THE 1 K OHM RESISTORFEEDING THE 100 OHM LOW AND HIGH GEAR ORIENT POTS WERE PARALLELSOLDERED ON THE 5V FEED WIRE BUT THE WIRE WAS NOT CUT OUT (FIGURE 1)WHEN INSTALLING THE MB2 / 3 RETROFITS THIS SHOULD BE CHECK AND THEWIRE CUT OUT AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 2.ALSO ON ANY SERVICE CALL CHECK THIS RESISTOR TO MAKE SURE THERESISTOR IS WIRED IN RIGHT.

THIS WILL GIVE FULL ADJUSTMENT POTENTIAL TO THE ORIENT POTS. IF YOUHAVE MADE THIS RETROFIT AND HARD TIME ADJUSTING THESE POTS THIS MAYHAVE BEEN YOUR PROBLEM, PLEASE ADVISE YOUR REGIONAL MANAGER IF YOURECALL ANY YASKAWA INSTALLS WHERE THIS WAS A PROBLEM. FOLLOW UPWILL BE REQUIRED.

ORIGINATOR: FRED RAESREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 19, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1121

SUBJECT: SPINDLE MOTOR OVERLOAD SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 406

PRODUCT LINE: KM3 AND KM3P PAGE 1 OF 1

RECENTLY WE HAVE DISCOVERED THAT SOME MACHINES HAVE BEEN SHIPPEDWITH THE WRONG SPINDLE MOTOR OVERLOAD. IN ORDER TO PREVENT ANYPREMATURE SPINDLE MOTOR FAILURES, IT IS IMPORTANT FOR YOU TO CHECKALL KM3 AND KM3P'S WHEN YOU ARE IN ON INSTALL OR WORKING ONMACHINES. IF THE MACHINE IS WIRED FOR 230 VAC ADJUST EXISTINGOVERLOADS FOR THE 10 AMP SETTING.IF THE MACHINE IS WIRED FOR 480 VAC AND HAS A 10-16 AMP OVERLOAD,REPLACE IT WITH A 6..3 TO 10 AMP OVERLOAD, PART NUMBER 403-5501-013 ANDADJUST FOR 6.3 AMP SETTING.

ORIGINATOR: FRED RAESREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: January 17, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1122

SUBJECT: INDUSTRIAL DRIVES GROUNDING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 421A

PRODUCT LINE: DECKEL FP3A/'4A PAGE 1 OF 1

"EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY"

ALL INDUSTRIAL DRIVES SERVO AND SPINDLE DRIVES MUST HAVE A GROUNDWIRE FROM THE MOTOR GROUND TERMINAL ON EACH DRIVE BACK TO THESPARE GROUND TERMINAL ON THE PSR3 POWER SUPPLY (INDUSTRIAL DRIVEPOWER SUPPLY). THE WIRE FOR THIS APPLICATION IS 12 AWG GREEN / YELLOW.WHEN INSTALLING THE ADDITIONAL GROUND VIRES ON THE DRIVES BE SURETHE MOTOR GROUND WIRE AND ADDED GROUND WIRE ARE TIGHT IN THETERMINAL! THE ADDITION OF THESE WIRES IS NECESSARY FOR TO REASONS.

1. INDUSTRIAL DRIVES RECENTLY STARTED PAINTING ALL OF THEIR DRIVESAND THE UNITS ARE NO LONGER ADEQUATELY GROUNDED VIA THE CHASSISMOUNTING HARDWARE.

2. THE ADDITION OF THE GROUND WIRES WILL HELP ELIMINATE THEPOSSIBILITY OF MISCELLANEOUS DRIVE FAULTS WHICH COULD OCCURWITHOUT PROPER GROUNDING.

ORIGINATOR: TOM MURDENREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MARCH 1, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1123

SUBJECT: ORIENTATION SENSOR REPLACEMENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 424

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50 PAGE 1 OF 3

THERE HAS BEEN SOME QUESTION ON HOW TO TROUBLESHOOT AND REPLACETHE MAGNETIC SENSOR FOR FANUC SPINDLE DRIVES. WHEN ORIENTATIONPROBLEMS OCCUR, THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE CHECKED.

1. CONNECT A DUAL TRACE OSCILLOSCOPE TO OBSERVE THE MAGNETIC SENSOROUTPUTS WHICH ARE SIGNAL A (MSA) AND SIGNAL B (LSA) ON THE ORIENTBOARD.

2. START THE SPINDLE AND RUN AT 120 RPM. (NOTE YOU MAY HAVE TOINCREASE THE RPM'S SO IT CAN BE SEEN ON THE SCOPE.)

3. IF THE MAGNETIC SENSOR AND MAGETIZER ARE MOUNTED CORRECTLY AS INFIG. 2 THE OUTPUT WAVEFORMS SHOULD MATCH THE WAVEFORMS IN FIG. 1.

4. IF NOT REFER TO THE TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE ON PAGE 2 OF THISBULLETIN.

NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING A NEW SENSOR, LINE UP THE SLOT IN THESENSOR HEAD AND THE REF HOLE ON THE MAGNETIZER . ALSO THEYSHOULD BE ON THE LOWER SIDE IN OUR SYSTEM, DO NOT HAVE THEMPOINTED UP AS THE FANUC MANUAL TELLS YOU.

ORIGINATOR: FRED RAESREVISED BY: R, BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: NOVEMBER 29, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1124

SUBJECT: INDUSTRIAL DRIVE SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 415

PRODUCT LINE: DECKEL FP3A, FP4A PAGE 1 OF 1

ANY INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AXIS OR SPINDLE AMPLIFIER ORDERED FROM HURCOSTOCK BEFORE MARCH 1, 1989 AS A REPLACEMENT UNIT WILL NEEDMODIFICATIONS IN HOUSE BEFORE SHIPMENT AS NOTED BELOW. THESEMODIFICATIONS SHOULD ALSO BE VERIFIED UPON RECEIPT OF THEREPLACEMENT PART IN THE FIELD.

402-6003-007 X, Y AXIS DRIVE.THE ACS3 COMP1 BOARD NEEDS THE FOLLOWING CHANGES.X AXIS REMOVE THE 332K OHM R 60 AND REPLACE WITH A 226K OHM RESISTOR.Y AXIS REMOVE THE 332K OHM R 60 AND REPLACE WITH A 226K OHM RESISTOR.ALSO REMOVE JUMPER AT J-10 AND INSTALL A JUMPER AT J11.

403-6003-006 Z AXIS DRIVE.THE ACS3-COMP1 BOARD NEEDS THE FOLLOWING CHANGES.REMOVE THE TO 100PF CAPACITOR AT C25. REPLACE WITH TO 4700PFCAPACITORS.

402-6003-010 SPINDLE DRIVE.ALL DECKEL MACHINES SHOULD HAVE THE R/'D FLYER BOARD ON THE SPINDLEDRIVE REPLACED WITH THE OLD STYLE ANALOG DEVICES R/'D CERAMICPACKAGE. THE R/'D FLYER BOARD IS LABELED ACS3-RDA1 AND IS LOCATED ATTHE TOP OF THE AC3-MC2 BOARD. THE CERAMIC PACKAGE IS LABELEDAP1750/'0416, 1524/'560.

ORIGINATOR: TOM MURDENREVISED BY: R, BRYANT

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: APRIL 21, 1988 ISSUE NUMBER: 1125

SUBJECT: PROBLEMS CAUSED BY VIBRATION IN SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 402DELTRON, POWER SUPPLY.

PRODUCT LINE: ALL ULTIMAX MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

A PROBLEM WITH SOME DELTRON POWER SUPPLIES HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED;HURCO P/'N 413-0008-011. DUE TO A MANUFACTURING ERROR BY DELTRON,VIBRATION MAY CAUSE THE POWER SUPPLY TO DE-ENERGIZE MOMENTARILY.THIS IS CAUSED BY A FASTENER ON THE BACK OF THE CHASSIS CONTACTING THEELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY. THIS PROBLEM MAY BE PRESENT IN ANY POWER SUPPLYMANUFACTURED BEFORE DECEMBER, 1987.

THIS DOES NOT IMPLY THAT ALL PRE-DECEMBER SUPPLIES ARE DEFECTIVE.

TO UNDER STAND WHAT HAS OCCURRED THE FOLLOWING EXPLANATION ISOFFERED.

IN LATE 1987, DELTRON FOUND THAT A CLEARANCE HOLE FOR THE FASTENER INQUESTION WAS COUNTERSUNK TO DEEP ALLOWING THE FASTENER TO CONTACTTHE MAIN PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. THEY HAVE INCORPORATED AN INSULATORON ALL POWER SUPPLIES SINCE DATE CODE 5087 (5 WEEK OF 1987) TO ENSURETHAT THIS WILL NOT HAPPEN IN THE FUTURE. IT IS A FLAT SHEET OF MATERIALTHAT IS VISIBLE BETWEEN THE BASE AND THE MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD. ALTHOUGHTHIS PROBLEM COULD EXIST ON ANY PRE-DECEMBER POWER SUPPLIES IT ISMOST PROBABLE TO EXIST IN ONLY A FEW. WE WILL BE WATCHING RETURNSCLOSELY.

PLEASE BE AWARE OF THIS SITUATION WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING LOCK-UPPROBLEMS OF INTERMITTENT COMPUTER RESET. THE PROBLEM CAN BEINDUCED AND PROVEN BY TAPPING ON THE WAY OF THE POWER CABINETUSED TO MOUNT THE POWER SUPPLY. IF THE PROBLEM OCCURS, REPLACE THEPOWER SUPPLY.

ORIGINATOR: TERRY ROSENKOETTERREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 11, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1126

SUBJECT: FERRITE BEADS AND TRANSIENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER:VOLTAGE PROTECTORS

PRODUCT LINE: ALL PRODUCT PAGE 1 OF 3

IN RESPONSE TO RECENT INTEREST IN THIS SUBJECT, HERE IS A SHORTDISCUSSION OF THESE COMPONENTS AND HOW THEY CAN BE USED ONTHE ATTACHED PAGES.

ORIGINATOR: RICK GUNYON,WAYNE E. HAWKINS

FERRITE BEADS AND TRANSIENT VOLTAGE PROTECTORS.

AS DISCUSSED IN THE RECENT SERVICE MEETING, THE ENGINEERING AND SERVICE GROUPS ARE PRESENTLY IN THE PROCESS OF DECIDING IFFERRITE BEADS WILL BE PLACED IN THE PRODUCTS AS A " STANDARD" PART. INTHE INTERIM FERRITE BEADS HAVE PROVEN EFFECTIVE, ON BOTH MILL ANDAUTOBEND PRODUCTS, AT A NUMBER OF CUSTOMER SITES WHEN NOISE HASCAUSED SYSTEM RELIABILITY PROBLEMS AND NORMAL " PREREQUISITE" STEPSHAVE NOT TOTALLY RESOLVED THE FAILURES.

WHEN WIRE IS RAN THRU A FERRITE BEAD, THE BEAD WILL BLOCK OR ABSORBELECTRICAL SIGNALS OF CERTAIN FREQUENCY RANGES AT THAT POINT IN THEWIRE. THIS CHARACTERISTIC CAN BE USED TO REDUCE NOISE ANDINTERFERENCE THAT IS CONDUCTED INTO A CIRCUIT FROM THE EXTERNALCABLES OR OTHER CIRCUITS.

FERRITE BEADS ARE SPECIFIED BY DESCRIBING TWO MAIN CHARACTERISTICS,SIZE AND MATERIAL. BEADS MADE OF DIFFERENT COMPOSITIONS OF FERRITEMATERIALS WILL ABSORB DIFFERENT FREQUENCY RANGES. DC SIGNALS ANDLOW FREQUENCY ( < 1mHZ) ARE NOT EFFECTED. FOR THE PURPOSE OFABSORPTION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI OR NOISE), THE RISETIME OF THE NOISE SHOULD BE CONSIDERED AS THE FREQUENCY WHICH NEEDSATTENUATION; FOR MOST NOISE, THE MATERIAL ABSORBING THE HIGHERFREQUENCIES IS DESIRED. THE BEAD DOES NOT NEED TO FIT THE WIREDIAMETER TIGHTLY; A GUIDELINE – THE OPEN INTERNAL DIAMETER IN THEFERRITE BEAD CAN BE UP TO 5 TIMES THE CONDUCTOR DIAMETER AND STILL BE100% EFFECTIVE.

HIGHER LEVELS OF NOISE ATTENUATION CAN BE GAINED BY PASSING THE WIRETHRU THE BEAD MORE THAN ONCE; JUST LOOP THE WIRE AROUND THE BEAD,EACH TIME IT PASSES THROUGH THE BEAD IS LIKE ADDING ONE MORE BEAD SO,FOR EXAMPLE, 3 TURNS IS 3 TIMES THE ATTENUATION AS A SINGLE BEAD/SINGLETURN.

CABLES ARE TREATED JUST LIKE A SINGLE WIRE, IN THAT THE ENTIRE CABLECAN PASS THROUGH A BEAD AND EACH WIRE IN THE CABLE WILL RECEIVE THEATTENUATION JUST AS IF EACH WIRE RAN THROUGH IT'S OWN BEAD. WE HAVEUSED "SPLIT BEADS" (FERRITE BEADS CUT IN HALF DURING THEMANUFACTURING PROCESS) SO THEY CAN BE PLACED AROUND A PRE-EXISTINGCABLE AND IT'S CONNECTORS EASILY. EACH HALF OF THE SPLIT BEAD IS THENTAPED TOGETHER TO FORM A WHOLE BEAD AND SECURED IN PLACE WITH A TIE-WRAP. THESE SPLIT BEAD ARE AVAILABLE FOR ROUND CABLES AND FLAT LAYCABLES. MAXIMUM EFFECT IS GAINED WHEN THE BEAD IS PLACED AT THE POINTTHE SIGNAL ENTERS THE PCB CIRCUITRY, AFTER THE EXTERNAL CABLING HASPICKED UP ALL NOISE DUE TO ANTENNA EFFECT, AND BEFORE THE PCBPROCESSES THE SIGNALS FROM THE CABLE. ON MULTIPLE PCB SYSTEMS, A BEADAT EACH PCB NAY BE NEEDED.

WE HAVE SOLVED PROBLEMS DUE TO EMI FROM OTHER INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENTSUCH AS WELDERS; FROM CB RADIOS ON FORK TRUCKS IN THE PLANT, ANDPROBLEMS DUE TO VARIOUS UNKNOWN SOURCES OF NOISE. IT IS IMPORTANT TOSTRESS THAT THIS TECHNOLOGY IS NOT A CURE-ALL AND DOES NOT TAKE THEPLACE OF PROPER DESIGN AND INSTALLATION TECHNICS.

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE PROTECTORS

THE BRAND OF DEVICE ME PRESENTLY USE IS A TRANSZORB, MADE BY GENERALSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES. THESE ARE LIKE A FAST ACTING ZENER DIODE ANDDESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR QUENCHING NOISE TRANSIENTS. THEY AREINSTALLED FROM +5 VDC TO GROUND ON THE PCB TO BE PROTECTED, OR CAN BEINSTALLED ON INDIVIDUAL INPUT AND/OR OUTPUT LINES TO QUENCH NOISE AT THESE POINTS.

THESE DEVICES ARE FOUND ON THE PERSONALITY 2 PCB ON MILL PRODUCTSAND HAVE BEEN ADDED TO EACH AUTOBEND PCB SINCE MARCH OF 1988,INCLUDING PCB'S RE-TESTED AND REPAIRED FROM CUSTOMER SITES.

THESE DEVICES ARE OPEN AT THEIR OPERATING VOLTAGE (AVAILABLE IN 5.0VOLT TO 45 VOLT MODELS) AND TURN ON TO CLAMP TRANSIENT SPIKES DURINGTHE TIME THE SPIKE IS SOMEWHAT ABOVE THIS OPERATING VOLTAGE. (FOREXAMPLE, THE 5.0 VOLT TRANSZORB CLAMPS AT A 7.8 VOLT LEVEL.) THECLAMPING ACTION TAKES PLACE IN LESS THAN 1 X 10 -12 SECONDS AND SO ISQUICK ENOUGH TO KNOCK DOWN EMI BEFORE THE CIRCUITRY ON THE PCB CANREACT TO IT. THESE DEVICES ALSO HAVE A POWER RATING, AND IF THEEFFECTIVE POWER IN THE NOISE EXCEEDS THIS POWER RATING, THE DEVICEMILL INITIALLY FAIL SHORT AND TRIP THE SYSTEMS CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE.IF THIS FAILS TO TRIP, AFTER SOME TIME THE DEVICE WILL OPEN DUE TOINTERNAL HEATING. THE DEVICES WE SPECIFY ARE RATED AT 1500 WATTS OFPEAK PULSE POWER AND 200 AMPS OF FORWARD SURGE CURRENT.

DURING OUR TESTING TO DEFINE OUR ADDITION OF THESE DEVICES, WECOMPLETED TESTS IN OUR PLANT AND IN THE FIELD. AS A TYPICAL EXAMPLE OFTHE RESULTS, AT A CUSTOMER SITE WE MEASURED 7 VOLT NOISE SPIKES ON THE5.0 VOLT POWER AT THE PCB, WITH THE SYSTEM LOCKING UP, DATA CHANGING,ETC. DUE TO THIS NOISE. AFTER ADDING TRANSZORB ( NO OTHER CHANGES), THEMEASURED NOISE DECREASED TO A MAXIMUM OF .7 VOLTS AND ALL FAILURESWERE ELIMINATED. AGAIN, THESE TRANSZORBS ARE NOT A CURE-ALL BUT ONEMORE EFFECTIVE MEASURE WITHIN A RELIABLE SYSTEM DESIGN.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: AUGUST 7, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1127

SUBJECT: BMC TOOL MAGAZINE JAMMING SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 40/50 PAGE 1 OF 3

We have found that the brass thrust ring at the top of the toolmagazine is spinning on the aluminum of the magazine causing thebrass and aluminum to burr. This causes drag, to correct this -situation the thrust ring must be pinned to the magazine and an oilgroove added. This is only to be done on BMC 40/50, please notifytechnical specialist of this problem on a BMC 20/30. The procedurefor pinning and grooving the thrust ring is as follows

1) Remove all tools from the magazine.

2) Remove the fiber glass covers on the tool changer andmagazine.

3) Remove the black cover on the bottom of the magazine shaft.

4) Remove the Geneva drive assembly at this time.

5) Secure magazine with a hoist or jacks and then remove the bearingretainer plate on the bottom of the magazine shaft.(Caution: The bottom bearing is a three piece assembly,the lower and middle parts may fall out at thistime. The shims should be removed at this time.)

6) Lover the magazine until it clears the shaft.

7) Remove and modify the thrust bearing at this time as per theenclosed drawings. You will need three roll pins (3/16x1 1/2 inch) to pin it.

8) Pin the thrust ring to the magazine and reinstall themagazine on the shaft after it is well greased.(Caution: Place the pins as straight as possible so theycan later be removed if needed.)

9) Install the bottom bearing and the shims, then thebearing retainer cap. The magazine should turn at thispoint with some resistance. if the magazine spins free orone man can't turn it you must re-shim it.

ORIGINATOR: R.ARTHUR

10) Replace the Geneva drive and check that the flywheel tomagazine you can just insert a .001" shim.

11) Check tool change rotation in both directions. If itrotates correctly install tools and do 25 tool changes.If no problems, now LOCTITE the bolts one at a time onthe bearing retainer cap and the Geneva drive assembly.

12) Load and run 200 tool changes at this time.

13) Replace covers and run 50 tool changes.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 20, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1128

SUBJECT: Leadscrew Mapping 7.24 SUPERSEDES NUMBER:BMC 20\30\40\50 only

PAGE.1..... OF.1.....

On the BMC 20/30/40/50 series machines the new 7.24 softwareincludes Leadscrew mapping.

Machines that were shipped with 7.24 software were Leadscrewmapped at the factory and this» mapping will have to be loadedback into the memory whenever a memory board is changed.This can be done from the secret screen (642) by loading itfrom the mapping disk sent with each machine or manuallythrough the keyboard using the MANUAL DATA ENTRY Softkey andthe mapping charts in each machine. If this is not done nocompensation will be taken into account.

Because 7.24 software no longer looks to the dual axis boardsfor Leadscrew compensation on the current line of bed mil1s,machines using earlier versions of software will have to havethe dip switch settings transferred into memory. This isdone once again from the secret screen by selecting the DUALAXIS DEFAULTS Softkey. This automatically takes theinformation stored in the dual axis boards and stores it inmemory.

The following procedure should be followed whenever a memoryboard with 7.24 or later software is installed.

1) Power up after installing the new board.

2) Use the EXIT Softkey to get out of- the machineconfiguration screen.

3) Select manual.

4) Turn on servo power and CALIBRATE the machine.

5) Go to the leadscrew setup screen by pressing:ENTER 6 4 2 ENTER from the tool change diagnostics screen.

6) If information is to be loaded from a disk select LOADDATA FROM DISK Softkey. (The current storage device needsto be drive A selected under the AUXILIARY menu)7) If data is to be transferred from the dual axis boardsselect the DUAL AXIS DEFAULTS Softkey.Backlash continues to be compensated for on the dual axisboards. ORIGINATOR: Mike Garlick

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 21, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1129

SUBJECT: CHIP DOOR INTERLOCK 7.24 SOFTWARE SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC-20/30/40/50 PAGE 1 OF 1

With version 7.24 software or later the chip door interlock is nowlooked at as a normally closed contact. When machines are upgraded to7.24 1t will be necessary to install a jumper betveen terminals9 and 10 of TB-3 on the Control Relay Panel.

If this is not done a CHIP DOOR OPEN error will be displayed when themachine is put into AUTO mode and the program will be aborted.

ORIGINATOR: Hike GarlickREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 21, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1130

SUBJECT: TAPPING T1 TRANSFORMER SUPERSEDES NUMBER(STAND ALONE)

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20 THRU 50 PAGE 1 OF 1

IT HAS CAME TO MY ATTENTION THAT SOME OF THE BMC 20 THRU 50MACHINES HAY HAVE' HAD THE T1 TRANSFORMER TAPPED FOR TOO HIGH ASECONDARY VOLTAGE OUTPUT. THIS MAY IN TURN CAUSE PREMATURE FAILURE OF THE FANUC AXIS AND SPINDLE DRIVE SYSTEM.

IF THE VOLTAGE IS RUNNING ON THE HIGH SIDE OF THIS RANGE OR IF ITIS OVER THE LIMITS TRY MOVING THE OUTPUT TO THE 190VAC TAPS. REMEMBERTHE RANGE IS FROM 180 TO 220VAC AND THE 190 IS CLOSER TO THE MIDDLE OFTHIS RANGE WHEN THE INCOMING VOLTAGE IS ON THE HIGH SIDE. BE SURE TOCHECK ALL VOLTAGE LEVELS BEFORE AND AFTER MOVING THE TAPS.

FROM THIS TIME ON, PLEASE CHECK ALL TRANSFORMERS ON ANY MACHINESYOU MAY BE WORKING ON THIS MAY SAVE A TRIP LATER TO REPLACE THESPINDLE OR AXIS DRIVES. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS PLEASE CALL ME DON'TGUESS BE SURE.

ORIGINATOR: RANDALL BRYANT, KEN BORGMEYERREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 06/21/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1131

SUBJECT: MAGAZINE JAMMED ERROR SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINK: BMC-20/30/40/50 PAGE 1 OF 1

THIS BULLETIN SHOULD BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH FSB 1127 TO PROPERLYTROUBLE SHOOT AND CORRECT THE "MAGAZINE JAMMED" ERROR.

We are beginning to get more and more reports of MAGAZINE JAMMED errorson machines in the field. FSB 1127 deals with the mechanical causes ofthis problem. However it is felt that the problem could also be causedby arcing in the ROTATE ENABLE (RE) and/or the TOOL MAGAZINE COUNTERCLOCKWISE (TMCC) relays.

The BMC-20 appears to be the most susceptible to this arcing problem

On newer V1 machines and all V2 machines the suppression in the Magazinemotor circuit has been increased substantially. There are now 6 arcsuppressors in the circuit which has helped reduce the arcing of therelay contacts.

On older machines it may be necessary to place suppressors across thefollowing contacts:

ROTATE ENABLE (RE)6-93-9

TOOL MAGAZINE COUNTER CLOCKWISE (TMCC)9-39-68-58-2

It would be wise to replace the relays when the suppressors areinstalled as the contacts will probably have been badly pitted.

PART NUMBER FOR SUPPRESSORS: 417-6001-010PART NUMBER FOR RELAYS: 403-2001-013

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 06/28/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1132

SUBJECT: BIJUR LUBE PUMP ADJUSTMENT SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC-20/30/40/50 PAGE 1 OF 1

The BIJUR lube pump adjustment procedure sent out to the field recentlyis incorrect. Please use the following procedure.

1) Remove the locking screw found inside the center of the manual handpump to get to the adjusting screw. This could be a slotted or hexhead set screw.

2) Using a depth micrometer measure the distance from the top of thepump handle to the top of the adjusting screw. This dimension shouldbe set for .95 inches to allow 3cc of flow per cycle. However it maybe necessary to use a different setting on some machines. Refer tothe following chart for dimensions and outputs.

INCHES DISCHARGE1.03 2.5 cc.95 3.0 cc.87 3.5 cc.79 4.0 cc.71 4.5 cc.63 5.0 ccEach .080 of ad9ustment is equal to .5 cc.

3) Re-install locking screw.

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 8/3/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1133

SUBJECT: MAX 2 MEMORY BOARDS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MAX 2 MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

THE NON VOLATILE STATIC RAM SITES ON THE MAX 2 MEMORYBOARDS WERE DALLAS DS1235 IC'S. THOSE DEVICES ARE TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLE. THE RAM SITES MUST BE REWORKED BY OUR Vendor TO USESMART SOCKETS AND STANDARD STATIC RAM IC'S.

PREVIOUS TO THIS REWORK IT WAS POSSIBLE TO REMOVE THEDALLAS RAMS FROM A DEFECTIVE MEMORY BOARD AND INSTALL THEM INTO ANEW MEMORY BOARD. THIS WAS NORMALLY DONE TO SAVE A CUSTOMERSPROGRAMS WHEN THE MACHINE WASN'T EQUIPPED WITH THE DISK OPTION. THISWILL NOT BE POSSIBLE WITH THE REWORKED MEMORY BOARDS.

ORIGINATOR: FRED RAESREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 8-18-89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1134

SUBJECT: SHAFT MOUNT ENCODERS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: ALL PAGE 1 OF 1

ORIGINALLY, THE USE OF SHAFT MOUNT ENCODERS CAME ABOUT FORTWO REASONS.

1) HIGH DEGREE OF DIFFICULTY IN ADJUSTING ENCODERS TO ACHIEVEPROPER QUADRATURE.2) ENDPLAY IN SERVO MOTORS EXCEEDING ENCODER AIR GAP RESULTINGIN A DAMAGED ENCODER DISK.

ALL SHAFT MOUNT ENCODERS ARE ADJUSTED THEN SEALED BY OURVENDOR. SERVICE ENGINEERS SHOULD NEVER DEFEAT THE FACTORY SEALON ANY SHAFT MOUNT ENCODER. IF THE MACHINE IS OUT OF WARRANTYREPLACE THE ENCODER, IF THE MACHINE IS STILL UNDER A PARTWARRANTY ,THE MTE ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED.

ORlGINATOR: FREDRICK RAESREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: August 9, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1135

SUBJECT: Spindle Firmware SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: MD3 with Yaskawa Spindle Drive PAGE 1 OF 1

A new Spindle EPROM has been released for the MD3 type machines withthe Yaskawa Spindle Drive (002-2060-001). The new EPROM is a 450-3001-501 and replaces the 450-3001-439 EPROM.

The changes in this new EPROM allow separate adjustments for SpindleOrient speed based upon the Spindle Gear Range (High or Low). Orientadjustments for this EPROM are listed below.

Z / SPINDLE DUAL AXIS PCB

SWITCH BLOCK 2: LOW GEAR SPEED ADJUSTPOSITION ( S1 on D / A2 )

1 ON = SLOWER OFF = FASTER2 MOST SIGNIFICANT BIT3 SPEED ADJUSTMENT4 SPEED ADJUSTMENT5 LEAST SIGNIFICANT BIT6 NOT USED7 ON = SHOT PIN ENABLED OFF SHOT PIN DISABLED8 ON = MD3 MACHINE TYPE OFF OFF = MD1 MACHINE TYPE

SWITCH BLOCK 3: HIGH GEAR SPEED ADJUSTMENTPOSITION (S2 on D/A2 )

1 ON = SLOWER OFF = FASTER2 MOST SIGNIFICANT BIT3 SPEED ADJUSTMENT4 SPEED ADJUSTMENT5. LEAST SIGNIFICANT BIT6 NOT USED7 NOT USED8 NOT USED

ORIGINATOR: K. PERKINSREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: Auqust 11, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: ll36

SUBJECT: Yaskawa Spindle Drive Retrofit Kits SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: MD3, MB2/3 (002-2060-001i002) PAGE 1 OF 2

Effective September, 1989 the Yaskawa Retrofit Kits (002-2060-001,002)will change to different braking resistors. The new resistors eliminatethe "Over Voltage" problem that has been seen during deceleration froma high RPM by providing more braking torque.

The new resistors can be installed into existing drives in the field toeliminate the "OV" fault that could occur during deceleration from ahigh RPM. The new resistors have a part number of 407-0043-001. This.part number is for both the left and right hand resistor bank so onlyorder a quantity of one (1) for each machine The resistors mount inthe same location that the Yaskawa resistors did, but do not haveoverload contacts and connect in series as opposed to the parallelwiring of the Yaskawa resistors.

Installation instructions are below:

1) Remove thermal overload wiring from the drive cabinet at TB8,positions 1 THRU 4 (blue and white vires).

2) Remove the resistor shields, save the BHCS for reuse.

3) Remove the cover plates from the Yaskawa resisters.

4) Disconnect the braking wires (black) from the Yaskawa resistors.

5) Remove the Yaskawa resistors, along with the overload wiring thatwas disconnected from TB8. Also remove the resistor spacers that arebetween the cabinet and the resistors. Save the BHCS for reuse.

6) Remove the conduit from the bottom of the Yaskawa resistors.

7) Mount the Post Glover resistors to the cabinet as the Yaskawaresistors were except do not install the spacers.

8) Connect the two (2) black braking wires to the posts on the newresistors.

9) Since these resistors connect in series, not parallel, remove oneof the brake wires going to the drive at terminal "P" and one fromterminal "B3".

10) At this point you should have a wire from one resistor bank to drive terminal "P" and onewire from the other bank to drive terminal "B3".

11) Connect the other two black wires, one from each resistor bank,to each other inside the drive cabinet. Use either a butt splice orwire nut to connect the wires. Assure a sound connection, and that theconnection is not exposed and that the wiring is dressed neatly.

12) The total resistance of the two brake resistor units connected inseries is 14 Ohms.

l3) Power up the machine and program a series of spindle operationsusing both CW and CCW spindle rotations and both High and Low gearranges. Also verify proper Orientation.

14) Verify the resistors are functioning properly by measuring thevoltage being transferred to the resistors, during deceleration,from the drive at terminals "P" and "B3".

15) Re-install the brake shields and update the customers Yaskawamanual with the wiring changes that you have made.

16) If desired the accel and decel ramps of the drive can be set for aminimum time duration, (i.e. < 4 seconds) so as to confirm that the drive will follow theDAC ramps.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 09/07/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1137

SUBJECT: Z AXIS LUBRICATION LINES SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20 V2 PAGE 1 OF 2

ON SOME BMC 20,S THAT HAVE RECENTLY SHIPPED THE Z AXISBALLSCREW NUT LUBRICATION LINE WAS ROUTED INCORRECTLY.

ALL MACHINES NEED. TO BE CHECKED ON INSTALL AND ON SERVICECALLS.

IT MUST BE REPLACED IF WRONG!

THIS IS THE RIGHT WAY.TO CHECK YOU MOST LOOK IN THE COLUMN, BEHIND THE SPINDLE MOTORAT THE OIL DISTRIBUTION BLOCK. THERE SHOULD BE A HOLE FOR THISOIL LINE TO PASS THRU AND ATTACH TO THE Z AXIS BALL NUT.

THIS IS THE WRONG WAY!IF THE LINE IS ROUTED OVER THE TOP OF THE Z AXIS ASSY AND NOTTHROUGH THIS HOLE, THE LINE CAN BE SHEARED OFF. IF THIS IS NOTNOTICED THIS CAN CAUSE SEVERE DAMAGE TO THE BALLSCREW.

TO CORRECT THIS PROBLEM THE FOLLOWING PARTS WILL BE NEEDED:

1. METER UNIT 713-0020-0932. .2 COMPRESSION SLEEVES 713-0020-0983. 1 TUBE CLIP 713-0021-2684. .10" 4MM TUBING 713-0021-2695. COMPRESSION NIPPLE 713-0020-0996. COMPRESSION NUT 713-0020-097

ORIGINATOR: BROCK REXINGRANDALL BRYANTREVISED BY:

DATE: December 12, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1138-A

SUBJECT: Floppy Disk Drives, Max2/32/3 SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1138

PRODUCT LINE: All Ultimax Controls PAGE 1 OF 6

Revised and added Configuration of Max3 and Max32 HD (1.44 Mbyte) Floppy drives.

Max2NEC has got out of the business of making disk drives. We will therefore be using Teac and Sony drivesin the future. However the pinout on these drives is located further to the right than on the NEC drives.Due to the shortness of the cable between plugs it will require replacing both drives in the event of onefailing. A new part number has been issued for these drives. 426-0056-903.

The 902 and 901 drives are still available in limited quantities and these should be used up before goingto the 903 style.

-If a machine has 901 style drives and one goes bad both drives will need to be replaced with two002-3303-005 retrofit kits.

-If a machine has 902 style drives and one goes bad both drives will have to be replaced with the 903style. The physical size of these drives is the same so the retrofit kit is not needed.

Max3 or 32Teac has obsoleted two of the orginal Floppy drives used in the Max3 and 32 controls. Although thepart number (426-0056-007) has remained unchanged, we have several different Teac driveconfigurations.

The following 5 pages show the pinout and switch / jumper configuration of each of the drives and theretrofit kit.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY: Brock Rexing

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1138-A Page 2 of 6

FRONT SIDE

BOTTOM

REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.

P.I.N.

RELEASEAREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF

CN127

002-3303-005 B1

PARTS LIST

QTY. PART NUMBER ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

CDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~

~DISK OPTION

F. GROSS

1.25=1

23JAN89

ASSY, 3.5 INCH FLOPPY DRIVE RETROFIT KIT

002-3303-005 B1

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

10072

1 426-0056-003 DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1" BEZEL, CFG#2 14 110-0002-022 WASHER #4 2

4 101-0001-003 4-40 X 1/2 SHCS 31 802-2300-039 ADAPTER PLATE, DISK DRIVE 4

23JAN89

FWG

FWG89

AUG17

10378B ITEM 1 WAS 426-0056-002

FSB 1138-A Page 3 of 6

FRONT

426-0056-003 A1

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

CN129 REVISION DESCRIPTION

NO.P.I.N.

REL.AREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF A1

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

DDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHES

TOLERANCEDECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~

~HURCO,DECKEL

1.25=1

EA.

25JAN89

3.5" MICROFLOPPY DISK DRIVE, 1" BEZEL

426-0056-002FWG

8910378

F. GROSS

AUG17

1.000

4.000

ACTUAL APPEARANCE OF THE FRONTS MAY VARY BETWEEN VENDORS.HOWEVER, THE DIMESIONS OF THE BEZEL REMAIN 4" X 1" FORALL VENDORS UNDER THIS HURCO PART NUMBER.

MSMS

SHUNT CONFIGURATION

DRIVE A DRIVE B

TEAC FD-235

TOP

SONY MP-F11W-50L

DRIVE BDRIVE A

SWITCH CONFIGURATION

SIDE

BACK

3 2 1 0 0123

SIGNAL PINOUT

PIN 1PIN 2

1DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1" BEZEL, PINOUT #2426-0056-9031

ITEMITEM DESCRIPTIONPART NUMBERQTY.

PARTS LIST

FSB 1138-A Page 4 of 6

P/N 134-500105-004-0 P/N 134-500105-004-0 P/N 134-500105-004-0

MODEL FD1036A

FACTORY DEFAULT

MODEL FD1036A

CONFIGURED DRIVE 0

MODEL FD1036A

CONFIGURED DRIVE 1

MODEL FD1036A

FACTORY DEFAULT

MODEL FD1036A

CONFIGURED DRIVE 0

P/N 134-500105-012-0 P/N 134-500105-012-0

MODEL FD1036A

P/N 134-500105-012-0

CONFIGURED DRIVE 1

NEC NEC

NEC

426-0056-001 A1

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

CN130

FWG

REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.

P.I.N.

ORIG. ISSUEA 10378REV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF A1

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'

.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

DDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~~

SWITCH SETTINGS FOR DRIVE CONFIGURATION

Pos. 1

Pos. 2

Pos. 3 Pos. 4

NOT USED

Drive A

Drive B

TOP

BACK

MODEL FD1037A NEC

P/N 134-500474-954-0

3.5" MICROFLOPPY DISK DRIVE

FWG 17AUG89

FULL426-0056-001AUG

1DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1.25" BEZEL426-0056-9011

ITEMITEM DESCRIPTIONPART NUMBERQTY.

PARTS LIST

SIGNAL PINOUT

PIN 1PIN 2

FSB 1138-A Page 5 of 6

426-0056-002 A1

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

CN131 REVISION DESCRIPTION

NO.P.I.N.

RELEASEAREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF A1

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

DDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~~

HURCO,DECKEL

1.25=1

EA.

17AUG89

DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1" BEZEL, PINOUT #1

426-0056-00210378

F. GROSS

ALL VENDORS UNDER THIS HURCO PART NUMBER.HOWEVER, THE DIMESIONS OF THE BEZEL REMAIN 4" X 1" FORACTUAL APPEARANCE OF THE FRONTS MAY VARY BETWEEN VENDORS.

4.000

1.000

FRONT

FWG17

AUG89

NEC FD1037A-154

1 2 3 44321

DRIVE BDRIVE A

SWITCH CONFIGURATION

BACK

PIN 1PIN 2

SIGNAL PINOUT

1DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1" BEZEL, PINOUT #1426-0056-9021

ITEMITEM DESCRIPTIONPART NUMBERQTY.

PARTS LIST

FSB 1138-A Page 6 of 6

426-0056-0071

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

CNXXXX-X XX

XX/XX

REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.

P.I.N.

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXA XXXXXREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF 426-0056-007

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150

.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

DDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~

~Ultimax 3

B.R.R.

NONE

12/8/93

1.44 HD FLOPPY DRIVE CONFIGURATION

ABCD

2 1

Teac FD-235HF-4429

0 1

Teac FD-235HF-5429

Teac FD 235HF-201

4 3 2 1

Teac FD 235HF-3201 /S

NOTES:

Jumper configuration for various HD Floppy Drivesused on Ultimax 3 and Max32

Max 32

DATE: August 3, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1138-B

SUBJECT: Floppy Disk Drives, Max2/32/3 SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1138

PRODUCT LINE: All Ultimax Controls PAGE 1 OF 6

Revised and added Configuration of Max3 and Max32 HD (1.44 Mbyte) Floppy drives. (Rev A, 12-12-93)Revised Page 3 of 6, Add Sony MPF420-2 Max2 720K Floppy Drive Configuration (Rev B, 8-3-94)

Max2

NEC has got out of the business of making disk drives. We will therefore be using Teac and Sony drivesin the future. However the pinout on these drives is located further to the right than on the NEC drives.Due to the shortness of the cable between plugs it will require: 1) ordering another 34 pin connector(406-0802-047) to add to the existing disk control cable, or, 2) replacing both drives (426-0056-903)when one fails. Once both drives are the new -903 style they can be replaced individually.

The 902 and 901 drives are still available in limited quantities and these should be used up before goingto the 903 style.

-If a machine has 901 style drives and one goes bad both drives will need to be replaced with two002-3303-005 retrofit kits.

-If a machine has 902 style drives and one goes bad both drives will have to be replaced with the 903style. The physical size of these drives is the same so the retrofit kit is not needed.

The following 5 pages show the pinout and switch / jumper configuration of each of the drives and theretrofit kit.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY: Brock Rexing

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1138-A Page 2 of 6

FRONT SIDE

BOTTOM

REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.

P.I.N.

RELEASEAREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF

CN127

002-3303-005 B1

PARTS LIST

QTY. PART NUMBER ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

CDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~

~DISK OPTION

F. GROSS

1.25=1

23JAN89

ASSY, 3.5 INCH FLOPPY DRIVE RETROFIT KIT

002-3303-005 B1

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

10072

1 426-0056-003 DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1" BEZEL, CFG#2 14 110-0002-022 WASHER #4 2

4 101-0001-003 4-40 X 1/2 SHCS 31 802-2300-039 ADAPTER PLATE, DISK DRIVE 4

23JAN89

FWG

FWG89

AUG17

10378B ITEM 1 WAS 426-0056-002

FSB 1138-A Page 3 of 6

FRONT

426-0056-003 A1

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

CN129 REVISION DESCRIPTION

NO.P.I.N.

REL.AREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPDDATE DF A1

ANGULAR Ç 0•30'

.0000 Ç.0005

.000 Ç.0050

.00 Ç.0150

.0 Ç.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

DDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLE

PROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:

ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHES

TOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALL

SHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~~

HURCO,DECKEL

1.25=1

EA.

25JAN89

3.5" MICROFLOPPY DISK DRIVE, 1" BEZEL

426-0056-002FWG

8910378

F. GROSS

AUG17

1.000

4.000

ACTUAL APPEARANCE OF THE FRONTS MAY VARY BETWEEN VENDORS.HOWEVER, THE DIMESIONS OF THE BEZEL REMAIN 4" X 1" FORALL VENDORS UNDER THIS HURCO PART NUMBER.

MSMS

SHUNT CONFIGURATION

DRIVE A DRIVE B

TEAC FD-235

TOP

SONY MP-F11W-50L

DRIVE BDRIVE A

SWITCH CONFIGURATION

SIDE

BACK

3 2 1 0 0123

SIGNAL PINOUT

PIN 1PIN 2

1DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1" BEZEL, PINOUT #2426-0056-9031

ITEMITEM DESCRIPTIONPART NUMBERQTY.

PARTS LIST

SONY MPF420-0

BACK

6 1

8 3

1515 10 5

11 6 1 1

14 9

5 5

"A" Drive "B" Drive

SHUNT CONFIGURATION

FSB 1138-A Page 4 of 6

P/N 134-500105-004-0 P/N 134-500105-004-0 P/N 134-500105-004-0

MODEL FD1036A

FACTORY DEFAULT

MODEL FD1036A

CONFIGURED DRIVE 0

MODEL FD1036A

CONFIGURED DRIVE 1

MODEL FD1036A

FACTORY DEFAULT

MODEL FD1036A

CONFIGURED DRIVE 0

P/N 134-500105-012-0 P/N 134-500105-012-0

MODEL FD1036A

P/N 134-500105-012-0

CONFIGURED DRIVE 1

NEC NEC

NEC

426-0056-001 A1

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

CN130

FWG

REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.

P.I.N.

ORIG. ISSUEA 10378REV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF A1

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'

.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

DDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~~

SWITCH SETTINGS FOR DRIVE CONFIGURATION

Pos. 1

Pos. 2

Pos. 3 Pos. 4

NOT USED

Drive A

Drive B

TOP

BACK

MODEL FD1037A NEC

P/N 134-500474-954-0

3.5" MICROFLOPPY DISK DRIVE

FWG 17AUG89

FULL426-0056-001AUG

1DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1.25" BEZEL426-0056-9011

ITEMITEM DESCRIPTIONPART NUMBERQTY.

PARTS LIST

SIGNAL PINOUT

PIN 1PIN 2

FSB 1138-A Page 5 of 6

426-0056-002 A1

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

CN131 REVISION DESCRIPTION

NO.P.I.N.

RELEASEAREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF A1

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

DDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~~

HURCO,DECKEL

1.25=1

EA.

17AUG89

DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1" BEZEL, PINOUT #1

426-0056-00210378

F. GROSS

ALL VENDORS UNDER THIS HURCO PART NUMBER.HOWEVER, THE DIMESIONS OF THE BEZEL REMAIN 4" X 1" FORACTUAL APPEARANCE OF THE FRONTS MAY VARY BETWEEN VENDORS.

4.000

1.000

FRONT

FWG17

AUG89

NEC FD1037A-154

1 2 3 44321

DRIVE BDRIVE A

SWITCH CONFIGURATION

BACK

PIN 1PIN 2

SIGNAL PINOUT

1DISK DRIVE, 3.5" FLOPPY, 1" BEZEL, PINOUT #1426-0056-9021

ITEMITEM DESCRIPTIONPART NUMBERQTY.

PARTS LIST

FSB 1138-A Page 6 of 6

426-0056-0071

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

CNXXXX-X XX

XX/XX

REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.

P.I.N.

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXAXXXXXREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF 426-0056-007

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

DDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~

~Ultimax 3

B.R.R.

NONE

12/8/93

1.44 HD FLOPPY DRIVE CONFIGURATION

ABCDE

2 1

Teac FD-235HF-4429

0 1

Teac FD-235HF-5429

Teac FD 235HF-201

4 3 2 1

Teac FD 235HF-3201 /S

NOTES:

Jumper configuration for various HD Floppy Drivesused on Ultimax 3 and Max32

Max 32

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: October 5, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1139

SUBJECT: Vertical head lube relay SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: FP3A/FP4A Ultimax 2 PAGE 1 OF 1

Effective immediately all FP3A and FP4A Ultimax machines should bechecked f or proper wiring and. operation of the vertical head lube relayand solenoid.

1.) The wire from R101 pin 4 should connect to RLY4 terminal 6. Thiswire may currently be connected to RLY4 terminal 8 making theVertical head lube solenoid non-functional. If the wire has beenincorrectly connected to terminal 8, remove the wire from therelay and all wireways back to connector R101. The wire should belong enouqh to route up the riqht hand wireway and across to thetop of RLY4 terminal 6. see 002-3730-012 +24VDC UnregulatedSchematic for additional information. If RLY4 was mis-wiredproceed to step 02. If RLY4 was correctly wired proceed to step03.

Remove the Vertical head lube solenoid connector and cover andinspect the wiring and diode connection. Terminal 01 shouldcontain the black wire and the cathode end of the suppressiondiode. Terminal #2 should contain the clear wire and the anodeend of the suppression diode. After checkinq wiring verify +24vdcon terminal 01 and qround on terminal 02 by manually requestinq amachine lube cycle. The solenoid is energized four times insuccession following the way lube cycle. After verifyinq theproper wiring and voltage install the connector and proceed tostep #3.

3.) Remove Vertical head lube line at the head connection and coverend of lube line with shop towel. Manually request a machine lubecycle and check for four shots of oil, one for each time thesolenoid is energized. If no oil is present repeat machine lubeCycle until oil is seen in four shots for each manual lube cycle.Reconnect the oil line to the head and tighten fittings.

ORIGINATOR: TOM MURDENREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 9/29/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1140

SUBJECT: Turcite damage SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC. full enclosure machines PAGE 1 OF 1

A number of machines have had damage done to the turcite on the X-Axisway surfaces. This is. being cause by the way cover extension bracketsbeing mounted with the top edge above the way surface. The sharp edgeof. the bracket peels the turcite from the underside of the table as itrides out over the end of the way.

Due to the tact that all BMC-20 machines come with way extensions wehave seen the problem mostly on this series machine. However it ispossible for this to happen on any full enclosure machine old or new andhas.

It would be vise to check any of the above mentioned machineconfigurations for any damage that may have occurred. On BMC-30\40full enclosure machines the extensions can and should be pinned to stopthis from happening. The OEM BMC-50's the extensions were pinned andshould not be a problem however they should be checked.The BMC-20 design does not allow pinning. Because it is mounted flat tothe way surface any weight out on the way cover could cause the sharpedge of the extension to raise up and dig into the turcite as it passesunder it. The only suggested solution is to remove the extensions andout a radius on the top edge of them where they mount to the casting.This will stop it from digging into the turcite. In some cases theextensions are physically to thick and when in place will be higher thanthe way surface. If this is found they will need to be ground down to beflush or lower than the way.

This fix although not perfect can be done on a belt sander and needs tobe done on all BMC-20's with slide ways covers. It does not take verylong to do and could save weeks of down for a customer and a 3 to 4 dayservice call.

If turcite is found to be damaged it will need to be repaired. Howeverin most cases the damaged area can be cut out and the high spots stonedto allow the customer to at least run the machine until it can berepaired. As long as there is some turcite left it should not be aproblem.

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 9/28/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1141

SUBJECT: STRIKER PLATE HOLD-DOWN SCREWS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC-30 V1 ATC PAGE 1 OF 1

The shock absorbers on the BMC-30 Vl ATC make contact withsteel "striker plates" to avoid direct contact with the softaluminum casting. These are currently attached with quantity (4)102-5003-002 FHSCS M5x0.8xlO which does not provide a sufficientdepth of engagement. In the future these plates will be attached withquantity 4) 102-5003-004 SHCS M5x0.8xl6. these longer screws canbe used for field service replacement and should work even if thefirst two or three threads are stripped in the aluminum casting.

ORIGINATOR: MICHAEL WATSONREVISED BY: RICHARD ARTHUR

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: October 19, 1989 ISSUE NUMBER: 1142

SUBJECT: Yaskawa Spindle Drive Retrofit Kits SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: MD3, MB3, MB2 PAGE 1 OF 1

Recently some changes were to have been made to the YaskawaSpindle Drive retrofit kits (002-2060-001, 002). These changesincluded changing the vendor for the Braking Resistors that are usedfrom Yaskawa to Post Glover. This change eliminates the problem thatwas seen as an "OV" Fault during deceleration from a high RPM.

The Post Glover resistors connect in series and do not haveinternal overload contacts, as opposed to the Yaskawa resistors thatconnected in parallel and had these contacts that connected thru thedrive fault circuitry.

Due to these differences. the interface schematics and Wagoterminal layout of the spindle drive cabinet also changed, as did themanuals for these kits.

The actual change to the Post Glover resistors has not yet beenimplemented because we are still waiting for the Post Gloverresistors to arrive, but the manuals, schematics, etc. have beenchanged.

Until the drive configuration is changed over to the Post Gloverresistors the potential exists for the wrong documentation to be sentwith the kit, or you may receive the new documentation and not beaware of which revision of the schematic matches what driveconfiguration.

The past dive configuration is with the Yaskawa resistors, andyou should use the REV. B schematics (002-2063-001 or -002). TheManuals for these kits have gray covers with a part number of 704-0001-364 for MD3 and 704-0001-365 for NB2/3 and are dated April, 89.

The new configuration, with the Post Glover resistors, will beimplemented within the next two months or so, and for these youshould use the REV. C schematics. The new manuals carry the same partnumber, are dated Sept. 89 and have blue plastic covers.

'The Yaskawa Braking resistors have a tan color enclosure and willhave a pair of black vires along with a blue and white twisted pairconnected to them. The Post Glover resistors are in a perforatedaluminum enclosure and will not have the blue and white twisted pair.

The Yaskawa resistors, when connected properly will have aresistance of 25 Ohms. The Post Glover resistors, when connectedproperly will have a resistance of 14 Ohms. ORIGINATOR: K. Perkins

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 11/9/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1143

SUBJECT: GROUND ON ULTIMAX SUPERSEDES NUMBER:CONTROL CONSOLE

PRODUCT LINE: ALL ULTIMAX CONTROLS PAGE 1 OF 1

Over the years We have had some problems vita the control lockingup, jog buttons controlling the wrong axis and other various problemswhich are related to the CRT controller board. This board is in theprocess of being redesigned. but until this happens We must try tolimit the situation as much as possible. The main cause of the Boardbeing damaged is static electricity. The static and noise problem ismade worse by the poor grounding found in the control head. To helpsolve this problem from now on any Ultimax control you are working onadd a 5umper from the top half to the bottom half of the control head.This should be done on both sides of the control head. Use 2 small selftapping screws and a short piece of wire with two eyelets on the ends toinsure the halves are conducting. Then run a wire to the main groundingpost on the left hand side of the console.

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 11/9/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1144

SUBJECT: Gib Adjustment SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20,30,40,50 V2 machine PAGE 1 OF 1

In writing the BMC V2 Install Sheet I used the EngineeringDocument to find the information about adjusting the Gibs. Since thattime I have found the current setting in the Engineering Document waswrong. and all the machines that have gone out have been adjusted to thewrong values. From this time on any time you are working on a BMC V2machine adjust the Gibs for a current draw of 2 to 3 amperes on the BMC20 and 30, and 3 to 4 amperes on the BMC 40 and 50 machines.

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 11/10/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1145

SUBJECT: Replacing Hurco Amps with SERVOMATE SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Kmbx-1 Hmbx PAGE 1 OF 4

At times we must Replace the Hurco amplifier chassis with SERVOMATEamplifier chassis. Whether this replacement is done due to the costof the replacements or to improve the reliability of the machine. Thefollowing is a guide line we have used to make this replacement.

The part number for the small SERVOMATE chassis is 402-5001-920.

1: Jog all axis to mid travel.

2: Power off, Remove the three Hurco amplifiers from the chassis.

3: Mark the motor leads and remove from TB1.

4: Mark the J connectors and unplug (P11-Z, P8-Y & P9-X).(TACH DAC LS + -) example Dwg #1 connection below.

5: Remove 115 VAC and 60 VAC red vires.

Dwg. #1 Hurco Amplifier J connectors. (P11-Z P8-Y & P9-X)Pin 1 is at the top with wires exiting to the right.

6: Unbolt the Hurco amplifier chassis and install the SERVOMATEchassis. Removing the boards makes this an easier Sob.

7: On Hurco Chassis get the vires for 115 VAC from T1, 5 6 T1,1; andthe Buss voltage vires from FLB 2 & 4.Use Large Female spade terminals for (4) #10 awg vires and attachto the Fault logic board on J5 pins 1 E 2 (AC Servo Buss Voltage).The red and the white vires go to J4 1 E 2 115 VAC).

ORIGINATOR: Brock Rexing E Randall Bryant

Replacement of Hurco amplifiers with SERVOMATE.

8: Working with one axis at a time connect the wiring to match theSERVOMATE TB strip shown in DWG #2.

DWG #2. SERVOMATE Terminal buss.

9: Add jumpers from TACH – to DAC – (9 to 12 for Z, 17 to 20 for Y,25 to 28 for X).Amplifier ad1ustments: Note: Attempt to adjust only one amplifier at atime. Disconnect the other amplifiers asthey all interact.

1: Starting with the X axis amplifier follow the standard BX potpresets.SIG 20 CW then CCW 5 turnsAux 20 CCW turnsTACH 20 CW turnsBAL 20 CW then 10 CCW turnsGAIN 20 CW the 5 CCW turnsCLM 20 turns

2: Verify correct motor lead polarity, power up, load the master.Push, Power On, Check, Enter and Operate with your hand on theEstop button in case of axis runaway.Helpful Hints:If the axis runs away try reversing the motor leads.If the axis Oscillates try reversing TACH leads.All machines may not be wired the same way, so you may have tofind the correct combination of, TACH, DAC, and Motor wires. Noteif the DAC is + the TACH is A – Voltage they oppose each other.Use and Ohm meter to verify the polarity of the DAC wire to theservo control board J2-X J3-Y J4-Z pins 8 and 9 of each plug.

3: Before proceeding with the amplifiers fine tuning, verify thatwhen the PLUS + LS is displayed on the CRT that the axis will movein the MINUS – direction. Use a screwdriver to actuate the LS.Then check the LS for PLUS + movement only when the MINUS – LS isshown. If this is not correct reverse LS +- at the SERVOMATE RTB.

4: Proceed with the standard BX SERVOMATE setup procedure, adjust thegain pot until axis oscillation starts the back off three to fiveturns, (use o'scope on the motor vires).

5: Adjust the SIG pot to measure .65vdc on pins 8 and 9 of SJ2-3-4.at 25ipm. Note you may have to adjust the TACH pot if you areare unable to achieve .65vdc with the SIG pot alone.

DATE: 12-01-89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1146A

SUBJECT: Yaskawa Orient Modification SUPERSEDES NUMBER:1146

PRODUCT LINE: All V2-BMC Mills PAGE 1 OF 5

In order to better monitor "Orient End" and prevent accidental damage to the machine or injury to theoperator the following modifications should be made.

Modification of the orient card will change the pull-up resistor on the "In Position" signal to a pull-down,allowing the spindle drive to recognize problems caused by intermittent connections between the orientsensor and the drive, or displacement of the spindle by the operator.

A spindle axis firmware change is also required to continuously monitor the "Orient End" (ORE) signal.This firmware will correct the problem in BMC-50's when making a tool change from 600RPM. Thedual winding machines will now orient in both high and low winding, requiring that the orient card setupbe changed.

To prevent the possibility of switching the cables for the spindle encoder (3CN) and the orient amplifier(5CN), a key will be added to the 5CN connector.

Before starting this modification please verify that the ORIENT CARD has not been modified previouslyor is not the new style. See page 4 to determine if new style board.

Parts required to complete this modification:1 Spindle Axis PROM 450-3001-5121 Resistor, 30.1K 1/4W 1% 407-0035-4302" Heatshrink, 1/8" 406-6481-0021 Contact, Male (Honda) 406-0811-008

Special Tools required:Honda Pin Extractor

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB XXX Page 2 of 5

Documentation Required:Spindle Drive Setup 757-4001-093 Rev. C

What to do

1. Power off the machine and remove the Orient PCB from the spindle drive. Cut off R123 (located near5CN - See drawing Page 5) from the PCB. Install a 30.1K Ohm, 1/4 Watt, 1%, "Metal Film" resistorto the solder side of the PCB from pin 16 of 5CN to the center pin of S23. Insure the leads are insulatedwith 1/8" heatshrink.

2. To distinguish modified boards, change the PCB number and type atthe top of the PCB with a permanent marker as follows.

"TYPE" JPAC-C345 change to JPAC-C345-YA

"CODE NO." ETC008611 change to ETC503070

3. Remove the cover from connector 5CN, extract the female pin 13 (this pin should not have a wire init) and replace it with a male pin (406-0811-008). Note that the mating pin on the PCB has already beencut off by Yaskawa.

4. Replace cover on connector and reinstall orient PCB.

5. Install new spindle axis firmware (450-3001-512).

6. Power on machine and follow the "Orient Setup" in the attached spindle drive setup (757-4001-093Rev. C).

Note: Check all drive Parameters (CN01 though CN40) to ensure theyare correct. Power the machine off/on after changes have beenmade, to reload the Nonvolatile RAM.

7. Cycle the ATC (50 changes minimum) using several tools with the RPM set for both high and lowwinding ranges. Ensure that the orient position is correct for both windings.

The new style Orient board looks very similar to the original board. The differences are, the new boardhas a shunt just above U38. U38 is in the lower right section of the board. See drawing "B" on page 4 of5 and there is a resistor in the old R123 location. Also the identification numbers on the board have beenchanged. See below.

"TYPE" JAPC-C345 and "CODE" ETC008612

FSB XXX Page 3 of 5

There are some boards that have been modified by the manufacturers. These boards can be identified byR123 having been removed and by the type and code as listed below.

"TYPE" JAPC-C345YA and "CODE" ETC503080

If you have problems or question please call me. EXT 2640

ORIGINATOR: Dale ClarkREVISED BY: Lonnie LeffewDATE: MARCH 31,1991

FSB xxxx Page 4 of 5

FSB XXX Page 5 of 5

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 12/12/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1147

SUBJECT: ATC STRIKER PLATE SUPERSEDES NUMBER:HOLD-DOWN SCREWS

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30 V1 ATC PAGE 1 OF 1

The shock absorbers on the BMC-30 V1 ATC make contact with steel"striker plates" to avoid direct contact with the soft aluminum casting.These are currently attached with quantity (4) 102-5003-002 M5 X .8 X 10which does not provide a sufficient length of thread. In the futurethese plates will be attached with quantity (4) 102-5003-004 FHSCS M5 X.8 X 16. These longer screws can be used for Field Service replacementand should work even if the first two or three threads are stripped inthe aluminum casting.

ORIGINATOR: RICHARD ARTHURTECHNICAL SPECIALISTREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 12/11/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1149

SUBJECT: TOOL CHANGER MAGAZINE SUPERCEDES NUMBER 1148AIR CYLINDER SET SCREW

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30 PAGE 1 OF 2

It has come to my attention that we use (3) different set screws onthe BMC 30 tool magazine air cylinders. this is to try and clarify thesedifferent set screws.

P/N8022324006: This 3 inch set screw has a counterbore and 1s usedon any BMC ATC with an 8 inch stroke cylinder, prior to the V2 modeltool changer. The V2 model tool changer will use the part number80223244 001 three inch set screw.

P/N8022324001: This 4 inch set screw is for Field Service use onlyand is used on tool changer with 7 1/2 inch stroke cylinder.

P/N8022324001: This 3 inch set screw is currently used on the BMC 20tool changer and does not have the counterbore.I, also am including 1nstructions for adjusting the cushions withthis set screw. I hope this clarifies the confusion, if you have anyquestions please contact Technical Support.

ORIGINATOR: RICHARD ARTHURTECHNICAL SPECIALIST

REVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 01/18/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1150

SUBJECT: CONTROL RESIDENT DIAGNOSTICS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: ALL ULTIMAX II MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

PURPOSE: The Control Resident Diagnostics Executive vas designed toexecute within the normal operation of the ULTIMAX control.However, the Control Resident Diagnostics may only be accessed inmills with ULTIMAX II controls with version 8.00 or greater.

This Field Service Bulletin explains how to use the Control ResidentDiagnostics Executive in all other ULTIMAX II mills.

Supplied with the Control Resident Diagnostics Field Service Kit(P/N 002-3417-002) are the following items:

l. Control Resident Diagnostics Manual 704-0001-5452. RS-232 MIL Circle Test Connector 423-9000-0013. RS-232 DB-25 Test Connector 423-9000-0024. I/O Test Cable, MP/J1 to MP/J3 423-9000-0035. Dual Axis Test Cable 423-9000-0046. 25-pin Breakout Board 415-0196-001T7. 37-oin Breakout Board 415-0197-001T8. 50-pin Breakout Board 415-0198-001T9. BMC 20-50 (VC) Axis Firmware 450-3001-vvv10a. BMC 20-50 STD/GER Memory Board 415-0168-xxx10b. BMC 20-50 STD/GER EPROM's 450-3002-yyy

through zzzNote 1: Items 9, 10a, and 10b, Part Numbers are not completely providedbecause they will change with each new release of ULTIMAX II Software.

Note 2: Items 10a and 10b can be used in any machine with an Ultimax IIControl, but only to use the Control Resident Diagnostics.

The Control Resident Diagnostics Manual provides instruction using theTest Connectors, the Test Cables and the Breakout Boards, but assumes thatthe control already has the Diagnostics resident in the Executive.

To set up a mill with the Control Resident Diagnostics Executive, powerthe mill to off and remove the MM8800C Memory PCB from the card rack. Ifthe BMC 20-50 Memory Board (item 10a above) is provided, install the BMC20-50 Memory Board in place of the current Memory Board. If the BMC 20-50EPROM's (item 10b) are provided, remove the current Memory Board andreplace the V65-V76 EPROM's with the BMC 20-50 EPROM's U65-U76; reinstallthe Memory Board.

CAUTION: Item 10a or 10b nay be installed in any other Ultimax II millfor the execution of the Control Resident Diagnostics only;remove the item from the Control when testing is complete.

CONTROL RESIDENT DIAGNOSTICS FIRMWARE SETUPWithin the Interactive Diagnostics of Control Resident Diagnostics aretests for the Dual Axis Boards and the Display of System Switch Settings;these tests require the new Axis Firmware. Since only one Firmware EPROMis provided, only one axis may be tested at any time. Remove theappropriate Dual Axis Board and replace the current Axis Firmware EPROMwith the BMC 20-50 Axis Firmware EPROM (item 9) using the following AxisChart :

ZS DUAL axis PCB XY DUAL AXIS PCB AB DUAL AXIS PCB

U45 Spindle Axis Y Axis B AxisU48 Z Axis X Axis A Axis

The BMC 20-50 Axis Firmware EPROM may also be used in place of the SpindleAxis Firmware EPROM.

For the Display of System Switch Settings test, only one axis of the DualAxis Board with the BMC 20-50 Axis Firmware EPROM installed will displaythe switch settings properly. Switch blocks S2 and S3 of the Dual AxisBoard correlate to the U45 Axis Firmware EPROM while Switch blocks S4 andS5 correlate to the U48 Firmware EPROM.

Note: When installing the BMC 20-50 Axis Firmware EPROM,make sure that all of the other current Firmware EPROM's areinstalled.

Caution: Item 9 may be installed in any other ULTIMAX II mill type toexecute the Dual Axis Tests only of the Control Resident Diagnostics;remove the item from the Control when testing is complete.

ORIGINATOR: DAVE SKRZYCZAK

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 1-12-90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1151

SUBJECT: 5 GALLON FLOOD FILTER SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50 V2 PAGE 1 OF 1

There have been some instances where the new style 5 gallon floodfilters have caused the system to loose prime. If this occurs itwill be necessary to verify that the filtering element is notclogged, that the PVC piping within the filter has been gluedtogether properly, and the lid/fittings are sealed proper. A thinfilm of an oil based lubricant around the lid gasket, v111 aid inprolonging the life of the gasket and improve an air tight seal.Part no. 617-0008-002 Filter

If the system looses prime and the flood pump is allowed to run for along period of time, the shaft seals on this pump may become damaged.If this happens the motor/pump will need to be replaced.

Part no. 509-0002-001 Motor/pump

If the need arises to replace an older flood motor/pump usePart no. 002-3915-006 on the parts list doc.This is a field service replacement KIT for the early OEM systemconverting to the current production style.

ORIGINATOR: Brock RexingREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 1-11-90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1152

SUBJECT: REPLACEMENT OF KNEE MILL MOTORS SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 405AND ENCODERS

PRODUCT LINE: KM3/3P PAGE 1 OF 1

As of Oct. 1988 Electrocraft is supplying Hurco with an MTE ASSY.incorporatlnq an industrial qrade BEI encoder. To identify this motor,it has a Blue Label with a part no. 002-2490-005 on it. The encodershaft is the coupling, there are no stand offs as the rear cover mountsdirectly to the back of the encoder.

While customers are under WARRANTY, and the need arises to replaceeither the motor or encoder, use an MTE Assemblie. 002-2490-008 as this isthe ONLY way HURCO can return the parts to Electrocraft per ourwarranty agreement with them.

As the machines go out of warranty, and the need arises to replaceonly the Industrial BEI encoder use part no. 002-2490-007.

The early style motor used on the KM3/3P, can be identified by a REDlabel and used an instrument qrade Litton, Datametrics, or BEI encoder.And has stand offs for the rear motor cover, a separate coupling, anda housing mounting bracket to attach the encoder to the motor.The Part Number for this encoder remains the same 002-2490-002.

Be advised that we have two MTE assemblies in stock, both of which will havean Industrial grade BEI encoder in the assy.

1.) CUSTOMER REPLACEMENT ONLY* 002-2490-003Rcomes with a black pin pusher and a removal / installation procedure.

2.) SERVICE ENGINEER REPLACEMENT 002-2490-008MTE ASSY as the service engineer has a pin pusher in his tool kit.

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY: Brock Rexing

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 1/30/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1153

SUBJECT: CUSTOMER SUPPLY POWER SUPERSEDES NUMBER: RELATED PROBLEMS

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

We have found that many ongoing problems with some mills areactually related to incoming power problems. These problems may show upas intermittent servo/spindle faults, computer lockups, and an unusualnumber of board failures. In the past we sent a serviceman in with aDranetz Line Analyzer which vas installed, then we had to return todisconnect the device and evaluate the chart.

In the future we will send the customer a Transient Suppression Unitwith the understanding that he may try it for thirty days. If he doesnot feel it corrected the situation he may return it for a full refund.At the time the order is placed we will need a purchase order number. Wedo not consider this part of the machine warranty since the customer isresponsible for furnishing acceptable power.

We have two different Transient Eliminates devices, the first is athree phase unit and will normally be used with bed mills. This deviseshould be suggested if besides control lockups and unusual amount ofboard failures you also get axis and spindle drive failures. This unitis designed to protect the entire machine. The other device is a singlephase unit and is used to protect the DC supply, this devise issuggested if you see constant control lockups or an unusual amount ofPC board failures. this device is suggested for any mill.

If you feel that power protect is advised, please consult with anyTechnical Specialist so the machine may be monitored as to theeffectiveness of the devise.

Listed are the Hurco part numbers and a description of each device.

P/N 417-5001-017 Transient Eliminator TE110JR is a single phase 110device used to protect the DC power supply. This is suggested for allknee mills and for bed mills that show control problems, but display noaxis or spindle drive problems.

P/N 417-5001-018 Transient Eliminator TE600 is a three phase devicewhich should only be suggested for bed mills display axis and spindledrive problems in addition to control problems.

ORIGINATOR: RICHARD E. ARTHURTECHNICAL SPECIALIST

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 11 January, 1990 ISSUE NUMBER: 1154

SUBJECT: DAC Offset PCB Failures SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Dual Axis Board with DAC Offset PAGE 1 OF 1PCB attached

The Test and Repair department has reported a number of Dual Axis boards(equipped with the DAC Offset PCB) returned to them as failed boards.The problem with most was simply that the DAC Offset "Piggyback" boardwas loose. The assemblies were repaired by reseating this attachedboard. Please be aware of this and check the integrity of theconnection before ordering or replacing this board when a failure isindicated.

The machines this effects are BMC V2 Mills and all Deckel millsequipped with Ultimax controls. Also soon, this will include the OEMand Vl mills that have 8.0 software incorporated.

ORIGINATOR: Paul ChambersREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 4/20/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1155

SUBJECT: COUNTER WEIGHT (UPPER) SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 40 IP PAGE 1 OF 3Procedure to add an upper weight to the existing counter weight on BMC 40IP machines.

Note: All of these machines currently in the field have been flagged andeach customer with a BMC-40-IP will receive this weight over the courseof the next few weeks,

THIS IS THE ONLY PROCEDURE TO FOLLOW AS DEVIATION TO THIS PROCEDUREMAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MACHINE AND OR PERSONAL INJURY.

All directions are called out as if standing in the front, facing theMachine, as the operator would.

1. Jog the "Z" axis down to the minus limit switch, place a "steel" barinto the access hole located on the lower left side of the column,slowly jog the "Z" axis up until the counter weight will rest on thebar, see attached DWG, pg. 3.

2. Place support (wood 2X4) between the rear of the counter weight andthe inside of column to support the counter weight from shiftingduring the next few steps, see attached DWG, pg. 4.

**NOTE*

At this point make certain that the chains are still taught and theweight is resting on the bar. If the existing counter weight has an eyebolt, remove it.

3. Locate and remove the left bolt on the support bracket, used tosupport the counter weight during shipment), pivot this bracket outof the way and reinstall same bolt using lock-tight 271, see attachedDWG, pg. 4.

4. Remove the other (right) bolt holding the support bracket, discardbracket and bolt. From this point, remove and discard bolt locateddiagonally holding the plate to the counter weight, clean thissurface, see attached DWG, pg. 4.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 5/24/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1156

SUBJECT: NEW ISOLATION TRANSFORMER SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50 PAGE 1 OP 3

BED MILLS ARE PRESENTLY BEING BUILT WITH A NEW TRANSFORMER MOUNTEDTO THE CABINETS. SHAPE TRANSFORMER MODEL Z-1321, 413-0003-1071IS FOR BMC 20 AND MODEL Z-1322, 413-0003-1081 IS FOR BMC 30-50.SHAPE TRANSFORMER MODEL Z-1332i 413-0003-109i IS FOR ASIAN MACHINESWITH 380 AND 415VAC TAPS.

REFER TO THE DRAWING NOTES FOR CONNECTIONS USING THE APPROPRIATEPRIMARY TAPS AND 208VAC SECONDARY TAPS. THE COOLANT PUMP MOTORWILL BE CONNECTED TO THE 208VAC TAP.

ORIGINATOR: MATT WARNERREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 6/18/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1157A

SUBJECT: CONSOLE CRT GROUNDING SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1157

PRODUCT LINE: BMC20-50, MILLS, FP3A/4A PAGE 1 OF 1

Effective immediately, modifications to separate the console CRTgrounds from their respective CRT PCB ground are to be discontinued(refer to original issue of FSB 1577 released 5/25/90).

Separation of these grounds will result in any or all of thefollowing problems, flyback circuit instability, increased console DCvoltage noise levels, and masking of possible CRT defects caused duringvendor manufacturing processes or through improper shipping andhandling procedures.

The CRT's should be wired as follows.

The ground wire connected at the back of the tube should beconnected to the CRT PCB at J401. The ground wire that connects to theconsole door ground stud between the CRT PCB's should be connected toCRT PCB J104.

All Field Service engineers are requested to report customernames, machine types, and if possible serial numbers of machines onwhich this modification vas implemented. This information must begiven to Hurco Indianapolis, Field Service schedulers.

In addition, on any new machine shipped in April, May, and Juneconsole CRT wiring should be checked to insure that it is wired per theabove instructions.

If you have any questions concerning this bulletin please call theField Service Technical Specialists.

ORIGINATOR:REVISED BY: TOM MURDEN

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 06/01/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1158

SUBJECT: Measuring Backlash SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All Mills PAGE 1 OF

In order to establish a common method assuring the axesbacklash the following is set forth as the only service approvedstandard for backlash measurement.

Required Equipment:.0001 inch indicator.Tool holder for indicator.A flat surface (i.e. vise).

Definition:Backlash is the difference in axis travel that occurs when an axisdirection is changed. This is usually do to mechanical looseness inthe axis (i.e. worn thrust bearings or ballscrews).

Remove all backlash strapping from the machine.It is required that you write a program of position blocks to do thetest. Bring the indicator against the flat surface. Zero theindicator, then zero the machine reference at this point. Bring theindicator up from the surface and position the axis .5 inch furtherin the same direction. Reverse the travel and bring the axis back tothe machine zero. Lower the indicator. The difference on theindicator is the backlash. Repeat this process four time and averagethe readings. This is the backlash in the axis. Use strapping chartsto adjust the backlash to the new value.

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 06/04/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1159

SUBJECT: Board Cleaning SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All Mills PAGE 1 OF 2

One of the most important operations in a good preventive maintenanceprogram is regular and thorough cleaning of the system. In any systemdust builds up. Any smoke or other particulate or chemical matter thatis in the environment is drawn into the system and collects oneverything.

This dust and garbage buildup can cause severe problems in a system ifallowed to go unchecked. The dust layer acts as an insulator to heat,which prevents proper cooling of the system and may cause a system tooverheat and damage components.

The dust may contain other chemicals. These chemicals can conductelectricity, causing minor current shorts and electrical signal pathswhere they should not be. The chemicals also rapidly acceleratecorrosion on any of the components in the system that are installed insockets or where boards plug into slots. Cable connectors also can beaffected by this corrosion. Floppy disk drives are another locationwhere contamination can cause damage.

To properly clean the system you need several items and tools.Beyond the tools that are normally required you will need the following.

Freon TF or Isopropyl alcohol.The cleaning material must be moisture andresidue free. Pure Freon TF is best.Small brush.Gold wipes for cleaning the edge connectors.* Antistatic kit.* Vacuum cleaner.* 3.5 inch disk drive "wet" cleaning kit.Foam swabs

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY:

Reseating Socketed Chips:

One of the primary preventive maintenance functions is to undo theeffects of "chip creep." As the system heats and cools, it alsoexpands and contracts. This physical expansion and contraction causesany components plugged into sockets to gradually work their way out ofthose sockets. For this reason, you need to find all the socketedcomponents in the system and properly reseat them.

Cleaning the Boards:

The next step is to clean the boards and all connectors in thesystem. The first thing to do is clean the dust and debris off the boarditself and then clean the edge connectors on the board. To clean theboards, first use the brush to gently wipe the boards, loosening andremoving any dust and debris. You use the brush because simply blastingthe board with compressed air does not remove all the dirt and dustThere is also the possibility that you could drive the debris under thecomponents. After you loosen the dirt and dust you can then use the"vacuum" to remove the debris.

CAUTION: BE Careful OF STATIC WEAR THE STATIC STRAP AND USE ALL STATICPRECAUTIONS.

If at this point you still find dirt or debris on the board use theliquid cleaning solution and swabs to remove it. Then use the "GoldWipes" to clean the edge connectors.

Cleaning Connectors and Contacts:

On the backplane you will want to clean the slot connectors. Firstvacuum the dirt and debris from the boards or cable. Then use the "GoldWipes" or a swab with solution on it, to wipe the connector clean.

Do not use a pink eraser to clean the board connectors as it removesthe gold from the contact and this will then cause the contact tocorrode faster. This in turn causes the contact to need cleaning moreoften.

On the cable connectors use "Gold Wipes" where you can, then use theswabs to clean the other pins and places where the wipes will not reach.

Disk Drives:

Use the brush to clean dust and debris from the drive then use thewet head cleaner kit to clean the disk heads. Don't forget to clean thecable plugs on the drives.

Note: The Anti Static Vacuums will come after we have started themaintenance program, so use the brush to clean the boards.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 6/04/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1160

SUBJECT: New Field Service Accuracy Standard SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All Mill PAGE 1 OF 1

You will soon be receiving a metal bar that has been measured on theCMM here at Hurco for its length. This dimension will be stamped intothe metal. This standard will allow us to quickly and easily check amachine for accuracy. The length will be slightly over 13 inches. Thissize will allow you the ability to see the Leadscrew compensation in theolder machines and still be small enough for use on the knee mills.

To use the standard first allow it to reach the same temperature asthe machine, this could take up to one hour. Take the time don't hurry!Place the standard perpendicular to the axis. It must be within .0001"from end to end. Using your indicator reference the part Zero on theend that does not have the tab (A). Program the axis to move thedistance marked on the standard. Indicate the inside of the tab (B) thedistance shown moved on the control should be the same as the distancemarked on the standard taking into account the tolerances for themachine type.

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 08/06/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1161

SUBJECT: Oil Cooler Contactor Mis-wire SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30 Thru 50 IP PAGE 1 OF 4

We have recently changed from GE to Square D starter and heaters on BMC mills. Twoproblems must be corrected.

Problem 1: On all mills with Square D (FCS A OCS) parts prior to August shipment the115vac control line to the coil is connected at "A1" (white wire) and "96" (Red wire). 7he Redwire must be moved to "95" To provide over current protection.

To correct first find the cable from TB1-4,8,10 to OCS-1 (L1), 3 (L2),5 (L3) (on machines with MRP & ARP boards TB 1 - 3,6,8 ) Remove the redwire at both ends – – insulate and leave in wireway, in case of 3phase oil cooler replacement in the future. Connect white to OCS-1 (L1),black to OCS-3 (L2). Add 14 AWG black wire from OCS-5 (L3) to OCS-4 (T2).Connect cable to chiller, white OCS-2 (T1), black to OCS-6 (T3). Connectcable to suppressor board as follows, white to OCS-2 (T1), Black to OCS-6 (T3), again leave the red wire in wireway. At the suppressor board TB30-6 remove the red wire, black should be connected at TB 30-9 and whiteat TB 30-8.

Originator: Dale Clark

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 13 SEPTEMBER 1990 ISSUE NUMBER: 1162

SUBJECT: TORQUE SETTINGS FOR AXIS BEARINGS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: ALL HURCO MILLS PAGE 1 OF 1

The following is a listing of all torque settings for axis bearings onthe Hurco Milling machines:

MACHINE TYPE AXIS SETTING IN FT / LBS.

KM-1, KMB-1, – 1m,KM-3/3P, SM1-CNC,MB-1, BMC-20, MD-1 ALL 45-50

MB-2, MB-3, MD-3,BMC-10, BMC-30 ALL 65

BMC-15, BMC-40,BMC-50 ALL 85-90

40 SLV ALL 55

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 13 SEPTEMBER 1990 ISSUE NUMBER: 1163

SUBJECT: TOOL RETENTION FORCES SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC MILLS PAGE 1 OF 2

The following tool retention force specifications have been agreedto with LEADWELL. This applies to both Hurco Inc. and Hurco Ltd.

MACHINE TYPE MAXIMUM MINIMUM

BMC-20 3.91 Kn. 3. 6 Kn.

BMC-25 8.12 Kn. 7.3 Kn.

BMC-30 8.12 Kn. 7.3 Kn.

BMC-40 8. 12 Kn. 7.3 Kn.

BMC-50 13.7 Kn. 12.3 Kn.

Specification may be exceeded slightly but must unclamp at 90 PSI.Settings must NOT be below minimum.

Use the following formula to convert Kn. to Foot Lbs. 224.754 * Kn. = Ft. Lbs.

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY:

MEASURING RETENTION FORCE

1. Release the automatic draw in mechanism

2. Insert the DELTA CONTROL measuring system into the spindle by hand andoperate the automatic draw-in mechanism.

3- Read off the draw-in force and record the figure.

4. Grip the DELTA CONTROL measuring system by hand and release the automaticdraw-in mechanism.

5. Repeat the measurement in the 180 degree opposite position.

6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 another 3 times so that an average value can be obtainedand any irregularities in the draw-in mechanism can be discovered.

7. Remove and clean the DELTA CONTROL measuring system after use and place itin its wooden box.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 01/09/89 ISSUE NUMBER: 1164

SUBJECT: Service call check list SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All Machines PAGE 1 OF 3

The following items should be checked on a machine on everyservice call whether they relate to the problem you werecalled in for or not. By doing these checks you may be ableto save a future service call by spotting a potentialproblem.

SOFTWARE

Check to make sure the correct and latest software andfirmware is installed in the machine.

VOLTAGE CHECKS

1) Incoming Power. +/-10%2) 115U supply voltage. 110-1303) Power supply voltages4) Servo Bus supply voltage5) Spindle and Servo drive voltages (BMC)On the BMC 20/50 series machines verify that the voltage tothe spindle drive is as close to 200V as possible. Retap themain input transformer if necessary. Check the servotransformer for correct output voltage and correct ifnecessary.

CONNECTIONS

1) Check cabling to the card rack, relay panels and terminalstrips for tightness.2) Make sure all relays are properly seated.3) Check all external wiring for looseness and or damage.On KM style machines verify that the cable clamps have beeninstalled.

SETUP PROCEDURES

Go through the complete amplifier setup procedure. Verifysmooth axis operation. Amplifiers which are out ofadjustment can cause positioning and motion error problems.

MECHANICAL

1) Visually inspect the machine for excessive dirt and chipbuildup. If the machine looks unkept and not properlymaintained bring it to the customers attention and documentit on your service report. Instruct the customer \ operator oncritical areas to keep clean if this does not appear to bebeing done. (I.e. around limit switches, way covers, toolchanger and ballscrews.)2) Check all machine covers for damage or binding.3) Verify all fans are running and check filters to make surethey are being regularly cleaned and changed.

LUBRICATION

1) Inspect all oiled surfaces for adequate lubrication.2) Inspect all grease points for new and clean grease.(especially M1\MB1\MD1)3) Check lube reservoir level and the type of oil they areusing. Verify oiler and timer operation.

AIR

1) Verify correct air pressure to the machine.2) Check air lube reservoir for oil.3) Check water bowl for excessive water in air lines.All tool changers on Hurco machines almost exclusively useair pressure for tool changer operation. It is important toverify that the machine has a large volume of clean dry airsupplied to it. It is the responsibility of the customer toprovide this to the machine. If there is a problem with theair bring it to the customers attention and document it.

AIR HOSES

Hurco does not recommend the use of air hoses to clean chipsfrom the machine. High pressure air can lodge chips in areasof the machine which can cause excessive damage. We can notstop customers from using them on the machines but we canrecommend alternative methods. (vacuum systems). If you seesituations where operators are blowing chips indiscriminatelyexplain to them the problems which can arise from such actionand instruct them to blow chips away from areas where themost damage can be done.

FINAL CHECK

Before turning a machine over to a customer it is importantto verify proper machine operation. The only way to do thisis to program the machine and allow it to run for a while inautomatic mode. A simple program including drill, tap andmill routines with multiple tools, speeds and feeds willexercise all axis, the spindle, tool changer and control.Watch for smooth tool changer operation.

After cycling for a while position the table to machine zeroand verify positioning accuracy with the marker.

DATE: February 13, 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1165-A

SUBJECT: Futaba Pulscale CMK Parameters SUPERSEDES NUMBER:1165

PRODUCT LINE: Eltee TRM21/39 EP300CP PAGE 1 OF 2

Parameter settings for the Futaba CMK DRO in current production.

Default settings

1. Hold down the Xo key, then turn on the power. Ready will appear onthe display. Press Enter and the counter will take three steps towrite-in the default settings. These steps are called Pass-1,Pass-2, and Pass-3 on the display.

Changing a parameter setting

1. Hold the Unit key and turn power on. The display flashs SP.Press Xo key and the parameter data is displayed. Depressing theXo key switches the display from Parameter #(ie..SP01) toParameter Data(00000000).

2. With SP01 displayed depress 2, enter, and Parameter #2 isdisplayed.

3. To change data in a parameter, use the 0-9 keys and press Enter.Note:For SP#1,6,7,37, and 49 select the proper axis before

keying in the data.

4. Data settings for steps 2-3 can be verified with chart on page 2.

5. Turn the power off/on. Parameter change is effective on power up.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Brock RexingREVISED BY: Richard Arthur

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY

THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

SP#TRM21

PARAMETERSTRM39

PARAMETERSPARAMETERDESCRIPTION NOTES

100001001 X00001001 Y00001001 Z

00001001 X00001001 Y00001001 Z

SCALE RESOLUTION00001000=.5um 00001100=10um00001001= 1um 00001101=25um00001011= 5um 00001110=50um

2 0.000 0.000 REFERENCE POINTSHIFT

4 0.000 0.000 EDGE SENSORSHIFT

5 0.000 0.000 LOST MOTIONCOMPENSATION

6+105.0000 X+100.0000 Y+160.0000 Z

+148.250 X+101.600 Y+108.000 Z

+ SOFTWARELIMITS MUST SET FOR EACH AXIS SCALE

7-105.0000 X-100.0000 Y-160.0000 Z

-148.250 X-101.600 Y-108.000 Z

- SOFTWARELIMITS MUST SET FOR EACH AXIS SCALE

3000000000 X00000000 Y00000001 Z

00000000 X00000000 Y00000001 Z

SCALE POLARITY NOTE Z POLARITY

31 00000000 00000000 SMOOTHING34 00000000 00000000 PRINTER

INTERFACE35 00100000 00100000 RS-232 BAUD36 01111000 01111000 RS-232C MODE

3701000010 X00000000 Y00000000 Z

01000010 X00000000 Y00000000 Z

DIRECTION TORETURN POINT DATA IS SET IN X AXIS

38 01001001 01001001 MODE/EDM DISPLAY40 00000000 00000000 POWER LOSS

MEMORY

4900000000 X00000000 Y00000000 Z

00000000 X00000000 Y00000000 Z

INCH/MMOPERATION

00000010= MM ONLY OPERATION00000000= INCH/MM OPERATION

FSB 1165A Page 2 of 2

DATE: March 3, 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1165-B

SUBJECT: Futaba Pulscale CMK Parameters SUPERSEDES NUMBER:1165 & 1165A

PRODUCT LINE: Eltee TRM21/39 EP300CP PAGE 1 OF 2

Parameter settings for the Futaba CMK DRO in current production.

Default settings

Changing a parameter setting

2. With SP01 displayed depress 2, enter, and Parameter #2 isdisplayed.

3. To change data in a parameter, use the 0-9 keys and press Enter.Note:For SP#1,6,7,37, and 49 select the proper axis before

keying in the data.

4. Data settings for steps 2-3 can be verified with chart on page 2.

5. Turn the power off/on. Parameter change is effective on power up.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Brock RexingREVISED BY: Richard Arthur

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY

THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

SP#TRM21

PARAMETERSTRM39

PARAMETERSPARAMETERDESCRIPTION NOTES

100001001 X00001001 Y00001001 Z

00001001 X00001001 Y00001001 Z

SCALE RESOLUTION00001000=.5um 00001100=10um00001001= 1um 00001101=25um00001011= 5um 00001110=50um

2 0.000 0.000 REFERENCE POINTSHIFT

4 0.000 0.000 EDGE SENSORSHIFT

5 0.000 0.000 LOST MOTIONCOMPENSATION

6+105.0000 X+100.0000 Y+160.0000 Z

+148.250 X+101.600 Y+108.000 Z

+ SOFTWARELIMITS MUST SET FOR EACH AXIS SCALE

7-105.0000 X-100.0000 Y-160.0000 Z

-148.250 X-101.600 Y-108.000 Z

- SOFTWARELIMITS MUST SET FOR EACH AXIS SCALE

3000000000 X00000000 Y00000001 Z

00000000 X00000000 Y00000001 Z

SCALE POLARITY NOTE Z POLARITY

31 00000000 00000000 SMOOTHING34 00000000 00000000 PRINTER

INTERFACE35 00100000 00100000 RS-232 BAUD36 01111000 01111000 RS-232C MODE

3701000010 X00000000 Y00000000 Z

01000010 X00000000 Y00000000 Z

DIRECTION TORETURN POINT DATA IS SET IN X AXIS

38 01001001 01001001 MODE/EDM DISPLAY40 00000000 00000000 POWER LOSS

MEMORY

4900000000 X00000000 Y00000000 Z

00000000 X00000000 Y00000000 Z

INCH/MMOPERATION

00000010= MM ONLY OPERATION00000000= INCH/MM OPERATION

FSB 1165A Page 2 of 2

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 06 NOV. 90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1166

SUBJECT: DRAWBAR SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM5P PAGE 1 OF 1

Manufacturing discovered that the Drawbar in the KM5P will createa loud noise and possible failure when in low gear. On two occasionsthe tool holder came loose during cutting. The Drawbar was almost toa complete stop with the spindle in motion when the loud noise wasobserved.

The loud noise vas corrected by removing the nylon bushing from theDrawbar. Topwell uses a nylon bushing on the manual Drawbar;therefore, the power Drawbar was designed to use a nylon bushing.Engineering determined that the nylon bushing is not needed; moreover,Drawbar performance is increased when the nylon bushing is removed.

Machines in the field that shipped prior to 31 0CT. 90 need to have thenylon bushing removed from the Drawbar.

ORIGINATOR: Gregg A. WallaceREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 11/30/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1167

SUBJECT: AXIS PULLEY LOCKING ELEMENTS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM5P PAGE 1 OF 1

All KM5P machines need to have split locking elements in the axispulleys. Some of the early machines were shipped with solid lockingelements which will permit the pulley to slip on the ballscrew. As ofSeptember 28, 1990 all KM5P machines have split locking elements No.219-0001-027.

Two sets of split locking elements are needed for each of the threeaxis pulleys. The X-axis and Y-axis pulleys are easy to service;although, the head needs to be removed to service the Z-axis pulley.

ORIGINATOR: Gregg WallaceREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 12/11/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1168

SUBJECT: KM5P DRAWBAR SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM5P PAGE 1 OF 2

The KM5P drawbars are not piloting into the spindle shaft. Thepilot diameter (.705 inches dia.) on the drawbar is not longenough which can lead to unthreading of the tool holder.

The pilot diameter has been lengthened from .38 to .51 inches onPIN No. 11094. This revision effects the next order which willbe seen on September 1991 machines for 5/8-11 threaded drawbars. Thisrevision will be seen on March 1991 machines for M16x2 threaded drawbars.

Until the new revision is shipped the drawbars will be modifiedfor correct piloting. The bottom shoulder will be turned back.05 inches which will change the head length from 6.500 to 6.450inches (shoulder to shoulder).

The drawbar setup height (distance from the top of the drawbarspline to the top of the head casting bearing plate) will now be.95/.90 inches compared to the factory setting of 1.00/.95inches.

The following machines need to have the drawbars modified:

1. KT9003090A

2. KT9005090A

3. KT9001080A

4. KT9001100A

5. KT9002100A

6. KT9003100A

7. KT9004100A

8. KT9005100A

9. KT9006100AORIGINATOR: Gregg A. WallaceREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 12/14/90 ISSUE NUMBER: 1169

SUBJECT: NUISANCE V2 ROTARY ERRORS DURING SUPERSEDES NUMBER:PARK MACHINE

PRODUCT LINE: V2 BMC20-50 NON MRP/ARP PAGE 1 OF 1WITH 4TH AXIS ROTARY OPTIONS

The following applies to all V2 BMC machines with rotaryoptions which have the rotary interface terminal strip and brakerelay mounted on the DIN rail next to the machine relays.

When a park machine command is executed and 24 VDC switched isdropped out a rotary clamp/unclamp may occur. This error iscaused by the rotary brake changing state due to the loss of24VDC switched and software detecting an unclamp state without acommand being given to unclamp.

This error may be a nuisance for some machine operators andcan be eliminated by making a simple wiring change.Remove the 18 awg blue wire that runs from brake relayterminal "A" to brake relay terminal "9". Connect an 18 awg bluewire from brake relay terminal "9" to 24VDC at the TB4 terminalstrip.This will power the rotary table brake on unswitched 24 VDCand should eliminate the nuisance unclamp error.

ORIGINATOR: TOM MURDENREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 01/07/91 ISSUE NUMBER: 1170

SUBJECT: Yaskawa Spindle Drive Retrofit Kits SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: 002-2060-001, 002 PAGE 1 OF 1

Effective this month the inverter being used for these retrofit kitswill appear slightly different. We are now receiving two styles of theinverter, both of which are functionally the same. The difference in thenew style is in how the brake module and resistors connect to the-inverter. The connection is as shown below:NOTE: The Buss voltage was measured on P-n on old style drive on the newis now measured on +,–.

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 1-10-91 ISSUE NUMBER:1171

SUBJECT: FAST FILL SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: TRM21 PAGE 1 OF 2

It has come to our attention that the fast fill on some recent TRM21'Shas no effect on filling the work tank. Upon further investigation it wasfound that a plug, in the plumbing, in the dielectric unit is missing.

All TRM21'S produced after 09/01/90 will need to be check for thisproblem. Approx. 12 machines.

To check, pull up the gate in the work tank, turn on the dielectric unitand open the fill valve completely, press the fast fill button on the powersupply, there should be a noticeable difference in the rate at which thework tank is filled, if not, proceed with the following steps.

1. Utilizing the following diagram locate the hose from the filter tank toa 1 1/4" to 3/4" reducing coupling (T). View of the dielectric tank withthe top cover removed on page 2 of this FSB. This nipple is for supportonly and should contain a plug. If the plug is not in the nipple order partnumber 804-0024-001 and install in place of current nipple. This willrestrict the flow to the 3/8" hose and thus allow the fast fill solenoid tofunction properly see page 3 for flow diagram.

2. Check for proper wiring of pump motor, jumper configuration is suppliedon page 2.

ORIGINATOR: Brock RexingREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: January 30, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1172

SUBJECT: Contactor suppression SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM-5P, BMC PAGE 1 OF 1

The contactors used in the KM-5P and BMC lines have a build insuppression circuit for the coil. We have found that this varistor ismarginal at best. The problem has become a major issue on the KM-5P,causing run away problems in the Z axis WHEN the spindle motorcontactors turn off or on.

Testing done at Hurco shows that the black 238v stranded leadsuppressors carried by stores did the best job of noise suppression.All new KM-5P's and BMC's will have these suppressors installed acrossthe coils of all contactors during assembly.

We need to start placing these devices on all KM-5P and BMC machines inthe field. It is critical that we get all the KM-5P's as soon aspossible as this can cause serious damage. The BMC's we can work on aswe come across them. Order some of these suppressors for your kits.HURCO PART NUMBER – 417-6881-818

ORIGINATOR: Mike Garlick

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: January 29, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1173

SUBJECT: Lead Screw Mapping initialization V8.5 SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50 PAGE 1 OF 1

DESCRIPTION: It has been recommended upon upgrading a customer toversion 8.58 Executive software that the CLEAR RAMDISK (NVRAM)softkey in Interactive Diagnostics be selected to ensure that allof the battery-backed RAM is in a known state. However, as aresult, the structure size for the Lead Screw Map is also cleared.Though the new Mapping data can be entered for both the Forward andReverse Lead Screw Maps for each axis and the Memory will beretained, writing the Map to diskette will not record theinformation properly (even though no error message is displayed) sothat subsequent readings of the Map from that diskette will corruptthe battery-backed RAM, including non Lead screw Map data.

SOLUTION: With the version 8.58 Executive, the only way to re-initialize the Lead Screw Map is to load a previous Executiveversion's Lead Screw Map, either version 7.24 or 8.88.

For machine's that are only receiving the version 8.58 upgrade andare not being LASER recertified, simply loading the existing LeadScrew Map diskette will properly initialize the Lead Screw Map andload the data properly into the Forward and Reverse Maps. If themachine does not have a Lead Screw Mapping diskette then selectingthe DUAL AXIS DEFAULTS softkey in Lead Screw Setup will suffice;no Mapping diskette is to be made unless the machine is Lasercertified.

For machine's that are receiving both the version 8.58 upgrade andLASER certification, the old Lead Screw Map diskette must be loadedbefore beginning the LASER runs but after the battery-backed RAM iscleared. After loading the original Lead Screw Map data, selectionof the DUAL AXIS DEFAULTS softkey will then overwrite zeros intothe initialized Lead Screw Map. LASER certification can then begin.The STORE DATA ON DISKETTE softkey will then function properly inwriting the Lead Screw Map data on the diskette.

Always reload the Lead Screw Map from the Lead Screw Mappingdiskette immediately after clearing the battery-backed RAM.

ORIGINATOR: David J. SkrzypczakREVISED BY:

DATE: February 15, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1174-A

SUBJECT: Ultimax secret screens SUPERSEDES NUMBER:1174

PRODUCT LINE: Ultimax II, 32, 3 Machines PAGE 1 OF 1

The following is a listing of the secret screens found in the Ultimax II control and the screens they arereached from. Some machine types and software versions do not have all of these screens. ie: kneemills and Deckels do not have the mapping screen.

OldAccessCode

Function/ Description Access ScreenNew

AccessCode

639 Machine Configuration EditConfiguration Screen or(Auxillary Screen Max 32/3) 100

488Tool Changer Height, Axis &Spindle setup Tool changer diagnostic Screen 101

642 Leadscrew Map setup Tool change diagnostic Screen 102

**8.60T Axis Accel Setup(Matrix 4 Axis TuneDiagnostics Max 32/3)

Tool change diagnostic Screen 103

527 Interactive Diagnostice Auxilary Screen 200

**8.60T Manual AxisInitialization Tool change diagnostic Screen 300

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY: Brock Rexing 3/17/93

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE

RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: February 18, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1175

SUBJECT: BMC SPINDLES SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20 – 50 PAGE 1 OF 1

All BMC 20 through 50 spindles now have a Hurco part number. Thisincludes OEM machines. There is no longer any reason to disassemblespindles in the field to match pulleys. Spindles and pulleys arebalanced as an assembly and the drawbar is installed and set prior tobeing shipped to a customer. By changing pulleys we run the risk ofthrowing the new spindle out of balance and possibly shortening itslife span.

Although there are only a few different spindles used in the BMC line,there are numerous configurations of spindle RPM ranges. To ensure acorrect spindle is ordered for a customer it is important to take thisinto account. It may require the measurement of the spindle pulley andspindle length to select the correct one. Before ordering a spindle,part numbers should be verified with a Technical Specialist as they havethe necessary information to help select the correct one.

Spindle part numbers called out in manuals should not be assumed to becorrect as they call out a standard number which may or may not match theactual spindle in the machine. A great deal of effort has gone intoidentifying and correcting problems with spindles. By making sure thecorrect spindle is ordered the failures seen in the past due to vibrationwill be eliminated.

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: 3-4-91 ISSUE NUMBER:1176

SUBJECT: Connector, card edge 26 pos. SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All Max II controls PAGE 1 OF 1

Item 406-0803-492 is an "AMP" 499560-5 card edge connector, 26position that is connected to the CRT controller board. "AMP"changed their design from a high tension connector to a low tensionconnector without informing us. Because of the low tensionconnector, the Max II control may appear to be locked-up. If youhave a machine that appears to be locked-up please check for thelow tension "AMP" connector 111109-5 on the CRT controller boardbefore determining other faults. A new vendor is being sourced butin the mean time you may order the 406-0803-492 in high tensionform to fix any bad connection problems.

ORIGINATOR: Bill BaitingerREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: April 29, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1177

SUBJECT: VCM900 Orbiting Unit SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: TRM21 EP300CP PAGE 1 OF 1

In the event you find problems with the, VMC900 Orbiting Unit, thatis loose in one axis or the other, check the following areas:

1.) On the diagram below locate item number 41, these are conepoint set screws (CPSHSS) that hold the leadscrew nut(item 37) in place. Check for tightness, if loose, removeand apply LOCTITE 609 and re-install the set screws.NOTE: The 3R chuck and the orbital unit will need to be removedto gain access to these screws.

2.) It is also possible that the locknut (item 47) has backed off.

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: January 31, 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1178A

SUBJECT: VMC 900 Noise Suppression SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1178

PRODUCT LINE: TRM21 TRM39 EP300CP PAGE 1 OF 1With VMC 900

In an effort to reduce the noise susceptibility throughout the machinethe following modification may need to be performed.

On all machines.

1. Adding four . 022uf Caps ( PART NUMBER ECH009 ) from TB1 pins 3thru 6 to the ground plane on the circuit board. This can beaccomplished by removing the PCB and soldering the caps from pinsTB1-3 thru TB1-6 on the back side of the PCB. The solder maskaround this connector is the ground plane of the board. This willneed to be checked and verified on every machine as service isperformed.

Verify all connections and screw terminals are securely fastened. Securethe D04 diodes, CR6-CR8, (FR4D3R), on the Power Distribution PCB. Ifdiodes are loose, remove nut, apply LOCTITE 242 to thread and reinstall.Verify FSB 1193 has been performed to machine.

Optional VMC900 only

2. For machines that have the Optional VMC900 Control, and areexperiencing noise related problems such as, the Z axis positionon the Futaba DRO and Z axis position on the VMC do notcorrespond to the same value, or the machine is experiencingcommunication errors, i.e.. ERROR 15. Order and install a newcable assy ( PART NUMBER 423-0311-002 ) . This new cable is afield service replacement part. It is only 60 inches long andutilizes improved shielding properties. When installing cable,ensure to route it away from the Gap Power leads on side panel.

3. If after installing new cable, the machine is still experiencingsimilar problems as described above, perform the followingmodification to the System PCB. Install a .01 Uf 100V ceramiccapacitor on pin 49 (U18 68180) to DC common

ORIGINATOR: Brock Rexing

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

SUBJECT: Isolation Transformer SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM5P PAGE 1 OF 3

There have been two transformers used on the KM5P's. The originalwas part number 413-0003-105. This transformer supplied spindlemotor power from taps on the secondary windings. This was soondiscovered to cause the secondary voltage to sag approximately50VAC. The cure was to change the transformer to another style.This new transformer is auto wound on its primary windings. Thisgives a constant 220VAC for the spindle motor. The part number is413-0003-115.

All machines shipped should have the 413-0003-115 transformer. Ifyou are on a service call on a KM5P, please check the transformerpart number. If it is incorrect, you will need to do one of twothings. First determine their incoming power. If incoming power is220/230VAC, then rewire so that the spindle is powered from linevoltage. If the customer's power is some other voltage level, i.e.208 or 460 VAC, order the correct transformer and replace it.

Please take a look at the attached drawings. They show thetransformers in question. Drawing number 002-4022-001 REV A is thecontrol voltage schematic using the 413-0003-105 transformer. (NOTEthis drawing is currently in the KM5P manual). This drawing showsone set of secondary leads from T1. When in reality there are twodifferent voltage outputs, 200VAC and 220VAC. Drawing number 413-0003-105 shows how the unit is wound. It also gives the connectionsfor the different inputs voltages possible.

For the correct information, use drawings 002-4022-001 REV B and413-0003-115. The control voltage schematic shows the correctwiring. The terminal connections are also given. The spindle ispowered from 220VAC and the rest of the machine is powered from230VAC. Drawing 413-0003-115 shows how it is wound. The motor poweris derived from taps on the primary side of the unit. If yoususpect a bad transformer, please consult the wiring diagram whilechecking the resistance of the windings. A low resistance betweenthe non isolated secondary and the primary is to be expected.

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

HURCO FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: April 30, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1180

SUBJECT: Unclamp Switch SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 25 & 30K PAGE 1 OF 1

As most of you know we have a new style tool changer on the BMC25 and 30K lines. This new tool changer uses a plastic toolfinger. On occasion these have been known to break if the toolshould stick in the spindle taper. As part of the solution tothis problem engineering has created a three stage unclampcylinder. This will knock the tool free of the taper.

This revised set up procedure is a further precaution againstbreakage. To perform this set up you will need a shell end millor similar large tool Insure that all cutters have been removedfrom the tool before you start. You will also need a piece ofwood sturdy enough to support the head. (A 4" square blockshould do).

Start by gaining access to the unclamp cylinder. Insert tool into spindle then jog head down until tool rests on the woodblock. You will have some pressure on the wood but do not letmotion error activate. Then in ATC DIAGNOSTICS command thespindle to unclamp. This should simulate a stuck toolcondition. If the unclamp cylinder lifts the head reduce theair pressure until it no longer lifts the head. You may have tobypass the air pressure switch to allow the servos to remain on.Once the machine is in a stuck tool condition set the unclampswitch so that it is on the edge of closing.

Test the unclamp switch adjustment several times to insure thatthe switch does not close if tool is stuck. You can do this bycommanding clamp and unclamp from ATC DIAGNOSTICS screen whilemonitoring the switch. When you are satisfied that adjustmentsare correct, return Machine to its normal operating condition.Be certain that the air pressure switch and regulator are setcorrectly.

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie Leffew Ken Borgmeyer

REVISED BY:

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: MAY 16, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1181

SUBJECT: RS232 SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: ALL PAGE 1 OF 1

We have had several reports of RS232 cables having been plugged in thewrong direction.

Gentlemen when HURCO ships a new machine the cables are disconnected fromthe printed circuit boards. This is done to prevent any undo strain onthe boards during shipment to their new homes. When you are doing theinstall please insure that all connectors are plugged in correctly. Mostare "D" style connectors and can not be installed backwards. This is notthe case on the graphics and text CRT connectors nor the RS232 connector.The two CRT connectors will be obvious if they are wrong. You get blankdisplays. The RS232 will not function if in backwards. You will notknow this until some one needs to use the communication feature.

When you install a machine or are in on a service call please check tosee if the RS232 is correct. If you examine the connector you will seean arrow on the pin 1 end of the plug and on the jack. These arrows willneed to be aligned. This should help prevent problems if the customerdecides to use his serial ports at a later date.

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie Leffew

ORIGINATOR: Randall BryantREVISED BY:

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 6, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1182

SUBJECT: AXIS MISWIRE SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM3/P PAGE 1 OF 2

A wiring mistake has been found on some of the machines made in the first half of this year.Please note not all machines have this problem, but the number that do is not known. If you have amachine that is miscounting over a long run of parts and it was made this year then this is morethan likely what's wrong. In other cases check wile you are in the shop to ensure the wiring iscorrect.

What happened was the shielding was not terminated correctly.

Note: this only applies to the machine with the new max 400 amplifiers.

Please check and or do the following as needed:

1: At the amplifier (all three)

a: At P1-1 (VCS+) The shield wire was hooked to P1-1, Disconnect the shield at this end and shorten and dress the cable.

b: P3-1 (TG-)P3-2 (TG+) tachometer,P3-4 (MT-)P3-5 (MT+) Motor,

Strip the cable jackets and solder the shield drain wire from both cables to an 18 gawhite wire. Connect the new drain wire to P3-3 (com).

2: At TB6:

a: Remove the GRN/YEL wires. that go to TB7 as shown.

TB6-1 to TB7-7TB6-13 to TB7-6TB6-26 to TB7-5

b: Add gray 14ga wires as shown.

TB6-1 to TB4-34TB6-13 to TB4-35TB6-25 to TB4-36

c: Add two Wago jumpers to TB4-34-35-36 (part number 406-4006-003)

FSB1182 page 2 of 2

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JUNE 13, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1183

SUBJECT: MACHINE CONFIGURATION PROBLEMS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50 WITH 8.5 OR LATER PAGE 1 OF 1

It has been found in manufacturing that if power is applied tothe machine with the J1 connector for the personality boarddisconnected, the control will re-configure itself incorrectly.

On power-up the control looks to the switch settings on the CRPboard for verification of some of the parameters it has storedin memory. If it does not see these switches, ie. the cable tothe CRP board is disconnected, it will configure the machine forjust about any possible combination of machine options. In mostcases when the cable is re-connected the control will NOT returnto the correct configuration.

To stop this from happening always make sure the cable from J1on the personality board to J2 on the CRP board is connectedprior to applying power to the machine. If it is necessary todisconnect this cable for trouble shooting purposes make sureyou check the machine for correct configuration afterreconnecting.

ORIGINATOR: Mike GarlickREVISED BY:

DATE: June 23, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1184-A

SUBJECT: CRT Controller PCB 2 SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1184

PRODUCT LINE: PAGE 1 OF 1

The CRT Controller PCB 1 (415-0174-001) when failing, is being replaced with the CRT Controller PCB 2(415-0174-002). All connectors will correspond the same, except for the power supply "J4".

You will also need to order this 6 Position Wago Plug PN 406-4005-061.

To install:1.) Cut the AMP female plug from the power supply harness.2.) Strip 1/4" from each of the six wires.3.) Insert the wires into the Wago terminal , as follows:

PIN WIRE COLOR SIGNAL

1 Gray GND2 Yellow +5V3 Blue RST4 Brown +12V5 Orange -12V6 Gray GND

Note: below is the jumper configuration. bold is standard configuration. EXAMPLE To go to "LocalMode" remove jumper 1-2 on X1B jumper.

Mode X1B jumper

Line 1-2Local 1-*

Mode X1A jumper

60Hz 1-250Hz 1-*

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Fred GrossREVISED BY: Brock Rexing

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: July 18, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1185

SUBJECT: Max 400 Servo Amp SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM3/P & Rebuilt machines PAGE 1 OF 2

All amps in the field, including all KM3/P machines shippedbetween 12/90 thru 6/91 and also several of the rebuilt machinesshould be checked for this modification when making a servicecall.

The mod is to remove C12 and C13 from the Power Amp PCB tocorrect a problem with output FETs ringing thus resulting in theamp blowing.

All drives in machines shipped from July '91 have the lastestchanges.

Note that the current output signal (MCO) that is used todisplay the axis load bar on the CRT is not scaled properly.This problem is being investigated and will be corrected once aresolution has been found.

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY: Matt Warner

FSB 1185 PAGE 2 of 2

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: July 29, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1186

SUBJECT: Lead Screw Map Initialization, v8.51 SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50 PAGE 1 OF 1

DESCRIPTION: A modification was made to the lead screw mapstructure in version 8.51. This change altered the lead screw map structure stored in memory. An upgrade to v8.51, therefore invalidates the v8.50 or earlier lead screw map stored in memory.

The maximum axis travel supported by the lead screw map follow:

X = 54"Y = 30"Z = 28"

NOTE - AXIS TRAVEL SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE LEAD SCREW MAP LIMITS.

SOLUTION: - Verify that you have a valid lead screw map on diskette. Compare the lead screw map with a

hard copy printout. If one is not available make one from the current lead screw map residing on the machine.

- Load lead screw map from disk, if it loads ok then you have a valid disk. Verify that the loaded map matches the printout made earlier. If the lead screw map does not load, then you will have to enter map manually after upgrade.

- Install version 8.51.

- If this is a new memory board then CLEAR RAM DISK

- Load map from disk if valid or enter it manually. Verify that the loaded map matches printout.

- Write lead screw file onto disk and updatelabel with date, "V8.51", and name of person.

ORIGINATOR: Mark L. KolpREVISED BY:

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: JULY 26 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1187

SUBJECT: Chain Roller SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20 to 50 PAGE 1 OF 2

Gentlemen,

I have received several questions and suggestions dealing withchain roller failures. We have found a problem with some of theshafts used on BMC machines. These shafts have been determinedto be "soft". They should be hardened to a ROCKWELL C 50 - 55.

If you experience a failure of these shafts you should replaceall four shafts and the needle bearings. Also check for damageto the chain rollers. Replace them if necessary. Part numberscan be found in the manuals. If not, then call service.

I have received several suggestions to add a grease fitting tothe chain roller shafts. Although engineering feels that it isnot necessary, we can add grease fittings if the customer wantsthem. Please follow the instructions on the drawing below.

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: July 30, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1188

SUBJECT: Parametrics Digital Reversing Card SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All with parametrics PAGE 1 OF 1

We are currently using a new style digital reversing card in theparajust drives as the original style is no longer available.There has been some confusion on the proper installation ofthese new style boards. To help clarify this situation pleaserefer to the following when replacing this card.

1. Remove jumper between terminal 4 and 5 of TB-6.2. Remove white jumper on terminal 3 of TB-6.3. Adjust potientiometer R4 to full CW position.4. Connect reversing wire to terminal 2 of TB-6.5. If spindle runs backwards swap two motor output wires.6. Program several tap cycles and verify proper operation.

This will help clarify proper installation of the digitalreversing card. Please note the following part numbersfor reference:

402-6002-006 Parajust "A" (5 HP)402-6005-006 Parajust "B" (7.5/10 HP)

ORIGINATOR: Mark G. BullingtonREVISED BY:

DATE: May 18, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1189A

SUBJECT: Z AXIS CRT ASSEMBLY SUPERSEDES NUMBER: FSB 1189TIN 1007

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MAX 2 CONTROLS PAGE 1 OF 2

Hurco now uses a new supplier for the 12 inch CRT's used in the Max 1 and 2 controls. The CRT's can beidentified by a large rear panel, this will accommodate the Z Axis assembly. The part number for this larger rearCRT panel is 002-3994-004, and must be used with the Display Technology CRT's as well as the Z Axis CRT's.The part numbers for the Z Axis CRT's are as follows.

TEXT CRT 425 0001 013GRAPHICS CRT 425 0001 014

If the control has Z Axis CRT's they may be adjusted using the following procedure.

R-101 Contrast.

R-304 Vert. Size- Adjust the display open and close vertically.

R-307 Vert. Sizes- Adjust vertical size of the characters at top and bottom of the display.

R-401 Horz. Width- Adjust the width of Horizontal position. This is a coil not a pot.

R-406 Horz. Cent- Adjust the horizontal position of the display. This is fine adj.

R-410 Horz. Freq- Adjust the horizontal position of the display. This is the coarse adjustment.

R-421 Focus- Focus adjust.

R-425 Bright- Adjust the brightness.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Richard ArthurREVISED BY: Richard Arthur

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

The only other difference is the Z Axis CRT has it's ribbon cable soldered on the PC board using theexisting cable. Route the wires from the top of the board, through the holes and solder at the bottom.The following is the wire color code for the Z Axis CRT.

1) Red 2) n/c 3) n/c 4) n/c 5) Yellow 6) Violet 7) Brown and Orange (2 wires) 8) Green 9) White10) Gray

Remove the black and blue wires and attach them to the center stud as ground wires. The ribboncable is attached to the PC board with a tie wrap, using the two holes at right side of the board.

CRT

FSB 1189-A Page 2 of 2

DATE: June 22, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1189B

SUBJECT: Z AXIS CRT ASSEMBLY SUPERSEDES NUMBER: FSB 1189ATIN 1007

PRODUCT LINE: ALL MAX 2 CONTROLS PAGE 1 OF 2

The Max 1 & 2 Text and Graphics CRT's are now shipping with a 10 Pos Header Socket (P3) on the circuitPCB. In the past Customers and Field Service were instructed to cut the exsisting 10 Pin Plug from the ribboncable and solder the wires direct to the CRT. This is no longer in effect with the new CRT's.

If a Z-Axis CRT fails, and the wires were soldered to the PCB, you will need to order the customer a ribboncable along with a replacement CRT. This allows for a relative simple removal and installation process in thefuture.

423-6141-001 Ribbon cable Assy, Text CRT to CRT Cnt'l PCB423-6139-002 Ribbon Cable Assy, Graphics CRT to FPCC PCB425 0001 013 Text CRT425 0001 014 Graphics CRT

Note: If replacing an orginal Elston CRT, you will need to order the Back Plate Mounting Assy Kit to accomodate the Z-Axis CRT into the console. Part Number 002-3994-004,

The Z-Axis CRT's may be adjusted using the following procedure and diagram on the following page.

R-101 Contrast.

R-304 Vert. Size- Adjust the display open and close vertically.

R-307 Vert. Lines- Adjust vertical size of the characters at top and bottom of the display.

L-401 Horz. Width- Adjust the width of Horizontal position. This is a coil not a pot.

R-406 Horz. Phase- Adjust the horizontal position fine adj.

R-410 Horz. Freq.- Adjust the horizontal position coarse adjustment.

R-421 Focus- Focus adjust.

R-425 Bright- Adjust the brightness.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Richard ArthurREVISED BY: Brock Rexing

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

1 P3P2

R101

R304

R307

R425

R421

R406

R410

L401

F10

** NOTE PIN #1

NOTE: The Brown wire on the Ribbon cable is oriented to Pin 1 (J3).

WARNINGEnsure Proper Connection and Orientation of Ribbon Cables. Damage may occur if cables

are not plugged in properly!

NOTE: Before turning on Power, check the other end of the Ribbon Cable, to ensureproper orientation, Brown to Pin 1.

Text CRT J3 to CRT Controller PCB P1. Brown to Pin 1 each end. !

Graphics CRT J3 to Front Panel Cable Connect (FPCC) PCB P55. Brown to Pin 1 each end !

FSB 1189-B Page 2 of 2

DATE: December 1, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1189C

SUBJECT: Z Axis CRT Assembly SUPERSEDES NUMBER:1189B/A &TIN 1007

PRODUCT LINE: All Max 2 controls PAGE 1 OF 3

423-6141-001 Ribbon cable Assy, Text CRT to CRT Cnt'l PCB423-6139-002 Ribbon Cable Assy, Graphics CRT to FPCC PCB425 0001 013 Text CRT425 0001 014 Graphics CRT

Note: If replacing an orginal Elston CRT, you will need to order the Back Plate Mounting Assy Kit to accomodate the Z-Axis CRT into the console. Part Number 002-3994-004, this kit now contains ground wire to be added per print on page 3 of this FSB.

The Z-Axis CRT's may be adjusted using the following procedure and diagram on the following page.

R-101 Contrast.

R-304 Vert. Size- Adjust the display open and close vertically.

R-307 Vert. Lines- Adjust vertical size of the characters at top and bottom of the display.

L-401 Horz. Width- Adjust the width of Horizontal position. This is a coil not a pot.

R-406 Horz. Phase- Adjust the horizontal position fine adj.

R-410 Horz. Freq.- Adjust the horizontal position coarse adjustment.

R-421 Focus- Focus adjust.

R-425 Bright- Adjust the brightness.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Richard ArthurREVISED BY: Brock Rexing

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

1 P3P2

R101

R304

R307

R425

R421

R406

R410

L401

F10

** NOTE PIN #1

NOTE: The Brown wire on the Ribbon cable is oriented to Pin 1 (J3).

WARNINGEnsure Proper Connection and Orientation of Ribbon Cables. Damage may occur if cables

are not plugged in properly!

NOTE: Before turning on Power, check the other end of the Ribbon Cable, to ensureproper orientation, Brown to Pin 1.

Text CRT J3 to CRT Controller PCB P1. Brown to Pin 1 each end. !

Graphics CRT J3 to Front Panel Cable Connect (FPCC) PCB P55. Brown to Pin 1 each end !

FSB 1189C Page 2 of 3

REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.

P.I.N.

RELEASEREV

BYREV DATE

BYCHK DATE

BYAPPD DATE DF

CN7103

002-3822-051 1

ANGULAR ± 0ANGULAR °30'.0000 ±.0005.000 ±.0050.00 ±.0150.0 ±.0300

UNIT OF MEAS.

SCALE SIZE

CDRAWING SHT. REV.

DRAWN DATE CHECKED DATE APPROVED DATE

DESCRIPTION

SURFACE TREATMENT

HEAT TREATMENT

FIRST USED ON

HURCO

THIRD ANGLEPROJECTION

EXCEPT AS NOTED:ALL DIMENSIONS

IN INCHESTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

BREAK ALLSHARP EDGES

HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.INDIANAPOLIS, IN U.S.A.~

~MAX 2

NONE

SCHEMATIC, MAX 2 CONSOLE GROUNDING

002-3822-0511

THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONREV.

SHT.DRAWINGSIZE

21SEP93FWG

12836A

TO POWER CABINET

CONSOLEUPPER HALF

LOWER HALFCONSOLE

REAR PANEL

MACHINE CONTROL PCB

PROGRAM ENTRY PCB

(SINGLE POINT)

BLACK

NOTES:

1. ALL CHASSIS GROUND CONNECTIONS ARE GREEN/YELLOW WIRE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.2. CHASSIS GROUND CONNECTIONS APPLY TO THE FOLLOWING ASSEMBLIES: a. 002-3994-004 b. 002-3301-012 c. 002-3301-011 d. 002-3301-010 e. 002-3301-009

BLACK

Add Wire's

FSB 1189C Page 3 of 3

ORIGINATOR: Bill BaitingerREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOUSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO

ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: September 16, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1190

SUBJECT: Knee mill pulley clutch shaft retrofit kit SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Knee mills PAGE 1 OF 1

There are two styles of "timing belts" used in the head of kneemills. The old style belt has square groove teeth and the lateststyle belt is an HTD style (small round teeth). Because of thedifference in belts, the pulley clutch shaft and timing pulleyalso have to match the tooth style. Since the only style pulleyclutch shaft we can get is the HTD style, I have come up with aretrofit kit to convert the square groove machines to HTD (hightorque drive). We will continue to sell square groove belts andsquare groove pulleys separately if a customer wants them but,we can not supply the square groove pulley clutch shaft # 713-0016-042.

If you are trying to order a 713-0016-042 pulley clutch shaft(square groove) a cross reference will tell you to order 002-2542-001 ass'y K-mill timing belt retrofit kit. This kitcontains the following

713-0016-145 Pulley clutch shaft HTD713-0016-146 Timing belt pulley HTD713-0016-147 Timing belt HTD

FYI: The HTD (high torque drive) belt is a positive drive beltwith better power transmission characteristics and longer life.That is the reason our supplier only makes the HTD style now.

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO

ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: September 19, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1191

SUBJECT: Push Stud SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20 to 50 PAGE 1 OF 1

Gentlemen:

Recently we have had several cases where the Push Stud and LockNut have come loose during operation of the spindle. When thishappens the stud will work its way down against the top of thespindle and weld itself to the spindle. This then necessitateschanging the draw bar and occasionally the spindle cartridge.

Please locktite the pushstud into knock out cylindar shaft andlocktite the locknut to the pushstud any time you are working onthe head or doing an install of a machine. Record this in yourservice report

ORIGINATOR: Matt WarnerREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOUSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO

ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: October 2, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1192

SUBJECT: Transformer fuses SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: As noted in text PAGE 1 OF 1

The Shape Electronics transformer, Z1301, p/n 413-0003-104 hasthree fuses on the output side. There have been reports ofintermittent losses of power due to poor contact between thefuse and the contact point at the bottom of the fuse holder.Manufacturing is removing the springs and stretching them inorder to increase the life of a good contact. It is recommendedthat the same be done on the machines with this type oftransformer. Engineering will pursue a correction with thevendor.

This unit is found in: CNC cabinets with MRP & ARP boards BMC/MAX 3 CNC cabinets BMC 40SX Prototype BMC 40SLV Power cabinets KM5P CNC cabinets MB-2 Rebuilds MB-1S to MD-1 Reworks MB-1 Rework

DATE: March 6, 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1193-A

SUBJECT: Modification to Voltage Divider PCB E2104016 SUPERSEDES NUMBER: 1193

PRODUCT LINE: TRM21 TRM39 EP300CP EDM PAGE 1 OF 2

The following inspection and modifications to the Voltage Divider PCB(E2104016) is to completed on ALL TRM21 / TRM39 EP300CP EDM machines withserial number prefix of PC or PE.

This modification shall be preformed on the EDM machines as service isrequired.

Refer to page 2 for the artwork layout of pcb.

Add 2 links ( jumpers ) to either the front or back side of PCB as shownon page 2.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Brock RexingREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY

THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1193-A Page 2 of 2

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOUSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO

ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: December 4, 1991 ISSUE NUMBER: 1194

SUBJECT: Transformer Cover SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: SLV 40 PAGE 1 OF 1

Recently a potential problem was discovered with the cover plateused on the SLV 40 transformer. There is a notch cut into thecover to allow the power cord to pass. This notch needs to bewidened to approximately 2" for good clearance.

At your first opportunity please correct this on the SLV40's inyour area. Inspect the wiring for damage, and take correctiveaction as needed. As always please note the work done on aservice report. This will be done on all machines underconstruction at HURCO MFG.

DATE: January 31, 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1195

SUBJECT: Lube Modification SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM5P PAGE 1 OF 1

The checking function of the meter units to the head assembly isnot working properly. Therefore, it will be necessary to installan additional check valve to the line that feeds the head. Removethe line from the three port junction, at the left side of themachine base, that goes into the base to the head area. Acompression nut and sleeve will be required in order to make theconnection to the check valve.

It has also been found that an excess of lube from the Z ballsleevefor the shift lever will wash the grease from the spindle bearings.It has been decided to remove the ballsleeve lube line from thefive port manifold in the head and plug it. This plug has astandard thread that should thread into the manifold. The correctplug is metric and more costly. Use it if the stock on the otheris depleted.

Parts list:

502-0130-006 check valve713-0020-097 compression nut713-0020-098 compression sleeve506-3023-005 closure plug713-0021-323 closure plug (metric)

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Matt WarnerREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY

THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: June 9 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1196

SUBJECT: TYPE 1 ATC OVER SHOOT FIX SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 25 TO 30 and SLV 40 PAGE 1 OF 1

Some HURCO machines have experienced an overshoot problem on themagazine rotation on TYPE 1 ATC's. The Type 1 ATC has plasticfingers and no vertical movement of magazine. Engineering has asolution for this problem.

The solution to this problem is as follows;

1. Install new motor to new bracket with (2) M5 x 45 SHCS, (2) M5 nuts, and lock washers.

2. Mount motor and bracket assembly to plate and Geneva drive using existing hardware and coupling. Use new drive key supplied with motor.

3. Replace 12 mfd capacitor with 7.5 mfd cap.

4. Remove brake pack and cover socket with label.

5. Connect motor white wire to white wire of supply. This is common lead. Connect motor red wire to red wire of supply. Connect motor black wire to black wire of supply.If magazine runs backwards reverse red and black wires.

6. Make a note on their ATC Relay PCB V2 Schematic of the changes.Include capacitor value, brake pack removal, and motor wire colors.

Part Number of Retrofit Kit 002-4107-003

Part numbers (listed for reference only).ATC gear motor 401-3002-002Bracket for new motor 802-2602-023Capacitor 7.5 MFD 401-3002-003

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY

THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB XXX Page 2 of 3

Label No brake Pack required 703-1005-379

DATE: June 23, 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1197

SUBJECT: Counterweight Noise SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20 to 50, SLV40 PAGE 1 OF 2

On occasion a HURCO machining center counterweight will "BANG" against the column as the headtravels. This is caused by the counterweight not hanging parallel to the column walls and as the headmoves the weight will start swinging. To solve this problem you will need to determine which waythe weight is out of parallel with the column; either left to right, front to back, or possibly both.Follow the appropriate instructions below.

LEFT to RIGHT.

With the weight out left to right the preferred solution is to adjust the length of the chains to bring itsquare to column. This can be done with the "adjusting bolt" which attaches the chain to the top ofthe head. You must have as much of the adjusting bolt threaded into the head casting as possible. Ifthis does not allow enough adjustment bring it as close as possible, and test the machine to see if aproblem still exists. If it does, then follow the "rail mod" instructions on page two.

FRONT to BACK.

If the counterweight is out front to back, determine if it is hitting at the front or the back of column.If it hits at the front of the column then change the rear chain roller sprocket to the next largerdiameter sprocket. This will move the counterweight assembly about one quarter inch to the rear.

If the weight is hitting at the rear of the column then follow the "rail mod" instructions on page two.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY

THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

RAIL MODIFICATIONS

After you have determined where the counterweight is hitting and the instructions given above do notcure the problem, then fabricate guide rails for the counter weight.

First measure the inside height of the column. You will need two pieces (per side that needs theguides) of flat bar stock of this length. This stock needs to be thick enough to prevent thecounterweight from swinging but not cause it to bind up. This stock is normally .25" - .375" thickand 1.5" or more wide. You will also need a 2" long piece of the same material per rail to attachthese rails to the top of the column. Drill and tap two holes in one end of each rail. Drill two holes inthe small pieces to attach them to the long rails. These pieces are attached at 90 degrees. Also drilltwo holes in the small pieces to attach the assembly to the top of the column. Don't forget to drill andtap the column top also. Insert the assemblies between the weight and the side of the column and boltthem in place. The rails need to be placed so that they guide the counterweight and prevent it frombanging into the column or rails. Test the changes thoroughly.

As with any work done on the machines include the information in the service report.

FSB 1197 Page 2 of 2

DATE: July 27, 1992 ISSUE NUMBER: 1198

SUBJECT: Ultimax 3 DC Power Supply SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC20-50 PAGE 1 OF 1

Starting in August, the Deltron power supply (413-0008-013), used in all Ultimax 3 machines, will havea Wago connector in place of the screw terminals for the DC outputs. This version of the supply will beRev. "C".

When replacement of a Rev. "A" or "B" supply must be made using a Rev. "C" supply, the mating Wagoconnector will be required to modify the harness in that machine. Assembly 002-4107-004 has beencreated for Field use, this kit contains the power supply 413-0008-013 and one 12 position Wagoconnector 406-4005-067. Please see drawing 423-6807-003 page 2 for pin out information.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Dale ClarkREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE BY

THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: July 21, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1199

SUBJECT: CRP3 PCB Modification SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 20-50 PAGE 1 OF 1

On February 22, 1993 Manufacturing Notice 3788 reworked the CRP3 relay boards to revision E.This modification tied pin 1 of M2, M4, and M6 to 24 VDC return on pin 19 of M2, M4, and M6. It waslater discovered that this induced an offset during the axis balance setup. On March 13, 1993Manufacturing Notice 3792 came out with a new modification for CRP3 and rescinded ManufacturingNotice 3788. Basically the new modification removes 24 VDC return from the ground side of the loadmonitor input and instead ties the 12 VDC isolated voltage return in its place.

Note, the revision letter for the 415-0224-004 CRP3 board was marked revision E for both modifications.

Any MAX3 machines with erratic load meters and especially those shipped in February or March1993 which are experiencing load meter problems or axis balance problems with a large offset should havethe CRP modifications checked and reworked. This modification corrects an oversight from the originalCRP3 board design. Functionally the CRP3 load meter circuit will be identical to CRP2 with the addition ofthis modification.

Modification:

1. Use approximately 1/2" of wire wrap wire and solder pin 3 of U4 to C36 pin 2 (top). Tack Pack thewire to the PCB as required.

2. Use approximately 1/2" of wire wrap wire and solder pin 10 of U4 to C35 pin 1 (top). Tack Pack thewire to the PCB as required.

3. Use approximately 1/2" of wire wrap wire and solder pin 3 of U5 to C37 pin 1 (top). Tack Pack thewire to the PCB as required.

4. Ensure that pins 1 and 19 of M2, M4 and M6 are not tied together as described on ManufacturingNotice 3788.

5. Change the revision level to "E".

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: August 11, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1200

SUBJECT: Replacement of Spindle Oil Cooler SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30-50 PAGE 1 OF 1

The following parts are needed for field installation of the new design oil cooler:

ItemDescription Part Number Quantity1) Fitting, 90 degree elbow (3/8T-1/4 M.P.) 506-3009-039 4 ea.2) Tubing, 3/8 O.D. 508-2001-005 25 feet3) Oil Cooler 504-5001-005 1 ea.4) Brace, splash guard 802-2618-004 1 ea.

Field replacement of the new oil cooler requires the following steps:

1. The original mounting plate needs to be drilled to facilitate the new oil cooler. Due toinconsistency in hole location, it is best to set the new oil cooler in and mark the hole pattern fromit. Then drill the original base and bolt on the new oil cooler. You may use your discretion on themounting bolts.

2. The original oil lines will be of insufficient length and must be replaced. Fittings and tubing arelisted with the parts above.

3. The original wiring should be of sufficient length and may be used. The new design oil unit iswired to receive 220 VAC single phase. On most of our machines 208 VAC single phase is theactual voltage supplied and is sufficient for this application.

4. The splash guard brace should be installed from the column to the splash guard using the one bolthole end to any available screw on the column, as close to the level of the original brace aspossible. The splash guard will need to have holes drilled to accommodate the two screws at its endof the brace.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Richard ArthurREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE

BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: October 29, 1993 ISSUE NUMBER: 1201

SUBJECT: Max3 Keyboards SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Ultimax 3 Controls PAGE 1 OF 1

Replacement keytops are now available for repairing Ultimax 3 keyboards. This will eliminate the needfor a complete keyboard replacement when any of the keys break off. The part numbers for ordering thespecific keytops required are listed below. Please note that when these keytops break, the plastic tang(shaped like an “+”) usually breaks off flush with the pushbutton actuator. This will require taking aneedle and heating the tip so it can be inserted at an angle into the center of the broken “+” tang. Whenthe needle cools the broken tang should easily pull out with the needle. Carefully snap the new keytopinto place to complete the repair.

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

609-0514-001 Keytop, Enter (1.25 x2) Dk.Gray 609-0514-011 Keytop, “2”609-0514-002 Keytop, “0” (Zero) 609-0514-012 Keytop, “1”609-0514-003 Keytop, (1 x 2) Dk.Gray 609-0514-013 Keytop, “.” (Decimal Point)609-0514-004 Keytop, (1 x 2) Lt. Gray 609-0514-014 Keytop, “X” (Multiply Sign)609-0514-005 Keytop, “8” 609-0514-015 Keytop, “/” (Divide Sign)609-0514-006 Keytop, “7” 609-0514-016 Keytop, “-” (Minus Sign)609-0514-007 Keytop, “6” or “9” 609-0514-017 Keytop, “+” (Plus Sign)609-0514-008 Keytop, “5” 609-0514-018 Keytop, (Arrow)609-0514-009 Keytop, “4” 609-0514-019 Keytop, (1 x 1) Dk.Gray609-0514-010 Keytop, “3” 609-0514-020 Keytop, (1 x 1) Lt. Gray

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Mark BullingtonREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: January 4, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1202

SUBJECT: Clairex Switch SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM1/HM1 PAGE 1 OF 1

The Clairex optical switch (418-0003-001) used on KM1/HM1 machines is no longer available. Thisswitch was used for axis over travel and marker inputs on the KM1 machine, and for over travel on theM1.

The only switches that are required for the machine to function are the marker switches and a switch foreach axis to calibrate, (Z+, X-, Y-). If you encounter a machine that needs the switch replaced thefollowing two (2) options exist.

1. Use one of the existing switches on the machine that are not required for machine operation, (Z-,X+, Y+).

2. A possible replacement that may be used is the magnetic proximity switch (418-5002-004) that wasused on KMB1’s thru KM3’s. In order for this switch to be used an alternate mounting bracket andswitch dog will need to be fabricated. Wire the switch as follows:

SWITCH WIRE KM1 LS PCB M1 LS HARNESSBLACK (-)COMMON

D OR E P12-4

RED (+)5VDC

A OR B P12-5

WHITE(LOAD)

C P12-2(+LS) OR P12-3(-LS)

NOTE: IF OPTION 2 IS DONE, PLEASE FORWARD A COPY OF THE BRACKET ANDSWITCH DOG DESIGN BACK TO HURCO, SO THAT WE MAY OFFER THIS AS PARTOF A KIT IN THE FUTURE.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE

BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: Jan. 4, 1994 1203

SUBJECT: SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: PAGE 1 OF 1

Tool release knock out " tool push out " can be measured and adjusted per the following information.

Push Out Amount.

BMC 20 LR, 30, 40, 50.OEM 20 LR, 30, 40, 50BMC's with the "TYPE 1" tool changer .080" to .100 "

If the machine is working correctly with its present setup there is no need to adjust it.

Push out should be checked with an indicator. The air blast through the spindle will need to bedisconnected and plugged during the check and adjustment. Do not forget to reconnect the air blastafterwards.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: L. LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: February 3, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1204

SUBJECT: KM5D Input Power SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk KM5D PAGE 1 OF 1

The new Knee Mill, KM5D “HAWK” can only be ordered from the factory as 230 VAC 3 Phase, 60Hz. If your customer has a different incoming service, the distributor or customer needs to supply a9KVA transformer that will convert their 3 phase plant line voltage to 230 VAC/3 Phase/60 Hz. Hurcosuggests using a local supply suorce as an economical alternative. Example: G.E. Supply #9T21A4015.G.E. can be reached at 1-800-273-7313. Hurco will not be stocking any transformers for this purpose.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: February 7, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1205

SUBJECT: MTE Removal/Replacement SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM3/3P PAGE 1 OF 2

KM3/3P MOTOR/TACH/ENCODER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

1. If possible, move axis to a position providing easy access to the motor being removed.

2. Switch the Main Disconnect Switch to OFF.

3. Remove the servo conduit cable connector from the motor assembly. (Refer to Figure 1 for the location of the various components.)

4. Remove the motor junction box cover.

5. Locate pins “L”, “S”, “K”, and “H” on the motor receptacle. (Refer to Figure 1, View AA.)

6. Using the pin extraction tool, remove the pins from the motor receptacle, being careful to note the color of the wire, and which location of the receptacle it was removed from. Also be extremely careful not to damage the pin or wire during removal.

7. Remove the cord grip lock nut that secures the cord grip to the motor junction box.

8. Carefully remove the cable from the junction box.

9. Remove the motor.

10. Install the new motor.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN704-0001-589

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

11. Install the limit switch cable and cord grip to the motor junction box, and tighten the cord grip lock nut.

12. Using a small screwdriver to facilitate installation, insert the pins that were removed in step 6, into the motor receptacle. Be sure that the wire colors match the correct locations.

13. Replace the junction box cover and reconnect the servo conduit cable to the motor.

14. Switch the Main Disconnect Switch to ON.

15. Check the motor, encoder, and limit switches for proper operation by SLOWLY jogging the axis to each switch.

FIGURE 1

MOTOR CONNECTOR RECEPTACLE

CORD GRIP

JUNCTION BOX

20-16

END VIEW

VIEW A-A

FSB 1205 Page 2 of 2

DATE: March 30, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1206

SUBJECT: Hawk 5D Machine Control Prameters SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5D PAGE 1 OF 35

The following table shows the default parameters for the 10M control when used for the Hawk 5D KneeMill.

Reference Part 3 of the Dynapath Installation Guide for Delta 10M/20M Computer NumericalControls for Multi-Axes Milling Machines and Machining Centers for parameter descriptions andediting information.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

Addr Value Addr Value Addr Value Addr Value Addr ValueHex Byte Hex Byte Hex Byte Hex Byte Hex Byte0000 03 0030 01 0060 00 0090 00 00C0 000001 00 0031 50 0061 31 0091 00 00C1 FF0002 01 0032 01 0062 02 0092 01 00C2 FF0003 01 0033 00 0063 00 0093 00 00C3 FF0004 00 0034 00 0064 10 0094 00 00C4 FF0005 01 0035 50 0065 00 0095 00 00C5 FF0006 01 0036 01 0066 02 0096 FF 00C6 FF0007 01 0037 00 0067 00 0097 FF 00C7 FF0008 02 0038 04 0068 00 0098 FF 00C8 FF0009 03 0039 06 0069 00 0099 FF 00C9 FF000A 10 003A 40 006A 02 009A FF 00CA FF000B 50 003B 00 006B 00 009B FF 00CB FF000C 01 003C 05 006C 10 009C 01 00CC FF000D 01 003D 10 006D 13 009D 50 00CD FF000E 01 003E 00 006E 77 009E FF 00CE FF000F 12 003F FF 006F 00 009F FF 00CF FF0010 02 0040 00 0070 00 00A0 18 00D0 FF0011 50 0041 04 0071 00 00A1 00 00D1 FF0012 01 0042 00 0072 02 00A2 01 00D2 FF0013 00 0043 01 0073 00 00A3 00 00D3 FF0014 00 0044 01 0074 10 00A4 00 00D4 FF0015 50 0045 01 0075 06 00A5 50 00D5 FF0016 01 0046 00 0076 02 00A6 07 00D6 FF0017 00 0047 01 0077 00 00A7 20 00D7 FF0018 02 0048 00 0078 00 00A8 00 00D8 FF0019 03 0049 00 0079 00 00A9 10 00D9 FF001A 20 004A 00 007A 10 00AA 00 00DA FF001B 00 004B 00 007B 00 00AB 00 00DB FF001C 05 004C 00 007C 10 00AC 10 00DC FF001D 10 004D 00 007D 00 00AD 10 00DD FF001E 00 004E 00 007E 10 00AE 00 00DE FF001F FF 004F 00 007F 00 00AF 00 00DF FF0020 02 0050 01 0080 00 00B0 FF 00E0 FF0021 50 0051 00 0081 00 00B1 FF 00E1 FF0022 01 0052 40 0082 10 00B2 FF 00E2 FF0023 00 0053 00 0083 00 00B3 FF 00E3 FF0024 00 0054 40 0084 10 00B4 FF 00E4 000025 50 0055 00 0085 00 00B5 FF 00E5 000026 01 0056 80 0086 10 00B6 FF 00E6 FF0027 00 0057 00 0087 00 00B7 FF 00E7 000028 02 0058 80 0088 00 00B8 FF 00E8 000029 03 0059 00 0089 00 00B9 FF 00E9 00002A 20 005A 00 008A 10 00BA FF 00EA 00002B 00 005B 50 008B 00 00BB FF 00EB 25002C 05 005C 01 008C 10 00BC FF 00EC FF002D 10 005D 00 008D 00 00BD FF 00ED FF002E 00 005E 00 008E 10 00BE FF 00EE FF002F FF 005F 01 008F 00 00BF FF 00EF FF00F0 FF 0121 00 0152 00 0183 00 01B4 0000F1 FF 0122 00 0153 00 0184 00 01B5 00

00F2 FF 0123 00 0154 00 0185 00 01B6 0000F3 FF 0124 00 0155 00 0186 00 01B7 0000F4 FF 0125 00 0156 00 0187 00 01B8 0000F5 FF 0126 00 0157 00 0188 00 01B9 0000F6 FF 0127 00 0158 00 0189 00 01BA 0000F7 FF 0128 00 0159 00 018A 00 01BB 0000F8 FF 0129 00 015A 00 018B 00 01BC 0000F9 FF 012A 00 015B 00 018C 00 01BD 0000FA FF 012B 00 015C 00 018D 00 01BE 0000FB FF 012C 00 015D 00 018E 00 01BF 0000FC FF 012D 00 015E 00 018F 00 01C0 0000FD FF 012E 00 015F 00 0190 00 01C1 0000FE 01 012F 00 0160 00 0191 00 01C2 0000FF 00 0130 00 0161 00 0192 00 01C3 000100 00 0131 00 0162 00 0193 00 01C4 000101 00 0132 00 0163 00 0194 00 01C5 000102 00 0133 00 0164 00 0195 00 01C6 000103 01 0134 00 0165 00 0196 00 01C7 000104 00 0135 00 0166 00 0197 00 01C8 000105 00 0136 00 0167 00 0198 00 01C9 000106 00 0137 00 0168 00 0199 00 01CA 000107 00 0138 00 0169 00 019A 00 01CB 000108 00 0139 00 016A 00 019B 00 01CC 000109 00 013A 00 016B 00 019C 00 01CD 00010A 00 013B 00 016C 00 019D 00 01CE 00010B 00 013C 00 016D 00 019E 00 01CF 00010C 00 013D 00 016E 00 019F 00 01D0 00010D 00 013E 00 016F 00 01A0 00 01D1 00010E 00 013F 00 0170 00 01A1 00 01D2 00010F 00 0140 00 0171 00 01A2 00 01D3 000110 00 0141 00 0172 00 01A3 00 01D4 000111 00 0142 00 0173 00 01A4 00 01D5 000112 00 0143 00 0174 00 01A5 00 01D6 000113 00 0144 00 0175 00 01A6 00 01D7 000114 00 0145 00 0176 00 01A7 00 01D8 000115 00 0146 00 0177 00 01A8 00 01D9 000116 00 0147 00 0178 00 01A9 00 01DA 000117 00 0148 00 0179 00 01AA 00 01DB 000118 00 0149 00 017A 00 01AB 00 01DC 000119 00 014A 00 017B 00 01AC 00 01DD 00011A 00 014B 00 017C 00 01AD 00 01DE 00011B 00 014C 00 017D 00 01AE 00 01DF 00011C 00 014D 00 017E 00 01AF 00 01E0 00011D 00 014E 00 017F 00 01B0 00 01E1 00011E 00 014F 00 0180 00 01B1 00 01E2 00011F 00 0150 00 0181 00 01B2 00 01E3 000120 00 0151 00 0182 00 01B3 00 01E4 0001E5 00 0216 00 0247 00 0278 00 02A9 0001E6 00 0217 00 0248 00 0279 00 02AA 0001E7 00 0218 00 0249 00 027A 00 02AB 0001E8 00 0219 00 024A 00 027B 00 02AC 0001E9 00 021A 00 024B 00 027C 00 02AD 00

01EA 00 021B 00 024C 00 027D 00 02AE 0001EB 00 021C 00 024D 00 027E 00 02AF 0001EC 00 021D 00 024E 00 027F 00 02B0 0001ED 00 021E 00 024F 00 0280 00 02B1 0001EE 00 021F 00 0250 00 0281 00 02B2 0001EF 00 0220 00 0251 00 0282 00 02B3 0001F0 00 0221 00 0252 00 0283 00 02B4 0001F1 00 0222 00 0253 00 0284 00 02B5 0001F2 00 0223 00 0254 00 0285 00 02B6 0001F3 00 0224 00 0255 00 0286 00 02B7 0001F4 00 0225 00 0256 00 0287 00 02B8 0001F5 00 0226 00 0257 00 0288 00 02B9 0001F6 00 0227 00 0258 00 0289 00 02BA 0001F7 00 0228 00 0259 00 028A 00 02BB 0001F8 00 0229 00 025A 00 028B 00 02BC 0001F9 00 022A 00 025B 00 028C 00 02BD 0001FA 00 022B 00 025C 00 028D 00 02BE 0001FB 00 022C 00 025D 00 028E 00 02BF 0001FC 00 022D 00 025E 00 028F 00 02C0 0001FD 00 022E 00 025F 00 0290 00 02C1 0001FE 00 022F 00 0260 00 0291 00 02C2 0001FF 00 0230 00 0261 00 0292 00 02C3 000200 14 0231 00 0262 00 0293 00 02C4 000201 00 0232 00 0263 00 0294 00 02C5 000202 00 0233 00 0264 00 0295 00 02C6 000203 01 0234 00 0265 00 0296 00 02C7 000204 00 0235 00 0266 00 0297 00 02C8 000205 00 0236 00 0267 00 0298 00 02C9 000206 00 0237 00 0268 00 0299 00 02CA 000207 00 0238 00 0269 00 029A 00 02CB 000208 00 0239 00 026A 00 029B 00 02CC 000209 00 023A 00 026B 00 029C 00 02CD 00020A 00 023B 00 026C 00 029D 00 02CE 00020B 00 023C 00 026D 00 029E 00 02CF 00020C 00 023D 00 026E 00 029F 00 02D0 00020D 00 023E 00 026F 00 02A0 00 02D1 00020E 00 023F 00 0270 00 02A1 00 02D2 00020F 00 0240 00 0271 00 02A2 00 02D3 000210 00 0241 00 0272 00 02A3 00 02D4 000211 00 0242 00 0273 00 02A4 00 02D5 000212 00 0243 00 0274 00 02A5 00 02D6 000213 00 0244 00 0275 00 02A6 00 02D7 000214 00 0245 00 0276 00 02A7 00 02D8 000215 00 0246 00 0277 00 02A8 00 02D9 0002DA 00 030B 00 033C 00 036D 00 039E 0002DB 00 030C 00 033D 00 036E 00 039F 0002DC 00 030D 00 033E 00 036F 00 03A0 0002DD 00 030E 00 033F 00 0370 00 03A1 0002DE 00 030F 00 0340 00 0371 00 03A2 0002DF 00 0310 00 0341 00 0372 00 03A3 0002E0 00 0311 00 0342 00 0373 00 03A4 0002E1 00 0312 00 0343 00 0374 00 03A5 00

02E2 00 0313 00 0344 00 0375 00 03A6 0002E3 00 0314 00 0345 00 0376 00 03A7 0002E4 00 0315 00 0346 00 0377 00 03A8 0002E5 00 0316 00 0347 00 0378 00 03A9 0002E6 00 0317 00 0348 00 0379 00 03AA 0002E7 00 0318 00 0349 00 037A 00 03AB 0002E8 00 0319 00 034A 00 037B 00 03AC 0002E9 00 031A 00 034B 00 037C 00 03AD 0002EA 00 031B 00 034C 00 037D 00 03AE 0002EB 00 031C 00 034D 00 037E 00 03AF 0002EC 00 031D 00 034E 00 037F 00 03B0 0002ED 00 031E 00 034F 00 0380 00 03B1 0002EE 00 031F 00 0350 00 0381 00 03B2 0002EF 00 0320 00 0351 00 0382 00 03B3 0002F0 00 0321 00 0352 00 0383 00 03B4 0002F1 00 0322 00 0353 00 0384 00 03B5 0002F2 00 0323 00 0354 00 0385 00 03B6 0002F3 00 0324 00 0355 00 0386 00 03B7 0002F4 00 0325 00 0356 00 0387 00 03B8 0002F5 00 0326 00 0357 00 0388 00 03B9 0002F6 00 0327 00 0358 00 0389 00 03BA 0002F7 00 0328 00 0359 00 038A 00 03BB 0002F8 00 0329 00 035A 00 038B 00 03BC 0002F9 00 032A 00 035B 00 038C 00 03BD 0002FA 00 032B 00 035C 00 038D 00 03BE 0002FB 00 032C 00 035D 00 038E 00 03BF 0002FC 00 032D 00 035E 00 038F 00 03C0 0002FD 00 032E 00 035F 00 0390 00 03C1 0002FE 00 032F 00 0360 00 0391 00 03C2 0002FF 00 0330 00 0361 00 0392 00 03C3 000300 00 0331 00 0362 00 0393 00 03C4 000301 00 0332 00 0363 00 0394 00 03C5 000302 00 0333 00 0364 00 0395 00 03C6 000303 00 0334 00 0365 00 0396 00 03C7 000304 00 0335 00 0366 00 0397 00 03C8 000305 00 0336 00 0367 00 0398 00 03C9 000306 00 0337 00 0368 00 0399 00 03CA 000307 00 0338 00 0369 00 039A 00 03CB 000308 00 0339 00 036A 00 039B 00 03CC 000309 00 033A 00 036B 00 039C 00 03CD 00030A 00 033B 00 036C 00 039D 00 03CE 0003CF 00 0400 00 0431 FF 0462 FF 0493 FF03D0 00 0401 01 0432 FF 0463 FF 0494 0003D1 00 0402 00 0433 FF 0464 FF 0495 0003D2 00 0403 00 0434 FF 0465 FF 0496 0003D3 00 0404 10 0435 FF 0466 FF 0497 0003D4 00 0405 01 0436 FF 0467 FF 0498 FF03D5 00 0406 00 0437 FF 0468 FF 0499 FF03D6 00 0407 00 0438 FF 0469 FF 049A FF03D7 00 0408 10 0439 FF 046A 01 049B FF03D8 00 0409 01 043A FF 046B 01 049C FF03D9 00 040A 00 043B FF 046C 01 049D FF

03DA 00 040B 00 043C FF 046D 00 049E FF03DB 00 040C 00 043D FF 046E 01 049F FF03DC 00 040D 00 043E FF 046F 00 04A0 FF03DD 00 040E 00 043F FF 0470 00 04A1 FF03DE 00 040F 00 0440 FF 0471 01 04A2 0003DF 00 0410 00 0441 FF 0472 01 04A3 5003E0 00 0411 00 0442 FF 0473 00 04A4 9903E1 00 0412 00 0443 FF 0474 00 04A5 9903E2 00 0413 00 0444 FF 0475 00 04A6 9903E3 00 0414 00 0445 FF 0476 FF 04A7 9903E4 00 0415 00 0446 FF 0477 FF 04A8 9903E5 00 0416 00 0447 FF 0478 FF 04A9 9903E6 00 0417 00 0448 FF 0479 FF 04AA 2503E7 00 0418 00 0449 FF 047A FF 04AB 0003E8 00 0419 00 044A FF 047B FF 04AC 2503E9 00 041A 00 044B FF 047C 00 04AD 0003EA 00 041B 00 044C FF 047D 00 04AE 0003EB 00 041C 00 044D FF 047E FF 04AF 0003EC 00 041D 00 044E FF 047F FF 04B0 0003ED 00 041E 00 044F FF 0480 18 04B1 0103EE 00 041F FF 0450 FF 0481 00 04B2 0003EF 00 0420 FF 0451 FF 0482 01 04B3 0003F0 00 0421 FF 0452 FF 0483 00 04B4 0003F1 00 0422 FF 0453 FF 0484 00 04B5 0003F2 00 0423 FF 0454 FF 0485 50 04B6 0003F3 00 0424 FF 0455 FF 0486 07 04B7 0303F4 00 0425 FF 0456 FF 0487 20 04B8 0503F5 00 0426 FF 0457 FF 0488 00 04B9 0003F6 00 0427 FF 0458 00 0489 10 04BA 0003F7 00 0428 FF 0459 01 048A 00 04BB 0003F8 00 0429 FF 045A 00 048B 00 04BC 0003F9 00 042A FF 045B 01 048C 10 04BD 0003FA 00 042B FF 045C 00 048D 10 04BE 0003FB 00 042C FF 045D 01 048E 00 04BF 0103FC 00 042D FF 045E FF 048F 00 04C0 0003FD 00 042E FF 045F FF 0490 FF 04C1 FF03FE 00 042F FF 0460 FF 0491 FF 04C2 FF03FF 00 0430 FF 0461 FF 0492 FF 04C3 FF04C4 FF 04F5 FF 0526 45 0557 20 0588 5004C5 FF 04F6 FF 0527 45 0558 50 0589 5504C6 FF 04F7 FF 0528 44 0559 52 058A 5404C7 FF 04F8 FF 0529 20 055A 45 058B 2004C8 FF 04F9 FF 052A 54 055B 53 058C 4804C9 FF 04FA FF 052B 4F 055C 53 058D 4104CA FF 04FB FF 052C 20 055D 45 058E 5304CB 01 04FC FF 052D 42 055E 44 058F 2004CC 00 04FD FF 052E 45 055F 20 0590 4304CD 10 04FE FF 052F 20 0560 4D 0591 4804CE 00 04FF FF 0530 52 0561 41 0592 4104CF 10 0500 50 0531 45 0562 43 0593 4E04D0 00 0501 49 0532 46 0563 48 0594 4704D1 10 0502 43 0533 45 0564 49 0595 45

04D2 01 0503 20 0534 52 0565 4E 0596 4404D3 80 0504 52 0535 45 0566 45 0597 2004D4 01 0505 45 0536 4E 0567 20 0598 5304D5 80 0506 56 0537 43 0568 49 0599 5404D6 00 0507 49 0538 45 0569 4E 059A 4104D7 00 0508 53 0539 44 056A 50 059B 5404D8 00 0509 49 053A 20 056B 55 059C 4504D9 00 050A 4F 053B 20 056C 54 059D 2004DA 00 050B 4E 053C 20 056D 20 059E 2004DB 00 050C 20 053D 20 056E 48 059F 2004DC 00 050D 23 053E 20 056F 41 05A0 0904DD 00 050E 30 053F 20 0570 53 05A1 0904DE 00 050F 30 0540 4F 0571 20 05A2 0904DF 00 0510 35 0541 4E 0572 43 05A3 0904E0 00 0511 20 0542 45 0573 48 05A4 0904E1 00 0512 2D 0543 20 0574 41 05A5 0904E2 00 0513 20 0544 4F 0575 4E 05A6 0904E3 00 0514 20 0545 52 0576 47 05A7 0904E4 00 0515 31 0546 20 0577 45 05A8 2004E5 00 0516 2F 0547 4D 0578 44 05A9 4804E6 00 0517 31 0548 4F 0579 20 05AA 4104E7 00 0518 34 0549 52 057A 53 05AB 5204E8 00 0519 2F 054A 45 057B 54 05AC 4404E9 00 051A 39 054B 20 057C 41 05AD 5704EA 00 051B 33 054C 4A 057D 54 05AE 4104EB 00 051C 20 054D 4F 057E 45 05AF 5204EC FF 051D 20 054E 47 057F 20 05B0 4504ED FF 051E 20 054F 20 0580 50 05B1 2004EE FF 051F 20 0550 42 0581 41 05B2 4F04EF FF 0520 41 0551 55 0582 4E 05B3 5604F0 FF 0521 58 0552 54 0583 45 05B4 4504F1 FF 0522 45 0553 54 0584 4C 05B5 5204F2 FF 0523 53 0554 4F 0585 20 05B6 5404F3 FF 0524 20 0555 4E 0586 49 05B7 5204F4 FF 0525 4E 0556 53 0587 4E 05B8 4105B9 56 05EA 49 061B 49 064C 53 067D 4505BA 45 05EB 54 061C 56 064D 57 067E 4105BB 4C 05EC 43 061D 45 064E 20 067F 5205BC 20 05ED 48 061E 20 064F 49 0680 5305BD 20 05EE 20 061F 20 0650 4E 0681 5005BE 20 05EF 49 0620 53 0651 20 0682 4E05BF 20 05F0 53 0621 50 0652 4F 0683 4405C0 4D 05F1 20 0622 49 0653 46 0684 4C05C1 4F 05F2 54 0623 4E 0654 46 0685 4505C2 56 05F3 55 0624 44 0655 20 0686 2005C3 45 05F4 52 0625 4C 0656 50 0687 4D05C4 20 05F5 4E 0626 45 0657 4F 0688 5505C5 41 05F6 45 0627 20 0658 53 0689 5305C6 58 05F7 44 0628 53 0659 49 068A 5405C7 49 05F8 20 0629 57 065A 54 068B 2005C8 53 05F9 4F 062A 49 065B 49 068C 4205C9 20 05FA 46 062B 54 065C 4F 068D 45

05CA 4F 05FB 46 062C 43 065D 4E 068E 2005CB 46 05FC 20 062D 48 065E 20 068F 4F05CC 46 05FD 20 062E 20 065F 20 0690 4E05CD 20 05FE 20 062F 43 0660 53 0691 2005CE 52 05FF 20 0630 43 0661 50 0692 5405CF 45 0600 53 0631 57 0662 49 0693 4F05D0 46 0601 50 0632 20 0663 4E 0694 2005D1 45 0602 49 0633 26 0664 44 0695 4305D2 52 0603 4E 0634 20 0665 4C 0696 4805D3 45 0604 44 0635 4D 0666 45 0697 4E05D4 4E 0605 4C 0636 30 0667 20 0698 4705D5 43 0606 45 0637 33 0668 4D 0699 4505D6 45 0607 20 0638 20 0669 55 069A 2005D7 20 0608 53 0639 41 066A 53 069B 5305D8 53 0609 57 063A 43 066B 54 069C 5005D9 57 060A 49 063B 54 066C 20 069D 4505DA 49 060B 54 063C 49 066D 53 069E 4505DB 54 060C 43 063D 56 066E 54 069F 4405DC 43 060D 48 063E 45 066F 4F 06A0 5305DD 48 060E 20 063F 20 0670 50 06A1 5005DE 20 060F 43 0640 50 0671 20 06A2 4E05DF 20 0610 57 0641 55 0672 54 06A3 4405E0 53 0611 20 0642 54 0673 4F 06A4 4C05E1 50 0612 26 0643 20 0674 20 06A5 4505E2 49 0613 20 0644 53 0675 43 06A6 2005E3 4E 0614 4D 0645 50 0676 48 06A7 5305E4 44 0615 30 0646 49 0677 41 06A8 5005E5 4C 0616 34 0647 4E 0678 4E 06A9 4505E6 45 0617 20 0648 44 0679 47 06AA 4505E7 20 0618 41 0649 4C 067A 45 06AB 4405E8 53 0619 43 064A 45 067B 20 06AC 2005E9 57 061A 54 064B 20 067C 47 06AD 4306AE 48 06DF 20 0710 53 0741 50 0772 4706AF 4E 06E0 53 0711 50 0742 49 0773 2006B0 47 06E1 50 0712 45 0743 4E 0774 4E06B1 45 06E2 49 0713 45 0744 44 0775 4F06B2 52 06E3 4E 0714 44 0745 4C 0776 5406B3 20 06E4 44 0715 20 0746 45 0777 2006B4 55 06E5 4C 0716 54 0747 20 0778 4306B5 4E 06E6 45 0717 4F 0748 48 0779 4806B6 52 06E7 20 0718 4F 0749 41 077A 4106B7 45 06E8 4E 0719 20 074A 53 077B 4E06B8 53 06E9 4F 071A 4C 074B 20 077C 4706B9 50 06EA 54 071B 4F 074C 46 077D 4506BA 4F 06EB 20 071C 4E 074D 41 077E 4406BB 4E 06EC 57 071D 47 074E 49 077F 2006BC 53 06ED 49 071E 20 074F 4C 0780 5306BD 49 06EE 54 071F 20 0750 45 0781 5006BE 56 06EF 48 0720 53 0751 44 0782 4906BF 45 06F0 49 0721 50 0752 20 0783 4E06C0 53 06F1 4E 0722 49 0753 54 0784 4406C1 50 06F2 20 0723 4E 0754 4F 0785 4C

06C2 49 06F3 31 0724 44 0755 20 0786 4506C3 4E 06F4 30 0725 4C 0756 4F 0787 2006C4 44 06F5 25 0726 45 0757 52 0788 4906C5 4C 06F6 20 0727 20 0758 49 0789 5306C6 45 06F7 4F 0728 4E 0759 45 078A 2006C7 20 06F8 46 0729 4F 075A 4E 078B 4906C8 44 06F9 20 072A 54 075B 54 078C 4E06C9 52 06FA 43 072B 20 075C 20 078D 2006CA 49 06FB 4F 072C 53 075D 20 078E 4706CB 56 06FC 4D 072D 54 075E 20 078F 4506CC 45 06FD 4D 072E 4F 075F 20 0790 4106CD 20 06FE 4E 072F 50 0760 53 0791 5206CE 4E 06FF 44 0730 50 0761 50 0792 2006CF 4F 0700 53 0731 45 0762 49 0793 4306D0 54 0701 50 0732 44 0763 4E 0794 4806D1 20 0702 49 0733 20 0764 44 0795 4106D2 52 0703 4E 0734 49 0765 4C 0796 4E06D3 45 0704 44 0735 4E 0766 45 0797 4706D4 41 0705 4C 0736 20 0767 20 0798 4506D5 44 0706 45 0737 34 0768 4D 0799 2006D6 59 0707 20 0738 20 0769 54 079A 5206D7 20 0708 41 0739 53 076A 52 079B 4506D8 20 0709 54 073A 45 076B 20 079C 5406D9 20 070A 20 073B 43 076C 57 079D 5206DA 20 070B 5A 073C 4F 076D 49 079E 5906DB 20 070C 45 073D 4E 076E 4E 079F 2006DC 20 070D 52 073E 44 076F 44 07A0 4306DD 20 070E 4F 073F 53 0770 49 07A1 4106DE 20 070F 20 0740 53 0771 4E 07A2 4E07A3 27 07D4 45 0805 43 0836 50 0867 4907A4 54 07D5 44 0806 48 0837 52 0868 5607A5 20 07D6 20 0807 41 0838 45 0869 4507A6 4F 07D7 3D 0808 4E 0839 53 086A 2007A7 50 07D8 30 0809 47 083A 53 086B 4E07A8 45 07D9 20 080A 45 083B 55 086C 4F07A9 4E 07DA 4F 080B 52 083C 52 086D 5407AA 20 07DB 52 080C 20 083D 45 086E 2007AB 44 07DC 20 080D 55 083E 20 086F 5207AC 52 07DD 3E 080E 4E 083F 20 0870 4507AD 41 07DE 32 080F 52 0840 4C 0871 4107AE 57 07DF 34 0810 45 0841 55 0872 4407AF 42 07E0 43 0811 53 0842 42 0873 5907B0 41 07E1 48 0812 50 0843 45 0874 2007B1 52 07E2 41 0813 4F 0844 20 0875 2007B2 20 07E3 4E 0814 4E 0845 4C 0876 2007B3 2B 07E4 47 0815 53 0846 45 0877 2007B4 20 07E5 45 0816 49 0847 56 0878 2007B5 52 07E6 20 0817 56 0848 45 0879 2007B6 55 07E7 54 0818 45 0849 4C 087A 2007B7 4E 07E8 4F 0819 20 084A 20 087B 2007B8 20 07E9 4F 081A 20 084B 4C 087C 2007B9 53 07EA 4C 081B 20 084C 4F 087D 20

07BA 50 07EB 53 081C 20 084D 57 087E 2007BB 49 07EC 20 081D 20 084E 20 087F 2007BC 4E 07ED 57 081E 20 084F 2D 0880 4107BD 44 07EE 49 081F 20 0850 20 0881 5807BE 4C 07EF 54 0820 43 0851 43 0882 4507BF 45 07F0 48 0821 48 0852 48 0883 5307C0 4C 07F1 20 0822 41 0853 45 0884 2007C1 41 07F2 53 0823 4E 0854 43 0885 4407C2 53 07F3 50 0824 47 0855 4B 0886 5207C3 54 07F4 49 0825 45 0856 20 0887 4907C4 20 07F5 4E 0826 52 0857 52 0888 5607C5 54 07F6 44 0827 20 0858 45 0889 4507C6 20 07F7 4C 0828 43 0859 53 088A 2007C7 43 07F8 45 0829 4C 085A 45 088B 4107C8 4F 07F9 20 082A 41 085B 52 088C 4C07C9 44 07FA 4F 082B 57 085C 56 088D 4107CA 45 07FB 46 082C 20 085D 4F 088E 5207CB 20 07FC 46 082D 4C 085E 49 088F 4D07CC 50 07FD 20 082E 4F 085F 52 0890 2007CD 52 07FE 20 082F 53 0860 41 0891 2007CE 4F 07FF 20 0830 54 0861 58 0892 2007CF 47 0800 54 0831 20 0862 45 0893 2007D0 52 0801 4F 0832 41 0863 53 0894 2007D1 41 0802 4F 0833 49 0864 20 0895 2007D2 4D 0803 4C 0834 52 0865 44 0896 2007D3 4D 0804 20 0835 20 0866 52 0897 200898 20 08C9 20 08FA 32 092B 45 095C 200899 20 08CA 4D 08FB 20 092C 53 095D 20089A 20 08CB 45 08FC 20 092D 53 095E 20089B 20 08CC 53 08FD 20 092E 41 095F 20089C 20 08CD 53 08FE 20 092F 47 0960 4D089D 20 08CE 41 08FF 20 0930 45 0961 54089E 20 08CF 47 0900 4D 0931 20 0962 42089F 20 08D0 45 0901 54 0932 4E 0963 2008A0 41 08D1 20 0902 42 0933 55 0964 4608A1 58 08D2 4E 0903 20 0934 4D 0965 4108A2 45 08D3 55 0904 46 0935 42 0966 5508A3 53 08D4 4D 0905 41 0936 45 0967 4C08A4 20 08D5 42 0906 55 0937 52 0968 5408A5 44 08D6 45 0907 4C 0938 20 0969 2008A6 52 08D7 52 0908 54 0939 33 096A 4D08A7 49 08D8 20 0909 20 093A 34 096B 4508A8 56 08D9 33 090A 4D 093B 20 096C 5308A9 45 08DA 31 090B 45 093C 20 096D 5308AA 20 08DB 20 090C 53 093D 20 096E 4108AB 4F 08DC 20 090D 53 093E 20 096F 4708AC 56 08DD 20 090E 41 093F 20 0970 4508AD 45 08DE 20 090F 47 0940 4D 0971 2008AE 52 08DF 20 0910 45 0941 54 0972 4E08AF 4C 08E0 4D 0911 20 0942 42 0973 5508B0 4F 08E1 54 0912 4E 0943 20 0974 4D08B1 41 08E2 42 0913 55 0944 46 0975 42

08B2 44 08E3 20 0914 4D 0945 41 0976 4508B3 20 08E4 46 0915 42 0946 55 0977 5208B4 20 08E5 41 0916 45 0947 4C 0978 2008B5 20 08E6 55 0917 52 0948 54 0979 3308B6 20 08E7 4C 0918 20 0949 20 097A 3608B7 20 08E8 54 0919 33 094A 4D 097B 2008B8 20 08E9 20 091A 33 094B 45 097C 2008B9 20 08EA 4D 091B 20 094C 53 097D 2008BA 20 08EB 45 091C 20 094D 53 097E 2008BB 20 08EC 53 091D 20 094E 41 097F 2008BC 20 08ED 53 091E 20 094F 47 0980 4D08BD 20 08EE 41 091F 20 0950 45 0981 5408BE 20 08EF 47 0920 4D 0951 20 0982 4208BF 20 08F0 45 0921 54 0952 4E 0983 2008C0 4D 08F1 20 0922 42 0953 55 0984 4608C1 54 08F2 4E 0923 20 0954 4D 0985 4108C2 42 08F3 55 0924 46 0955 42 0986 5508C3 20 08F4 4D 0925 41 0956 45 0987 4C08C4 46 08F5 42 0926 55 0957 52 0988 5408C5 41 08F6 45 0927 4C 0958 20 0989 2008C6 55 08F7 52 0928 54 0959 33 098A 4D08C7 4C 08F8 20 0929 20 095A 35 098B 4508C8 54 08F9 33 092A 4D 095B 20 098C 53098D 53 09BE 20 09EF 47 0A20 4D 0A51 20098E 41 09BF 20 09F0 45 0A21 54 0A52 4E098F 47 09C0 4D 09F1 20 0A22 42 0A53 550990 45 09C1 54 09F2 4E 0A23 20 0A54 4D0991 20 09C2 42 09F3 55 0A24 46 0A55 420992 4E 09C3 20 09F4 4D 0A25 41 0A56 450993 55 09C4 46 09F5 42 0A26 55 0A57 520994 4D 09C5 41 09F6 45 0A27 4C 0A58 200995 42 09C6 55 09F7 52 0A28 54 0A59 340996 45 09C7 4C 09F8 20 0A29 20 0A5A 330997 52 09C8 54 09F9 34 0A2A 4D 0A5B 200998 20 09C9 20 09FA 30 0A2B 45 0A5C 200999 33 09CA 4D 09FB 20 0A2C 53 0A5D 20099A 37 09CB 45 09FC 20 0A2D 53 0A5E 20099B 20 09CC 53 09FD 20 0A2E 41 0A5F 20099C 20 09CD 53 09FE 20 0A2F 47 0A60 4D099D 20 09CE 41 09FF 20 0A30 45 0A61 54099E 20 09CF 47 0A00 4D 0A31 20 0A62 42099F 20 09D0 45 0A01 54 0A32 4E 0A63 2009A0 4D 09D1 20 0A02 42 0A33 55 0A64 4609A1 54 09D2 4E 0A03 20 0A34 4D 0A65 4109A2 42 09D3 55 0A04 46 0A35 42 0A66 5509A3 20 09D4 4D 0A05 41 0A36 45 0A67 4C09A4 46 09D5 42 0A06 55 0A37 52 0A68 5409A5 41 09D6 45 0A07 4C 0A38 20 0A69 2009A6 55 09D7 52 0A08 54 0A39 34 0A6A 4D09A7 4C 09D8 20 0A09 20 0A3A 32 0A6B 4509A8 54 09D9 33 0A0A 4D 0A3B 20 0A6C 5309A9 20 09DA 39 0A0B 45 0A3C 20 0A6D 53

09AA 4D 09DB 20 0A0C 53 0A3D 20 0A6E 4109AB 45 09DC 20 0A0D 53 0A3E 20 0A6F 4709AC 53 09DD 20 0A0E 41 0A3F 20 0A70 4509AD 53 09DE 20 0A0F 47 0A40 4D 0A71 2009AE 41 09DF 20 0A10 45 0A41 54 0A72 4E09AF 47 09E0 4D 0A11 20 0A42 42 0A73 5509B0 45 09E1 54 0A12 4E 0A43 20 0A74 4D09B1 20 09E2 42 0A13 55 0A44 46 0A75 4209B2 4E 09E3 20 0A14 4D 0A45 41 0A76 4509B3 55 09E4 46 0A15 42 0A46 55 0A77 5209B4 4D 09E5 41 0A16 45 0A47 4C 0A78 2009B5 42 09E6 55 0A17 52 0A48 54 0A79 3409B6 45 09E7 4C 0A18 20 0A49 20 0A7A 3409B7 52 09E8 54 0A19 34 0A4A 4D 0A7B 2009B8 20 09E9 20 0A1A 31 0A4B 45 0A7C 2009B9 33 09EA 4D 0A1B 20 0A4C 53 0A7D 2009BA 38 09EB 45 0A1C 20 0A4D 53 0A7E 2009BB 20 09EC 53 0A1D 20 0A4E 41 0A7F 2009BC 20 09ED 53 0A1E 20 0A4F 47 0A80 4D09BD 20 09EE 41 0A1F 20 0A50 45 0A81 540A82 42 0AB3 55 0AE4 46 0B15 42 0B46 550A83 20 0AB4 4D 0AE5 41 0B16 45 0B47 4C0A84 46 0AB5 42 0AE6 55 0B17 52 0B48 540A85 41 0AB6 45 0AE7 4C 0B18 20 0B49 200A86 55 0AB7 52 0AE8 54 0B19 34 0B4A 4D0A87 4C 0AB8 20 0AE9 20 0B1A 39 0B4B 450A88 54 0AB9 34 0AEA 4D 0B1B 20 0B4C 530A89 20 0ABA 36 0AEB 45 0B1C 20 0B4D 530A8A 4D 0ABB 20 0AEC 53 0B1D 20 0B4E 410A8B 45 0ABC 20 0AED 53 0B1E 20 0B4F 470A8C 53 0ABD 20 0AEE 41 0B1F 20 0B50 450A8D 53 0ABE 20 0AEF 47 0B20 4D 0B51 200A8E 41 0ABF 20 0AF0 45 0B21 54 0B52 4E0A8F 47 0AC0 4D 0AF1 20 0B22 42 0B53 550A90 45 0AC1 54 0AF2 4E 0B23 20 0B54 4D0A91 20 0AC2 42 0AF3 55 0B24 46 0B55 420A92 4E 0AC3 20 0AF4 4D 0B25 41 0B56 450A93 55 0AC4 46 0AF5 42 0B26 55 0B57 520A94 4D 0AC5 41 0AF6 45 0B27 4C 0B58 200A95 42 0AC6 55 0AF7 52 0B28 54 0B59 350A96 45 0AC7 4C 0AF8 20 0B29 20 0B5A 310A97 52 0AC8 54 0AF9 34 0B2A 4D 0B5B 200A98 20 0AC9 20 0AFA 38 0B2B 45 0B5C 200A99 34 0ACA 4D 0AFB 20 0B2C 53 0B5D 200A9A 35 0ACB 45 0AFC 20 0B2D 53 0B5E 200A9B 20 0ACC 53 0AFD 20 0B2E 41 0B5F 200A9C 20 0ACD 53 0AFE 20 0B2F 47 0B60 4D0A9D 20 0ACE 41 0AFF 20 0B30 45 0B61 540A9E 20 0ACF 47 0B00 4D 0B31 20 0B62 420A9F 20 0AD0 45 0B01 54 0B32 4E 0B63 200AA0 4D 0AD1 20 0B02 42 0B33 55 0B64 460AA1 54 0AD2 4E 0B03 20 0B34 4D 0B65 41

0AA2 42 0AD3 55 0B04 46 0B35 42 0B66 550AA3 20 0AD4 4D 0B05 41 0B36 45 0B67 4C0AA4 46 0AD5 42 0B06 55 0B37 52 0B68 540AA5 41 0AD6 45 0B07 4C 0B38 20 0B69 200AA6 55 0AD7 52 0B08 54 0B39 35 0B6A 4D0AA7 4C 0AD8 20 0B09 20 0B3A 30 0B6B 450AA8 54 0AD9 34 0B0A 4D 0B3B 20 0B6C 530AA9 20 0ADA 37 0B0B 45 0B3C 20 0B6D 530AAA 4D 0ADB 20 0B0C 53 0B3D 20 0B6E 410AAB 45 0ADC 20 0B0D 53 0B3E 20 0B6F 470AAC 53 0ADD 20 0B0E 41 0B3F 20 0B70 450AAD 53 0ADE 20 0B0F 47 0B40 4D 0B71 200AAE 41 0ADF 20 0B10 45 0B41 54 0B72 4E0AAF 47 0AE0 4D 0B11 20 0B42 42 0B73 550AB0 45 0AE1 54 0B12 4E 0B43 20 0B74 4D0AB1 20 0AE2 42 0B13 55 0B44 46 0B75 420AB2 4E 0AE3 20 0B14 4D 0B45 41 0B76 450B77 52 0BA8 54 0BD9 35 0C0A 4D 0C3B 200B78 20 0BA9 20 0BDA 35 0C0B 45 0C3C 200B79 35 0BAA 4D 0BDB 20 0C0C 53 0C3D 200B7A 32 0BAB 45 0BDC 20 0C0D 53 0C3E 200B7B 20 0BAC 53 0BDD 20 0C0E 41 0C3F 200B7C 20 0BAD 53 0BDE 20 0C0F 47 0C40 4D0B7D 20 0BAE 41 0BDF 20 0C10 45 0C41 540B7E 20 0BAF 47 0BE0 4D 0C11 20 0C42 420B7F 20 0BB0 45 0BE1 54 0C12 4E 0C43 200B80 4D 0BB1 20 0BE2 42 0C13 55 0C44 460B81 54 0BB2 4E 0BE3 20 0C14 4D 0C45 410B82 42 0BB3 55 0BE4 46 0C15 42 0C46 550B83 20 0BB4 4D 0BE5 41 0C16 45 0C47 4C0B84 46 0BB5 42 0BE6 55 0C17 52 0C48 540B85 41 0BB6 45 0BE7 4C 0C18 20 0C49 200B86 55 0BB7 52 0BE8 54 0C19 35 0C4A 4D0B87 4C 0BB8 20 0BE9 20 0C1A 37 0C4B 450B88 54 0BB9 35 0BEA 4D 0C1B 20 0C4C 530B89 20 0BBA 34 0BEB 45 0C1C 20 0C4D 530B8A 4D 0BBB 20 0BEC 53 0C1D 20 0C4E 410B8B 45 0BBC 20 0BED 53 0C1E 20 0C4F 470B8C 53 0BBD 20 0BEE 41 0C1F 20 0C50 450B8D 53 0BBE 20 0BEF 47 0C20 4D 0C51 200B8E 41 0BBF 20 0BF0 45 0C21 54 0C52 4E0B8F 47 0BC0 4D 0BF1 20 0C22 42 0C53 550B90 45 0BC1 54 0BF2 4E 0C23 20 0C54 4D0B91 20 0BC2 42 0BF3 55 0C24 46 0C55 420B92 4E 0BC3 20 0BF4 4D 0C25 41 0C56 450B93 55 0BC4 46 0BF5 42 0C26 55 0C57 520B94 4D 0BC5 41 0BF6 45 0C27 4C 0C58 200B95 42 0BC6 55 0BF7 52 0C28 54 0C59 350B96 45 0BC7 4C 0BF8 20 0C29 20 0C5A 390B97 52 0BC8 54 0BF9 35 0C2A 4D 0C5B 200B98 20 0BC9 20 0BFA 36 0C2B 45 0C5C 200B99 35 0BCA 4D 0BFB 20 0C2C 53 0C5D 20

0B9A 33 0BCB 45 0BFC 20 0C2D 53 0C5E 200B9B 20 0BCC 53 0BFD 20 0C2E 41 0C5F 200B9C 20 0BCD 53 0BFE 20 0C2F 47 0C60 4D0B9D 20 0BCE 41 0BFF 20 0C30 45 0C61 540B9E 20 0BCF 47 0C00 4D 0C31 20 0C62 420B9F 20 0BD0 45 0C01 54 0C32 4E 0C63 200BA0 4D 0BD1 20 0C02 42 0C33 55 0C64 460BA1 54 0BD2 4E 0C03 20 0C34 4D 0C65 410BA2 42 0BD3 55 0C04 46 0C35 42 0C66 550BA3 20 0BD4 4D 0C05 41 0C36 45 0C67 4C0BA4 46 0BD5 42 0C06 55 0C37 52 0C68 540BA5 41 0BD6 45 0C07 4C 0C38 20 0C69 200BA6 55 0BD7 52 0C08 54 0C39 35 0C6A 4D0BA7 4C 0BD8 20 0C09 20 0C3A 38 0C6B 450C6C 53 0C9D 20 0CCE 41 0CFF 20 0D30 200C6D 53 0C9E 20 0CCF 47 0D00 4D 0D31 4D0C6E 41 0C9F 20 0CD0 45 0D01 30 0D32 320C6F 47 0CA0 4D 0CD1 20 0D02 30 0D33 350C70 45 0CA1 54 0CD2 4E 0D03 2D 0D34 2D0C71 20 0CA2 42 0CD3 55 0D04 50 0D35 530C72 4E 0CA3 20 0CD4 4D 0D05 52 0D36 500C73 55 0CA4 46 0CD5 42 0D06 4F 0D37 200C74 4D 0CA5 41 0CD6 45 0D07 47 0D38 530C75 42 0CA6 55 0CD7 52 0D08 52 0D39 500C76 45 0CA7 4C 0CD8 20 0D09 41 0D3A 440C77 52 0CA8 54 0CD9 36 0D0A 4D 0D3B 200C78 20 0CA9 20 0CDA 33 0D0B 20 0D3C 440C79 36 0CAA 4D 0CDB 20 0D0C 53 0D3D 4F0C7A 30 0CAB 45 0CDC 20 0D0D 54 0D3E 570C7B 20 0CAC 53 0CDD 20 0D0E 50 0D3F 4E0C7C 20 0CAD 53 0CDE 20 0D0F 20 0D40 4D0C7D 20 0CAE 41 0CDF 20 0D10 20 0D41 300C7E 20 0CAF 47 0CE0 4D 0D11 4D 0D42 320C7F 20 0CB0 45 0CE1 54 0D12 32 0D43 2C0C80 4D 0CB1 20 0CE2 42 0D13 34 0D44 4D0C81 54 0CB2 4E 0CE3 20 0D14 2D 0D45 330C82 42 0CB3 55 0CE4 46 0D15 53 0D46 300C83 20 0CB4 4D 0CE5 41 0D16 50 0D47 2D0C84 46 0CB5 42 0CE6 55 0D17 20 0D48 500C85 41 0CB6 45 0CE7 4C 0D18 53 0D49 470C86 55 0CB7 52 0CE8 54 0D19 50 0D4A 4D0C87 4C 0CB8 20 0CE9 20 0D1A 44 0D4B 200C88 54 0CB9 36 0CEA 4D 0D1B 20 0D4C 450C89 20 0CBA 32 0CEB 45 0D1C 55 0D4D 4E0C8A 4D 0CBB 20 0CEC 53 0D1D 50 0D4E 440C8B 45 0CBC 20 0CED 53 0D1E 20 0D4F 200C8C 53 0CBD 20 0CEE 41 0D1F 20 0D50 200C8D 53 0CBE 20 0CEF 47 0D20 4D 0D51 4D0C8E 41 0CBF 20 0CF0 45 0D21 30 0D52 320C8F 47 0CC0 4D 0CF1 20 0D22 31 0D53 360C90 45 0CC1 54 0CF2 4E 0D23 2D 0D54 2D0C91 20 0CC2 42 0CF3 55 0D24 4F 0D55 53

0C92 4E 0CC3 20 0CF4 4D 0D25 50 0D56 500C93 55 0CC4 46 0CF5 42 0D26 54 0D57 200C94 4D 0CC5 41 0CF6 45 0D27 20 0D58 530C95 42 0CC6 55 0CF7 52 0D28 50 0D59 500C96 45 0CC7 4C 0CF8 20 0D29 47 0D5A 440C97 52 0CC8 54 0CF9 36 0D2A 4D 0D5B 200C98 20 0CC9 20 0CFA 34 0D2B 20 0D5C 480C99 36 0CCA 4D 0CFB 20 0D2C 53 0D5D 4F0C9A 31 0CCB 45 0CFC 20 0D2D 54 0D5E 4D0C9B 20 0CCC 53 0CFD 20 0D2E 50 0D5F 450C9C 20 0CCD 53 0CFE 20 0D2F 20 0D60 4D0D61 30 0D92 34 0DC3 2D 0DF4 2D 0E25 4F0D62 33 0D93 38 0DC4 2D 0DF5 4D 0E26 4F0D63 2D 0D94 2D 0DC5 4F 0DF6 34 0E27 4C0D64 53 0D95 43 0DC6 4F 0DF7 39 0E28 410D65 50 0D96 4E 0DC7 4C 0DF8 20 0E29 4E0D66 49 0D97 43 0DC8 20 0DF9 26 0E2A 540D67 4E 0D98 4C 0DC9 43 0DFA 20 0E2B 200D68 44 0D99 20 0DCA 48 0DFB 4D 0E2C 4F0D69 4C 0D9A 4D 0DCB 41 0DFC 35 0E2D 460D6A 45 0D9B 34 0DCC 4E 0DFD 30 0E2E 460D6B 20 0D9C 39 0DCD 47 0DFE 20 0E2F 200D6C 43 0D9D 2D 0DCE 45 0DFF 20 0E30 200D6D 57 0D9E 35 0DCF 20 0E00 4D 0E31 4D0D6E 20 0D9F 31 0DD0 20 0E01 30 0E32 360D6F 20 0DA0 4D 0DD1 4D 0E02 38 0E33 370D70 20 0DA1 30 0DD2 35 0E03 2D 0E34 2D0D71 4D 0DA2 35 0DD3 30 0E04 46 0E35 540D72 34 0DA3 2D 0DD4 2D 0E05 4C 0E36 4C0D73 30 0DA4 53 0DD5 46 0E06 4F 0E37 200D74 2C 0DA5 50 0DD6 52 0E07 4F 0E38 430D75 34 0DA6 49 0DD7 20 0E08 44 0E39 410D76 31 0DA7 4E 0DD8 4F 0E09 20 0E3A 520D77 2D 0DA8 44 0DD9 56 0E0A 43 0E3B 200D78 4C 0DA9 4C 0DDA 52 0E0B 4F 0E3C 480D79 4F 0DAA 45 0DDB 3D 0E0C 4F 0E3D 4F0D7A 2C 0DAB 20 0DDC 31 0E0D 4C 0E3E 4D0D7B 48 0DAC 4F 0DDD 30 0E0E 20 0E3F 450D7C 49 0DAD 46 0DDE 30 0E0F 20 0E40 4D0D7D 20 0DAE 46 0DDF 25 0E10 20 0E41 310D7E 47 0DAF 20 0DE0 4D 0E11 4D 0E42 330D7F 52 0DB0 20 0DE1 30 0E12 36 0E43 2D0D80 4D 0DB1 4D 0DE2 37 0E13 30 0E44 4D0D81 30 0DB2 34 0DE3 2D 0E14 3E 0E45 300D82 34 0DB3 39 0DE4 4D 0E15 36 0E46 330D83 2D 0DB4 2D 0DE5 49 0E16 33 0E47 200D84 53 0DB5 53 0DE6 53 0E17 2D 0E48 260D85 50 0DB6 50 0DE7 54 0E18 54 0E49 200D86 49 0DB7 20 0DE8 20 0E19 4F 0E4A 4D0D87 4E 0DB8 4F 0DE9 43 0E1A 4F 0E4B 300D88 44 0DB9 56 0DEA 4F 0E1B 4C 0E4C 380D89 4C 0DBA 52 0DEB 4F 0E1C 20 0E4D 20

0D8A 45 0DBB 3D 0DEC 4C 0E1D 43 0E4E 200D8B 20 0DBC 31 0DED 20 0E1E 48 0E4F 200D8C 43 0DBD 30 0DEE 20 0E1F 47 0E50 200D8D 43 0DBE 30 0DEF 20 0E20 4D 0E51 4D0D8E 57 0DBF 25 0DF0 20 0E21 30 0E52 380D8F 20 0DC0 4D 0DF1 4D 0E22 39 0E53 300D90 20 0DC1 30 0DF2 35 0E23 2D 0E54 2D0D91 4D 0DC2 36 0DF3 31 0E24 43 0E55 430E56 4E 0E87 4C 0EB8 20 0EE9 57 0F1A 4F0E57 43 0E88 20 0EB9 41 0EEA 20 0F1B 4E0E58 4C 0E89 4D 0EBA 58 0EEB 49 0F1C 200E59 20 0E8A 31 0EBB 49 0EEC 53 0F1D 200E5A 4D 0E8B 39 0EBC 53 0EED 20 0F1E 200E5B 38 0E8C 3E 0EBD 20 0EEE 49 0F1F 200E5C 31 0E8D 32 0EBE 20 0EEF 4E 0F20 430E5D 2D 0E8E 33 0EBF 20 0EF0 20 0F21 4F0E5E 38 0E8F 20 0EC0 53 0EF1 41 0F22 4F0E5F 32 0E90 20 0EC1 50 0EF2 55 0F23 4C0E60 4D 0E91 4D 0EC2 49 0EF3 54 0F24 410E61 31 0E92 38 0EC3 4E 0EF4 4F 0F25 4E0E62 34 0E93 32 0EC4 44 0EF5 20 0F26 540E63 2D 0E94 2D 0EC5 4C 0EF6 50 0F27 200E64 4D 0E95 50 0EC6 45 0EF7 4F 0F28 530E65 30 0E96 52 0EC7 20 0EF8 53 0F29 570E66 34 0E97 54 0EC8 53 0EF9 49 0F2A 200E67 20 0E98 43 0EC9 57 0EFA 54 0F2B 490E68 26 0E99 54 0ECA 20 0EFB 49 0F2C 530E69 20 0E9A 20 0ECB 49 0EFC 4F 0F2D 200E6A 4D 0E9B 50 0ECC 53 0EFD 4E 0F2E 490E6B 30 0E9C 52 0ECD 20 0EFE 20 0F2F 4E0E6C 38 0E9D 42 0ECE 49 0EFF 20 0F30 200E6D 20 0E9E 20 0ECF 4E 0F00 53 0F31 4D0E6E 20 0E9F 32 0ED0 20 0F01 50 0F32 410E6F 20 0EA0 4D 0ED1 43 0F02 49 0F33 4E0E70 20 0EA1 31 0ED2 43 0F03 4E 0F34 550E71 4D 0EA2 39 0ED3 57 0F04 44 0F35 410E72 38 0EA3 3E 0ED4 20 0F05 4C 0F36 4C0E73 31 0EA4 32 0ED5 50 0F06 45 0F37 200E74 2D 0EA5 33 0ED6 4F 0F07 20 0F38 500E75 50 0EA6 2D 0ED7 53 0F08 53 0F39 4F0E76 52 0EA7 4F 0ED8 49 0F09 57 0F3A 530E77 54 0EA8 52 0ED9 54 0F0A 20 0F3B 490E78 43 0EA9 49 0EDA 49 0F0B 49 0F3C 540E79 54 0EAA 45 0EDB 4F 0F0C 53 0F3D 490E7A 20 0EAB 4E 0EDC 4E 0F0D 20 0F3E 4F0E7B 50 0EAC 54 0EDD 20 0F0E 49 0F3F 4E0E7C 52 0EAD 20 0EDE 20 0F0F 4E 0F40 430E7D 42 0EAE 53 0EDF 20 0F10 20 0F41 4F0E7E 20 0EAF 50 0EE0 53 0F11 43 0F42 4F0E7F 31 0EB0 20 0EE1 50 0F12 57 0F43 4C0E80 4D 0EB1 4D 0EE2 49 0F13 20 0F44 410E81 31 0EB2 39 0EE3 4E 0F14 50 0F45 4E

0E82 38 0EB3 30 0EE4 44 0F15 4F 0F46 540E83 2D 0EB4 2D 0EE5 4C 0F16 53 0F47 200E84 43 0EB5 41 0EE6 45 0F17 49 0F48 530E85 4E 0EB6 55 0EE7 20 0F18 54 0F49 570E86 43 0EB7 58 0EE8 53 0F19 49 0F4A 200F4B 49 0F7C 20 0FAD 53 0FDE 4F 100F 4E0F4C 53 0F7D 4F 0FAE 54 0FDF 4E 1010 550F4D 20 0F7E 4E 0FAF 45 0FE0 50 1011 530F4E 49 0F7F 20 0FB0 4D 0FE1 52 1012 200F4F 4E 0F80 42 0FB1 20 0FE2 4F 1013 490F50 20 0F81 4C 0FB2 53 0FE3 54 1014 530F51 41 0F82 4F 0FB3 57 0FE4 45 1015 200F52 55 0F83 43 0FB4 20 0FE5 43 1016 500F53 54 0F84 4B 0FB5 49 0FE6 54 1017 520F54 4F 0F85 20 0FB6 53 0FE7 20 1018 450F55 20 0F86 44 0FB7 20 0FE8 50 1019 530F56 50 0F87 45 0FB8 50 0FE9 52 101A 530F57 4F 0F88 4C 0FB9 52 0FEA 4F 101B 450F58 53 0F89 45 0FBA 45 0FEB 42 101C 440F59 49 0F8A 54 0FBB 53 0FEC 45 101D 200F5A 54 0F8B 45 0FBC 53 0FED 20 101E 200F5B 49 0F8C 20 0FBD 45 0FEE 4E 101F 200F5C 4F 0F8D 41 0FBE 44 0FEF 4F 1020 4A0F5D 4E 0F8E 43 0FBF 20 0FF0 2E 1021 4F0F5E 20 0F8F 54 0FC0 50 0FF1 20 1022 470F5F 20 0F90 49 0FC1 52 0FF2 32 1023 200F60 4F 0F91 56 0FC2 4F 0FF3 20 1024 350F61 50 0F92 45 0FC3 54 0FF4 53 1025 540F62 54 0F93 20 0FC4 45 0FF5 57 1026 480F63 49 0F94 53 0FC5 43 0FF6 49 1027 200F64 4F 0F95 57 0FC6 54 0FF7 54 1028 410F65 4E 0F96 49 0FC7 20 0FF8 43 1029 580F66 20 0F97 54 0FC8 50 0FF9 48 102A 490F67 53 0F98 43 0FC9 52 0FFA 20 102B 530F68 54 0F99 48 0FCA 4F 0FFB 49 102C 200F69 4F 0F9A 20 0FCB 42 0FFC 53 102D 500F6A 50 0F9B 49 0FCC 45 0FFD 20 102E 4C0F6B 20 0F9C 53 0FCD 20 0FFE 4F 102F 550F6C 41 0F9D 20 0FCE 4E 0FFF 4E 1030 530F6D 43 0F9E 4F 0FCF 4F 1000 4A 1031 200F6E 54 0F9F 4E 0FD0 2E 1001 4F 1032 490F6F 49 0FA0 43 0FD1 20 1002 47 1033 530F70 56 0FA1 59 0FD2 31 1003 20 1034 200F71 45 0FA2 43 0FD3 20 1004 35 1035 500F72 20 0FA3 4C 0FD4 53 1005 54 1036 520F73 53 0FA4 45 0FD5 57 1006 48 1037 450F74 57 0FA5 20 0FD6 49 1007 20 1038 530F75 49 0FA6 4C 0FD7 54 1008 41 1039 530F76 54 0FA7 55 0FD8 43 1009 58 103A 450F77 43 0FA8 42 0FD9 48 100A 49 103B 440F78 48 0FA9 45 0FDA 20 100B 53 103C 200F79 20 0FAA 20 0FDB 49 100C 20 103D 20

0F7A 49 0FAB 53 0FDC 53 100D 4D 103E 200F7B 53 0FAC 59 0FDD 20 100E 49 103F 201040 54 1071 20 10A2 4F 10D3 50 1104 531041 4F 1072 41 10A3 4C 10D4 42 1105 571042 4F 1073 55 10A4 41 10D5 20 1106 491043 4C 1074 54 10A5 4E 10D6 49 1107 541044 20 1075 4F 10A6 54 10D7 53 1108 431045 43 1076 20 10A7 20 10D8 20 1109 481046 48 1077 50 10A8 53 10D9 50 110A 201047 47 1078 4F 10A9 45 10DA 52 110B 4E1048 20 1079 53 10AA 4C 10DB 45 110C 551049 53 107A 49 10AB 45 10DC 53 110D 4D104A 57 107B 54 10AC 43 10DD 53 110E 42104B 20 107C 49 10AD 54 10DE 45 110F 45104C 49 107D 4F 10AE 20 10DF 44 1110 52104D 53 107E 4E 10AF 53 10E0 53 1111 20104E 20 107F 20 10B0 57 10E1 45 1112 31104F 49 1080 43 10B1 20 10E2 54 1113 391050 4E 1081 4F 10B2 41 10E3 55 1114 201051 20 1082 4F 10B3 54 10E4 50 1115 491052 4D 1083 4C 10B4 20 10E5 20 1116 531053 41 1084 41 10B5 4D 10E6 4D 1117 201054 4E 1085 4E 10B6 49 10E7 4F 1118 501055 20 1086 54 10B7 53 10E8 44 1119 521056 50 1087 20 10B8 54 10E9 45 111A 451057 4F 1088 53 10B9 20 10EA 20 111B 531058 53 1089 45 10BA 50 10EB 49 111C 531059 49 108A 4C 10BB 4F 10EC 4E 111D 45105A 54 108B 45 10BC 53 10ED 48 111E 44105B 49 108C 43 10BD 27 10EE 49 111F 20105C 4F 108D 54 10BE 4E 10EF 42 1120 4D105D 4E 108E 20 10BF 20 10F0 49 1121 54105E 20 108F 53 10C0 44 10F1 54 1122 42105F 20 1090 57 10C1 52 10F2 20 1123 201060 54 1091 20 10C2 41 10F3 53 1124 531061 4F 1092 41 10C3 57 10F4 57 1125 571062 4F 1093 54 10C4 20 10F5 49 1126 491063 4C 1094 20 10C5 42 10F6 54 1127 541064 20 1095 46 10C6 41 10F7 43 1128 431065 43 1096 4C 10C7 52 10F8 48 1129 481066 48 1097 4F 10C8 20 10F9 20 112A 201067 47 1098 4F 10C9 4F 10FA 49 112B 4E1068 20 1099 44 10CA 50 10FB 53 112C 551069 53 109A 20 10CB 45 10FC 20 112D 4D106A 57 109B 50 10CC 52 10FD 4F 112E 42106B 20 109C 4F 10CD 41 10FE 4E 112F 45106C 49 109D 53 10CE 54 10FF 20 1130 52106D 53 109E 27 10CF 49 1100 4D 1131 20106E 20 109F 4E 10D0 4F 1101 54 1132 32106F 49 10A0 43 10D1 4E 1102 42 1133 301070 4E 10A1 4F 10D2 20 1103 20 1134 201135 49 1166 49 1197 20 11C8 43 11F9 52

1136 53 1167 54 1198 50 11C9 48 11FA 451137 20 1168 43 1199 52 11CA 20 11FB 531138 50 1169 48 119A 45 11CB 4E 11FC 531139 52 116A 20 119B 53 11CC 55 11FD 45113A 45 116B 4E 119C 53 11CD 4D 11FE 44113B 53 116C 55 119D 45 11CE 42 11FF 20113C 53 116D 4D 119E 44 11CF 45 1200 4D113D 45 116E 42 119F 20 11D0 52 1201 54113E 44 116F 45 11A0 4D 11D1 20 1202 42113F 20 1170 52 11A1 54 11D2 32 1203 201140 4D 1171 20 11A2 42 11D3 35 1204 531141 54 1172 32 11A3 20 11D4 20 1205 571142 42 1173 32 11A4 53 11D5 49 1206 491143 20 1174 20 11A5 57 11D6 53 1207 541144 53 1175 49 11A6 49 11D7 20 1208 431145 57 1176 53 11A7 54 11D8 50 1209 481146 49 1177 20 11A8 43 11D9 52 120A 201147 54 1178 50 11A9 48 11DA 45 120B 4E1148 43 1179 52 11AA 20 11DB 53 120C 551149 48 117A 45 11AB 4E 11DC 53 120D 4D114A 20 117B 53 11AC 55 11DD 45 120E 42114B 4E 117C 53 11AD 4D 11DE 44 120F 45114C 55 117D 45 11AE 42 11DF 20 1210 52114D 4D 117E 44 11AF 45 11E0 4D 1211 20114E 42 117F 20 11B0 52 11E1 54 1212 32114F 45 1180 4D 11B1 20 11E2 42 1213 371150 52 1181 54 11B2 32 11E3 20 1214 201151 20 1182 42 11B3 34 11E4 53 1215 491152 32 1183 20 11B4 20 11E5 57 1216 531153 31 1184 53 11B5 49 11E6 49 1217 201154 20 1185 57 11B6 53 11E7 54 1218 501155 49 1186 49 11B7 20 11E8 43 1219 521156 53 1187 54 11B8 50 11E9 48 121A 451157 20 1188 43 11B9 52 11EA 20 121B 531158 50 1189 48 11BA 45 11EB 4E 121C 531159 52 118A 20 11BB 53 11EC 55 121D 45115A 45 118B 4E 11BC 53 11ED 4D 121E 44115B 53 118C 55 11BD 45 11EE 42 121F 20115C 53 118D 4D 11BE 44 11EF 45 1220 4D115D 45 118E 42 11BF 20 11F0 52 1221 54115E 44 118F 45 11C0 4D 11F1 20 1222 42115F 20 1190 52 11C1 54 11F2 32 1223 201160 4D 1191 20 11C2 42 11F3 36 1224 531161 54 1192 32 11C3 20 11F4 20 1225 571162 42 1193 33 11C4 53 11F5 49 1226 491163 20 1194 20 11C5 57 11F6 53 1227 541164 53 1195 49 11C6 49 11F7 20 1228 431165 57 1196 53 11C7 54 11F8 50 1229 48122A 20 125B 53 128C 55 12BD 45 12EE 41122B 4E 125C 53 128D 4D 12BE 44 12EF 47122C 55 125D 45 128E 42 12BF 20 12F0 45122D 4D 125E 44 128F 45 12C0 4D 12F1 20

122E 42 125F 20 1290 52 12C1 54 12F2 4E122F 45 1260 4D 1291 20 12C2 42 12F3 551230 52 1261 54 1292 33 12C3 20 12F4 4D1231 20 1262 42 1293 31 12C4 46 12F5 421232 32 1263 20 1294 20 12C5 41 12F6 451233 38 1264 53 1295 49 12C6 55 12F7 521234 20 1265 57 1296 53 12C7 4C 12F8 201235 49 1266 49 1297 20 12C8 54 12F9 391236 53 1267 54 1298 50 12C9 20 12FA 381237 20 1268 43 1299 52 12CA 4D 12FB 201238 50 1269 48 129A 45 12CB 45 12FC 201239 52 126A 20 129B 53 12CC 53 12FD 20123A 45 126B 4E 129C 53 12CD 53 12FE 20123B 53 126C 55 129D 45 12CE 41 12FF 20123C 53 126D 4D 129E 44 12CF 47 1300 4D123D 45 126E 42 129F 20 12D0 45 1301 54123E 44 126F 45 12A0 4D 12D1 20 1302 42123F 20 1270 52 12A1 54 12D2 4E 1303 201240 4D 1271 20 12A2 42 12D3 55 1304 461241 54 1272 33 12A3 20 12D4 4D 1305 411242 42 1273 30 12A4 53 12D5 42 1306 551243 20 1274 20 12A5 57 12D6 45 1307 4C1244 53 1275 49 12A6 49 12D7 52 1308 541245 57 1276 53 12A7 54 12D8 20 1309 201246 49 1277 20 12A8 43 12D9 39 130A 4D1247 54 1278 50 12A9 48 12DA 37 130B 451248 43 1279 52 12AA 20 12DB 20 130C 531249 48 127A 45 12AB 4E 12DC 20 130D 53124A 20 127B 53 12AC 55 12DD 20 130E 41124B 4E 127C 53 12AD 4D 12DE 20 130F 47124C 55 127D 45 12AE 42 12DF 20 1310 45124D 4D 127E 44 12AF 45 12E0 4D 1311 20124E 42 127F 20 12B0 52 12E1 54 1312 4E124F 45 1280 4D 12B1 20 12E2 42 1313 551250 52 1281 54 12B2 33 12E3 20 1314 4D1251 20 1282 42 12B3 32 12E4 46 1315 421252 32 1283 20 12B4 20 12E5 41 1316 451253 39 1284 53 12B5 49 12E6 55 1317 521254 20 1285 57 12B6 53 12E7 4C 1318 201255 49 1286 49 12B7 20 12E8 54 1319 391256 53 1287 54 12B8 50 12E9 20 131A 391257 20 1288 43 12B9 52 12EA 4D 131B 201258 50 1289 48 12BA 45 12EB 45 131C 201259 52 128A 20 12BB 53 12EC 53 131D 20125A 45 128B 4E 12BC 53 12ED 53 131E 20131F 20 1350 45 1381 54 13B2 4E 13E3 201320 4D 1351 20 1382 42 13B3 55 13E4 461321 54 1352 4E 1383 20 13B4 4D 13E5 411322 42 1353 55 1384 46 13B5 42 13E6 551323 20 1354 4D 1385 41 13B6 45 13E7 4C1324 46 1355 42 1386 55 13B7 52 13E8 541325 41 1356 45 1387 4C 13B8 20 13E9 20

1326 55 1357 52 1388 54 13B9 31 13EA 4D1327 4C 1358 20 1389 20 13BA 30 13EB 451328 54 1359 31 138A 4D 13BB 34 13EC 531329 20 135A 30 138B 45 13BC 20 13ED 53132A 4D 135B 31 138C 53 13BD 20 13EE 41132B 45 135C 20 138D 53 13BE 20 13EF 47132C 53 135D 20 138E 41 13BF 20 13F0 45132D 53 135E 20 138F 47 13C0 4D 13F1 20132E 41 135F 20 1390 45 13C1 54 13F2 4E132F 47 1360 4D 1391 20 13C2 42 13F3 551330 45 1361 54 1392 4E 13C3 20 13F4 4D1331 20 1362 42 1393 55 13C4 46 13F5 421332 4E 1363 20 1394 4D 13C5 41 13F6 451333 55 1364 46 1395 42 13C6 55 13F7 521334 4D 1365 41 1396 45 13C7 4C 13F8 201335 42 1366 55 1397 52 13C8 54 13F9 311336 45 1367 4C 1398 20 13C9 20 13FA 301337 52 1368 54 1399 31 13CA 4D 13FB 361338 20 1369 20 139A 30 13CB 45 13FC 201339 31 136A 4D 139B 33 13CC 53 13FD 20133A 30 136B 45 139C 20 13CD 53 13FE 20133B 30 136C 53 139D 20 13CE 41 13FF 20133C 20 136D 53 139E 20 13CF 47 1400 4D133D 20 136E 41 139F 20 13D0 45 1401 54133E 20 136F 47 13A0 4D 13D1 20 1402 42133F 20 1370 45 13A1 54 13D2 4E 1403 201340 4D 1371 20 13A2 42 13D3 55 1404 461341 54 1372 4E 13A3 20 13D4 4D 1405 411342 42 1373 55 13A4 46 13D5 42 1406 551343 20 1374 4D 13A5 41 13D6 45 1407 4C1344 46 1375 42 13A6 55 13D7 52 1408 541345 41 1376 45 13A7 4C 13D8 20 1409 201346 55 1377 52 13A8 54 13D9 31 140A 4D1347 4C 1378 20 13A9 20 13DA 30 140B 451348 54 1379 31 13AA 4D 13DB 35 140C 531349 20 137A 30 13AB 45 13DC 20 140D 53134A 4D 137B 32 13AC 53 13DD 20 140E 41134B 45 137C 20 13AD 53 13DE 20 140F 47134C 53 137D 20 13AE 41 13DF 20 1410 45134D 53 137E 20 13AF 47 13E0 4D 1411 20134E 41 137F 20 13B0 45 13E1 54 1412 4E134F 47 1380 4D 13B1 20 13E2 42 1413 551414 4D 1445 41 1476 45 14A7 4C 14D8 201415 42 1446 55 1477 52 14A8 54 14D9 311416 45 1447 4C 1478 20 14A9 20 14DA 311417 52 1448 54 1479 31 14AA 4D 14DB 331418 20 1449 20 147A 31 14AB 45 14DC 201419 31 144A 4D 147B 30 14AC 53 14DD 20141A 30 144B 45 147C 20 14AD 53 14DE 20141B 37 144C 53 147D 20 14AE 41 14DF 20141C 20 144D 53 147E 20 14AF 47 14E0 4D141D 20 144E 41 147F 20 14B0 45 14E1 54

141E 20 144F 47 1480 4D 14B1 20 14E2 42141F 20 1450 45 1481 54 14B2 4E 14E3 201420 4D 1451 20 1482 42 14B3 55 14E4 461421 54 1452 4E 1483 20 14B4 4D 14E5 411422 42 1453 55 1484 46 14B5 42 14E6 551423 20 1454 4D 1485 41 14B6 45 14E7 4C1424 46 1455 42 1486 55 14B7 52 14E8 541425 41 1456 45 1487 4C 14B8 20 14E9 201426 55 1457 52 1488 54 14B9 31 14EA 4D1427 4C 1458 20 1489 20 14BA 31 14EB 451428 54 1459 31 148A 4D 14BB 32 14EC 531429 20 145A 30 148B 45 14BC 20 14ED 53142A 4D 145B 39 148C 53 14BD 20 14EE 41142B 45 145C 20 148D 53 14BE 20 14EF 47142C 53 145D 20 148E 41 14BF 20 14F0 45142D 53 145E 20 148F 47 14C0 4D 14F1 20142E 41 145F 20 1490 45 14C1 54 14F2 4E142F 47 1460 4D 1491 20 14C2 42 14F3 551430 45 1461 54 1492 4E 14C3 20 14F4 4D1431 20 1462 42 1493 55 14C4 46 14F5 421432 4E 1463 20 1494 4D 14C5 41 14F6 451433 55 1464 46 1495 42 14C6 55 14F7 521434 4D 1465 41 1496 45 14C7 4C 14F8 201435 42 1466 55 1497 52 14C8 54 14F9 311436 45 1467 4C 1498 20 14C9 20 14FA 311437 52 1468 54 1499 31 14CA 4D 14FB 341438 20 1469 20 149A 31 14CB 45 14FC 201439 31 146A 4D 149B 31 14CC 53 14FD 20143A 30 146B 45 149C 20 14CD 53 14FE 20143B 38 146C 53 149D 20 14CE 41 14FF 20143C 20 146D 53 149E 20 14CF 47 1500 4D143D 20 146E 41 149F 20 14D0 45 1501 54143E 20 146F 47 14A0 4D 14D1 20 1502 42143F 20 1470 45 14A1 54 14D2 4E 1503 201440 4D 1471 20 14A2 42 14D3 55 1504 461441 54 1472 4E 14A3 20 14D4 4D 1505 411442 42 1473 55 14A4 46 14D5 42 1506 551443 20 1474 4D 14A5 41 14D6 45 1507 4C1444 46 1475 42 14A6 55 14D7 52 1508 541509 20 153A 31 156B 45 159C 20 15CD 53150A 4D 153B 36 156C 53 159D 20 15CE 41150B 45 153C 20 156D 53 159E 20 15CF 47150C 53 153D 20 156E 41 159F 20 15D0 45150D 53 153E 20 156F 47 15A0 4D 15D1 20150E 41 153F 20 1570 45 15A1 54 15D2 4E150F 47 1540 4D 1571 20 15A2 42 15D3 551510 45 1541 54 1572 4E 15A3 20 15D4 4D1511 20 1542 42 1573 55 15A4 46 15D5 421512 4E 1543 20 1574 4D 15A5 41 15D6 451513 55 1544 46 1575 42 15A6 55 15D7 521514 4D 1545 41 1576 45 15A7 4C 15D8 201515 42 1546 55 1577 52 15A8 54 15D9 31

1516 45 1547 4C 1578 20 15A9 20 15DA 321517 52 1548 54 1579 31 15AA 4D 15DB 311518 20 1549 20 157A 31 15AB 45 15DC 201519 31 154A 4D 157B 38 15AC 53 15DD 20151A 31 154B 45 157C 20 15AD 53 15DE 20151B 35 154C 53 157D 20 15AE 41 15DF 20151C 20 154D 53 157E 20 15AF 47 15E0 4D151D 20 154E 41 157F 20 15B0 45 15E1 54151E 20 154F 47 1580 4D 15B1 20 15E2 42151F 20 1550 45 1581 54 15B2 4E 15E3 201520 4D 1551 20 1582 42 15B3 55 15E4 461521 54 1552 4E 1583 20 15B4 4D 15E5 411522 42 1553 55 1584 46 15B5 42 15E6 551523 20 1554 4D 1585 41 15B6 45 15E7 4C1524 46 1555 42 1586 55 15B7 52 15E8 541525 41 1556 45 1587 4C 15B8 20 15E9 201526 55 1557 52 1588 54 15B9 31 15EA 4D1527 4C 1558 20 1589 20 15BA 32 15EB 451528 54 1559 31 158A 4D 15BB 30 15EC 531529 20 155A 31 158B 45 15BC 20 15ED 53152A 4D 155B 37 158C 53 15BD 20 15EE 41152B 45 155C 20 158D 53 15BE 20 15EF 47152C 53 155D 20 158E 41 15BF 20 15F0 45152D 53 155E 20 158F 47 15C0 4D 15F1 20152E 41 155F 20 1590 45 15C1 54 15F2 4E152F 47 1560 4D 1591 20 15C2 42 15F3 551530 45 1561 54 1592 4E 15C3 20 15F4 4D1531 20 1562 42 1593 55 15C4 46 15F5 421532 4E 1563 20 1594 4D 15C5 41 15F6 451533 55 1564 46 1595 42 15C6 55 15F7 521534 4D 1565 41 1596 45 15C7 4C 15F8 201535 42 1566 55 1597 52 15C8 54 15F9 311536 45 1567 4C 1598 20 15C9 20 15FA 321537 52 1568 54 1599 31 15CA 4D 15FB 321538 20 1569 20 159A 31 15CB 45 15FC 201539 31 156A 4D 159B 39 15CC 53 15FD 2015FE 20 162F 47 1660 4D 1691 20 16C2 5815FF 20 1630 45 1661 54 1692 4E 16C3 201600 4D 1631 20 1662 42 1693 55 16C4 411601 54 1632 4E 1663 20 1694 4D 16C5 581602 42 1633 55 1664 46 1695 42 16C6 491603 20 1634 4D 1665 41 1696 45 16C7 531604 46 1635 42 1666 55 1697 52 16C8 2D1605 41 1636 45 1667 4C 1698 20 16C9 201606 55 1637 52 1668 54 1699 31 16CA 581607 4C 1638 20 1669 20 169A 32 16CB 201608 54 1639 31 166A 4D 169B 37 16CC 411609 20 163A 32 166B 45 169C 20 16CD 58160A 4D 163B 34 166C 53 169D 20 16CE 49160B 45 163C 20 166D 53 169E 20 16CF 53160C 53 163D 20 166E 41 169F 20 16D0 2B160D 53 163E 20 166F 47 16A0 4D 16D1 20

160E 41 163F 20 1670 45 16A1 54 16D2 59160F 47 1640 4D 1671 20 16A2 42 16D3 201610 45 1641 54 1672 4E 16A3 20 16D4 411611 20 1642 42 1673 55 16A4 46 16D5 581612 4E 1643 20 1674 4D 16A5 41 16D6 491613 55 1644 46 1675 42 16A6 55 16D7 531614 4D 1645 41 1676 45 16A7 4C 16D8 2D1615 42 1646 55 1677 52 16A8 54 16D9 201616 45 1647 4C 1678 20 16A9 20 16DA 591617 52 1648 54 1679 31 16AA 4D 16DB 201618 20 1649 20 167A 32 16AB 45 16DC 411619 31 164A 4D 167B 36 16AC 53 16DD 58161A 32 164B 45 167C 20 16AD 53 16DE 49161B 33 164C 53 167D 20 16AE 41 16DF 53161C 20 164D 53 167E 20 16AF 47 16E0 2B161D 20 164E 41 167F 20 16B0 45 16E1 20161E 20 164F 47 1680 4D 16B1 20 16E2 5A161F 20 1650 45 1681 54 16B2 4E 16E3 201620 4D 1651 20 1682 42 16B3 55 16E4 411621 54 1652 4E 1683 20 16B4 4D 16E5 581622 42 1653 55 1684 46 16B5 42 16E6 491623 20 1654 4D 1685 41 16B6 45 16E7 531624 46 1655 42 1686 55 16B7 52 16E8 2D1625 41 1656 45 1687 4C 16B8 20 16E9 201626 55 1657 52 1688 54 16B9 31 16EA 5A1627 4C 1658 20 1689 20 16BA 32 16EB 201628 54 1659 31 168A 4D 16BB 38 16EC 411629 20 165A 32 168B 45 16BC 20 16ED 58162A 4D 165B 35 168C 53 16BD 20 16EE 49162B 45 165C 20 168D 53 16BE 20 16EF 53162C 53 165D 20 168E 41 16BF 20 16F0 2B162D 53 165E 20 168F 47 16C0 2B 16F1 20162E 41 165F 20 1690 45 16C1 20 16F2 3416F3 54 1724 54 1755 31 1786 35 17B7 3816F4 48 1725 31 1756 34 1787 32 17B8 4916F5 20 1726 34 1757 36 1788 49 17B9 4E16F6 41 1727 30 1758 49 1789 4E 17BA 5316F7 58 1728 49 1759 4E 178A 53 17BB 5216F8 2D 1729 4E 175A 53 178B 52 17BC 5416F9 20 172A 53 175B 52 178C 54 17BD 3116FA 34 172B 52 175C 54 178D 31 17BE 3516FB 54 172C 54 175D 31 178E 35 17BF 3916FC 48 172D 31 175E 34 178F 33 17C0 4916FD 20 172E 34 175F 37 1790 49 17C1 4E16FE 41 172F 31 1760 49 1791 4E 17C2 5316FF 58 1730 49 1761 4E 1792 53 17C3 521700 2B 1731 4E 1762 53 1793 52 17C4 541701 20 1732 53 1763 52 1794 54 17C5 311702 35 1733 52 1764 54 1795 31 17C6 361703 54 1734 54 1765 31 1796 35 17C7 301704 48 1735 31 1766 34 1797 34 17C8 491705 20 1736 34 1767 38 1798 49 17C9 4E

1706 41 1737 32 1768 49 1799 4E 17CA 531707 58 1738 49 1769 4E 179A 53 17CB 521708 2D 1739 4E 176A 53 179B 52 17CC 541709 20 173A 53 176B 52 179C 54 17CD 31170A 35 173B 52 176C 54 179D 31 17CE 36170B 54 173C 54 176D 31 179E 35 17CF 31170C 48 173D 31 176E 34 179F 35 17D0 49170D 20 173E 34 176F 39 17A0 49 17D1 4E170E 41 173F 33 1770 49 17A1 4E 17D2 53170F 58 1740 49 1771 4E 17A2 53 17D3 521710 49 1741 4E 1772 53 17A3 52 17D4 541711 4E 1742 53 1773 52 17A4 54 17D5 311712 53 1743 52 1774 54 17A5 31 17D6 361713 52 1744 54 1775 31 17A6 35 17D7 321714 54 1745 31 1776 35 17A7 36 17D8 491715 31 1746 34 1777 30 17A8 49 17D9 4E1716 33 1747 34 1778 49 17A9 4E 17DA 531717 38 1748 49 1779 4E 17AA 53 17DB 521718 49 1749 4E 177A 53 17AB 52 17DC 541719 4E 174A 53 177B 52 17AC 54 17DD 31171A 53 174B 52 177C 54 17AD 31 17DE 36171B 52 174C 54 177D 31 17AE 35 17DF 33171C 54 174D 31 177E 35 17AF 37 17E0 49171D 31 174E 34 177F 31 17B0 49 17E1 4E171E 33 174F 35 1780 49 17B1 4E 17E2 53171F 39 1750 49 1781 4E 17B2 53 17E3 521720 49 1751 4E 1782 53 17B3 52 17E4 541721 4E 1752 53 1783 52 17B4 54 17E5 311722 53 1753 52 1784 54 17B5 31 17E6 361723 52 1754 54 1785 31 17B6 35 17E7 3417E8 49 1819 4E 184A 53 187B 52 18AC 5417E9 4E 181A 53 184B 52 187C 54 18AD 3117EA 53 181B 52 184C 54 187D 31 18AE 3817EB 52 181C 54 184D 31 187E 38 18AF 3917EC 54 181D 31 184E 37 187F 33 18B0 4917ED 31 181E 37 184F 37 1880 49 18B1 4E17EE 36 181F 31 1850 49 1881 4E 18B2 5317EF 35 1820 49 1851 4E 1882 53 18B3 5217F0 49 1821 4E 1852 53 1883 52 18B4 5417F1 4E 1822 53 1853 52 1884 54 18B5 3117F2 53 1823 52 1854 54 1885 31 18B6 3917F3 52 1824 54 1855 31 1886 38 18B7 3017F4 54 1825 31 1856 37 1887 34 18B8 4917F5 31 1826 37 1857 38 1888 49 18B9 4E17F6 36 1827 32 1858 49 1889 4E 18BA 5317F7 36 1828 49 1859 4E 188A 53 18BB 5217F8 49 1829 4E 185A 53 188B 52 18BC 5417F9 4E 182A 53 185B 52 188C 54 18BD 3117FA 53 182B 52 185C 54 188D 31 18BE 3917FB 52 182C 54 185D 31 188E 38 18BF 3117FC 54 182D 31 185E 37 188F 35 18C0 4917FD 31 182E 37 185F 39 1890 49 18C1 4E

17FE 36 182F 33 1860 49 1891 4E 18C2 5317FF 37 1830 49 1861 4E 1892 53 18C3 521800 49 1831 4E 1862 53 1893 52 18C4 541801 4E 1832 53 1863 52 1894 54 18C5 311802 53 1833 52 1864 54 1895 31 18C6 391803 52 1834 54 1865 31 1896 38 18C7 321804 54 1835 31 1866 38 1897 36 18C8 491805 31 1836 37 1867 30 1898 49 18C9 4E1806 36 1837 34 1868 49 1899 4E 18CA 531807 38 1838 49 1869 4E 189A 53 18CB 521808 49 1839 4E 186A 53 189B 52 18CC 541809 4E 183A 53 186B 52 189C 54 18CD 31180A 53 183B 52 186C 54 189D 31 18CE 39180B 52 183C 54 186D 31 189E 38 18CF 33180C 54 183D 31 186E 38 189F 37 18D0 49180D 31 183E 37 186F 31 18A0 49 18D1 4E180E 36 183F 35 1870 49 18A1 4E 18D2 53180F 39 1840 49 1871 4E 18A2 53 18D3 521810 49 1841 4E 1872 53 18A3 52 18D4 541811 4E 1842 53 1873 52 18A4 54 18D5 311812 53 1843 52 1874 54 18A5 31 18D6 391813 52 1844 54 1875 31 18A6 38 18D7 341814 54 1845 31 1876 38 18A7 38 18D8 491815 31 1846 37 1877 32 18A8 49 18D9 4E1816 37 1847 36 1878 49 18A9 4E 18DA 531817 30 1848 49 1879 4E 18AA 53 18DB 521818 49 1849 4E 187A 53 18AB 52 18DC 5418DD 31 190E 30 192D 32 195E 31 198F 3718DE 39 190F 31 192E 30 195F 31 1990 4918DF 35 1910 49 192F 35 1960 49 1991 4E18E0 49 1911 4E 1930 49 1961 4E 1992 5318E1 4E 1912 53 1931 4E 1962 53 1993 5218E2 53 1913 52 1932 53 1963 52 1994 5418E3 52 1914 54 1933 52 1964 54 1995 3218E4 54 1915 32 1934 54 1965 32 1996 3118E5 31 1916 30 1935 32 1966 31 1997 3818E6 39 1917 32 1936 30 1967 32 1998 4918E7 36 1918 49 1937 36 1968 49 1999 4E18E8 49 1919 4E 1938 49 1969 4E 199A 5318E9 4E 191A 53 1939 4E 196A 53 199B 5218EA 53 191B 52 193A 53 196B 52 199C 5418EB 52 191B 52 193B 52 196C 54 199D 3218EC 54 191C 54 193C 54 196D 32 199E 3118ED 31 191C 54 193D 32 196E 31 199F 3918EE 39 191D 32 193E 30 196F 33 19A0 4918EF 37 191D 32 193F 37 1970 49 19A1 4E18F0 49 191E 30 1940 49 1971 4E 19A2 5318F1 4E 191E 30 1941 4E 1972 53 19A3 5218F2 53 191F 33 1942 53 1973 52 19A4 5418F3 52 191F 33 1943 52 1974 54 19A5 3218F4 54 1920 49 1944 54 1975 32 19A6 3218F5 31 1920 49 1945 32 1976 31 19A7 30

18F6 39 1921 4E 1946 30 1977 34 19A8 4918F7 38 1921 4E 1947 38 1978 49 19A9 4E18F8 49 1922 53 1948 49 1979 4E 19AA 5318F9 4E 1922 53 1949 4E 197A 53 19AB 5218FA 53 1923 52 194A 53 197B 52 19AC 5418FB 52 1923 52 194B 52 197C 54 19AD 3218FC 54 1924 54 194C 54 197D 32 19AE 3218FD 31 1924 54 194D 32 197E 31 19AF 3118FE 39 1925 32 194E 30 197F 35 19B0 4918FF 39 1925 32 194F 39 1980 49 19B1 4E1900 49 1926 30 1950 49 1981 4E 19B2 531901 4E 1926 30 1951 4E 1982 53 19B3 521902 53 1927 34 1952 53 1983 52 19B4 541903 52 1927 34 1953 52 1984 54 19B5 321904 54 1928 49 1954 54 1985 32 19B6 321905 32 1928 49 1955 32 1986 31 19B7 321906 30 1929 4E 1956 31 1987 36 19B8 491907 30 1929 4E 1957 30 1988 49 19B9 4E1908 49 192A 53 1958 49 1989 4E 19BA 531909 4E 192A 53 1959 4E 198A 53 19BB 52190A 53 192B 52 195A 53 198B 52 19BC 54190B 52 192B 52 195B 52 198C 54 19BD 32190C 54 192C 54 195C 54 198D 32 19BE 32190D 32 192C 54 195D 32 198E 31 19BF 3319C0 49 19F1 4E 1A22 53 1A53 52 1A84 5419C1 4E 19F2 53 1A23 52 1A54 54 1A85 3219C2 53 19F3 52 1A24 54 1A55 32 1A86 3419C3 52 19F4 54 1A25 32 1A56 34 1A87 3819C4 54 19F5 32 1A26 33 1A57 32 1A88 4919C5 32 19F6 33 1A27 36 1A58 49 1A89 4E19C6 32 19F7 30 1A28 49 1A59 4E 1A8A 5319C7 34 19F8 49 1A29 4E 1A5A 53 1A8B 5219C8 49 19F9 4E 1A2A 53 1A5B 52 1A8C 5419C9 4E 19FA 53 1A2B 52 1A5C 54 1A8D 3219CA 53 19FB 52 1A2C 54 1A5D 32 1A8E 3419CB 52 19FC 54 1A2D 32 1A5E 34 1A8F 3919CC 54 19FD 32 1A2E 33 1A5F 33 1A90 4919CD 32 19FE 33 1A2F 37 1A60 49 1A91 4E19CE 32 19FF 31 1A30 49 1A61 4E 1A92 5319CF 35 1A00 49 1A31 4E 1A62 53 1A93 5219D0 49 1A01 4E 1A32 53 1A63 52 1A94 5419D1 4E 1A02 53 1A33 52 1A64 54 1A95 3219D2 53 1A03 52 1A34 54 1A65 32 1A96 3519D3 52 1A04 54 1A35 32 1A66 34 1A97 3019D4 54 1A05 32 1A36 33 1A67 34 1A98 4919D5 32 1A06 33 1A37 38 1A68 49 1A99 4E19D6 32 1A07 32 1A38 49 1A69 4E 1A9A 5319D7 36 1A08 49 1A39 4E 1A6A 53 1A9B 5219D8 49 1A09 4E 1A3A 53 1A6B 52 1A9C 5419D9 4E 1A0A 53 1A3B 52 1A6C 54 1A9D 3219DA 53 1A0B 52 1A3C 54 1A6D 32 1A9E 3519DB 52 1A0C 54 1A3D 32 1A6E 34 1A9F 31

19DC 54 1A0D 32 1A3E 33 1A6F 35 1AA0 4919DD 32 1A0E 33 1A3F 39 1A70 49 1AA1 4E19DE 32 1A0F 33 1A40 49 1A71 4E 1AA2 5319DF 37 1A10 49 1A41 4E 1A72 53 1AA3 5219E0 49 1A11 53 1A42 53 1A73 52 1AA4 5419E1 4E 1A12 4E 1A43 52 1A74 54 1AA5 3219E2 53 1A13 52 1A44 54 1A75 32 1AA6 3519E3 52 1A14 54 1A45 32 1A76 34 1AA7 3219E4 54 1A15 32 1A46 34 1A77 36 1AA8 4919E5 32 1A16 33 1A47 30 1A78 49 1AA9 4E19E6 32 1A17 34 1A48 49 1A79 4E 1AAA 5319E7 38 1A18 49 1A49 4E 1A7A 53 1AAB 5219E8 49 1A19 4E 1A4A 53 1A7B 52 1AAC 5419E9 4E 1A1A 53 1A4B 52 1A7C 54 1AAD 3219EA 53 1A1B 52 1A4C 54 1A7D 32 1AAE 3519EB 52 1A1C 54 1A4D 32 1A7E 34 1AAF 3319EC 54 1A1D 32 1A4E 34 1A7F 37 1AB0 4919ED 32 1A1E 33 1A4F 31 1A80 49 1AB1 4E19EE 32 1A1F 35 1A50 49 1A81 4E 1AB2 5319EF 39 1A20 49 1A51 4E 1A82 53 1AB3 5219F0 49 1A21 4E 1A52 53 1A83 52 1AB4 541AB5 32 1AE6 00 1B17 FF 1B48 FF 1B79 FF1AB6 35 1AE7 99 1B18 FF 1B49 FF 1B7A FF1AB7 34 1AE8 99 1B19 FF 1B4A FF 1B7B FF1AB8 49 1AE9 01 1B1A FF 1B4B FF 1B7C FF1AB9 4E 1AEA 00 1B1B FF 1B4C FF 1B7D FF1ABA 53 1AEB 00 1B1C FF 1B4D FF 1B7E FF1ABB 52 1AEC 50 1B1D FF 1B4E FF 1B7F FF1ABC 54 1AED 00 1B1E FF 1B4F FF 1B80 FF1ABD 32 1AEE 01 1B1F FF 1B50 FF 1B81 FF1ABE 35 1AEF 00 1B20 FF 1B51 FF 1B82 FF1ABF 35 1AF0 99 1B21 FF 1B52 FF 1B83 FF1AC0 FF 1AF1 99 1B22 FF 1B53 FF 1B84 FF1AC1 FF 1AF2 FF 1B23 FF 1B54 FF 1B85 FF1AC2 FF 1AF3 FF 1B24 FF 1B55 FF 1B86 FF1AC3 FF 1AF4 01 1B25 FF 1B56 FF 1B87 FF1AC4 FF 1AF5 07 1B26 FF 1B57 FF 1B88 FF1AC5 FF 1AF6 20 1B27 FF 1B58 FF 1B89 FF1AC6 FF 1AF7 00 1B28 FF 1B59 FF 1B8A FF1AC7 FF 1AF8 01 1B29 FF 1B5A FF 1B8B FF1AC8 FF 1AF9 01 1B2A FF 1B5B FF 1B8C FF1AC9 FF 1AFA 01 1B2B FF 1B5C FF 1B8D FF1ACA FF 1AFB 01 1B2C FF 1B5D FF 1B8E FF1ACB FF 1AFC 01 1B2D FF 1B5E FF 1B8F FF1ACC FF 1AFD 00 1B2E FF 1B5F FF 1B90 FF1ACD FF 1AFE 02 1B2F FF 1B60 FF 1B91 FF1ACE FF 1AFF 00 1B30 FF 1B61 FF 1B92 FF1ACF FF 1B00 00 1B31 FF 1B62 FF 1B93 FF1AD0 FF 1B01 02 1B32 FF 1B63 FF 1B94 FF1AD1 FF 1B02 00 1B33 FF 1B64 FF 1B95 FF1AD2 FF 1B03 00 1B34 FF 1B65 FF 1B96 FF1AD3 FF 1B04 01 1B35 FF 1B66 FF 1B97 FF

1AD4 FF 1B05 50 1B36 FF 1B67 FF 1B98 FF1AD5 00 1B06 00 1B37 FF 1B68 FF 1B99 FF1AD6 00 1B07 18 1B38 FF 1B69 FF 1B9A FF1AD7 10 1B08 00 1B39 FF 1B6A FF 1B9B FF1AD8 00 1B09 00 1B3A FF 1B6B FF 1B9C FF1AD9 01 1B0A 18 1B3B FF 1B6C FF 1B9D FF1ADA 00 1B0B 00 1B3C FF 1B6D FF 1B9E FF1ADB 00 1B0C 00 1B3D FF 1B6E FF 1B9F FF1ADC 50 1B0D 01 1B3E FF 1B6F FF 1BA0 FF1ADD 00 1B0E FF 1B3F FF 1B70 FF 1BA1 FF1ADE 10 1B0F FF 1B40 FF 1B71 FF 1BA2 FF1ADF 00 1B10 FF 1B41 FF 1B72 FF 1BA3 FF1AE0 00 1B11 FF 1B42 FF 1B73 FF 1BA4 FF1AE1 40 1B12 FF 1B43 FF 1B74 FF 1BA5 FF1AE2 96 1B13 FF 1B44 FF 1B75 FF 1BA6 FF1AE3 00 1B14 FF 1B45 FF 1B76 FF 1BA7 FF1AE4 10 1B15 FF 1B46 FF 1B77 FF 1BA8 FF1AE5 10 1B16 FF 1B47 FF 1B78 FF 1BA9 FF1BAA FF 1BDB FF 1C0C FF 1C3D FF 1C6E FF1BAB FF 1BDC FF 1C0D FF 1C3E FF 1C6F FF1BAC FF 1BDD FF 1C0E FF 1C3F FF 1C70 FF1BAD FF 1BDE FF 1C0F FF 1C40 FF 1C71 FF1BAE FF 1BDF FF 1C10 FF 1C41 FF 1C72 FF1BAF FF 1BE0 FF 1C11 FF 1C42 FF 1C73 FF1BB0 FF 1BE1 FF 1C12 FF 1C43 FF 1C74 FF1BB1 FF 1BE2 FF 1C13 FF 1C44 FF 1C75 FF1BB2 FF 1BE3 FF 1C14 FF 1C45 FF 1C76 FF1BB3 FF 1BE4 FF 1C15 FF 1C46 FF 1C77 FF1BB4 FF 1BE5 FF 1C16 FF 1C47 FF 1C78 FF1BB5 FF 1BE6 FF 1C17 FF 1C48 FF 1C79 FF1BB6 FF 1BE7 FF 1C18 FF 1C49 FF 1C7A FF1BB7 FF 1BE8 FF 1C19 FF 1C4A FF 1C7B FF1BB8 FF 1BE9 FF 1C1A FF 1C4B FF 1C7C FF1BB9 FF 1BEA FF 1C1B FF 1C4C FF 1C7D FF1BBA FF 1BEB FF 1C1C FF 1C4D FF 1C7E FF1BBB FF 1BEC FF 1C1D FF 1C4E FF 1C7F FF1BBC FF 1BED FF 1C1E FF 1C4F FF 1C80 FF1BBD FF 1BEE FF 1C1F FF 1C50 FF 1C81 FF1BBE FF 1BEF FF 1C20 FF 1C51 FF 1C82 FF1BBF FF 1BF0 FF 1C21 FF 1C52 FF 1C83 FF1BC0 FF 1BF1 FF 1C22 FF 1C53 FF 1C84 FF1BC1 FF 1BF2 FF 1C23 FF 1C54 FF 1C85 FF1BC2 FF 1BF3 FF 1C24 FF 1C55 FF 1C86 FF1BC3 FF 1BF4 FF 1C25 FF 1C56 FF 1C87 FF1BC4 FF 1BF5 FF 1C26 FF 1C57 FF 1C88 FF1BC5 FF 1BF6 FF 1C27 FF 1C58 FF 1C89 FF1BC6 FF 1BF7 FF 1C28 FF 1C59 FF 1C8A FF1BC7 FF 1BF8 FF 1C29 FF 1C5A FF 1C8B FF1BC8 FF 1BF9 FF 1C2A FF 1C5B FF 1C8C FF1BC9 FF 1BFA FF 1C2B FF 1C5C FF 1C8D FF1BCA FF 1BFB FF 1C2C FF 1C5D FF 1C8E FF1BCB FF 1BFC FF 1C2D FF 1C5E FF 1C8F FF

1BCC FF 1BFD FF 1C2E FF 1C5F FF 1C90 FF1BCD FF 1BFE FF 1C2F FF 1C60 FF 1C91 FF1BCE FF 1BFF FF 1C30 FF 1C61 FF 1C92 FF1BCF FF 1C00 FF 1C31 FF 1C62 FF 1C93 FF1BD0 FF 1C01 FF 1C32 FF 1C63 FF 1C94 FF1BD1 FF 1C02 FF 1C33 FF 1C64 FF 1C95 FF1BD2 FF 1C03 FF 1C34 FF 1C65 FF 1C96 FF1BD3 FF 1C04 FF 1C35 FF 1C66 FF 1C97 FF1BD4 FF 1C05 FF 1C36 FF 1C67 FF 1C98 FF1BD5 FF 1C06 FF 1C37 FF 1C68 FF 1C99 FF1BD6 FF 1C07 FF 1C38 FF 1C69 FF 1C9A FF1BD7 FF 1C08 FF 1C39 FF 1C6A FF 1C9B FF1BD8 FF 1C09 FF 1C3A FF 1C6B FF 1C9C FF1BD9 FF 1C0A FF 1C3B FF 1C6C FF 1C9D FF1BDA FF 1C0B FF 1C3C FF 1C6D FF 1C9E FF1C9F FF 1CD0 FF 1D01 FF 1D32 FF 1D63 FF1CA0 FF 1CD1 FF 1D02 FF 1D33 FF 1D64 FF1CA1 FF 1CD2 FF 1D03 FF 1D34 FF 1D65 FF1CA2 FF 1CD3 FF 1D04 FF 1D35 FF 1D66 FF1CA3 FF 1CD4 FF 1D05 FF 1D36 FF 1D67 FF1CA4 FF 1CD5 FF 1D06 FF 1D37 FF 1D68 FF1CA5 FF 1CD6 FF 1D07 FF 1D38 FF 1D69 FF1CA6 FF 1CD7 FF 1D08 FF 1D39 FF 1D6A FF1CA7 FF 1CD8 FF 1D09 FF 1D3A FF 1D6B FF1CA8 FF 1CD9 FF 1D0A FF 1D3B FF 1D6C FF1CA9 FF 1CDA FF 1D0B FF 1D3C FF 1D6D FF1CAA FF 1CDB FF 1D0C FF 1D3D FF 1D6E FF1CAB FF 1CDC FF 1D0D FF 1D3E FF 1D6F FF1CAC FF 1CDD FF 1D0E FF 1D3F FF 1D70 FF1CAD FF 1CDE FF 1D0F FF 1D40 FF 1D71 FF1CAE FF 1CDF FF 1D10 FF 1D41 FF 1D72 FF1CAF FF 1CE0 FF 1D11 FF 1D42 FF 1D73 FF1CB0 FF 1CE1 FF 1D12 FF 1D43 FF 1D74 FF1CB1 FF 1CE2 FF 1D13 FF 1D44 FF 1D75 FF1CB2 FF 1CE3 FF 1D14 FF 1D45 FF 1D76 FF1CB3 FF 1CE4 FF 1D15 FF 1D46 FF 1D77 FF1CB4 FF 1CE5 FF 1D16 FF 1D47 FF 1D78 FF1CB5 FF 1CE6 FF 1D17 FF 1D48 FF 1D79 FF1CB6 FF 1CE7 FF 1D18 FF 1D49 FF 1D7A FF1CB7 FF 1CE8 FF 1D19 FF 1D4A FF 1D7B FF1CB8 FF 1CE9 FF 1D1A FF 1D4B FF 1D7C FF1CB9 FF 1CEA FF 1D1B FF 1D4C FF 1D7D FF1CBA FF 1CEB FF 1D1C FF 1D4D FF 1D7E FF1CBB FF 1CEC FF 1D1D FF 1D4E FF 1D7F FF1CBC FF 1CED FF 1D1E FF 1D4F FF 1D80 FF1CBD FF 1CEE FF 1D1F FF 1D50 FF 1D81 FF1CBE FF 1CEF FF 1D20 FF 1D51 FF 1D82 FF1CBF FF 1CF0 FF 1D21 FF 1D52 FF 1D83 FF1CC0 FF 1CF1 FF 1D22 FF 1D53 FF 1D84 FF1CC1 FF 1CF2 FF 1D23 FF 1D54 FF 1D85 FF1CC2 FF 1CF3 FF 1D24 FF 1D55 FF 1D86 FF1CC3 FF 1CF4 FF 1D25 FF 1D56 FF 1D87 FF

1CC4 FF 1CF5 FF 1D26 FF 1D57 FF 1D88 FF1CC5 FF 1CF6 FF 1D27 FF 1D58 FF 1D89 FF1CC6 FF 1CF7 FF 1D28 FF 1D59 FF 1D8A FF1CC7 FF 1CF8 FF 1D29 FF 1D5A FF 1D8B FF1CC8 FF 1CF9 FF 1D2A FF 1D5B FF 1D8C FF1CC9 FF 1CFA FF 1D2B FF 1D5C FF 1D8D FF1CCA FF 1CFB FF 1D2C FF 1D5D FF 1D8E FF1CCB FF 1CFC FF 1D2D FF 1D5E FF 1D8F FF1CCC FF 1CFD FF 1D2E FF 1D5F FF 1D90 FF1CCD FF 1CFE FF 1D2F FF 1D60 FF 1D91 FF1CCE FF 1CFF FF 1D30 FF 1D61 FF 1D92 FF1CCF FF 1D00 FF 1D31 FF 1D62 FF 1D93 FF1D94 FF 1DC5 FF 1DF6 FF 1E27 FF 1E58 FF1D95 FF 1DC6 FF 1DF7 FF 1E28 FF 1E59 FF1D96 FF 1DC7 FF 1DF8 FF 1E29 FF 1E5A FF1D97 FF 1DC8 FF 1DF9 FF 1E2A FF 1E5B FF1D98 FF 1DC9 FF 1DFA FF 1E2B FF 1E5C FF1D99 FF 1DCA FF 1DFB FF 1E2C FF 1E5D FF1D9A FF 1DCB FF 1DFC FF 1E2D FF 1E5E FF1D9B FF 1DCC FF 1DFD FF 1E2E FF 1E5F FF1D9C FF 1DCD FF 1DFE FF 1E2F FF 1E60 FF1D9D FF 1DCE FF 1DFF FF 1E30 FF 1E61 FF1D9E FF 1DCF FF 1E00 FF 1E31 FF 1E62 FF1D9F FF 1DD0 FF 1E01 FF 1E32 FF 1E63 FF1DA0 FF 1DD1 FF 1E02 FF 1E33 FF 1E64 FF1DA1 FF 1DD2 FF 1E03 FF 1E34 FF 1E65 FF1DA2 FF 1DD3 FF 1E04 FF 1E35 FF 1E66 FF1DA3 FF 1DD4 FF 1E05 FF 1E36 FF 1E67 FF1DA4 FF 1DD5 FF 1E06 FF 1E37 FF 1E68 FF1DA5 FF 1DD6 FF 1E07 FF 1E38 FF 1E69 FF1DA6 FF 1DD7 FF 1E08 FF 1E39 FF 1E6A FF1DA7 FF 1DD8 FF 1E09 FF 1E3A FF 1E6B FF1DA8 FF 1DD9 FF 1E0A FF 1E3B FF 1E6C FF1DA9 FF 1DDA FF 1E0B FF 1E3C FF 1E6D FF1DAA FF 1DDB FF 1E0C FF 1E3D FF 1E6E FF1DAB FF 1DDC FF 1E0D FF 1E3E FF 1E6F FF1DAC FF 1DDD FF 1E0E FF 1E3F FF 1E70 FF1DAD FF 1DDE FF 1E0F FF 1E40 FF 1E71 FF1DAE FF 1DDF FF 1E10 FF 1E41 FF 1E72 FF1DAF FF 1DE0 FF 1E11 FF 1E42 FF 1E73 FF1DB0 FF 1DE1 FF 1E12 FF 1E43 FF 1E74 FF1DB1 FF 1DE2 FF 1E13 FF 1E44 FF 1E75 FF1DB2 FF 1DE3 FF 1E14 FF 1E45 FF 1E76 FF1DB3 FF 1DE4 FF 1E15 FF 1E46 FF 1E77 FF1DB4 FF 1DE5 FF 1E16 FF 1E47 FF 1E78 FF1DB5 FF 1DE6 FF 1E17 FF 1E48 FF 1E79 FF1DB6 FF 1DE7 FF 1E18 FF 1E49 FF 1E7A FF1DB7 FF 1DE8 FF 1E19 FF 1E4A FF 1E7B FF1DB8 FF 1DE9 FF 1E1A FF 1E4B FF 1E7C FF1DB9 FF 1DEA FF 1E1B FF 1E4C FF 1E7D FF1DBA FF 1DEB FF 1E1C FF 1E4D FF 1E7E FF1DBB FF 1DEC FF 1E1D FF 1E4E FF 1E7F FF

1DBC FF 1DED FF 1E1E FF 1E4F FF 1E80 FF1DBD FF 1DEE FF 1E1F FF 1E50 FF 1E81 FF1DBE FF 1DEF FF 1E20 FF 1E51 FF 1E82 FF1DBF FF 1DF0 FF 1E21 FF 1E52 FF 1E83 FF1DC0 FF 1DF1 FF 1E22 FF 1E53 FF 1E84 FF1DC1 FF 1DF2 FF 1E23 FF 1E54 FF 1E85 FF1DC2 FF 1DF3 FF 1E24 FF 1E55 FF 1E86 FF1DC3 FF 1DF4 FF 1E25 FF 1E56 FF 1E87 FF1DC4 FF 1DF5 FF 1E26 FF 1E57 FF 1E88 FF1E89 FF 1EBA FF 1EEB FF 1F1C FF 1F4D FF1E8A FF 1EBB FF 1EEC FF 1F1D FF 1F4E FF1E8B FF 1EBC FF 1EED FF 1F1E FF 1F4F FF1E8C FF 1EBD FF 1EEE FF 1F1F FF 1F50 FF1E8D FF 1EBE FF 1EEF FF 1F20 FF 1F51 FF1E8E FF 1EBF FF 1EF0 FF 1F21 FF 1F52 FF1E8F FF 1EC0 FF 1EF1 FF 1F22 FF 1F53 FF1E90 FF 1EC1 FF 1EF2 FF 1F23 FF 1F54 FF1E91 FF 1EC2 FF 1EF3 FF 1F24 FF 1F55 FF1E92 FF 1EC3 FF 1EF4 FF 1F25 FF 1F56 FF1E93 FF 1EC4 FF 1EF5 FF 1F26 FF 1F57 FF1E94 FF 1EC5 FF 1EF6 FF 1F27 FF 1F58 FF1E95 FF 1EC6 FF 1EF7 FF 1F28 FF 1F59 FF1E96 FF 1EC7 FF 1EF8 FF 1F29 FF 1F5A FF1E97 FF 1EC8 FF 1EF9 FF 1F2A FF 1F5B FF1E98 FF 1EC9 FF 1EFA FF 1F2B FF 1F5C FF1E99 FF 1ECA FF 1EFB FF 1F2C FF 1F5D FF1E9A FF 1ECB FF 1EFC FF 1F2D FF 1F5E FF1E9B FF 1ECC FF 1EFD FF 1F2E FF 1F5F FF1E9C FF 1ECD FF 1EFE FF 1F2F FF 1F60 FF1E9D FF 1ECE FF 1EFF FF 1F30 FF 1F61 FF1E9E FF 1ECF FF 1F00 FF 1F31 FF 1F62 FF1E9F FF 1ED0 FF 1F01 FF 1F32 FF 1F63 FF1EA0 FF 1ED1 FF 1F02 FF 1F33 FF 1F64 FF1EA1 FF 1ED2 FF 1F03 FF 1F34 FF 1F65 FF1EA2 FF 1ED3 FF 1F04 FF 1F35 FF 1F66 FF1EA3 FF 1ED4 FF 1F05 FF 1F36 FF 1F67 FF1EA4 FF 1ED5 FF 1F06 FF 1F37 FF 1F68 FF1EA5 FF 1ED6 FF 1F07 FF 1F38 FF 1F69 FF1EA6 FF 1ED7 FF 1F08 FF 1F39 FF 1F6A FF1EA7 FF 1ED8 FF 1F09 FF 1F3A FF 1F6B FF1EA8 FF 1ED9 FF 1F0A FF 1F3B FF 1F6C FF1EA9 FF 1EDA FF 1F0B FF 1F3C FF 1F6D FF1EAA FF 1EDB FF 1F0C FF 1F3D FF 1F6E FF1EAB FF 1EDC FF 1F0D FF 1F3E FF 1F6F FF1EAC FF 1EDD FF 1F0E FF 1F3F FF 1F70 FF1EAD FF 1EDE FF 1F0F FF 1F40 FF 1F71 FF1EAE FF 1EDF FF 1F10 FF 1F41 FF 1F72 FF1EAF FF 1EE0 FF 1F11 FF 1F42 FF 1F73 FF1EB0 FF 1EE1 FF 1F12 FF 1F43 FF 1F74 FF1EB1 FF 1EE2 FF 1F13 FF 1F44 FF 1F75 FF1EB2 FF 1EE3 FF 1F14 FF 1F45 FF 1F76 FF1EB3 FF 1EE4 FF 1F15 FF 1F46 FF 1F77 FF

1EB4 FF 1EE5 FF 1F16 FF 1F47 FF 1F78 FF1EB5 FF 1EE6 FF 1F17 FF 1F48 FF 1F79 FF1EB6 FF 1EE7 FF 1F18 FF 1F49 FF 1F7A FF1EB7 FF 1EE8 FF 1F19 FF 1F4A FF 1F7B FF1EB8 FF 1EE9 FF 1F1A FF 1F4B FF 1F7C FF1EB9 FF 1EEA FF 1F1B FF 1F4C FF 1F7D FF1F7E FF 1FAF FF 1FE0 FF1F7F 00 1FB0 FF 1FE1 FF1F80 FF 1FB1 FF 1FE2 FF1F81 FF 1FB2 FF 1FE3 FF1F82 FF 1FB3 FF 1FE4 FF1F83 FF 1FB4 FF 1FE5 FF1F84 FF 1FB5 FF 1FE6 FF1F85 FF 1FB6 FF 1FE7 FF1F86 FF 1FB7 FF 1FE8 FF1F87 FF 1FB8 FF 1FE9 FF1F88 FF 1FB9 FF 1FEA FF1F89 FF 1FBA FF 1FEB FF1F8A FF 1FBB FF 1FEC FF1F8B FF 1FBC FF 1FED FF1F8C FF 1FBD FF 1FEE FF1F8D FF 1FBE FF 1FEF FF1F8E FF 1FBF FF 1FF0 FF1F8F FF 1FC0 FF 1FF1 FF1F90 FF 1FC1 FF 1FF2 FF1F91 FF 1FC2 FF 1FF3 FF1F92 FF 1FC3 FF 1FF4 FF1F93 FF 1FC4 FF 1FF5 FF1F94 FF 1FC5 FF 1FF6 FF1F95 FF 1FC6 FF 1FF7 FF1F96 FF 1FC7 FF 1FF8 EA1F97 FF 1FC8 FF 1FF9 001F98 FF 1FC9 FF 1FFA 801F99 FF 1FCA FF 1FFB FF1F9A FF 1FCB FF 1FFC FF1F9B FF 1FCC FF 1FFD FF1F9C FF 1FCD FF 1FFE FF1F9D FF 1FCE FF 1FFF FF1F9E FF 1FCF FF1F9F FF 1FD0 FF1FA0 FF 1FD1 FF1FA1 FF 1FD2 FF1FA2 FF 1FD3 FF1FA3 FF 1FD4 FF1FA4 FF 1FD5 FF1FA5 FF 1FD6 FF1FA6 FF 1FD7 FF1FA7 FF 1FD8 FF1FA8 FF 1FD9 FF1FA9 FF 1FDA FF1FAA FF 1FDB FF1FAB FF 1FDC FF

1FAC FF 1FDD FF1FAD FF 1FDE FF1FAE FF 1FDF FF

FSB 1207 Page 1 of 7

DATE: April 16, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1207

SUBJECT: Hawk 5D JO-BLOCK PROCEDURE SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5D Knee Mill PAGE 1 OF 7

The following procedure will provide a standardized procedure for testing and compensating for theleadscrew and backlash error for the Hawk 5D Knee Mill. Note that the programs are designed for usewith a 19.5” Jo Block for the X axis and a 10” Jo Block for the Y axis. The tables are designed to beused as the indicator reads. (EXAMPLE: If the indicator reads minus error, then you would use theminus table).

EQUIPMENTObtain the following equipment required to perform Jo Block test:19.5 inch Jo Block10 inch Jo Block3 End Blocks2 Toe Clamps2 Tee Nuts2 BoltsTool HolderDial Indicator

X AXIS PROCEDURE1. Load program XJB. Reference program listed below:

N0000.5(9)E1$N0001(0)X0Y0Z0$N0002(1)X.03F5C0G0$N0003(1)Y-.25F5C0G0$N0004(1)X4.03F100C0G0$N0005(1)X.03F100C0G0$N0006(1)Y0F5$N0007(0)X0$N0008(1)X.03F5$

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1207 Page 2 of 7

N0009(1)Y-.25F5C0G0$N0010(1)X4.03F100C0G0N0013(0)X0Y0Z0$N0014(1)X.03F5C0G0$N0015(0)X19.5Z1$N0016(1)Z0F100C0G0$N0017(1)X19.53F5C0G0$N0018(0)X0Z1$N0011(1)X.03F100C0G0$N0019(1)Z0F100C0G0$N0020(1)X.03F5C0G0$N0021(0)X19.5Z1$N0022(1)Z0F100C0G0$N0023(1)X19.53F5C0G0$N0024(0)X0Y0Z1$N0025(1)Z0F100C0G0$N0026(1)X.03F5C0G0$N0027(0)Z2$N0028(9)M0E0$N0029(9)M30$

2. Reference the machine.3. Mount the 19.5 inch Jo Block with end blocks attached in the center slot using the toe

clamps to hold the Jo Block in place.4. Install the tool holder and indicator in the spindle.5. Zero the indicator on the outside left surface of the left end block, centered

1/8 inch from top of block.6. Back X off of the block 0.0030 inches and ZERO SET X, Y, and Z.7. Run the program in Single Event. (The first part of the program is backlash)8. Press CYCLE START until the indicator touches the Jo Block and check the indicator for zero.9. Continue with the program until the indicator touches the Jo Block again. Take the first reading and record it.

___________________inches10. Continue with the program. Backlash is rechecked for verification.11. Continue with the program until the indicator touches the right end block.. Take and record the reading. This reading is the leadscrew error.

___________________inches12. Continue with the program. The program repeats to verify the reading.13. Load presets per Table 1.14. Load the compensation into the parameters. (Table 2)15. Load backlash into the parameters. (Table 4)14. Repeat the procedure to verify compensation is accurate.

Y AXIS PROCEDURE1. Load program YJB. Reference program listed below:

N0000.5(9)E1T1$N0001(0)X0Y0Z0$N0002(1)Y.03F5C0G0$

FSB 1207 Page 3 of 7

N0003(1)X-.25F5C0G0$N0004(1)Y4.03F100C0G0$N0005(1)Y.03F100C0G0$N0006(1)X0F5$N0007(0)Y0$N0008(1)Y.03F5$N0009(1)X-.25F5C0G0$N0010(1)Y4.03F100C0G0$N0011(1)Y.03F100C0G0$N0012(1)X0F5C0G0$N0013(0)X0Y0Z0$N0014(1)Y.03F5C0G0$N0015(0)X0Y10Z1$N0016(1)Z.2F100C0G0$N0017(1)Y10.03F5C0G0$N0018(0)X0Y0Z1$N0019(1)Z0F100C0G0$N0020(1)Y.03F5C0G0$N0021(0)Y10Z1$N0022(1)Z.2F100C0G0$N0023(1)Y10.03F5C0G0$N0024(0)X0Y0Z1$N0025(1)Z0F100C0G0$N0026(1)Y.03F5C0G0$N0027(0)Z2$N0028(9)M0E0$N0029(9)M30$

2. Reference the machine.3. Mount the 10 inch Jo Block, with one end block attached, in the center of the table

situated with the end block toward the column and 1/2 inch of the Jo Block extending over the front table pad. Use the toe clamp to hold the Jo Block in position.

4. Zero the indicator on the front surface of the Jo Block, centered 1/8 inch from top of block.

5. Back Y off of the block 0.0030 inches and ZERO SET X, Y, and Z.6. Run the program in Signal Event. (The first part of the program is backlash)7. Press CYCLE START until the indicator touches the Jo Block and check the indicator for zero.8. Continue with the program until the indicator touches the Jo Block again. Take the first reading and record it.

___________________inches9. Continue with the program. Backlash is rechecked for verification.10. Continue with the program until the indicator touches the end block. Take and record the reading. This reading is the leadscrew error.

___________________inches

11. Continue with the program. The program repeats to verify the reading.12. Load the compensation into the parameters. (Table 3)13. Load backlash into the parameters. (Table 4)

FSB 1207 Page 4 of 7

14. Repeat the procedure to verify compensation is accurate.

LOADING PARAMETERS1. Depress EMERGENCY STOP.2. Toggle the WRITE PROTECT SWITCH on the Processor PCB to the DOWN position to

enable the EEPROMs.

NOTE: ANY DATA THAT IS CHANGED WILL AFFECT THE OPERATION OF THE MACHINE. BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL WHEN SELECTING THE ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED.

3. Press RESET, "P" to enter the Parameter mode.4. Select the address to be changed by typing "A", then the address number, ENTER.

NEXT EVENT will move to the next address.5, After all parameters are changed, toggle the WRITE PROTECT SWITCH to the UP

position. Press RESET, then release the EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON.

TABLE #1 - Presets:

ADDR. DATA0005 010047 01100 00101 00102 00103 02104 54105 00200 35201 60202 00203 02204 54205 00

TABLE #4: BACKLASH

AXIS ADDR DATA NOTE: Values areX 0048 loaded in millimeters

0049 Example: 0.014mmY 004A X 0048 00

004B 0049 14

FSB 1207 Page 5 of 7

TABLE # 2: X AXIS

Error is in ten thousandths of an inch (0.0001)

ADDR +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +10 +11 +12 +13 +14 +15 +16 +17 +18 +19 +20 +21 +22 +23 +24 +250106 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 000107 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 150108 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 150109 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15010A 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15010B 00 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 15 15 14 15 16010C 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15010D 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 15 14 14 15 15 15010E 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 14 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15010F 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 150110 00 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 13 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 160111 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 150112 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 150113 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 150114 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 150115 00 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 160116 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 150117 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 150118 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 150119 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15011A 00 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 13 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 16011B 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 14 15 15 15 15011C 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15011D 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 14 13 14 14 14 15 14 15 15 15011E 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15011F 00 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 13 14 14 14 15 14 15 160120 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 150121 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 150122 00 00 00 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 150123 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15

FSB 1207 Page 6 of 7

FSB XXX Page 6 of 7

TABLE # 2: X AXIS (continued)

Error is in ten thousandths of an inch (0.0001)

ADDR -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23 -24 -250106 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 000107 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 050108 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 050109 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05010A 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05010B 00 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 05 05 04 05 06010C 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05010D 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 05 04 04 05 05 05010E 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 04 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05010F 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 050110 00 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 03 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 060111 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 050112 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 050113 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 050114 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 050115 00 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 060116 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 04 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 050117 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 050118 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 050119 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05011A 00 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 03 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 06011B 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 05 04 05 05 05 05011C 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05011D 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 04 03 04 04 04 05 04 05 05 05011E 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05011F 00 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 04 03 04 04 04 05 04 05 060120 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 050121 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 050122 00 00 00 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 050123 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05

FSB 1207 Page 7 of 7

FSB XXX Page 7 of 7

TABLE # 3: Y AXIS

Error is in ten thousandths of an inch (0.0001)

ADDR +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +10 +11 +12 +13 +14 +15 +16 +17 +18 +19 +20 +21 +22 +23 +24 +250206 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 000207 00 11 00 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 150208 00 00 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 140209 11 00 00 11 11 11 12 11 12 12 12 13 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 13 14 14 14 14 15020A 00 11 11 00 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 12 13 13 13 13 14 13 14 14 14 14020B 00 00 11 11 00 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 12 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15020C 00 00 00 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14020D 00 11 11 11 11 12 11 11 11 12 12 13 12 12 12 13 13 14 13 14 14 14 14 14 15020E 11 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 13 13 14 14 14 14020F 00 00 11 11 00 11 12 12 12 11 12 12 13 12 13 12 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 150210 00 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 140211 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 13 14 14 14 14 150212 00 00 11 00 11 11 12 11 12 12 12 13 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 13 14 14 14 140213 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 12 12 13 13 13 14 13 14 14 14 15 150214 00 00 00 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14

ADDR -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23 -24 -250206 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 000207 00 01 00 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 050208 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 05 040209 01 00 00 01 01 01 02 01 02 02 02 03 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 03 04 04 04 04 05020A 00 01 01 00 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 02 03 03 03 03 04 03 04 04 04 04020B 00 00 01 01 00 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 03 02 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05020C 00 00 00 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04020D 00 01 01 01 01 02 01 01 01 02 02 03 02 02 02 03 03 04 03 04 04 04 04 04 05020E 01 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 04 03 03 04 04 04 04020F 00 00 01 01 00 01 02 02 02 01 02 02 03 02 03 02 03 03 03 04 04 04 05 05 050210 00 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 03 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 040211 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 04 04 03 04 04 04 04 050212 00 00 01 00 01 01 02 01 02 02 02 03 02 03 03 03 03 03 03 04 03 04 04 04 040213 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 03 02 02 03 03 03 04 03 04 04 04 05 050214 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04

DATE: April 11, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1208

SUBJECT: Hawk 5D Servo Amplifier Setup Procedure SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5D PAGE 1 OF 1

The following procedure will assist in the adjustment and setup of the Servo Dynamics DC servo drivesused in the Hawk 5D Knee Mill.

AMPLIFIER PRE-SETS1) Assure control power is OFF and that the J1 connector has been removed from the servo amp

that is to be adjusted.2) Connect an Ohm meter between TP1 and TP3 (Reference Servo Dynamics manual for location

of test points).3) Adjust the SIGNAL pot for a reading of ≅ 2.5 Kohms.4) Connect the meter between TP1 and TP4 and adjust the TACH pot for a reading of

≅ 4Kohms.5) AUX. pot - Set full CCW.6) CMP. pot - Set full CCW, then 10 turns CW.7) CL. pot - Set full CW8) BALANCE pot - Set mid-range (20 turn pot).9) Reconnect the J1 connector.

FINAL SETTINGS1) Enable the Servos and adjust the CMP pot CW till the motor starts to oscillate, then CCW

until the oscillation stops, and then an additional 3 turns CCW.2) Enable the LAG display on the control (axis setup screen), and then select Medium Jog speed

with the override set at max. This will jog the axis at 15 IPM.3) Adjust the SIGNAL pot to achieve 0.0150” of Lag.4) Adjust the BALANCE to minimize the difference between the lag when the jog direction is

changed.5) Motion Hold, and adjust the BALANCE for 0.0000” of Lag.6) Run a program to move all the axes at rapid, full travel to assure that no errors occur.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: April 11, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1209

SUBJECT: Hawk 5D Limit Switch Setup Procedure SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5D PAGE 1 OF 2

The following procedure will assist in the setup of the Axis Limit Switches on the Hawk 5D KneeMill.

Z AXIS1) Move the Z axis so that the Quill extends ≈ 1 inch (as measured between the bottom of the

Head casting and the top of the Quill locknut ring).2) Adjust the Reference Switch to be made at this point. Note that the switch activates off the

top of the dog.3) Home Z or jog it to ZERO.4) Adjust the Z Reference Switch so that the DRAW BAR height is 0.90” to 1.00” as

measured from the top of the DRAW BAR to the Bearing surface, when Z is at ZERO.5) Set the Over Travel switches for 0.100” of over travel. In order to do this you will need to

open up the software travel limits.Z (+) = 0.100”Z (-) = (-) 6.100”

6) Set software travel limits to:Z (+) = 0.020”Z (-) = (-) 6.020”

7) Set Z Home for 0.0000”.

Y AXIS1) Reference the Y axis.2) E-Stop to disable the servos.3) Move the Y axis by hand, noting the position display on the control, until the Y is at the

positive hard stop.4) Set the Reference switch dog for ≈ 0.300” from the Y ZERO.5) Set the Over Travel switches for 0.100” of over travel.

Y (+) = 0.100”Y (-) = (-) 14.100”

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1209 PAGE 2 OF 2

6) Set the software limits to:Y (+) = 0.020”Y (-) = (-) 13.77”

7) Set Y Home for (-) 1.000”

X AXIS1) Reference the X axis.2) Jog to near each hard stop and then E-Stop and verify that there is a minimum of 0.300” on

both ends, to hard stop.3) Adjust the Reference Switch dog to achieve this.4) Set the Over Travel switches for 0.100” of over travel.

X (+) = 31.100”X (-) = (-)0.100”

5) Set the software limits for:X (+) = 31.020”X (-) = 0.020”

6) Set Home for (+) 1.000”

For all axes, assure that the axis will run full travel at rapid without hitting a over travelswitch.

For Z axis, assure that the Draw Bar functions properly.

DATE: July 7, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1210

SUBJECT: Auto Speed Control Prom Update SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM5P/KM5M PAGE 1 OF 1

There has been a new ASC Prom released for the KM5P or KM5M machines that fixes two problems.The part number is 450-3010-104.

The first problem effects the 5M only. During tapping extraneous interrupts were processed as realcommands and would be seen as a speed change command at the top and bottom of the tap cycle. Thenew Prom uses Switch 2 position 2 to enable a 130msec delay for each new command.

The second problem effects all machine types and would cause the speed control to runaway to hardstop.

With this Prom, in order to maintain compatibility with older versions of executive software, thedebounce switch can be switched ON/OFF. Switch 2-2 controls the debounce enable. The chart belowdetails the switches and their functions:

ASC SWITCH2

OPEN CLOSED

POSITION 1 BYPASS SOFTWARE LIMITS USE SOFTWARELIMITS

POSITION 2 ENABLE 130mSECDEBOUNCE *

NO DEBOUNCE **

* - Use with Max 32, Max 3 version 1.51 or above software** - Use with all Max 2 and Max 32, Max 3 version 1.50 or below software.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: May 13, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1211

SUBJECT: Hawk 5M I/O & CANbus Mapping SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 1

INPUTSFUNCTION CRP4 I/O INTERFACE CANBUSWAY LUBE LEVEL J1-45 J1-45 J3-1INDEXER IN POSITION J1-29 J1-29 J3-2CHIP ENCLOSURE INTERLOCK #1 J1-44 J1-44 J3-3CONTROL POWER STATUS J1-28 J1-28 J3-4SPINDLE OVERLOAD TRIP J1-43 J1-43 J3-6SPINDLE SPEED CONTROL 0 J1-27 J1-27 J3-7SPINDLE SPEED CONTROL 1 J1-42 J1-42 J3-8SPINDLE SPEED CONTROL 2 J1-26 J1-26 J3-9CHIP ENCLOSURE INTERLOCK #2 J1-41 J1-41 J3-11AXIS FAULT (X/Y/Z/a/b) J1-40 J1-40 J3-13AXIS MOTOR OVERTEMP J1-24 J1-24 J3-14

OUTPUTSFUNCTION CRP4 I/O INTERFACE CANBUSAXIS ENABLE RELAY J1-17 J1-17 J3-17SPINDLE ENABLE RELAY J1-16 J1-16 J3-18INDEXER co*ck RELAY J1-15 J1-15 J3-19FLOOD COOLANT RELAY J1-32 J1-32 J3-20MIST COOLANT SOLENOID J1-49 J1-49 J3-22SPINDLE FWD. STARTER J1-48 J1-48 J3-23SPINDLE REV. STARTER J1-47 J1-47 J3-24SPINDLE BRAKE SOLENOID J1-46 J1-46 J3-25CONTROL ON RELAY J1-2 J1-2 J3-31SPINDLE SPEED CHANGE ENABLE J1-35 J1-35 J3-32SERVO FAULT RELAY J1-34 J1-34 J3-33AUTO MODE RELAY J1-33 J1-33 J3-34

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1212 PAGE 1 OF 3

DATE: May 13, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1212-A

SUBJECT: Servo Drive Setup SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 3

The following procedure will assist in the adjustment and setup of the Servo Dynamics DC drivesused in the Hawk 5M Knee Mill.

AMPLIFIER PRE-SETS

1. Ensure that the (2) 0 Ohm shunts labeled W1 and W2 have been removed from the drive (onlyrequired on a replacement drive installation & setup). Reference the Figure shown below forlocation.

W1 & W2

2. Assure that the machine is in Emergency Stop.

3. Remove the J1 connector from the drive to be adjusted.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY: David Skrzypczak

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1212 PAGE 2 OF 3

4. Connect an Ohm meter between TP1 and TP3 on the drive and adjust the SIGNAL pot for areading of ≅ 5,000 Ohms.

5. Connect the Ohm meter between TP1 and TP4 and adjust the TACH pot for a reading of ≅ 7,000Ohms.

6. Adjust the CMP pot full CCW, then 10 turns CW.

7. Adjust the CL pot full CW.

8. Adjust the BAL pot mid-range (20 turn pot).

9. Reconnect the J1 connector to the drive.

AXIS BALANCE ADJUSTMENTS

1. Set the RAPID DETENT parameter on the control for:1016 mmpm for X or Y axis adjustment635 mmpm for Z axis adjustment

2. Jog the axis to be adjusted to mid-travel.

3. Connect a DVM set to DC Millivolts to J1-1 with respect to J1-2 of the drive to be adjusted.

4. Enable the servo power by depressing Manual Mode, Power ON, Start.

5. Enter the “101” screen and enable the LOAD BAR DISPLAY, FOLLOWING ERRORDISPLAY, and ACTUAL POSITION DISPLAY.

6. Select AXIS BALANCE, then depress “Motion Hold”, select the Softkey for the axis to beadjusted, and depress “Start”.

7. Do not adjust the pots on the Matrix 4 DSP board (if the pots are not sealed then use TIN 1074to null the DSP boards before balancing the amplifiers). Adjust the BAL pot of the respectivedrive until a reading of 0.0 Millivolts is obtained.

8. Verify the balance by observing the Encoder Count display (the right-most column) with MotionHold depressed; a properly balanced axis will not be counting. Do not balance by the MostPositive and Most Negative Count displays.

FSB 1212 PAGE 3 OF 3

9. Once the servo drive has been balanced, exit the axis balance test and return to the Manual Modescreen.

10. Jog the axis at rapid (1016 mmpm for X or Y axis, 635 mmpm for Z) and adjust the SIGNAL poton the drive to obtain a reading of ≅ 0.95 VDC. This reading must be .95 or less.

11. Program a 45 degree vectored move for XY of 300 mm length at 5000 mmpm velocity. Thefollowing error should be ≅ 0.700 mm with no more than a difference between X and Y of0.06 mm.

DIGITAL SPEED CONTROLLER BALANCE ADJUSTMENTS

1. Connect a DVM set to DC Millivolts to TB1-1 (DAC IN) with respect to TB1-2 (DAC RTN) ofthe Digital Speed Controller Board.

2. Enter the “101” screen and select AXIS BALANCE, then depress “Motion Hold”; selectSPINDLE and depress “Start”.

3. Adjust the VR4 pot on the DSP Board...

DATE: May 13, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1213

SUBJECT: HAWK 5M PARAMETERS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: HAWK 5M PAGE 1 OF 15

The following figures show the default parameters for the Hawk 5M Knee Mill and should be used to aidin the machine configuration.

Access the “secret” screens as follows:

Function/Description Access Screen Access CodeMachine Configuration &

Axis/Spindle SetupPower-Up Configurationor from Auxiliary Mode

“ENTER”,“100”,“ENTER”

Axis Balance Manual ModeATC Diagnostics

“ENTER”,“101”,“ENTER”

Leadscrew Mapping Manual ModeATC Diagnostics

“ENTER”,“102”,“ENTER”

Matrix 4 DSP Axis Tune Manual ModeATC Diagnostics

“ENTER”,“103”,“ENTER”

Interactive Diagnostics Auxiliary Mode “ENTER”,“527”,“ENTER”

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1213 PAGE 2 OF 15

The figures shown are as follows:Figure 1 - Machine Configuration screen in Metric as seen at machine power-upFigure 2 - Machine Configuration screen in Inch as seen during power-up

(Note “100” access code entered)Figure 3 - Machine Configuration screen seen after “100” code and “ENTER” depressedFigure 4 - X Axis Physical ParametersFigure 5 - X Axis Vertical ParametersFigure 6 - Y Axis Physical ParametersFigure 7 - Y Axis Vertical ParametersFigure 8 - Z Axis Physical ParametersFigure 9 - Z Axis Vertical ParametersFigure 10 - Spindle Physical ParametersFigure 11 - More Spindle Physical ParametersFigure 12 - Spindle Vertical ParametersFigure 13 - Configuration Parameter Screen for Machine Parameters & Tool Changer ParametersFigure 14 - Machine ParametersFigure 15 - Tool Changer ParametersFigure 16 - System Parameters screen as seen in Auxiliary ModeFigure 17 - Text Color Parameters for Mono CRTFigure 18 - Graphics Color Parameters for Mono CRTFigure 19 - Storage Functions Color Parameters for Mono CRTFigure 20 - ATC Diagnostics ScreenFigure 21 - ATC Diagnostics Screen showing “103” code to access Axis Tuning for DSPFigure 22 - Axis Tune Screen after entry of “103” codeFigure 23 - X Axis Tuning ParametersFigure 24 - Y Axis Tuning ParametersFigure 25 - Z Axis Tuning Parameters

FSB 1213 PAGE 3 OF 15

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

FSB 1213 PAGE 4 OF 15

FIGURE 3

FIGURE 4

FSB 1213 PAGE 5 OF 15

FIGURE 5

FIGURE 6

FSB 1213 PAGE 6 OF 15

FIGURE 7

FIGURE 8

FSB 1213 PAGE 7 OF 15

FIGURE 9

FIGURE 10

FSB 1213 PAGE 8 OF 15

FIGURE 11

FIGURE 12

FSB 1213 PAGE 9 OF 15

FIGURE 13

FIGURE 14

FSB 1213 PAGE 10 OF 15

FIGURE 15

FIGURE 16

FSB 1213 PAGE 11 OF 15

FIGURE 17

FIGURE 18

FSB 1213 PAGE 12 OF 15

FIGURE 19

FIGURE 20

FSB 1213 PAGE 13 OF 15

FIGURE 21

FIGURE 22

FSB 1213 PAGE 14 OF 15

FIGURE 23

FIGURE 24

FSB 1213 PAGE 15 OF 15

FIGURE 25

DATE: May 13, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1214

SUBJECT: Monochrome CRT Settings SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 2

The color settings on a Monochrome system must be set properly in order for the information to be seenon the CRT’s. It is very easy to change these parameters from the default settings and get the controlinto a state in which you can not see anything on the CRT’s. If this occurs there are two ways to getback the default settings.

1) Reload the machine configuration parameters from the backup disk (assuming you can see enough on the CRT to do this).

2) Know the keystrokes for the color parameters to get back to the default settings.

Below are listed the Softkey strokes required from a machine power-up state to reset the color settings.F8 EXITAUXILIARY MODEF4 MACHINE CONFIGURATIONF3 SET COLOR PARAMETERSF1 TEXT COLOR PARAMETERSF1 BLACKF7 MOREF2 LIGHT GRAYF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF7 MOREF7 MORE

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

F4 WHITEF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF8 EXITF2 GRAPHICS COLORSF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF4 CYANF7 MOREF2 LIGHT GRAYF7 MOREF2 LIGHT GRAYF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF8 EXITF3 STORAGE FUNCTION COLORSF7 MOREF2 LIGHT GRAYF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF1 BLACKF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF1 BLACKF7 MOREF7 MOREF4 WHITEF7 MOREF2 LIGHT GRAYF7 MOREF2 LIGHT GRAYF1 BLACKF8 EXIT

FSB 1214 PAGE 2 OF 2

DATE: January 23, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1214-A

SUBJECT: Monochrome (and Color) CRT Settings

PRODUCT LINE: Ultimax 3 PAGE 1 OF 2

The color settings on a Monochrome system must be set properly in order for the information to be seen on theCRTs. Early software versions enabled the SET COLOR PARAMETER softkey. This was removed in V1.52to prevent customers from inadvertently changing colors on a monochrome system; however, V1.61 hasreenabled this softkey (due to the incorrect setting of some of the monochrome colors during a softwareupgrade, the softkey now allows the customer to reset the colors to their default).

COLOR PARAMETER DEFAULTS

A. TEXT COLOR PARAMETERS Monochrome Color1. Background Color Black Black2. Reverse Background Color Light Gray Light Gray3. Data Display Area White White4. Prompt Area Color White Light Red5. Softkey Label Color White Light Red6. Softkey Text Color White Light Cyan7. Softkey Line Delimiter White White8. Cursor Color White Blue

NOTE: Reverse Background Color is also used for the Cursor Color in the NC Part Program editor.

B. GRAPHICS COLORS Monochrome Color1. Part Path Color Light Gray Light Cyan2. Cutter Path Color White Light Red3. Rapid Path Color White Yellow4. Axes Color White Light Green5. Character Color White White6. Box Color White Light Cyan7. Pointing Device Cursor ColorWhite Yellow

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY: David Skrzypczak

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1213 PAGE 2 OF 2

8. DXF Line Color Light Gray Green9. DXF Highlight Color White Yellow10. DXF Branch Color White Red11. DXF Calculator Display Color White Light Green12. DXF Calculator Buttons Color White White13. DXF Calculator Grid Color Light Gray Green

C. STORAGE FUNCTION COLORS Monochrome Color1. Directory Background Color Light Gray Red2. Highlighted Directory Color White White3. Unhighlighted Directory Color Black Black4. Current Directory Color White Yellow5. File Background Color Black Blue6. Highlighted File Color White White7. Unhighlighted File Color Light Gray Light Gray8. Line Border Color Light Gray Light Gray9. Page Up/Page Down Arrow Color Black Black

If the monochrome colors are all changed then there are several ways to get back the default settings:1. Delete the SYSINT.SYS file from the C:\CONFIG\V1.xx directory (this will force the software to reload

the default color settings).2. Reload the Machine Configuration parameters from the Machine Configuration Disk (assuming that enough

of the CRT can be seen to do this).3. Boot the Executive from floppy disk and allow the default Machine Configuration to be loaded. Then copy

the SYSINT.SYS file created on the last Executive disk to C:\CONFIG\V1.xx4. If the screen is completely blank and it is suspected that the colors have been changed, enter the following

keystrokes to restore enough of the screen to set the remaining defaults. After machine power up, press:F8 (EXIT)Auxiliary ModeF4 (MACHINE CONFIGURATION)F3 (SET COLOR PARAMETERS)F1 (TEXT COLOR PARAMETERS)F1 (BLACK for Background Color)F7 (MORE)F2 (LIGHT GRAY for Reverse Background Color)F7 twice (MORE)F4 (WHITE for Data Display Area)F7 twice (MORE)F4 (WHITE for Prompt Area Color)F7 twice (MORE)F4 (WHITE for Softkey Label Color)F7 twice (MORE)F4 (WHITE for Softkey Text Color)F7 twice (MORE)F4 (WHITE for Softkey Line Delimiter Color)F7 twice (MORE)F4 (WHITE for Cursor Color)F8 (EXIT; required to activate color settings)

FSB 1214-A, Page 2 of 2

DATE: May 13, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1215

SUBJECT: Hawk 5M Advanced CMOS Setup Options SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 3

The following tables list the default settings for the AMI BIOS Setup for the ISA control used on theHawk 5M Knee Mill.

In order to access the BIOS Setup Utilities you will need to connect a standard AT keyboard to thekeyboard connector located on the bottom of the ISA Card Rack. Then reboot the control and depressthe (DEL) key during the power-up. This will bring up the screen shown below:

STANDARD CMOS SETUPADVANCED CMOS SETUP

ADVANCED CHIPSET SETUPAUTO CONFIGURATION WITH BIOS DEFAULTS

ADVANCED PERIPHERAL SETUP OPTIONSCHANGE PASSWORD

HARD DISK AUTO DETECTHARD DISK UTILITY

WRITE TO CMOS AND EXITDO NOT WRITE TO CMOS AND EXIT

Advanced CMOS Setup for configuring System Options

ESC: EXIT ßßááààââ: SEL F2/F3: COLOR F10: Save and Exit

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

The following tables list the settings for:

1) ADVANCED CMOS SETUP2) ADVANCED CHIPSET SETUP3) ADVANCED PERIPHERAL SETUP

TABLE 1: ADVANCED CMOS SETUPTypematic Rate Programming DisabledTypematic Rate Delay (msec.) 500Typematic Rate (Char/Sec) 15Above 1MB Memory Test DisabledMemory Test Tick Sound DisabledMemory Parity Error Check EnabledHit <DEL> Message Display EnabledHard Disk Type 47 RAM Area 0:300Wait For <F1> If Any Error EnabledSystem Boot-Up Num Lock OnNumeric Processor Test EnabledWeitek Processor AbsentFloppy Drive Seek At Boot EnabledSystem Boot-Up Sequence A:, C:System Boot-Up CPU Speed HighExternal Cache Memory EnabledInternal Cache Memory EnabledFast Gate A20 Option EnabledTurbo Switch Function EnabledPassword Checking Option SetupVideo ROM Shadow C000, 16K EnabledVideo ROM Shadow C400, 16K EnabledAdapter ROM Shadow C800, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow CC00, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow D000, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow D400, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow D800, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow DC00, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow E000, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow E400, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow E800, 16K DisabledAdapter ROM Shadow EC00, 16K DisabledSystem ROM Shadow E000, 64K DisabledSystem ROM Shadow F000, 64K EnabledBoot Sector Virus Protection Disabled

FSB 1215 Page 2 of 3

Table 2: ADVANCED CHIPSET BIOS SETUPHidden Refresh EnabledSlow Refresh DisabledSingle ALE Enable NoKeyboard Reset Control DisabledMaster Mode Byte Swap DisabledAT Cycle Wait State EnabledAT Cycle Between I/O Cycles 3AT Bus Clock Selection CLKI/5Fast Decode Enable DisabledMemory Read Wait State 2 W/SMemory Write Wait State 3 W/SCache Read Cycle 3-2-2-2Cache Write Wait State 1 W/SNon-Cacheable Block-1 Size DisabledNon-Cacheable Block-1 Base 0 KBNon-Cacheable Block-2 Size DisabledNon-Cacheable Block-2 Base 0 KBCacheable RAM Address Range 64 MBVideo BIOS Area Cacheable Yes

Table 3: ADVANCED PERIPHERAL SETUPProgramming Option AutoOn-Board Floppy Drive DisabledOn-Board IDE Drive DisabledFirst Serial Port Address DisabledSecond Serial Port Address DisabledParallel Port Address DisabledIRQ Active State HighParallel Port Mode Normal

FSB 1215 Page 3 of 3

DATE: May 16, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1216

SUBJECT: Lead Screw Mapping SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M Knee Mill PAGE 1 OF 8

In order to compensate for leadscrew and backlash error the control incorporates a forward and reversemap for each axis. This map will allow compensation in millionths of an inch (i.e. 0.0001 inches = 100millionths of an inch) for each inch of axis travel, for full travel of the axis. It will also allow a singlebacklash entry that will alter the reverse map data by the back lash value entered. Refer to Figures 9thru 12.

The method you will use to enter the error values will depend upon the method used to check theaccuracy of the axis.

If you are using a Laser Interferometer or a Webber bar that will allow you to check the axis every inchfull travel, then you can simply enter the error seen in millionths of an inch in the forward map screen,and the errors seen on the return run in the reverse screen.

If you are using a JO-Block of a given dimension as a standard, you will then need to determine theerror per inch in millionths of an inch and calculate the values to be entered into the table. The samevalues will need to be entered into both the forward and reverse map and then the backlash valuecould be entered in to alter the reverse map. Refer to Figures 9 thru 12.

Figure 1 shows the screen you will see when you enter Machine Diagnostics, which you will need to goto access the mapping screens. Note the “102” at the bottom of the screen. This is the secret code toaccess the mapping screens. The key sequence once you have entered the diagnostics screen is“ENTER”, “102”, “ENTER”. This will then display the screen shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2 is the main screen for mapping. From this screen you can: 1) Manually enter compensation, 2)Load axis mapping from disk (floppy or hard disk) that was previously saved, 3) Load defaults (Notethat this will reset all map data to zero’s, i.e. no mapping information), 4) Save mappingcompensation to disk (floppy or hard drive)

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

Figures 3 thru 8 show typical forward and reverse screens for the X, Y, and Z axes.Example:The X axis was checked using a JO-Block that was 19.5 inches long. The error seen at 19.5 inches was0.0002925 inches (292.5 millionths). The error per inch would be 0.0002925 ' 19.5 which would equal0.000015 inches (15 millionths). This error per inch was then entered for each entry in theforward table (Figure 3) and the reverse table. Prior to the back lash value being entered the screenshad the same values entered for both forward and reverse mapping. The backlash error was 0.0003inches (300 millionths) and this was added as a single entry using the reverse compensation softkey, tothe reverse compensation and the result displayed in the reverse table shown in Figure 4.

The Y axis was checked with a 10 inch JO-Block. The error was (-) 0.0004 inches (400 millionths) andthe backlash was 0.0008 inches (800 millionths). Refer to Figures 5 and 6.

The Z axis screens (Figures 7 and 8) show 0.00001 inches (10 millionths) per inch error and 0.0001inches (100 millionths) of backlash.

Figures 9 and 10 show an example of a Z axis prior to entering backlash compensation. The Z axisleadscrew error is 0.0001 inches (100 millionths of an inch) per inch. Figure 11 shows entering 100millionths (0.0001 inches) of backlash compensation. Figure 12 shows the result of the backlashcompensation on the reverse map.

FSB 1216 PAGE 3 OF 8

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

FSB 1216 PAGE 4 OF 8

FIGURE 3

FIGURE 4

FSB 1216 PAGE 5 OF 8

FIGURE 5

FIGURE 6

FSB 1216 PAGE 6 OF 8

FIGURE 7

FIGURE 8

FSB 1216 PAGE 7 OF 8

FIGURE 9

FIGURE 10

FSB 1216 PAGE 8 OF 8

FIGURE 11

FIGURE 12

Once the mapping is completed and all data is entered and confirmed valid, you should save theleadscrew map to both the hard drive and to the customer’s configuration floppy disk. Note that as withall types of accuracy checks that the axes should be allowed to warm up to minimize the effect ofthermal expansion and that the more accurate the measuring device the more accurate the machine willperform.

The accuracy and repeatability specs for the 5M are:Accuracy )) 0.0005 inches Repeatability )) 0.0003 inches

DATE: May 20, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1217

SUBJECT: ISA HARD DISK SETUP SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 2

The following steps are required to setup a hard drive to boot the Ultimax software. It is assumed thatthe drive will be low level formatted from the manufacturer.

1) You must have a DOS bootable floppy disk with the following files:FDISK.EXE, FORMAT.COM, BOOTMERG.EXE, AND BOOTSTRP.BIN.

NOTE: It is also handy to have some form of disk utility such as NU.EXE from the Norton Utilities.

2) Create the “C:” and “D:” partitions by using FDISK.EXE and setup the primary partition for 10 megabytes, and make this the active (boot) partition. The second partition (D:)should use the remainder of the space on the drive.

3) Use FORMAT.COM and format the C: drive. Enter EXECUTIVE_1 as the volume label. Format the D: partition, no volume label is needed.

4) Put the Hurco bootstrap on the boot sector of the drive by typing the following:bootmerg bootstrp.bin c:

NOTE THE SPACES, SYNTAX IS EVERYTHING

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Keith PerkinsREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

5) Copy the HURCO.LDR file onto “C:”

NOTE: This must be the first file copied onto the “C:” partition. The reason is that theHURCO.LDR must start at cluster 2 and must be contiguous. It must be the first or secondentry in the root directory, the volume label is the other. The bootstrap is a small program thatassumes that these conditions exist. The Norton utilities are useful for checking these conditions.NU.EXE can be used to look at the root directory and verify that the volume label and thehurco.ldr are the first two entries. Also check the start cluster for hurco.ldr and make sure it is 2.Then select the FAT and verify that the chain of clusters is contiguous.

6) Copy all other files in any order to C:

7) Reboot the control by cycling the power OFF and ON.

FSB 1217 Page 2 of 2

DATE: July 29, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1218-A

SUBJECT: Yaskawa AC Servo Set-up, Max 2 & Max32 Dual Axis SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC20-50, KM5 PAGE 1 OF 5

Revised Engineering Doc 757-4002-092:To reflect KM5 & BMC20LR X & Y Axis Jumper setting on SW2

SUBJECT: Ultimax II BMC 20-50 IP/V2 and KM5 Yaskawa ServoAmplifier Set-up Procedure

II. APPLICABILITY:

Applicable to all Ultimax II and Max 32 BMC 20/50 IP/V2 Machine Centers and KM5 Knee Mills. This procedure to beused by Manufacturing during build process and by Customer Service when installing or servicing the above machinetypes.

III. INDEX:

Page 2 - Servopack Configuration ** INFORMATION ADDED **Page 2- - DAC Offset PCB Adjustment procedurePage 3 - Linear Axis Servo Setup procedurePage 4 - Yaskawa Servopack PCB layout DiagramPage 5 - Amplifier Information and Fault Codes

Tools Required:Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVM)Small Screwdriver

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Brock RexingREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB XXX Page 2 of 5

IV. LINEAR AXIS YASKAWA SERVOPACK CONFIGURATION:

NOTE: Normally the factory settings of VR1 thru VR6 will not need to be altered.

A) Verify that the Yaskawa Servopack for each Axis is configured as follows:

LINEAR AXES Refer to Page 4 for location

Shunt SettingsSW1 Jumpers on 4 & 8

SW2Jumpers on 2 thru 8Jumpers on 1 thru 8Jumpers on 3 thru 8

1:2 Ratio/ All BMC1:1 Ratio BMC20LR X & Y Axis Direct Drive1:4 Ratio KM5

SW3 Jumpers on 1 & 4. Add jumper to #7 if machine exhibits an axisoscillation in manual and / or automatic. Will be heard as a rumble.

SW4 Jumpers on 1 thru 4 & 8

Pot’s Setting ScaleVR1 IN-B Mid range 5 of 10 ScaleVR3 ZERO Mid range 5 of 10 ScaleVR4 FINE Mid range 5 of 10 ScaleVR5 CUR Full CW 10 of 10 ScaleVR6 LOOP Mid range 5 of 10 Scale

V. DAC FLYER PCB SETUP PROCEDURE:

AXIS CONTROLLER ONE (AC1)Top pot Z axis DAC offset adjustmentBottom pot Spindle DAC offset adjustment (Used on KM5 Only)

AXIS CONTROLLER TWO (AC2)Top pot X axis DAC offset adjustmentBottom pot Y axis DAC offset adjustment

A) Ensure machine is Calibrated and the Axis are positioned to center of travel.

B) Depress the “Change Tool or Diagnostics” Softkey then “ATC & Machine Diagnostics” softkey, to display the diagnostic screen. Depress “Enter”, “488”, “Enter”, (Note: may be “101” on later software versions) to display the Spindle/Servo Diagnostic Setup screen.

C) Depress “Axis Balance Adjustment” softkey. This commands an open-loop routine that outputs four bits of DAC, both plus and minus, at a three second duty cycle. This will produce an approximate +/- 9.7mVDC command signal to the servo amplifier.

D) Use the “Axis Jog” buttons to select the axis to adjust, then depress the “Start” button.

E) Connect a Digital Volt Meter, set on the Millivolt DC scale, to TM3-2 (Positive Lead) and 0V(Negative lead) of the approiate servo amplifier.

F) Adjust the approiate DAC Offset Adjustment pot to obtain a symmetrical reading within 0.0001 VDC (0.1mVDC). Note the actual voltage value may vary slightly from one Dual Axis PCB to another, however it will usually be around +/- 9.7mVDC.

G) Return the axis to the closed-loop servo mode by depressing the “Exit” softkey and the Manual Mode key.

FSB XXX Page 3 of 5

VI. LINEAR AXIS SERVO SETUP PROCEDURE:

1. Confirm the Control is in Metric Mode” and enter the following programs for the Axis to be adjusted:

A) X Axis:Part Setup: X = 0, Y = 0, Z = 0Tool Setup: Tool 1 = Any type, Any Diameter, Length = 0, RPM = 100.Program Parameters: Rapid Traverse = 1016 mm/Min.Part Program: Data block 1 = Pattern Loop Rectangular, 10 x 10 with no offsets.

Data block 2 = Position Tool 1 to X of 0, Y of 0.Data Block 3 = Position Tool 1 to X of 100 mm, Y to 0 mm.Data Block 4 = Pattern End.

B) Y Axis:Same as above except exchange X and Y coordinates in Data Block 3.

C) Z Axis:Part and Tool Setup same as above.Program Parameters same as above.Part Program: Data Block 1 = Drill Holes with Tool 1, Z Start and Z Bottom = -100 mm,

Feed = 1016 mm/Min., RPM = 100. Bolt Circle of 100 holes with 0 Radius.

2. Connect DVM to Yaskawa TM3-2 (Positive Lead), and 0V (Negative lead) of the axis to be setup. Set Meter on 2 VDC scale.

3. While running the correct program for the axis being set, adjust VR1 to obtain .945 to .955 VDCin both directions. Use VR3 to minimize difference in signal when changing direction of the axis. Adjust VR4 to obtain .950 to .952 VDC in both directions.

4. After VR4 is set for .950 to .952 VDC in both directions depress Motion Hold button. Verify that signal is 0.000 VDC. If not adjust VR3 for 0.000 VDC or as close as possible to zero.

5. Repeat above steps for All Axes.

6. Calibrate Axes and observe position display on CRT. CRT should display 0.000MM for all axes and Marker Dot should be either on solid or flashing on & off. If not, fine tune VR3 for the selected Axis.

7. Run Axes thru a few short position moves, then recheck the axis balance by Calibrating Axes as in step above.

8. Program Full Travel, Rapid Traverse moves of 10160 mm/Min. and verify axes run smoothly and that no Motion Error occurs. Repeat this ten times.

FSB XXX Page 4 of 5

SW1

SW2

SW4

SW3 1

RESET PUSHBUTTON

TROUBLE LED INDICATION(7-SEGMENT)

5VP

IN-B

LOOP

ZERO

CUR

SL5

SL7

SL6

2CN 1CN

VR7

VR4

VR8

VR13

VR12

VR11

VR10

VR2

VR9

-SR

V B

TM3

TM4TM5

SL4

TM1

8 TO 1TM2

8 TO 1

FSB XXX Page 5 of 5

DISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.GOES ON WHEN THE MAIN

LED INDICATION TIME OF INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE

GOES ON WHEN THE STARTPUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSEDAND MCCB DOES NOT TRIP.

GOES ON WHEN THE STARTPUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSEDAND MCCB DOES TRIP.

GOES ON WHEN THE AXISSTARTS OR SLOWS DOWN.

OVERCURRENT

CIRCUIT

2 PROTECTOR

TRIPPEDPUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSED.GOES ON WHEN THE START

DISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.GOES ON WHEN THE MAIN

AXIS AMPLIFIER SEVEN-SEGMENT LEDDISPLAY

GOES ON WHEN THE MAINDISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.

GOES ON AFTER THE STARTPUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSED.

TROUBLE3

REGENERATIVE

4 OVERVOLTAGE DEFECTIVE REGEN CIRCUIT.

OVERSPEED5GOES ON AFTER THE STARTPUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSED.

PUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSED.GOES ON AFTER THE START

6 VOLTAGE DROP

OVERLOAD7

GOES ON WHEN THE MAINDISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.

GOES ON WHEN THE STARTPUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSED.

GOES ON DURING MACHINEOPERATION.

OVERHEATA

b A/D ERROR GOES ON WHEN THE MAINDISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.

CPU ERROR GOES ON DURING MACHINEOPERATION.

OPENF

PHASE

PUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSED.GOES ON AFTER THE START

DISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.GOES ON WHEN THE MAIN

GOES ON WHEN THE MAINDISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.

MOTOR STARTS MOMENTARILY,THEN C. ERROR GOES ON.

PROTECTIONC

OVERRUN

OPERATIONNORMAL GOES ON AFTER THE START

PUSH BUTTON IS DEPRESSED.

BASE CURRENTIS BLOCKED

GOES ON WHEN THE MAIN

DISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.

GOES ON WHEN THE MAINDISCONNECT IS TURNED ON.

GOES ON DURING MACHINEOPERATION.

MACHINE IS IN EMERGENCY STOP.

DEFECTIVE AMPLIFIER CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (1 PWB).

AXES ARE READY TO MOVE.

DEFECTIVE CURRENT FEEDBACK CIRCUIT.DEFECTIVE MAIN CIRCUIT TRANSISTOR MODULE.

DEFECTIVE MOTOR GROUNDING.DEFECTIVE MAIN CIRCUIT TRANSISTOR MODULE.

DEFECTIVE AMPLIFIER CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (1 PWB).

DEFECTIVE MAIN CIRCUIT THYRISTOR DIODE MODULE.

DEFECTIVE AMPLIFIER CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (1 PWB).

DEFECTIVE REGEN TRANSISTOR OR REGEN RESISTOR.

DEFECTIVE REGENERATIVE CIRCUIT.

MOTOR/ENCODER CONNECTION ERROR OR MOTOR/ENCODER FAILURE.

DEFECTIVE MAIN CIRCUIT THYRISTOR DIODE MODULE.

DEFECTIVE AMPLIFIER CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (1 PWB).

CONTINUOUS MACHINE OPERATION ABOVE 100% RATED LOAD.

RESULT OF POSSIBLE OVERHEAT, ALLOW SYSTEM TO COOL FOR 30 MINUTES.

CONTINUOUS MACHINE OPERATION ABOVE 100% RATED LOAD.

DEFECTIVE AMPLIFIER CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (1 PWB).

MOTOR/ENCODER CONNECTION ERROR OR MOTOR/ENCODER FAILURE.

DEFECTIVE AMPLIFIER CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (1 PWB).

MISSING THREE PHASE INPUT SOURCE. CHECK AXIS BUS STARTER (ABS).

DEFECTIVE AMPLIFIER CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (1 PWB).

ERROR STATUS IS RELEASED BY PRESSING THE AMPLIFIER RESET BUTTON

(AXIS BUS STARTER [ABS] IS ACTIVATED)MAIN BUS INPUT VOLTAGE IS PRESENT.

(INTERNAL +5VDC)AMPLIFIER CONTROL VOLTAGE IS PRESENT.

GREEN LED STATUSINDICATORS

ILLUMINATED INDICATIONLED NAME

A DAC COMMAND IS CURRENTLY APPLIED.

703-0006-169 Rev.A

MAX TWO V2 AXIS AMPLIFIER INFORMATION

DATE: August 29, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1219

SUBJECT: Low Volume from Coolant Pumps. SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Acroloc 1540, 1550, 3030 Twin Spindles PAGE 1 OF 1

This FSB covers any Acroloc 1540, 1550, or 3030 Twin Spindle with the 200 gallon coolant reservoir.The low coolant volume that we are experiencing has been found to be caused by a filter screen directlyin front of the coolant pump. To rectify this problem, remove the screen from in front of the pump. Thefilter basket is sufficient to keep chips and debris from damaging the Pump. This could also be why weare experiencing such a high rate of Coolant Pump failures, as the motor must work harder to pumpcoolant.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: November 10, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1220

SUBJECT: Executive Disk V1.51 SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 1

The Executive Diskettes V1.51 that were shipped with all Hawk 5M machines have a defectiveHURCO.LDR file. The control will not be able to boot off of these floppy diskettes, as the control willcontinually reboot. Also, do not attempt to execute an UPGRADE EXECUTIVE with these diskettes asthis will transfer the defective HURCO.LDR file to the Hard Drive. This will result in the controlcontinuously rebooting. If a customer needs to use the Executive Diskettes, a new V1.51 (or a V1.52with a new Software Protection Key) will be required.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Richard ArthurREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: November 28, 1994 ISSUE NUMBER: 1221

SUBJECT: Spindle Handling Precaution SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All BMC’S (Cartridge Type) PAGE 1 OF 1

HURCO MANUFACTURING has had our spindle rebuilders investigate the causes for failures. Onecause for failures is supporting the weight of the spindle cartridge assembly on the spindle nose insteadof the cartridge mounting flange. This will lead to premature bearing failure.

Whenever you are replacing the spindle cartridge in any machine that has a cartridge assembly. theweight of the assembly is to be supported by the mounting flange. This can be accomplished by usingwood blocks of sufficient height and width to keep the spindle nose clear of the table. As always usecaution when moving heavy objects.

After installing but, before running the new spindle, be sure to completely check it out.Do the following geometry checks and procedures.1. Verify machine is level. Correct as necessary.2. X to Z, Y to Z & X to Y squareness. Correct as necessary. You may have to sacrifice level to

obtain proper squareness3. Check table flatness. (The preceding three (3) items can cause an apparent spindle problem.)4. Check spindle sweep. Correct as necessary.5. Set drive belt tension per engineering document # 757 4001 117 rev B.6. Perform Spindle Run In per engineering document # 757 4001 118 rev A.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: January 19, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1222

SUBJECT: Proper Axis Current Set-Up SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 1

The proper axis currents for the Hawk 5M mill are as follows:

1) The X/Y Axis current should be between 3 to 6 Amps; in both plus and minus directions.

2) The Z Axis current should be between 1.5 to 3 amps; in both plus and minus directions.

The axis currents are to be set by adjusting Gib tension per normal procedure.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Richard ArthurREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

ORIGINATOR: Ken BorgmeyerREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONINFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE

BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: January 16, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1223

SUBJECT: Accuracy Standard Procedure

PRODUCT LINE: All Mills PAGE 1 OF 5

INTENT: To have a standard procedure in using the accuracy standard to setup the leadscrewcompensation and backlash on all machines. Following is a step by step procedure to assist you in thisendeavor:

1. Allow the 13.1 inch standard to reach the same temperature as the machine, which could take up toone hour or more depending on the initial temperature of the standard.

2. Stone the table to remove small nicks in order to provide a smooth surface.

3. Level the machine and check geometry to insure the machine is within specifications.

4. Place the standard on the table parallel to the axis you intend to measure. The standard should bedirectly over the leadscrew and not to one side of the table. If it is off to one side, a small kick inthe table will affect the outcome of your measurements. Align the standard with a .0001” indicatorin order to ensure absolute parallelism with the axis, usually .0001” from end to end. If the standardhas a slight bow, align the ends and disregard the center. Placing a magnetic base along side thestandard is sufficient to hold the standard in place. If you must use clamps to hold the standard, DONOT over tighten; if debris is under the standard or the table is not flat then the standard may bedamaged.

5. Refer to the following Fig. 1 and the program ACCRCSTD.HD3 in checking the machine. The PartZero and Tool Zero is at Position 1 and should be near the center of the tab. Data Block 1 is aParameter Block to slow the Rapid Traverse, setup Retract Clearance, and increase Drill Dwell. Byusing a Data Block for the parameters, it allows you to jog at normal feedrates in the manual mode.Data Block 2 sets up a loop for a continuous run. Data Blocks 3 and 4 provides for Drill Positions1 through 6. Please note that Z Start in Data Block 4 is at a -.5000”. A similar program can bewritten for the B/BX machines.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

FSB1223.DOC Page 2 of 5

Pos. 2 Pos. 1 & 3Pos. 4 & 6 Pos. 5

13.1 INCH STANDARD

FIG. 1

6. The program should be ran in the Dry Run of Test Mode with a Minimum Z of -0.5000”. On theB/BX, a Dry Run is done by depressing Operate, Auto On, Check, Start, and Head Down for eachmovement. The Spindle On and Auto tool Change are not used. A couple of runs should be doneto check the measurements to insure that the Standard is not moving and that the indicator is givinggood readings. For example, the reading at Position 3 should be the same on all runs.

7. The difference between Position 3 and Position 4 is the leadscrew error. The difference betweenPositions 1 and 3 is the backlash at that position. Likewise, the difference between Positions 4 and6 is the backlash at that end of the Standard. Record this information.

8. Leadscrew error should be corrected first, thus making the backlash checks easier. To computeleadscrew error, take the difference between Positions 3 and 4 and divide by 13.1”. Round off theresult to the nearest ten-millionths and add to each inch value in the Forward Map. For example, ifyou have a difference of 0.0008” (or 800 millionths) between Positions 3 and 4, dividing by 13.1results in 61.07 millionths which is rounded to 60 millionths per inch. In the Forward Map (102screen), enter the following numbers:

0 inch 01 inch 602 inch 1203 inch 1804 inch 240

and so on. In the Reverse Map, enter the same numbers in each location. For the above example, 0inch will be 0, 1 inch will be 60, etc. Note: this is before you enter any backlash in the ReverseMap! The program should be run again to verify the leadscrew error has been corrected and onlythen should the backlash error be recorded.

9. If the backlash is approximately the same on bothe readings, an average can be used. For example,if the differences between Positions 1 and 3 is 0.0004” and Positions 4 and 6 is 0.0006” then0.0005” would be sufficient to bring the machine into specification. In this case, 500 millionthswould be added to all locations in the Reverse Map. If the backlash varies over the lenght of theleadscrew, different backlash can be added at those locations.

FSB1223.DOC Page 3 of 5

10. The numbers in the Leadscrew Compensation screen corresponds to the machine location from tablezero. If you have large differences in backlash from one inch to the next (greater than 0.0002”) thenyou have a serious problem with the leadscrew or other major problems.

This procedure should allow you to setup a machine to specification. If the customer insists themachine be setup under closer standards then a laser must be done.

FSB1223.DOC Page 4 of 5

HURCO ULTIMAX PART PROGRAM INCHACCRCSTD.HD3 STANDARD

PART SETUP

PART ZERO X 1.2345 SAFETY WORK REGIONY 6.7890 Z TOP (+) 99.0000

OFFSET Z 0.0000 Z BOTTOM (-) -99.0000X LEFT (-) -99.0000X RIGHT (+) 99.0000Y FRONT (-) -99.0000Y BACK (+) 99.0000

GENERAL PARAMETERS

RETRACT CLEARANCE 99.0000 INRAPID TRAVERSE 400.0 IPMPECK CLEARANCE PLANE 0.0500 INCHORD ERROR 0.0001 INDEPLETION RETRACT 0.0050 IN

HOLES PARAMETERS

BORE ORIENT RETRACT 0.0200 INDRILL DWELL 0.5 SECBORE DWELL 1.0 SEC

MILLING PARAMETERS

BLEND OFFSET 0.1250 INBLEND OVERLAP 0.1250 INFINISH FEED 100 %FINISH SPEED 100 %FINISH XY 0.0100 INFINISH Z 0.0050 INMILLING DIRECTION CLIMBPOCKET OVERLAP 10 %CUTTER COMP PARAMETER INSERT ARC

PROGRAM PARAMETERS

OVERRIDE LOCKOUT OFFPROGRAM PROTECT PARTIALTOOL CHANGE POSITION NO

TOOL SETUP

1 TYPE DRILLDIAMETER 0.1000ZERO CALIBRATION 12.3456SPEED (RPM) CW 0COOLANT OFF

FSB1223.DOC Page 5 of 5

DATA BLOCKS

1 CHANGE GENERAL PARAMETERSRETRACT CLEARANCE 0.5000 INRAPID TRAVERSE 40.0 IPMPECK CLEARANCE PLANE 0.0500 INCHORD ERROR 0.0001 INDEPLETION RETRACT 0.0050 IN

HOLES PARAMETERSBORE ORIENT RETRACT 0.0200 INDRILL DWELL 1.0 SECBORE DWELL 1.0 SEC

MILLING PARAMETERSBLEND OFFSET 0.1250 INBLEND OVERLAP 0.1250 INFINISH FEED 100 %FINISH SPEED 100 %FINISH XY 0.0100 INFINISH Z 0.0050 INMILLING DIRECTION CLIMBPOCKET OVERLAP 10 %

2 PATTERN LOOP RECTANGULARX NUMBER 10Y NUMBER 10X DISTANCE 0.0000Y DISTANCE 0.0000

3 HOLESDRILLTOOL 1Z START 0.0000Z BOTTOM 0.0000PLUNGE FEED 5.0SPEED (RPM) 0PECK DEPTH 0.0000PECK TYPE STANDARD

LOCATIONS X Y1 0.0000 0.00002 -1.0000 0.00003 0.0000 0.0000

4 HOLESDRILLTOOL 1Z START -0.5000Z BOTTOM -0.5000PLUNGE FEED 5.0SPEED (RPM) 0PECK DEPTH 0.0000PECK TYPE STANDARD

LOCATIONS X Y1 13.1000 0.00002 14.1000 0.00003 13.1000 0.0000

5 PATTERN END

DATE: March 24, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1224

SUBJECT: Table T-Slot Alignment SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M / Hawk 5D PAGE 1 OF 1

The T-Slot parallel alignment to X Axis is measured from the center to each end of the table, not fromone end to the other. This measurement should be 15 inches from center in each direction and thetolerance is 0.0008 inches over 12 inches of travel. The center T-Slot is the only one measured orspecified. See diagram below.

15”

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Richard ArthurREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

15” 15”

DATE: JUNE 13, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1225

SUBJECT: HAWK 5M/5D DRAWBAR SETUP SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: HAWK 5M/5D PAGE 1 OF 1

The following is the procedure for setting the drawbar height on all HAWK 5 machines. There have been several reports of power heads failing in the field and the possible cause could be inproper drawbar setup.

1) Calibrate machine.

2) Remove cover and power head assembly.. 3) Measure from top of retainer cap to top of drawbar and set to .950” to 1.00” with machine at home position

4) Adjust Z+ limit switch if necessary to achieve .950” to 1.00”.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: KOSTAS EVDOKIOUREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: August 16, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1226

SUBJECT: Kurt Power Drawbars-Hawk 5 M and Hawk 5 D SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5 M-5D PAGE 1 OF 1

It has been discovered that some of the Kurt Power Drawbars were supplied to HURCO with out theO-ring being greased. This results in the Kurt Power drawbar either not engaging every time or notreturning to the normal disengaged position (It sticks in the down position.).TO RESOLVE THIS PROBLEM; GREASE THE O-RING 1) Remove Kurt power head from machine. 2) Remove power cover (4 screws). 3) Remove the spring clip and snap the collet out. 4) This exposes the O-ring, coat with a lithium grease 5) Preload the spring clamp tension 6) Replace the power cover. 7) Mount Power Head back on machine and verify that Kurt Power Head engages and disengages the cleanly every time.NOTE: IF THE TOP OF THE DRAW BAR IS DAMAGED THE DRAWBAR MUST BEREPLACED ALSO. PART #802-2706-001 The washer part number if needed is 604-0742-013.The part # for the Kurt Power Drawbar is 002-4005-001

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Steven ArtzREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: July 21, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1227

SUBJECT: Flood Coolant Leaks SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Frame "A" Machines PAGE 1 OF 2

The Frame “A” machines described below need to have the wipers and covers for the Y-axischecked for wear, gaps and excessive weld build up which can cause wiper failure.

Machines 1-73 were modified per the Frame “A” machine addendum and will not have thewiper shown in figure 1. Machines 74 and later must be inspected and corrected. Any machine witha May 1995 or later serial number falls into this group. Frame numbers are located on the lower rightwhen viewing from the back of the machine.

Please review the following drawings for locations of points to be inspected.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1227 Page 2 of 2

figure 1

The neoprene wiper seen here against the Y-axis cover may have become damaged byrunning back and forth over heavy welding . Inspect the Y-axis with a flashlight from the back of themachine. Black rubber flakes on the Y-axis cover indicates further inspection of the wipers should bedone.

During your inspection watch for gaps during axis movement over the full travel of Y.Some mounting bolts may need to be loosened to adjust the covers up or down to eliminate gaps.But to not bind the way covers when the Y- axis moves to the negative limit.

IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS CALL HURCO TECHNICAL SERVICE.

FSB 1227 Page 2 of 2

DATE: August 23, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1228

SUBJECT: Power Cabinet Coolant Leaks. SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 1

Gentlemen;

The purpose of this FSB is to notify you of a possible invasion of coolant into the Power Cabinet. Wehave had 3 incidents where coolant has leaked into the Power Cabinet past the mounting bolts for thetransformer located on top of the Power Cabinet and shorting out either the Servo Dynamics axis drive,or the I/O board and Backplane in the ISA Card Rack. After close inspection of the mounting flange onthe transformer, it appears that the only way to resolve the problem is to silicone the threads of thebolts, the nutsert, and between the mounting flange and Power Cabinet. ( Due to the slotted holes on 1side of the transformer mounting bracket.)If you have a Hawk 5M in your territory, it will be necessary to resolve this problem before any damagecan occur. You can find a 4.7 oz. tube of silicone under the Hurco part number 702-0001-004. We dohave this silicone in stock at this time.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: November 9, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1229

SUBJECT: Incorrect parameter for Winding Change SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30/HT/D PAGE 1 OF 1

We have had some instances of BMC 30/HT/D machines not changing windings in the field due to anincorrect parameter being installed. Please check to make sure that the BMC 30/HT/D Machines in yourregion changes windings at your next visit to the customers facility.The symptoms of this problem would be lack of torque, and difficulty setting up Rigid Tapping as thespindle is always in high gear.To check to see if your machine is changing windings is to simply program a spindle speed of 1999 rpm,and than a spindle speed of 2003 rpm. Since the winding change occurs at 2001 rpm, you should hearthe Dual Winding contactor change states and also see the Load Meter jump at the same time.If you determine that this problem does exist, follow the procedure in the Dynapath Delta 20 InstallationGuide to access parameters, and verify that parameter address 4AE is set to 04. Change this parameterto a value of 05. If this parameter is set to a value other than mentioned, please call Technical Supportfor further instructions. This parameter is used to turn on options located in the PIC LadderInstructions, so it must be set correctly.!!!

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: November 9, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1230

SUBJECT: Servo Dynamics Drive Tune Procedure. SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30/D, Hawk 5D, Hawk 5M PAGE 1 OF 1

If it becomes necessary to change a Servo Dynamics Drive Board or Drive Chassis Assembly, use thefollowing procedure to assure proper tuning of the replacement board or boards.

1. Disconnect all plugs from the board or boards.

2. Attach the common of your volt meter to TP1 on a good drive Board.

3. Measure and document the Ohms between TP1 (common) and TP2, (Aux Pot) TP3, (Sig Pot) TP4.(Tach Pot) and TP5 (Cmp Pot).

4. Adjust the Potentiometers on the new Drive Board to match your documented readings from thegood board. This will tune the new board to the correct specifications.

5. Double check your Axis Balance and Axis Lag before leaving and adjust as necessary.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: Nov. 28, 1995 ISSUE NUMBER: 1231

SUBJECT: Digital Spindle Controler PCB Modifications SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk 5 ssm PAGE 1 OF 1

This modification is to remedy the spindle not at speed error on the SINGLE SCREEN MAX Hawk5’s.

On the digital speed controller (415-0252-901)solder a 330 ohm 1/4w resistor in parallel with theresistor element at RN1 pin 5.

All new boards should have a 270 ohm resistor pack (407-0010-070) not the 2.2 K resistor pack.Machines shipped after Jan 01, 1996 should already have this modification done. Machines shippedin 1995 may not have had board modified. PLEASE CHECK.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

RESISTOR, 330 OHM 1/4 W 5%

RN 1..........SOLDER SIDE

ORIGINATOR: J. Steven ArtzREVISED BY:

FSB 1231 Page 1 of 1

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: Jan. 16, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1232

SUBJECT: Upgrade of Remote Shutdown Relay. (RSR) SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30/D, BMC 30/HT/D PAGE 1 OF 1Delta 20 and Delta 40 Controls

The purpose of this FSB is to upgrade the Remote Shut Down Relay to enable the Servo DynamicsDrive to brake the Axis to a stop when Emergency Stop is depressed. To perform this upgrade, it will benecessary to order a Hurco Part Number # 407-0002-078 50 VDC., 220 Micro Farrad Radial PolarizedCapacitor, and install it across the coil of Remote Shutdown Relay. This will cause the Servo DynamicsDrive to remain ready long enough after the DAC Signal is cut off to allow braking before the Drive isInhibited. Remember to observe the Polarity of the Capacitor. Keep in mind that the Silver Stripe on theDiode is the plus side of the relay coil.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: Jan. 24, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1233

SUBJECT: Upgrade of RS232C Cables. (Com 1, Com 2 ) SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30/M, BMC 30/HT/M PAGE 1 OF 1

The purpose of this FSB is to upgrade the Com 1, Com 2 RS232C cables located on the back door ofthe Electrical Cabinet. To do this upgrade you will need to order 2 of a part # 423-4405-080, and 4threaded stand-offs, part # 110-0134-051. Remove the existing Ribbon Cable Harness going to Com 1and Com 2, taking care to note where Com 1 and Com 2 plug into the ISA Card Rack, so as not tounintentionally swap the two ports. Attach the new shielded Cables to their respective ports on the ISACard Rack, and secure the Female ends of the Cables to the back door of the Electrical Cabinet usingthe Thumb Screws already in the new cable assembly and the Female Stand Offs to secure it to the ComPanel, using Loctite 601 to prevent these from coming loose.This is being done to solve a noise problem that occurs during long transfers of files VIA RS232C.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: 02/21/96 ISSUE NUMBER: 1234

SUBJECT: Kurt Power Heads & Drawbar Set-up SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: KM5P, Hawk 5M, Hawk 5D, & Hawk 5SSM PAGE 1 OF 2

DISASSEMBLY OF CHICAGO PNEUMATIC OR KURT POWER DRAWBAR VOIDS THE ONE(1) YEAR MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY. If suspected failure and under warranty then replace.Complete Power Drawbar Assemblies (Powerhead, with base plate,switches, & fittings, Drawbar, andHead Cover) can now be ordered.

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION DRAWBAR PART # WHERE USED002-4208-003 Metric Power Drawbar Assy. 802-2906-003 Current Hawk Mills002-4208-004 Inch Power Drawbar Assy. 802-2906-002 Current Hawk Mills002-4208-005 Metric Power Drawbar Assy. 802-2706-002 KM5P & Early Hawk Mills002-4208-006 Inch Power Drawbar Assy. 802-2706-001 KM5P & Early Hawk Mills

PROBLEMS TO BE ADDRESSED

1. Washer coming loose from mounting plate and hanging up on drawbar. Solution: Insure that tool change height is set to 1.00” to 0.95” (FSB 1225) Set-up: Need 0.050” to 0.100” clearance between top of drawbar shoulder and bottom of thrust washer.

2. Air ratchet catching and binding up when moving up/down. Solution: Fill (there is a level check plug on rear of air ratchet and this is where you fill the air ratchet) with air tool oil (5wt) when installing a new machine or power drawbar head. Check to make sure that the guide rods are straight and parallel. NOTE: If Chicago Pneumatic Air Ratchet is under or over oiled, the ratchet loses power.

3. Air ratchet coming loose from mounting base. Solution: Loc Tite the 4 bolts holding the head to plate. This is to be done any time servicing or replacing unit.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR:Steven ArtzREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB XXX Page 2 of 4

4. Top end of drawbar being chewed up. Solution: Make sure height set correctly.

5. Tools coming loose in spindle. Solution: Refer to FSB 1166, 1168, 1225, TIN 1024A, & 1065.

6. Air motor starts before head is down in spline. Solution:#1 Check spring (Spring-Plunger) inside powerhead (REF. Page 15 Item # 18 in Kurt manual) it maybe weak and need replaced. ONLY DISASSEMBLE IF NON-WARR. #2 FSB 1226 #3 Guide rods are not parallel. Replace unit.

7. Air motor runs in one direction only or doesn’t run at all. Solution: #1 Disconnect the 2 air lines (1/4”) from powerhead that come from IN/OUT valve and make sure air is coming through each line when appropriate button selected. If no air, check button assembly (Page 11 of Kurt Manual) #2 Disassemble upper block (Page 5 in Kurt Manual) and check “O- Rings” items #3 & #7 #3 Check Mist Lube Unit to make sure that we are not over lubing and causing valve in powerhead to stick. If this is the case adj. the mist lube unit and cycle the powerhead to free up. ONLY DISASSEMBLE IF NON-WARRANTY.

8. Powerhead Assembly Sticks in down position. Solution: #1 Check drawbar spline for damage. If damaged replace and set-up correctly. #2 Check drawbar/head alignment (float in if needed). #3 FSB 1226A (O-Ring not greased Item # 18, page 5 in Kurt Manual) #4 Air lines binding in cover. Reroute, open slot in cover and reapply protective edging. #5 Spring to weak or adjusted incorrectly (No preload). Ref. Item #13 on page 5 of Kurt Manual. #6 Air Line Retro (TIN 1024), use 3/8” line @80psi (Head needs minimum of 70 psi) #7 Guide rods bent.

HURCO SERVICE ENGINEERS ARE NOT TO CALL KURT MFG FOR TECHNICALSUPPORT

FSB 1234 Page 2 of 2

DATE: March 3, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1235

SUBJECT: Retro-fit of Drive Spindles to SUPERSEDES NUMBER:accept 18 MM Proximity Switches.

PRODUCT LINE: Acroloc 15-32, 15-40 Machining PAGE 1 OF 1Centers

Our current supplier of 300-577 14 mm Proximity Switches has notified us that they are discontinuingthese switches. We have no choice but to go to a larger diameter switch as they were the only ones whomanufactured this switch. The replacement switch will be part # 418-5002-016, and has a diameter of18mm.The Acroloc machines that will be most affected by this change will be the 1980 to 1990 15-32 and 15-40 machines with the following controls: Fanuc 6 M to 11 M, Yasnac MX 1, GE Mark 2000, andSiemens 810 Controls.To perform this retro-fit when replacing this switch, it will be necessary to remove and disassemble thedrive spindle, remove and disassemble the orient plunger assembly, and drill out existing switch holeswith a 15.5 mm drill, and than tap these holes with an 18 x 1 mm tap.When resetting the proximity switches in the drive spindle, be sure to leave enough clearance for thebutton head screw in the orient sensing ring to clear the switch. (When the head of the button headscrew just clears the proximity switch, back the switch off 1 full turn before locking it into place.)

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

ORIGINATOR: K. EvdokiouREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONINFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE

BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: Feb. 08, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1236

SUBJECT: Max32 Hard Drives

PRODUCT LINE: All Max32 machines PAGE 1 OF 1

There have been several reported problems with Max32 upgrades not allowing theservos to power up. The following is to be done to all Max32 Snooper PCBs.

When doing a Max32 upgrade to any machine with any Hard Drive type(Ex. Conner,Seagate, Quantum...) you must make sure that the Hard Drive is mounted on the back sideof the Snooper PCB. Reroute the power cable if needed. You might have to unsolder the cablefrom the front side and solder to the back side to make it work being careful not to cross anywires. Also, you must reroute the ribbon cable for the Hard Drive to make it work.

When reinstalling the Hard Drive into the card rack be sure that the Snooper PCBis nearest to the Personality Board and the Hard Drive is facing the CPU. All Snooper PCBassemblies in Max32 kits will be modified this way at Hurco Mfg Co starting in May96.

Please verify any Snooper PCB that you install in a Max32 machine is done thisway.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

DATE: April 4 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1237

SUBJECT: FRL Units SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All 30 “A” Frames PAGE 1 OF 1

Gentleman;

The purpose of this FSB is to remind you that the Water Trap Filter on the FRL Units is NOT anAutomatic Self Dumping Unit. There has been some confusion as to which type of Water Trap Filter isbeing used, as some of the documentation implies, but does not specifically say that it is or is not anAutomatic Dumping Unit. The current Water Trap Filter must be drained periodically to insure that nowater is able to infiltrate the Machine air system. This is done by squeezing the two tabs located on thebottom of the Water Trap Filter Bowl. Please instruct your customers at install or your next Service Callto drain this unit daily, to prevent damage to the air driven tool change motor, valves, and pneumaticcylinders, thus preventing down time. We are currently trying to source a Self Dumping Water TrapFilter replacement for the Manual units. We will offer this replacement as a Non Warranty replacementOption if the customer prefers the Automatic Self Dumping Unit.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: April 29, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1238

SUBJECT: Z AXIS Cable Damage SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 30M/ HTM/ D PAGE 1 OF 1

This bulletin is to correct machines that have had damage to some of the cables going to the HEADarea. These cables run through the Z AXIS CABLE HOUSING and into the Z AXIS CABLECARRIER. As it passes from the housing to the carrier it rubs on a rough edge of the housing.

HURCO’S sub-contract manufacturer’s will start adding a plastic conduit to protect the cables withtheir MARCH shipments. This is an “interim” fix. The long term correction will be for manufacturer’sto weld a round bar at the rough edge to give a smooth surface to protect the cables.

Manufacturing has been adding a NEOPRENE SHEET to protect the cables. This should be done inthe field to any machine that has not been remedied yet. You should be able to purchase NEOPRENEat a local industrial supply house, i.e.( W.W. GRAINGERS ).

The Z AXIS CABLE HOUSING can be seen from the right side. It is between the cabinet and the ZAXIS CABLE CARRIER (flexible metal tube). It has two access plates on it.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Lonnie LeffewREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: June 17, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1239

SUBJECT: Fan Replacement / ISA Card Racks SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All ISA machines PAGE 1 OF 1

Card rack with integrated power supply:To replace fans on this ISA card rack you will need to order one piece of 002-4428-017 for

each new 24VDC fan.

1. Power off the machine.2. Remove the fan housing screws.3. Carefully remove the plastic fasteners that are holding each fan.4. Unplug and replace with the new fan or fans and reassemble.

Card rack with power distribution board:If you are working on the old style card rack with the power distribution pcb on the side you

will need to convert the fan wiring from 12VDC to 24VDC when replacing the fans. Order two of the002-4428-017 fans and proceed as follows.

1. Power off the machine.2. Remove the four mounting screws holding each fan.3. Unplug and replace with the new fans and reassemble.4. Locate the 423-4400-009 ISA Fan /Backplane power harness. This harness is internal to the card rack and the J1 end of the harness plugs through the card rack and into the back side of the power distribution board at TB7.5. Locate the 12VDC brown wire on J1-10.6. Remove this wire from the J1 wago connector.7. Remove a blue 24VDC wire from either J1-11, or J1-12.8. Splice the brown fan wire to the 24VDC wire and insert back into the respective J1 terminal.9. This completes the modification. You should now have 24VDC supplied to the new fans.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

ORIGINATOR: Tom Murden

REVISED BY:

DATE: August 13, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1240

SUBJECT: Oiling Problems SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Acroloc 1540, 3030 PAGE 1 OF 1

This bulletin is to inform you to inspect the oil line which goes across the y-axis ways on all Acroloc1540 and 3030 machines. This oil line can be found inside the saddle, and goes across the y-axisballscrew. One of the x-axis telescopic covers must be pulled back to inspect.

Some machines had the oil line stretched too tight at assembly. Some of the oil lines are pulling out of thecompression nut and ferrule. When re-installing oil line leave slack in the line, but ensure that the oil line is clearof the y-axis ballscrew rotation.

Recommended parts for correction:

1. 350112 Ferrule Qty 2 2. 508-2001-001 5/32 Bijur Tubing Qty 3 ft.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tim CloudREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: September 4, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1241

SUBJECT: Possible Noise Problems SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC4020/HT/M, BMC4020SSM PAGE 1 OF 2

The purpose of this FSB is to prevent potential noise problems to the ISA Control caused by the closeproximity of the Commutation Reactor wiring harness and the main Wire Way located in the center of theElectrical Cabinet.To correct this problem, you will need to remove the Commutation Reactor harness from the Wire Way,unfasten the Commutation Reactor from the back wall of the cabinet, and rotate the reactor 180 deg., so thatthe harness is going out towards the Siemens Drive Package. Secure the wires to the back wall of the cabinetusing cable ties and self adhesive tie downs. (See attached drawing for details. )If after doing this procedure, the machine is still experiencing noise related anomaly’s , (control lock ups, toolchange errors etc. ) try to move as many of the of the wires from the main wire way to the smaller wire waylocated on the left side of the cabinet, as cable length will allow. Also verify that all required suppressers anddiodes are installed.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB xxxx Page 3 of 2

DATE: Sept. 6, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1242

SUBJECT: ISA CARD RACK DIAGNOSTIC TIPS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: ALL ISA MACHINES PAGE 1 OF 2

This document was created to help diagnose problems within the ISA card rack. This documentwill be updated when additional helpful information is available. If you discover a unique way todiagnose a card rack problem, write detailed steps down and it will be reviewed for validity andpossibly added to this document.

1. Don’t hesitate to SCAN the hard drive for a virus before trying any other tests on a cardrack you may save yourself a lot of frustration.

2. CMOS settings and motherboard jumpers are also crucial. I wouldn’t recommend makingany changes before consulting your documentation first; don’t guess.

3. If your card rack boots and the Ultimax screens come up and you suspect an I/O and orperipheral or functional type problem; Install your ISA test harnesses and run the ISATESTdiagnostic software which came with the harness kit (refer to your blue ISA manual forinstructions). Don’t forget that there are some interactive diagnostic functions available throughthe Auxiliary screen using “Enter, 200, Enter”.

4. If you are having video problems i.e. no video displayed: Power off the rack, remove theCanbus controller card and power up the rack again. The Canbus controller has been known tocause video problems. You may have to wait 30-45 seconds before the screens come up if youare booting the executive.

5. For intermittent problems such as rebooting. Check the power connections at themotherboard and the Power Good (PG) signal. Especially on the old style racks the powerconnector on the motherboard has one pin with two wires crimped in it. This is the 12VDC for

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

Page 2 of 2

the Power Good chip. If this wire is loose and intermittent the rack will reboot.

6. Check the fans on the card rack for slow movement or no movement. If needed replace thefans. If you are replacing 12VDC fans refer to FSB1239. If the fans are OK, and you have a newstyle rack remove the power supply cover and check for loose connections. Also, check the fuseblock connections in the integrated power switch. If you have the old style card rack with theseparate power supply, check the fan on the power supply. Is it moving slowly or not at all? Ifthe fan on the supply isn’t working replace the power supply. While you are at the power supplydon’t forget to check the supply voltages.

7. If you suspect an I/O Interface, DC I/O, or Canbus controller board lockup, go into themachine diagnostic screen from manual mode and try running the ATC functions, unclamp, etc.Try jogging the axis. Try spindle on in manual mode. If some of these functions don’t work,your I/O interface, D/C I/O, or Canbus controller may be locked up. Try cycling power on themachine. If this clears up the problem, you need to try all diagnostics functions one at a time.Also, check the washdown and coolant functions. One of these is probably improperlysuppressed.

8. If the rack won’t boot the Executive software and displays errors like missing loader etc.Try booting a DOS disk. You can remove all the boards except the Video card and the FloppyDrive Transceiver board if you need to and still boot the card rack with a DOS bootable disk.Then diagnose the hard drive etc.

DATE: September 5, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1243

SUBJECT: Spindle twitch @ Null setup. SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC30SSM PAGE 1 OF 2

The first group of production BMC30 SSM bedmills (from Quaser) were affected by a spindle noise problemnot seen in previous, similar Frame A bedmills. The severity of the noise varied from machine-to-machine,and manifested itself as a “twitchy” spindle at 0 rpm conditions, during the spindle balance portion of themachine acceptance test.

Depending on the machine, it was difficult to null the spindle. Once (an unstable!) null was established, itthen became more difficult to adjust the spindle’s high speed parameters so that our set up specifications couldbe met. A few machines with noise symptoms that were not as prevalent , were able to be set up satisfactorilyand shipped, and must now be repaired in the field.

This problem is created by having the DAC shield tied at both ends, and also having the DAC cable strippedback too far at the TB1 strip. The suggested repair is to remove the shield ground from the S1CN connector,Pin 2 at the spindle drive, and to remove the excess DAC wire inside the wire way at the TB1 strip. In somecases, there was found to be as much as 3 Ft. of unshielded wire on either side of the TB1 connector. Pleasetrim this and any harness back so that no more than 4 inches of DAC wires are left outside of the cable.Please refer to Drawing # 423-4401-073 for details.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

Page 2 of 2

Drawing Number 423-4401-073

Remove

DATE: September 9, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1244

SUBJECT: Work Light Suppresser Modification SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC30SSM, BMC30/M with Siemens, PAGE 1 of 2 BMC4020/HT/M, BMC4020SSM

The purpose of this FSB is to make you aware of a problem that we are experiencing with the WorkLight on off switch located on the Communications panel.

If the Work Light is turned on or off there is a chance that the control will lock up, making it necessaryto reboot the control.

To rectify this problem, you will need (2) # 417-6001-010 Surge suppressers. Refer to the attachedschematic and install a Part Number 417-6001-010 surge suppresser across each ballast and work light.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

417-6001-010 417-6001-010

FSB 1244 Page 2 of 2

DATE: September 4, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1245

SUBJECT: Spindle Agree Faults during Rigid Tap Functions SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC4020HT/M, BMC4020SSM, BMC30HT/M PAGE 1 OF 1 (Siemens Drive Only)

We have been experiencing “Spindle Agree Fault” errors during Rigid Tap Functions onBMC4020/HT/M, BMC4020SSM, and BMC30/HT/M mills that use the Siemens Drive package.Changing the following Parameters in the Ultimax 3 ISA control and the Siemens Spindle Drive modulewill prevent these errors from occurring.

1) Tap Deceleration, on the 103 screen will be decreased from 120,000 rev/min/min to 80,000 rev/min/min.

2) Siemens Spindle Drive Parameter # P-027, will be increased from 20 RPM to 30 RPM.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: September 26, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1246

SUBJECT: Harness Bracket Installation SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC4020/HT/M, BMC4020/SSM PAGE 1 OF 2

The purpose of this FSB is to install bracket assemblies on the harness coming into the bottom theelectrical cabinet, and on the wire harness exiting the cattrack above the electrical cabinet. This modification will remove the foam insulation currently packed in around these harness entry / exitlocations, and must be done to help seal the cabinet from external contamination. (Coolant, oil, dust,etc.)

Enclosed in the kit you will find assorted grommets, a 7. inch piece of H channel, (8) M5 x 12 mmscrews and flat washers, and (2) two piece brackets that need to be installed according to the attachedpictures.

The grommets will have to be cut in one place in order to fit over the cables. This will prevent having toremove the cable ends.

Note: Use the H channel to seal between the holes in the 2 piece plate.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

Cattrack Harness Installation Cabinet Bottom Installation

FSB 1246 Page 2 of 2

DATE: October 3, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1247

SUBJECT: Canbus Controller Modification SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All ISA machines PAGE 1 OF 1

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

This modification may help eliminate some lock-up situations on 486 based systems especiallyduring screen updates. The modification is mandatory for all Pentium based systems to correctan ISA bus conflict, caused by the I/F circuit responding to non-specific addressing.

Modification: U36, pin 1 is to be cut at the PCB and pulled out perpendicular to the side of the IC. Using ¾” 30 GA. Wire (insulated wirewrap wire), solder one end to the floating pin 1 on U36, and the other end to the via as shown below. Change the revision letter from B to C.

Verification: Continuity between gold finger A11(AEN) and U36 pin 1, and no continuity between U36 pin 1 and ground.

U36 U37

Ground

Pin 1

DATE: October 9, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1248

SUBJECT: Siemens Drive wiring change. SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC4020/HT/M, BMC4020/SSM PAGE 1 OF 3

The purpose of this FSB is to initiate a wiring change to the Enable circuits of the Siemens DrivePackage to leave "Pulse Enable" active at Emergency Stop for a greater time period to allow forregeneration of axis motor voltage, and proper braking of the axis.The symptoms that would lead to this wiring change would be a slight drift of the of the axis afterEmergency Stop is depressed.In order to make this modification, you will need to do the following steps.

1) Remove the Wago jumper bar between TB2 - 50 and TB2 - 51.( This TB strip is located at the back wall of the control cabinet, on the left side. If in doubt as to the location, please refer to the cabinet lay out drawing, number 003-2007-002 and 003-2007-003 located in the BMC4020 manual, part # 704-0001-748.)

2) Disconnect the wires that run from CRP4 TB1 - 5, and X321 Pin 663 on the dual axis drive module,and X321 Pin 663 on the Single axis drive module.

3) Add a jumper wire (24AWG) between X321 Pin 663 and Pin 9 on the dual axis drive moduleand on X321 Pin 663 and Pin 9 on the single axis drive module.This change will keep the Pulse Enable Signal on till the regeneration for braking is complete.

4) Add a wire (18AWG) from CRP4 / TB1 - 5 to TB2 - 50. This is for the Axis Enable Relay signal.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

Please Reference Sheet 8 of 12 on Drawing # 003-2022-002 in the BMC4020 Manual, Rev "A", Part # 704-0001-748 formore detail.

FSB 1248 Page 2 of 3

Please Reference Sheet 9 of 12 on Drawing # 003-2022-002 in the BMC4020 Manual, Rev "A", Part # 704-0001-748 formore detail.

FSB 1248 Page 3of 3

DATE: October 11, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1249

SUBJECT: Coolant/Oil Separator Modification SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: 30D/HT/M/SSM, 4020SSM/HTM PAGE 1 OF 3

There are a few Frame A machines still having problems with coolant run off from the back of themachine casting. In order to try to correct this problem a replacement Coolant/Oil Separator Tankhas been designed. This design replaces the current separator tank and will catch any run off fromalmost the entire width of the machine base. This should correct any of the problem machines we stillhave in the field. This new design can also be retrofitted to the new 4020 machines if necessary. Thismodification should only be done if FSB1227 has been completed and the machine still has coolantleakage.

Retrofit Parts:

003-1008-012 Assembly Coolant/Oil Separator (consists of parts listed below).

1pc 803-1049-004 Tank Coolant/Oil Separator9pc 101-5008-003 SHCS, M6 X 1.0 P X 12 LG9pc 110-0046-007 Lockwasher, M6 Helical Spring6ft. 507-0001-002 Low Pressure Hose ¾” I.D.24in. 507-1203-002 Low Pressure Hose ½” I.D.1pc 702-0001-004 RTV, 4.7oz Clear1pc 506-5008-003 Plug 3/8”4pc 602-0002-006 Clamp, #16 Aeroseal

Retrofit procedure:

1. Remove the existing Coolant/Oil separator tank from the back of the machine frame.

2. Using the old tank and wooden blocks etc., locate the new tank centered on the back of themachine frame to transfer the mounting holes. Locate the tank approximately ¼” down from theY axis servo motor (this will allow for easier motor removal and belt adjustment). See figure 1.

3. Transfer the top right and top left hole locations from the tank and drill and tap these two holesfirst. Temporarily mount the tank with two fasteners and transfer the remaining holes.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1249 Page 2 of 3

4. Thoroughly clean the back of the machine frame to help bond the RTV sealant used on the tankmounting flange.

5. Apply a generous bead of RTV to the tank mounting flange and install the tank with the fastenersprovided.

6. Remove any excess RTV.

7. Remove the old drain tube and fitting from the flood coolant tank and install the 3/8” plug into theflood coolant tank. See figure 2.

8. Drill and tap ¾”PT holes in the flood motor mounting plates (locations are approximate). Seefigure2.

9. Install the ¾’ elbow fittings in each of the two holes.

10. Install ¾” hose between each of the flood coolant fittings and each side of the new Coolant/Oilseparator tank (use hose clamps provided).

11. Install ½” hose between Coolant/Oil separator tank and oil catch tank (use hose clamps from oldCoolant/Oil separator tank).

12. Run washdown system and check for leaks.

Rear view of machine baseFigure 1

FSB 1249 Page 3 of 3

Top view of machine.

Figure 2

DATE: December 5, 1996 ISSUE NUMBER: 1250

SUBJECT: Re-Wire of Fast Stop signal to Siemens Drive SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC30/HT/M, BMC4020/SSM, BMC4020/HT/MPAGE 1 OF 2

There is a chance that Frame "A" mills with Siemens Drive packages (BMC30/HT/M's and BMC4020's) have a mis-wire in the Fast Stop circuit.Fast Stop has been found to be tied into the Spindle Purge Relay, ( RLY 2 ) at Pin 7, instead of beingattached to TB10, Pin 3, on the CRP4 Brd. as shown in the current electrical schematics, causing theDrive to be disabled when Spindle Purge times out, and causing the following alarm message. "SpindleFault Agree Error", when the machine is put back in cycle or programmed with a spindle speed.Please do not hesitate to check the Fast Stop circuit if your customer notifies you of this symptom ontheir Siemens driven mill.Please reference the following page for correct wiring information.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Don SchmedakeREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1250 Page 2 of 2

ORIGINATOR: David SkrzypczakREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONINFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE

BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: June 26, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1251

SUBJECT: V2.00 PARAMETER CHANGES

PRODUCT LINE: ULTIMAX 3 ISA PAGE 1 OF 4

PURPOSE: To correct parameters that were incorrectly listed on the Engineering Documents and theMachine Parameter Diskettes issued with V2.00 Field Installation Software Kit, 007-4123-009.

DESCRIPTION: Please update the following Engineering Documents in the V2.00 Field InstallationSoftware Kit (these documents will be distributed upon their release):

757-4002-125 Rev B, Ultimax V2.xx Software Field Installation Procedurepage 7, step 21, change the Machine S/N Prefix for 427-0004-014 from B3M to B3HM change the Machine S/N Suffix for 427-0004-014 from B to C change the Machine S/N Prefix for 427-0004-015 from B3HM to B3M change the Machine S/N Suffix for 427-0004-015 from C to B

757-4005-001 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30SSM (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-002 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30SSM (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-003 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30M (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-004 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30HTM (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-005 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30M (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-006 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30HTM (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-007 Rev A, Parameters for BMC4020SSM with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-008 Rev A, Parameters for BMC4020HTM with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X

page 6, General Parameters, change Configuration Parameter Units from Inch to MetricGeneral Parameters, change Max. Programmable Contour Feedrate from 300.0 to 7620.0

page 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Distance per Revolution from 0.4724in to 12.0mm forX, Y, and Z Axes

NOTE: This corrects an axis misposition problem in which the Inch value of 0.4724 was beingbeing converted to 11.99896mm; the correct value is 12.0mm or 0.47244095in.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY One Technology Way Indianapolis, IN 46268-0180

FSB1251.DOC Page 2 of 4

page 5,Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Plus Direction Travel Limit from 30.0in to 762.0mmfor X Axis

Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Plus Direction Travel Limit from 18.0in to 432.0mmfor Y Axis

Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Minus Direction Travel Limit from -24.0in to -609.0mmfor Z Axis

757-4005-001 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30SSM (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.Xpage 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 500.0ipm to 12700.0mmpm

for Z AxisAxes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 590.0ipm to 15000.0mmpm

for X and Y Axespage 11, change N95:211 from 0 to 1

757-4005-002 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30SSM (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.Xpage 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 394.0ipm to 10000.0mmpm

for Z AxisAxes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 590.0ipm to 15000.0mmpm

for X and Y Axes

757-4005-003 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30M (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-004 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30HTM (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X

page 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 563.0ipm to 16000.0mmpmfor Z Axis

Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 945.0ipm to 24000.0mmpmfor X and Y Axes

757-4005-005 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30M (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-006 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30HTM (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X

page 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 590.0ipm to 15000.0mmpmfor Z Axis

Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 945.0ipm to 24000.0mmpmfor X and Y Axes

757-4005-007 Rev A, Parameters for BMC4020SSM with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.Xpage5, Spindle, Physical Parameters, change Maximum DAC Volts from 9.350 to 9.500NOTE: this change is required for initial startup only; it will be reset for Spindle Balance

FSB1251.DOC Page 3 of 4

757-4005-007 Rev A, Parameters for BMC4020SSM with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-008 Rev A, Parameters for BMC4020HTM with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X

page 5,Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Plus Direction Travel Limit from 40.0in to 1016.0mmfor X Axis

Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Plus Direction Travel Limit from 20.0in to 508.0mmfor Y Axis

Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Minus Direction Travel Limit from -24.0in to -609.0mmfor Z Axis

Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 530.0ipm to 13450.0mmpmfor Z Axis

Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 787.0ipm to 20000.0mmpmfor X and Y Axes

INSTRUCTIONS: Please update the following Machine Parameters Diskettes in the V2.00 FieldInstallation Software Kit:

Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 30SSM Siemens Spindle, 427-0004-0111. Using DOS Edit (or other ASCII editor), load the INTCFG.SYS file from the 30SSMS.MCD directory.2. Search for N95:211; the line will read “N95:211= SPINDLE DRIVE TYPE = 0”.3. At the end of the line, change the 0 to 1.4. Exit and save the file.

The following steps must be done at a machine for the following diskette:Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 30SSM Siemens Spindle, 427-0004-0111. After V2.00 has been loaded with the correct parameters per the Installation Procedure, access the

Integrator Support Services screen from Auxiliary by pressing <Enter> 100 <Enter>.2. Select the CNC CONFIG PARAMETERS softkey.3. Select the SPINDLE softkey4. Select the VERTICAL PARAMETERS softkey.5. Select the GEAR TABLE PARAMETERS softkey.6. Change the Minimum RPM from 100 to 1.7. Select the EXIT softkey (may require multiple selections) to return to the Integrator Support Services

screen..8. Select the MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES softkey.9. Select the YES softkey to change the D: Drive Access Enable.10. Select the EXIT softkey(may require multiple selections) to return to Auxiliary mode.11. Select the STORAGE FUNCTIONS softkey.12. Select the DISK OPERATIONS LIST DIRECTORY softkey.13. Select the SELECT CURRENT STORAGE DRIVE softkey.14. Select the HARD DRIVE D softkey.15. Highlight the 30SSMS.MCD directory and select the CHANGE TO DIRECTORY softkey.16. Highlight the SPINDLE.SYS file and select the COPY PROGRAM softkey.17. Insert the 427-0004-011 diskette into the floppy disk drive (make sure the disk is not Write Protected).18. Enter “A:” to copy the file to the Machine Parameters Diskette.19. Reenter Integrator Support Services and disable the D:Drive Access Enable.20. In Auxiliary, backup the modified parameters to the Ultimax 3 Version 2.xx Parameter Backup diskette.

The following steps must be done at a machine for each of the following diskettes:

FSB1251.DOC Page 4 of 4

Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 30SSM Siemens Spindle, 427-0004-011Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 30HTM Siemens Spindle, 427-0004-012Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 30SSM Yaskawa Spindle, 427-0004-013Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 30M Siemens Spindle, 427-0004-014Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 30M Yaskawa Spindle, 427-0004-015Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 30HTM Yaskawa Spindle, 427-0004-016Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 4020SSM Siemens, 427-0004-017Machine Parameters Diskette, BMC 4020HTM Siemens, 427-0004-0181. After V2.00 has been loaded with the correct parameters per the Installation Procedure, access the

Integrator Support Services screen from Auxiliary by pressing <Enter> 100 <Enter>.2. Select the CNC CONFIG PARAMETERS softkey.3. Select the SPINDLE softkey.4. Change the Maximum DAC Volts from 9.35 to 9.5 volts.5. Select the EXIT softkey.6. Select the GENERAL PARAMETERS softkey.7. Change the Configuration Parameter Units from Inch to Metric.8. Enter the Max. Programmable Contour Feedrate as 7620.0.9. Select the EXIT softkey.10. Select the X AXIS softkey.11. Enter the Distance per Revolution as 12.0.12. Enter the Maximum Feedrate per the revised Engineering Document for each machine type.13. Select the VERTICAL PARAMETERS softkey.14. Enter the Plus and Minus Direction Travel Limit for each machine type.15. Repeat steps 10-14 for the Y and Z Axes.16. Select the EXIT softkey to return to the Integrator Support Services menu.17. Select the MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES softkey.18. Select the YES softkey to change the D: Drive Access Enable.19. Select the EXIT softkey(may require multiple selections) to return to Auxiliary mode.20. Select the STORAGE FUNCTIONS softkey.21. Select the DISK OPERATIONS LIST DIRECTORY softkey.22. Select the SELECT CURRENT STORAGE DRIVE softkey.23. Select the HARD DRIVE D softkey.24. Highlight the appropriate .MCD directory and select the CHANGE TO DIRECTORY softkey.25. Highlight the SYSFIX.SYS file and select the COPY PROGRAM softkey.26. Insert the 427-0004-01x diskette into the floppy disk drive (make sure the disk is not Write Protected).27. Enter “A:” to copy the file to the Machine Parameters Diskette.28. Reenter Integrator Support Services and disable the D: Drive Access Enable.29. In Auxiliary, backup the modified parameters to the Ultimax 3 Version 2.xx Parameter Backup diskette.

Network: The correct INTCFG.SYS, SPINDLE.SYS, and SYSFIX.SYS files for each of the machinetypes are located on the service network in the following subdirectory:

\COMMON\SERVICE\EXEC\MAX3_OEM\PARAMThere is one zip file for every machine type which contains the replacement Configuration files discussed inthis FSB.

ORIGINATOR: David SkrzypczakREVISED BY: Tom Murden

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONINFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE

BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: June 26, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1251b

SUBJECT: V2.00 PARAMETER CHANGES

PRODUCT LINE: ULTIMAX 3 ISA PAGE 1 OF 4

PURPOSE: To correct parameters that were incorrectly listed on the Engineering Documents and theMachine Parameter Diskettes issued with V2.00 Field Installation Software Kit, 007-4123-009.

DESCRIPTION: Please update the following Engineering Documents in the V2.00 Field InstallationSoftware Kit (these documents will be distributed upon their release):

page 6, General Parameters, change Configuration Parameter Units from Inch to MetricGeneral Parameters, change Max. Programmable Contour Feedrate from 300.0 to 7620.0

page 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Distance per Revolution from 0.4724in to 12.0mm forX, Y, and Z Axes

NOTE: This corrects an axis misposition problem in which the Inch value of 0.4724 was beingbeing converted to 11.99896mm; the correct value is 12.0mm or 0.47244095in.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY One Technology Way Indianapolis, IN 46268-0180

FSB1251.DOC Page 2 of 4

page 5,Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Plus Direction Travel Limit from 30.0in to 762.0mmfor X Axis

Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Plus Direction Travel Limit from 18.0in to 460.0mmfor Y Axis

Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Minus Direction Travel Limit from -24.0in to -610.0mmfor Z Axis

NOTE: Changing travel limits on existing V2.00 machines will erase the leadscrew map for that axis.On upgrades from V1.XX to V2.00 use the travel limits from V1.XX (write them down before doingthe upgrade).

757-4005-001 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30SSM (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.Xpage 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 500.0ipm to 12700.0mmpm

for Z AxisAxes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 590.0ipm to 15000.0mmpm

for X and Y Axespage 11, change N95:211 from 0 to 1

757-4005-002 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30SSM (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.Xpage 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 394.0ipm to 10000.0mmpm

for Z AxisAxes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 590.0ipm to 15000.0mmpm

for X and Y Axes

757-4005-003 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30M (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-004 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30HTM (Siemens Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X

page 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 630.0ipm to 16000.0mmpmfor Z Axis

Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 945.0ipm to 24000.0mmpmfor X and Y Axes

757-4005-005 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30M (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-006 Rev A, Parameters for BMC30HTM (Yaskawa Spindle) with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X

page 5, Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 590.0ipm to 15000.0mmpmfor Z Axis

Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 945.0ipm to 24000.0mmpmfor X and Y Axes

FSB1251.DOC Page 3 of 4

757-4005-007 Rev A, Parameters for BMC4020SSM with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X757-4005-008 Rev A, Parameters for BMC4020HTM with Ultimax 3 ISA Software V2.X

page 5,Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Plus Direction Travel Limit from 40.0in to 1016.0mmfor X Axis

Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Plus Direction Travel Limit from 20.0in to 508.0mmfor Y Axis

Axes, Vertical Parameters, change Minus Direction Travel Limit from -24.0in to -610.0mmfor Z Axis

Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 530.0ipm to 13462.0mmpmfor Z Axis

Axes, Physical Parameters, change Maximum Feedrate from 787.0ipm to 20000.0mmpmfor X and Y Axes

INSTRUCTIONS: Please update the following Machine Parameters Diskettes in the V2.00 FieldInstallation Software Kit:

The following steps must be done at a machine for each of the following diskettes:

FSB1251.DOC Page 4 of 4

Integrator Support Services screen from Auxiliary by pressing <Enter> 100 <Enter>.2. Select the CNC CONFIG PARAMETERS softkey.3. Select the SPINDLE softkey.4. Change the Maximum DAC Volts from 9.35 to 9.5 volts.5. Select the EXIT softkey.6. Select the GENERAL PARAMETERS softkey.7. Change the Configuration Parameter Units from Inch to Metric.8. Enter the Max. Programmable Contour Feedrate as 7620.0.9. Select the EXIT softkey.10. Select the X AXIS softkey.11. Enter the Distance per Revolution as 12.0.12. Enter the Maximum Feedrate per the revised Engineering Document for each machine type.13. Select the VERTICAL PARAMETERS softkey.14. Enter the Plus and Minus Direction Travel Limit for each machine type.15. Repeat steps 10-14 for the Y and Z Axes.16. Select the EXIT softkey to return to the Integrator Support Services menu.17. Select the MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES softkey.18. Select the YES softkey to change the D: Drive Access Enable.19. Select the EXIT softkey(may require multiple selections) to return to Auxiliary mode.20. Select the STORAGE FUNCTIONS softkey.21. Select the DISK OPERATIONS LIST DIRECTORY softkey.22. Select the CHANGE PROGRAM MASK softkey and change to *.*.23. Select the SELECT CURRENT STORAGE DRIVE softkey.24. Select the HARD DRIVE D softkey.25. Highlight the appropriate .MCD directory and select the CHANGE TO DIRECTORY softkey.26. Highlight the SYSFIX.SYS file and select the COPY PROGRAM softkey.27. Insert the 427-0004-01x diskette into the floppy disk drive (make sure the disk is not Write Protected).28. Enter “A:” to copy the file to the Machine Parameters Diskette.29. Reenter Integrator Support Services and disable the D: Drive Access Enable.30. In Auxiliary, backup the modified parameters to the Ultimax 3 Version 2.xx Parameter Backup diskette.

Network: The correct INTCFG.SYS, SPINDLE.SYS, and SYSFIX.SYS files for each of the machinetypes are located on the service network in the following subdirectory:

\COMMON\SERVICE\EXEC\MAX3_OEM\PARAMThere is one zip file for every machine type which contains the replacement Configuration files discussed inthis FSB.

DATE: November 20, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1252

SUBJECT: M-CODE MODIFICATIONS SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: YASKAWA ISA BEDMILLS PAGE 1 OF 8

The M-Code modifications that were incorporated into V2.01 on production machines maybe required by customers when upgrading their older ISA bedmills to V2.XX. The following M-Code modifications can be added to either older Yaskawa ISA bedmills or older Siemens ISAbedmills that don’t have terminal strips.

**If a customer has probing on the machine that is to be upgraded to V2.XX and he wantsthe M-Code modifications, then a second DC I/O board will need to be added to the card rack. If thecustomer has Probing and also has a Rotary Table option, then the M-Code modification can beadded to their existing second DC I/O board.

A. M-Code modifications for Siemens ISA machines without TB1, TB2 terminal strips. Materials required:

1 PC 20 position terminal strip (406-4005-323). 2 PC 5 conductor 24 AWG cable 30 inches in length (406-1325-008).

1 PC 2 conductor 22 AWG cable 96 inches in length (406-2006-050).

1. Mount the 20 position terminal strip on the main panel near the cardrack. 2. Modify the following terminations of the DCI/O J2 Harness, 423-4401-068:

a) At the DC I/O J2-22 remove the gray wire. Heatshrink and fold back.b) At the DC I/O J2-37 remove the blue wire. Heatshrink and fold back. Install the first piece of 5-conductor cable as show below.c) Black wire to DC I/O J2-22 (OUT 9).d) Brown wire to DC I/O J2-6 (OUT 10).e) Red wire to DC I/O J2-38 (OUT 11).f) Green wire to DC I/O J2-23 (OUT 23).

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: TOM MURDENREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1252 Page 2 of 8

g) White wire to DC I/O J2-37 (OCOM 3). Also add a jumper from DC I/O J2-37 to DC I/O J2-7 (+24 VDC). Terminate the other end of this cable at the new terminal strip as follows:h) White wire to new terminal strip at terminal 11 and jumper to 12,13,14, and 15

(+24VDC).i) Black wire to terminal 16 (AUX OUT 1).j) Brown wire to terminal 17 (AUX OUT 2).k) Red wire to terminal 18 (AUX OUT 3).l) Green wire to terminal 19 (AUX OUT 4).

3. Modify the following terminations of the I/O to Infeed I/R Module Harness, 423-4405-077:a) Remove the wires attached to Siemens drive X141 connector terminal 15 and R.

Trace the wires back into the wireway to the 2 position mate n loc connectordisconnect and discard.

b) Install the clear wire of the new 2 conductor cable at X141-R.c) Install the black wire of the new 2 conductor cable at X141-15. Continue termination of the other end of the two conductor cable in step 4.

4. Modify the following terminations of the I/O IF J1 Harness, 423-4401-065:a) Remove the wire at I/O IF J1-48, heatshrink and fold back. Install the other end of the

new 2 conductor clear wire at I/O IF J1-48.b) Install the other end of the new 2 conductor black wire and shield at I/O IF J1-7. You

will need to splice into the wire currently at I/O IF J1-7.

5. Modify the following terminations of the DC I/O J1 Harness, 423-4401-067. Install the second 5-conductor cable as show below.

a) Black wire to DC I/O J1-39 (GND). You will need to splice into the wire currently atDC I/O J1-39. This wire should already be tied to ground.

b) Brown wire to DC I/O J1-24 (INP13).c) Red wire to DC I/O J1-8 (INP14).d) Green wire to DC I/O J1-40 (INP15).e) White wire to DC I/O J1-25 (INP16). Terminate the other end of this cable at the new terminal strip as follows:f) Black wire to new terminal strip at terminal 5 and jumper to 4,3,2, and 1.g) Brown wire to terminal 6 (AUX OUT 1 OFF).h) Red wire to terminal 7 (AUX OUT 2 OFF).i) Green wire to terminal 8 (AUX OUT 3 OFF).j) White wire to terminal 9 (AUX OUT 4 OFF).

FSB 1252 Page 3 of 8

B. M-Code modifications for Yaskawa ISA machines without TB1, TB2 terminal strips.

Materials required:1 PC 20 position terminal strip (406-4005-323).

2 PC 5 conductor 24 AWG cable 30 inches in length (406-1325-008).

1. Mount the 20 position terminal strip on the main panel near the cardrack 2. Modify the following terminations of the DCI/O J2 Harness, 423-4405-008:

Install the first piece of 5-conductor cable as show below.a) Black wire to DC I/O J2-22 (OUT 9).b) Brown wire to DC I/O J2-6 (OUT 10).c) Red wire to DC I/O J2-38 (OUT 11).d) Green wire to DC I/O J2-23 (OUT 23).e) Remove the existing wire at DC I/O J2-37. Heatshrink and fold back. Install the

White wire to DC I/O J2-37 (OCOM 3). Also add a jumper from DC I/O J2-37 to DCI/O J2-7 (+24 VDC).

Terminate the other end of this cable at the new terminal strip as follows:f) White wire to new terminal strip at terminal 11 and jumper to 12,13,14, and 15

(+24VDC).g) Black wire to terminal 16 (AUX OUT 1).h) Brown wire to terminal 17 (AUX OUT 2).i) Red wire to terminal 18 (AUX OUT 3).j) Green wire to terminal 19 (AUX OUT 4).

3. Modify the following terminations of the DC I/O J1 Harness, 423-4401-067. Install the second 5-conductor cable as show below.

a) Black wire to DC I/O J1-39 (GND). ). You will need to splice into the wire currentlyat DC I/O J1-39. This wire should already be tied to ground.

b) Brown wire to DC I/O J1-24 (INP13).c) Red wire to DC I/O J1-8 (INP14).d) Green wire to DC I/O J1-40 (INP15).e) White wire to DC I/O J1-25 (INP16). Terminate the other end of this cable at the new terminal strip as follows:f) Black wire to new terminal strip at terminal 5 and jumper to 4,3,2, and 1.g) Brown wire to terminal 6.h) Red wire to terminal 7.i) Green wire to terminal 8.j) White wire to terminal 9.

FSB 1252 Page 4 of 8

C. M-Code modifications for current production BMC30, and BMC4020 machines with TB1 and

TB2 terminal strips

1. Modify the following terminations of the I/O to Infeed I/R Module Harness, 423-4405-077:a) Find the two conductor shielded cable that runs from TB2-45, 55, and 56 to the

Siemens I/R module at X141-15, and R. Remove the wires from TB2-45, 55, and 56and reroute the cable in the wireways to go to TB1-55, and 56.

b) Connect the wire from I/R module X141-R to TB1-55.c) Connect the wire from I/R module X141-15 and the cable shield to TB1-56. This removes the I/R Module reset at the DC I/O board and makes TB2-45 available as M-code output 1.d) Update Harness Revision to C.

2. Modify the following terminations of the I/O IF J1 Harness, 423-4401-065:a) Delete OUTP6 (spare) signal from I/O IF/J1-48 to CRP4/J1-48. Remove the Honda

pin from I/O IF/J1-48 with a pin pusher or unsolder the wire and fold back andheatshrink.

b) Using a piece of 24 AWG blue wire externally route a new connection from I/O IF J1-48 to TB1-55. This reconnects the I/R module reset at the I/O IF board.

c) Update Harness Revision to C.

3. Modify the following terminations of the DCI/O J2 Harness, 423-4401-068:a) Find the wire from DC I/O J2-5 to TB2-55 bottom. Move the wire end at DC I/O J2-

5 to DC I/O J2-23. Move the other end that was at TB2-55 bottom to TB2-35bottom. This sets up OUTP12 at TB2-35 and disconnects the GND reference fromOCOM3 at TB2-55.

b) The OCOM3 output source for outputs 9,10,11, and 12 is currently connected fromDC I/O J2-37 to TB2-55. Move the TB2-55 end to TB2-52. This sets up the outputsto send out 24V when active.

c) Find OUTP24 which is connected from DC I/O J2-44 to TB2-47. Move the DC I/OJ2-44 end to DC I/O J2-38. This sets up OUTP11 at TB2-47 and does away with theold probe reset.

d) Modify Harness Revision to D.

4. Using the 24AWG Blue Wire and two Ferrules, add a MGND signal from TB1-7 to TB1-56bottom. This reconnects the ground reference between the I/O IF board and the Seimens I/Rmodule.

FSB 1252 Page 5 of 8

D. Version 2.00 Specifications for Auxiliary M-Codes

Overview

Hurco has defined 4 outputs and 4 inputs as auxiliary M-Code functions. These active highI/O points will aid in eliminating noise related problems. The operator may use Hurco definedM-Codes to perform unique machine functions from within a part program. The operatormay use these M-Codes in NC or conversational part program. The configuration tableallows the integrator to define the M-Codes, assign an average time to the function forestimated run time purposes, and to display a string on the auto screen when the M-Code isexecuted.

I/O Specifications

Outputs (LH1510 device):• 24VDC solid state relays with SPST normally open outputs.• Absolute maximum continuous load: IL = 150mA.• Damage to outputs will occur if operated 200mA ≤ IL < 360mA.• Current limit: ILMT = 360mA.• Current limit at > 360mA will cause current foldback condition.• Absolute maximum voltage: VL = 200VDC.• On-resistance: 10Ω at load current 50mA. Off-resistance: 3,300GΩ• The outputs are configured as a bank of 4, active high 24VDC.• 24VDC supply maximum load: Isupply = 500mA.• Outputs are disabled at power-up and in case of

embedded E-Stop condition (Host Watchdog Time-out)

Inputs (PS2505 device):• Inputs are Bi-directional optocouplers with a 24VDC +/-10% signal range.• Maximum input source current: Isource = 2mA.• The inputs are configured as a bank of 4, active

high 24VDC.

External Signal ConditioningIf the integrator chooses to incorporate external devices such as relays, solenoids, contactors, etc.diodes and surge suppressors must be placed in the integrators circuit (typically across relay,contactor, or solenoid coils) to protect the I/O boards from any high voltage spikes and/or noiseconditions.

FSB 1252 Page 6 of 8

Predefined M-CodesEach of the Aux Outputs are controlled by a pair of pre-defined M-Code functions, as follows:

M52 Enables Aux Output 1 M62 Disables Aux Output 1M53 Enables Aux Output 2 M63 Disables Aux Output 2M54 Enables Aux Output 3 M64 Disables Aux Output 3M55 Enables Aux Output 4 M65 Disables Aux Output 4

Connection of Physical I/O

Connection points for utilizing M-Codes on machines with TB1 and TB2 terminal strips installed atthe factory.

Connection points for utilizing M-Codes on machines with field installed 20 position M-Codeterminal strip.

In addition to the inputs and outputs above, +24 VDC is available for inputs at TB1-11,12,13,14, and15. VDC Return is also available at TB1-1,2,3,4, and 5 (field installed terminal strip only).

Outputs I/O Description Terminal BlockAux Out 1 OUT09 TB2 - 45Aux Out 2 OUT10 TB2 - 46Aux Out 3 OUT11 TB2 - 47Aux Out 4 OUT12 TB2 - 35

Confirmation Inputs I/O Description Terminal BlockAux In 1 INP13 TB2 - 21Aux In 2 INP14 TB2 - 22Aux In 3 INP15 TB2 - 23Aux In 4 INP16 TB2 - 24

Confirmation Inputs I/O Description Terminal BlockAux In 1 INP13 TB1 - 6Aux In 2 INP14 TB1 - 7Aux In 3 INP15 TB1 - 8Aux In 4 INP16 TB1 - 9

Outputs I/O Description Terminal BlockAux Out 1 OUT09 TB1 - 16Aux Out 2 OUT10 TB1 - 17Aux Out 3 OUT11 TB1 - 18Aux Out 4 OUT12 TB1- 19

FSB 1252 Page 7 of 8

Configuration of M-Code Parameters

The integrator defined M-Codes are found in Integrator Support Services under:• F1 - CNC Configuration Parameters• General Parameters• M-Code Table• Page Down

In the fields of the table you can put the time required for each specific M-Code and this time will beadded in the program estimated run time. Also, The Program Operation Label can be edited. Thetext will be displayed on the screen when the M-Code is called in the program (conversational only).

The M-Code confirmation enable is found in the Integrator Support Services under:• F2 - Integrator Configuration parameters• F2 - Integer parameters• F1 - Jump to parameter 250

To make use of the Aux Inputs, the Auxiliary M-Code Confirmation Enable Mask parameter(N95:250 in the Integrator Config Parameters) must be set. The value to be entered in for N95:250 isdetermined as follows:

Aux Input 1 2 (Value to activate this input only)Aux Input 2 4 (Value to activate this input only)Aux Input 3 8 (Value to activate this input only)Aux Input 4 16 (Value to activate this input only)

For more than one Aux Input in use, simply add the value for the respective Aux Inputs (for example,using Aux Inputs 1, 2, and 3, enter 14 for N95:250). If the Auxiliary M-Code Confirmation EnableMask is set then every occurrence of an Aux Output will require a corresponding Aux Inputconfirming that the Aux Output request is completed.

M Code Table (0-255) Status Time (sec) Program OperationLabel

52 Integrator Defined 0.0000 Aux Out #153 Integrator Defined 0.0000 Aux Out #254 Integrator Defined 0.0000 Aux Out #355 Integrator Defined 0.0000 Aux Out #462 Integrator Defined 0.0000 Aux Out #1 Off63 Integrator Defined 0.0000 Aux Out #2 Off64 Integrator Defined 0.0000 Aux Out #3 Off65 Integrator Defined 0.0000 Aux Out #4 Off

Integer Parameters Description ValueN95:250 Aux Output CF Enable 0

FSB 1252 Page 8 of 8

Examples of M-Code Use

Example without Confirming input:A simple configuration would be to wire a relay to one of the Aux Outputs. If the coil of a relay werewired to the Aux Output 1 then commanding an M52 will enable the relay and an M62 will disable therelay. The Aux Inputs are not used in this configuration because the Confirmation parameter is notset. If the user needs a time delay for the M52 (or M62) function to be completed then a dwell wouldhave to be added to the program (in NC, use G04).

Example with Confirming input:The following example uses Aux Output 1, Aux Input 1, with N95:250 set to 2. Commanding anM52 will enable Aux Output 1; this will stop the program until the Aux Input 1 is TRUE (or high)before proceeding with the program. The Aux Output 1 will stay enabled until an M62 iscommanded; this will then disable Aux Output 1 and will stop the program until the Aux Input 1 isFALSE (or low) before proceeding with the program. You may have to wire a set of normally-opened contacts from the relay with the Finish signal input so that when the Aux Output is disabledwith the M62, the Aux Input will be disabled.

In this example, the user may also want to define the Time (in sec) in the M-Code Table (in GeneralParameters of CNC Config Parameters) that is required for the Aux Input 1 to be active (with anM52) or inactive (with an M62). Note that these times are only for computing estimated run-timeand will not control any delay in program execution of the respective M-Codes.

IMPORTANT: If you are using a relay, solenoid, contactor, etc with the Aux Outputs, be sure to usediodes or surge suppressors in the circuit to protect the DC I/O board from any high voltage spikesand/or noise conditions.

Documentation Reference for M-Code changes

003-2022-004 (CAD 8385 REV. C) Interconnect Diagram, BMC4020 with Siemens003-2022-002 (CAD 8278 REV. E) Electrical Diagrams for BMC4020 with Siemens

003-1022-016 (CAD 8397 REV. C) Interconnect Diagram, BMC30HT/M with Siemens003-1022-014 (CAD 8277 REV. E) Electrical Diagrams for BMC30HT with Siemens

003-1022-013 (CAD 8401 REV. D) Interconnect Diagram, BMC30M with Siemens003-1022-007 (CAD 8399 REV. D) Electrical Diagrams for BMC30M with Siemens

003-1022-018 (CAD 8477 REV. D) Interconnect Diagram, BMC30/SSM with Siemens003-1022-017 (CAD 8476 REV. E) Schematics, Electrical, BMC30/SSM with Siemens

423-4401-065 (CAD 8337 REV. C) Harness, I/O IF J1423-4401-067 (CAD 8339 REV. D) Harness, DC I/O J1423-4401-068 (CAD 8340 REV. D) Harness, DC I/O J2423-4405-077 (CAD 8298 REV. C) Harness, I/O to Infeed I/R Module

DATE: September 5, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1253

SUBJECT: Spindle Drive Faults not reported to Control SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 40/50, BMC 50/50 PAGE 1 OF 3

Due to an error in the DC I/O harness wiring some BMC40/50 and BMC50/50 machines maynot be reporting spindle drive faults. If you suspect a machine has this problem inspect the 423-4405-035 DC I/O J1 harness. There should be jumpers between pins 3, 35, and 37 at the DC I/O J1 end ofthe harness (SEE the attached drawings, 423-4405-035, 002-4122-044 Pg. 3 of 6).

The problem with most of the machines is DC I/O pin 37 has not been tied to +24vdc with pin3 and 35. This supplies the reference voltage for the spindle fault input.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1253 Page 2 of 3

FSB 1253 Page 3 of 3

DATE: September 08, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1254

SUBJECT: Full Enclosure Door Slides 410-5001-002 SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC40, BMC50 PAGE 1 OF 2

Due to limited availability and higher cost the C3301-27 full enclosure door slide is no longerbeing used. It has been replaced with the C3301-28 under the same Hurco part number. This door slideis one inch longer than the original and may require some mounting modifications. See sheet two whichshows mounting hole locations.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1254 Page 2 of 2

DATE: September 29, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1255

SUBJECT: Air Requirements SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: All BMC30 and BMC40/20 PAGE 1 OF 1

It is the customers responsibility to assure the following air requirements are met and maintained.

1. A continuous supply of 5 CFM @ 80-100 PSI (0.14 CMM @ approximately 5.5-7.0 bar).2. The air pressure drop during an ATC cycle must not exceed 10 PSI (approximately 0.75 bar).3. The minimum air supply line ID is 0.5 in (12mm). Do not use quick connect fittings due to their

restrictive nature.

Note 1: Service representatives should assure that the Low Air Pressure Switch is set at 60 PSI(approximately 4 bar).Note 2: V1.XX software will disable Control Power if a Low Air Pressure fault is detected. Theoperator must correct the error and enter ATC Diagnostics to clear the error message.Note 3: V2.0X software will activate the Interrupt Cycle Mode if a Low Air Pressure fault isdetected. The error prompt will be automatically cleared when the error is corrected. If the faultoccurs during an ATC cycle, then the control will complete the ATC cycle (if possible) beforebeginning the Interrupt Cycle. The program can be resumed when the Air Pressure is restored andthe operator selects Auto and presses Start.Note 4: V2.1X will work the same as V2.0X except the error message will not be cleared until theoperator selects another operation or selects auto to resume the program.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: October 8, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1256

SUBJECT: Hawk5M Servo Inhibit SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: Hawk5M W/Wago Servo Dynamic PAGE 1 OF 3

In the event of an unexpected power failure the Hawk5M machines may exhibit axis movement of ¼” to½” while the servo bus capacitor discharges. This problem can be corrected by using the AER signal tocontrol the servo inhibit inputs as well as the solid state relay that enables the bus voltage.

This problem was corrected on the redesigned Hawk5M. The machines which can benefit from thismodification are the early Hawk5M machines. These machines were all dual screen with the transformeron top of the power cabinet and orange Wago connectors on the servo drives. If you have troubledetermining whether a machine is a candidate for this modification Call the Hurco Service Department.

Material needed:

3 pc 2.7K ohm ¼ watt resistors 407-0035-331 or 407-0036-07920 in. 20 awg wire

Modification:

1. Locate Q15 on each servo drive board (see figure 1). Carefully unsolder and remove Q15 from thecomponent side of the board. Install the 2.7K resistor (at old Q15 location) as shown in figure 1 onthe component side of the board. Keep the resistor leads short to prevent shorting out on theheatsink/ mounting bracket.

2. Install wire jumpers to tie each drive together at J1 pin 9 (Wago connector). Install an additional

jumper from the X axis servo board J1 pin 9 and tie to the Servo drive chassis TB201 pin 1 or CRP4TB1-5 (AER 24VDC enable signal, see figure 2). This will enable and disable the servo drives withthe enable signal.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1256 2 of 3

FSB 1256 3 of 3

ORIGINATOR: David SkrzypczakREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATIONINFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE MADE

BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

DATE: October 15, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1257

SUBJECT: V2.00 Parameter Changes

PRODUCT LINE: BMC 4020SSM PAGE 1 OF 1

PURPOSE: To recommend a change to one of the Siemens Spindle parameters to correct a problemwhere the Spindle could orient with the magazine in the right position.

DESCRIPTION: For BMC4020SSM Machining Centers running V1.64 Executive software, the SiemensSpindle parameter P-149, Startup parameter C axis/position, is set to 29H per Engineering Document 757-4002-097. This sets the orient direction to unidirectional so that when an orient is required, the Spindle willalways orient in the same direction.However during an Auto Tool Change operation when the Tool Magazine is in the Right position and theHead is in the Down position completing the tool change sequence, the Spindle is clamped which re-enablesSpindle Enable Relay (SER). As the Tool Magazine moves back to the Left position, if SER has not yetbeen energized to hold the Spindle in orient position, it is possible for the movement of the magazine torotate the Spindle slightly. Once SER is energized, the Spindle Drive senses that the Spindle is no longeroriented so it reissues an Orient command. This occurs in a fraction of a second, before the Tool Magazinehas fully disengaged from the Head on its way left. With the P-149 parameter set to 29H, the Spindle couldorient one full revolution thereby damaging the Spindle Key or the Tool Fingers.Testing has shown that the proximity switch for sensing Orient Position on BMC4020SSM MachiningCenters is capable of handling a bidirectional orient command (that is, the orient will take the shortestdirection to reach Orient Position). Changing P-149 to 21H for BMC4020SSM Machining Centersestablishes bidirectional orient so that in the above scenario, the Spindle will still orient to the OrientPosition but will not do a full revolution asit will take the shortest path.

MATERIALS:Siemens I/R Module, Servo Drive, and Spindle Drive Setup Procedure with Ultimax 3 ISA Control.Applicable Machining Centers: BMC30M, BMC30HT, BMC30SSM, BMC4020HT and BMC4020SSM.Engineering Document 757-4002-097

INSTRUCTIONS: Modify Engineering Document, 757-4002-097, Attachment B, BMC4020SSM,change P149 from 29H to 21H. Also modify section XVI, paragraph A, step 1 from 29H to 21H.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY One Technology Way Indianapolis, IN 46268-0180

DATE: October 16, 1997 ISSUE NUMBER: 1258

SUBJECT: BMC30SSM Modifications MN3996 SUPERSEDES NUMBER:

PRODUCT LINE: BMC30SSM PAGE 1 OF 1

In June of 1996 Manufacturing Notice #3996 was released. This document specifically documentedseveral changes needed on the early machines which would be added in the field and integrated intomanufacturing as new machines were built. Recently we have found that some of these changes arestill not being included on the new production machines. Please review the following list of changeson any BMC30SSM and verify that these changes have indeed been added to each machine. Theframes which we know need to be checked are Q376-Q379, Q392-Q399, and Q404-Q415. Newermachines should be checked during any service call. Some of these machines may have beenupgraded to dual screen (Be sure to check frame and serial numbers).

CHECKLIST:

1. Servo Dynamics amplifiers not modified. Check Q15, it should have been removed and replacedwith a resistor and the amplifiers should have several white opto-couplers on the boards. Also,these amplifiers should be labeled as SDFPO 1525 type drives (402-5001-087) and a ShuntRegulator assemble, (402-5001-074) should be mounted to the chassis near the bus capacitor.

2. There should be a 16 AWG green/yellow ground wire from the cabinet ground bus bar to the ISA

cardrack wing nut. 3. The keyboard port harness located on the SSM console assemble is incorrectly wired. Please

verify wiring per drawing 423-4401-064. 4. TB1 and TB2 terminal strips sag in the middle. Double sided tape should be added to the back of

this assembly to correct this problem. Later production units used an aluminum mounting rail tocorrect this problem.

FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN

ORIGINATOR: Tom MurdenREVISED BY:

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC. NO REPRODUCTION OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION SHALL BE

MADE BY THE RECIPIENT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HURCO MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.

FSB 1258 Page 2 of 2

5. The Flood coolant contactor was installed without the overload relay. Install the overload relay#403-5503-010 and adjust for 1 amp.

6. The Flood coolant contactor is also missing noise suppressors (417-6001-010). Add suppressors

to the coil and from phase to phase on the overload. The suppressors should be implementedat frame #Q566.

7. The CB3 20A and CB4 32A circuit breakers for the primary (220 VAC) and secondary (90VAC)

windings of the Control transformer (Servo Dynamics taps) should be replaced due to nuisancetripping caused by high inrush current. These changes should be implemented on frame#Q578.a) The new CB3 breaker (20A) is a 404-9081-059 Klockner Moeller #FAZN C20-2, or ABB

S272-K20.b) The new CB4 breaker (40A) is a 404-9081-058 Klockner-Moeller # FAZN C40-2, or ABB

S272-K40 8. In addition at the release of V2.00 the Z axis rapid was increased from 394 ipm (10008 mmpm) to

500 ipm (12700 mmpm).a) It is important that the DAC is reset to 0.950 @ 50 ipm on the Z axis drive when the rapid has

been increased to 500 ipm.b) Since this change could affect Rigid Tapping it would be beneficial to check Z and

Spindle axis parameters and verify that Rigid Tapping functions correctly (refer toparameter document 757-4005-001, CAD DP0001 REV D).

(PDF) Field Service Hurco1990 1999 - DOKUMEN.TIPS (2024)